This is a modern-English version of Friars and Filipinos: An Abridged Translation of Dr. Jose Rizal's Tagalog Novel,; 'Noli Me Tangere.', originally written by Rizal, José. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Friars and Filipinos

New York:
The St. James Press.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Copyright, 1900,

Copyright, 1900,

by

by

Frank Ernest Gannett.

Frank Gannett.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

To

To

Jacob Gould Schurman,

Jacob Gould Schurman,

President of Cornell University. [v]

President of Cornell University. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Preface.

While serving on the staff of the first United States Commission to the Philippine Islands my attention was called to the life and writings of Dr. José Rizal. I found in his novel, “Noli Me Tangere,” the best picture of the life of the people of those islands under Spanish rule, and the clearest exposition of the governmental problems which Spain failed to solve, and with which our own people must deal. It occurred to me that an English translation of Rizal’s work would be of great value at the present time. My first intention was to reproduce the entire novel as it was written, but, after careful consideration, I thought best to abridge the story by the omission of some parts which did not seem essential to the main purpose of the work. The present volume is the result.

While working with the first United States Commission to the Philippine Islands, I became interested in the life and writings of Dr. José Rizal. I discovered that his novel, “Noli Me Tangere,” offers the best depiction of the lives of the people in those islands under Spanish rule and provides a clear explanation of the governmental issues that Spain couldn’t resolve and that our own country must address. I realized that an English translation of Rizal’s work would be incredibly valuable right now. Initially, I planned to reproduce the entire novel as it was originally written, but after careful thought, I decided it would be better to shorten the story by cutting out some parts that didn’t seem essential to the main purpose of the work. This volume is the result.

Readers should not understand any of Rizal’s references to priests and friars as reflections upon the Roman Catholic Church. He was throughout his life an ardent Catholic, and died a firm adherent of the Church. But he objected to the religious orders in the Philippine Islands, because he knew well that they were more zealous in furthering their own selfish ends than in seeking the advancement of Christianity. From experience, Dr. Rizal knew that the friars, under cloak of the gospel ministry, oppressed his fellow countrymen, and took advantage of their superstition and ignorance. These wrongs he was brave enough to expose in his writings. In the friars he saw an obstacle to the education and enlightenment of the Filipino people, [vi]and, using moderate means, he did his utmost to secure reform. His writings will explain to us the cause of the hatred shown by the Filipinos toward the religious corporations, and will make clearer the nature of one of the present problems in the Philippines.

Readers shouldn’t interpret any of Rizal’s references to priests and friars as criticisms of the Roman Catholic Church. He was a devoted Catholic throughout his life and passed away as a strong supporter of the Church. However, he criticized the religious orders in the Philippines because he recognized that they were more focused on their own selfish interests than on promoting the growth of Christianity. From experience, Dr. Rizal understood that the friars, under the guise of gospel ministry, oppressed his fellow countrymen and exploited their superstition and ignorance. He bravely exposed these injustices in his writings. He viewed the friars as a barrier to the education and enlightenment of the Filipino people, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and, using moderate methods, he did everything he could to advocate for reform. His writings will help us understand the reasons for the animosity Filipinos feel toward the religious corporations and clarify one of the current issues in the Philippines.

There are in the Philippines five religious orders: the Dominicans, Franciscans, Recoletos, Augustines and Jesuits. According to John Foreman, an eminent authority, the members of all of these, except the last named, come from the lower classes in Spain, and are on the whole comparatively ignorant and uncultured. Under the Spanish system of government certain provinces were assigned to each of the orders—except the Jesuits—and the friars were distributed among the different parishes. In the town assigned to him the friar had much authority. He was chief adviser in all civil affairs, and, by his influence over the superstitious natives, maintained absolute control in all matters pertaining to the local government as well as to the local church. So firm was his hold that he led the Spanish government to believe that the islands could not be ruled without his aid. Knowing that his power rested on the ignorance of the people he discouraged education among them. When native Filipinos advanced so far as to prove an obstacle to the religious orders, as did Rizal and many others, the friars sought to destroy them. Forgetting their holy mission, the religious orders became commercial corporations, amassed enormous wealth, and gained possession of the most valuable parts of the islands, though to much of this property the titles are not clear.

There are five religious orders in the Philippines: the Dominicans, Franciscans, Recoletos, Augustines, and Jesuits. According to John Foreman, a notable expert, the members of all these orders, except for the Jesuits, come from the lower classes in Spain and are generally less educated and cultured. Under the Spanish government, certain provinces were assigned to each of the orders—except the Jesuits—and the friars were spread out among various parishes. In the town he was assigned to, the friar held significant power. He was the main advisor on all civil matters, and through his influence over the superstitious locals, he maintained complete control over local governance and the church. His influence was so strong that he convinced the Spanish government that the islands couldn’t be governed without his support. Aware that his power relied on the people's ignorance, he discouraged their education. When native Filipinos advanced to a point where they challenged the religious orders, like Rizal and many others did, the friars tried to eliminate them. Forgetting their sacred mission, the religious orders turned into commercial enterprises, accumulating vast wealth and gaining control over the most valuable parts of the islands, despite many of the property titles being unclear.

From my own observation, and from information derived from the Spaniards themselves, I am convinced that the author has not overdrawn his pictures. In fact I have learned of instances where the oppression and practices of the friars were even worse than those described. Dr. [vii]Rizal has given us a portrayal of the Filipino character from the viewpoint of the most advanced Filipino. He brings out many facts that are pertinent to present-day questions, showing especially the Malayan ideas of vengeance, which will put great difficulties in the way of the pacifying of the islands by our forces. The reader will not fail to notice the striking similarity between the life of Ibarra, the hero, and that of Rizal, the author, a short sketch of whose career has been given in the following pages.

From my own observation and information from the Spaniards themselves, I'm convinced that the author hasn't exaggerated his descriptions. In fact, I've come across cases where the oppression and actions of the friars were even worse than what's mentioned. Dr. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Rizal offers a depiction of the Filipino character from the perspective of the most progressive Filipinos. He highlights many facts relevant to today's issues, particularly the Malayan concepts of revenge, which will pose significant challenges to our forces trying to pacify the islands. Readers will certainly notice the striking similarity between the life of Ibarra, the hero, and that of Rizal, the author, a brief overview of whose career can be found in the following pages.

For assistance in preparing this volume for publication I offer sincere thanks to William H. Glasson, Ph.D., Instructor in History in the George School, Newtown, Pa. Dr. Glasson has read the entire manuscript and proofs, and I have been glad to avail myself of his advice on many doubtful points. I desire also to acknowledge my indebtedness for favors received to Horatio Green, Interpreter to the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands, to W. G. Richardson, of New York, and to the publishers.

For help in getting this book ready for publication, I want to sincerely thank William H. Glasson, Ph.D., a History Instructor at George School in Newtown, PA. Dr. Glasson has reviewed the entire manuscript and proofs, and I have appreciated his advice on many uncertain issues. I also want to acknowledge my gratitude for the support I received from Horatio Green, Interpreter to the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands, W. G. Richardson from New York, and the publishers.

F. E. G.

F.E.G.

Ithaca, N. Y., Dec. 1, 1900. [ix]

Ithaca, NY, Dec. 1, 1900. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Contents.

Chapter I. Page

Chapter 1. Page

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 1

Chapter II.

Chapter 2.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 11

Chapter III.

Chapter 3.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 16

Chapter IV.

Chapter 4.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 23

Chapter V.

Chapter 5.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 29

Chapter VI.

Chapter 6.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 35

Chapter VII.

Chapter 7.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 40

Chapter VIII.

Chapter 8.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 47

Chapter IX.

Chapter 9.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 51

Chapter X.

Chapter X.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 57

Chapter XI.

Chapter 11.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 59

Chapter XII.

Chapter 12.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 68

Chapter XIII.

Chapter 13.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 77 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Chapter XIV.

Chapter 14.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 83

Chapter XV.

Chapter 15.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 87

Chapter XVI.

Chapter 16.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 92

Chapter XVII.

Chapter 17.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 104

Chapter XVIII.

Chapter 18.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 112

Chapter XIX.

Chapter 19.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 116

Chapter XX.

Chapter 20.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 125

Chapter XXI.

Chapter 21.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 129

Chapter XXII.

Chapter 22.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 137

Chapter XXIII.

Chapter 23.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 145

Chapter XXIV.

Chapter 24.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 148

Chapter XXV.

Chapter 25.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 161

Chapter XXVI.

Chapter 26.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 165

Chapter XXVII.

Chapter 27.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 172

Chapter XXVIII.

Chapter 28.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 181 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Chapter XXIX.

Chapter 29.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 188

Chapter XXX.

Chapter XXX.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 191

Chapter XXXI.

Chapter 31.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 200

Chapter XXXII.

Chapter 32.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 207

Chapter XXXIII.

Chapter 33.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 211

Chapter XXXIV.

Chapter 34.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 217

Chapter XXXV.

Chapter 35.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 223

Chapter XXXVI.

Chapter 36.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 229

Chapter XXXVII.

Chapter 37.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 235

Chapter XXXVIII.

Chapter 38.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 244

Chapter XXXIX.

Chapter 39.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 248

Chapter XL.

Chapter 40.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 259

Chapter XLI.

Chapter 41.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 267

Epilogue 271 [xiii]

Epilogue 271 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

José Rizal.

Dr. José Rizal, of whose “Noli Me Tangere,” the following story, is an abridgement, is the most striking character to be found in the history of the Philippine Islands. He was not only a great martyr to the cause of liberty, and to the advancement of his fellow men, but he was without doubt the greatest Filipino ever born, and his memory is cherished to-day by his people as we ourselves cherish the memory of Washington.

Dr. José Rizal, whose “Noli Me Tangere” is the basis for the following story, is the most remarkable figure in the history of the Philippine Islands. He was not only a great martyr for the cause of freedom and the progress of his fellow countrymen, but without a doubt, he was the greatest Filipino ever born, and his memory is honored today by his people just as we honor the memory of Washington.

Rizal was born on June 19th, 1861, in the pueblo of Calamba, in the province of Laguna, on the Island of Luzon. He came of a Tagalog family, which, it is said, acknowledged a slight mixture of Chinese blood, and possessed considerable property. As a child he gave evidence of extraordinary precocity. He is said to have written poetry in his native tongue at eight years of age, produced a successful melodrama at fourteen, and later to have won prizes in literary contests with writers of recognized ability.

Rizal was born on June 19, 1861, in the town of Calamba, in Laguna province, on the Island of Luzon. He came from a Tagalog family that was reportedly of slightly mixed Chinese descent and owned significant property. As a child, he showed remarkable talent. It's said that he wrote poetry in his native language at the age of eight, created a successful melodrama at fourteen, and later won prizes in literary contests against established writers.

After passing through the University of Manila, and receiving much instruction at the hands of the Jesuit fathers, he was sent to Europe to complete his education. He pursued courses of study in Spanish and German universities, and won the degrees of Doctor of Medicine and Doctor of Philosophy. Besides acquiring a knowledge of seven languages he gained a brilliant reputation for proficiency in the branch of optical surgery. For a time he was the leading assistant in the office of a world-renowned specialist at Vienna.

After going through the University of Manila and getting a lot of guidance from the Jesuit fathers, he was sent to Europe to finish his education. He studied at universities in Spain and Germany, earning degrees in Medicine and Philosophy. In addition to learning seven languages, he gained a stellar reputation for his skills in optical surgery. For a while, he was the top assistant in the office of a world-famous specialist in Vienna.

While in Europe Rizal wrote several books and also [xiv]gave considerable time to sculpture and painting. His artistic ability was great, and some of his productions are now treasured by friends into whose possession they came. Rizal’s best known work is his “Noli Me Tangere,” written in Belgium about 1886 or 1887. This novel, with its vivid picture of life in the Philippines, and its exposure of Spanish misrule and oppression, won for him the bitter hatred of the friars, and inspired the relentless persecution which only ended with the taking of his life.

While in Europe, Rizal wrote several books and also [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]spent a lot of time on sculpture and painting. He had significant artistic talent, and some of his works are now cherished by friends who own them. Rizal’s most famous work is his “Noli Me Tangere,” which he wrote in Belgium around 1886 or 1887. This novel, with its vivid depiction of life in the Philippines and its criticism of Spanish oppression and misrule, earned him intense hatred from the friars and led to the relentless persecution that ultimately ended with his execution.

In 1889 Dr. Rizal returned to the Philippines, but was soon compelled to leave his native land in order to escape forcible banishment. After a short residence in Japan, he went to London, where he published a work on the History of the Philippine Islands. About the same time a sequel to “Noli Me Tangere,” entitled “El Filibusterismo,” was published. The hatred of the priests against him was further inflamed by this production, and the government in Manila was forced by the friars to forbid the circulation of any of his writings. Copies of his novels were burned in the public squares, and it was worth one’s life to be found possessing a copy. Until very recently it has been almost impossible to obtain a copy of Rizal’s works, and it was necessary to go to Europe to secure the one from which the following abridged translation was made.

In 1889, Dr. Rizal returned to the Philippines but soon had to leave his homeland to avoid being forcibly exiled. After a brief stay in Japan, he moved to London, where he published a book on the History of the Philippine Islands. Around the same time, a sequel to “Noli Me Tangere,” called “El Filibusterismo,” was released. The priests’ animosity towards him grew even stronger because of this work, and the government in Manila was pressured by the friars to ban the distribution of any of his writings. Copies of his novels were burned in public squares, and possessing one could cost someone their life. Until very recently, it was almost impossible to find a copy of Rizal’s works, and one had to go to Europe to obtain the copy from which the following abridged translation was made.

In 1892 Dr. Rizal was so overcome with a desire to see again his beautiful fatherland that he ventured, in the face of all the dangers that threatened him, to return to Manila. He had scarcely set foot on shore, however, before he was arrested and thrown in prison. The friars demanded his execution on the ground that he carried incendiary leaflets for the purpose of stirring up a rebellion, but subsequent inquiries showed that such leaflets [xv]had been introduced into his baggage at the custom house through the intrigues of the Augustine friars. Despite his indignant protestations of innocence; Rizal was summarily condemned by the Spanish General, Despujols, to banishment at Dapitan in the island of Mindanao. Although the trickery of the friars became known to him, Despujols lacked courage to revoke his order of banishment, for fear that he, too, would incur the hatred of the powerful religious corporations.

In 1892, Dr. Rizal was so overwhelmed by a longing to see his beautiful homeland again that he took the risk of returning to Manila, despite all the dangers he faced. However, as soon as he set foot on shore, he was arrested and imprisoned. The friars demanded his execution, claiming he possessed inflammatory leaflets intended to incite a rebellion, but later investigations revealed that those leaflets [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]had been planted in his luggage at customs by the cunning Augustine friars. Despite his passionate claims of innocence, Rizal was quickly sentenced by the Spanish General, Despujols, to exile in Dapitan, on the island of Mindanao. Even after he learned about the friars' deception, Despujols did not have the courage to reverse his banishment order, fearing he would also face the wrath of the powerful religious groups.

After four years of exile Rizal saw plainly that the hostility of the friars would make it impossible for him to live in his native land. In 1896 a plague of yellow fever broke out in the island of Cuba and Rizal volunteered to lend his medical services to the Spanish government. Ramon Blanco, then general-in-chief of the Spanish forces in the Philippines, accepted the generous offer and recalled the young man to Manila that he might sail at once for Cuba. Alarmed by demonstrations of popular affection for Rizal, who represented the aspirations of the Filipino people, the Spanish authorities broke faith with him and imprisoned him in the Fuerza de Santiago. He was arraigned on false charges, given a military trial, and at the dictation of the religious orders was sentenced to be shot as a traitor.

After four years in exile, Rizal realized that the hostility from the friars made it impossible for him to live in his homeland. In 1896, a yellow fever outbreak hit the island of Cuba, and Rizal volunteered his medical services to the Spanish government. Ramon Blanco, then the general-in-chief of the Spanish forces in the Philippines, accepted this generous offer and recalled the young man to Manila so he could sail immediately to Cuba. Concerned about the public's support for Rizal, who embodied the hopes of the Filipino people, the Spanish authorities broke their promise and imprisoned him in the Fuerza de Santiago. He was charged with false accusations, subjected to a military trial, and at the behest of the religious orders, was sentenced to death by firing squad as a traitor.

At dawn on December 30th, 1896, he was led to the place of execution on the beautiful Luneta, overlooking the tranquil surface of Manila Bay. Notices of the event had been published throughout the islands and the day on which it was to occur was proclaimed a fiesta. Thousands gathered around the place selected, and so evident was the sympathy of the helpless Filipinos for the man who was to die for their sake that Spain marshalled ten regiments of her soldiers about the spot. The populace must be intimidated. A nation’s hero was about to become a nation’s martyr. [xvi]With face uplifted he glanced at the multitude about him and smiled. They tied his arms behind him and made him face the waters of the bay. In vain he protested and begged that he might die facing his executioners. A squad of his fellow countrymen, who were serving in Spain’s army, were selected for the bloody work. They drew in position to shoot him in the back. The order was given to fire, but only one had the courage to obey. The bullet went straight and the hero fell, but another shot was necessary to despatch his life. His newly wedded wife remained with him to the end. The best hope of the Filipino people was crushed; a light in a dark place was snuffed out.

At dawn on December 30th, 1896, he was taken to the execution site on the beautiful Luneta, overlooking the calm waters of Manila Bay. Announcements about the event had been spread across the islands, and the day was declared a fiesta. Thousands gathered around the designated area, and the sympathy of the helpless Filipinos for the man who was about to die for them was so clear that Spain deployed ten regiments of soldiers to the location. The public needed to be intimidated. A nation's hero was about to become a nation's martyr. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]With his face lifted, he looked at the crowd around him and smiled. They bound his arms behind him and made him face the bay. Despite his protests and pleas to face his executioners, he was forced to comply. A squad of his fellow countrymen, who were serving in Spain's army, was chosen for the gruesome task. They took their positions to shoot him in the back. The order was given to fire, but only one soldier had the courage to follow through. The bullet struck true and the hero fell, but another shot was needed to end his life. His newly married wife stayed with him until the end. The greatest hope of the Filipino people was crushed; a light in a dark place was extinguished.

Rizal was no extremist, no believer in harsh and bloody methods, no revolutionist. He aimed to secure moderate and reasonable reforms, to lessen the oppressive exactions of the friars, to examine into titles of their land, and to make possible the education and uplifting of his people. He loved Spain as he did his own country, and repeatedly used his influence against the rebellious measures proposed by other Filipino leaders. His execution was only one of the numerous outrages which characterized Spain’s reign in the Philippines.

Rizal was not an extremist, nor did he believe in harsh and violent methods, and he wasn't a revolutionist. His goal was to achieve moderate and reasonable reforms, to reduce the oppressive demands of the friars, to investigate the titles to their land, and to promote the education and upliftment of his people. He loved Spain just as much as he loved his own country and consistently used his influence to oppose the rebellious actions suggested by other Filipino leaders. His execution was just one of the many injustices that marked Spain's rule in the Philippines.

In closing this short sketch of Rizal’s life we can do no better than to quote the estimate of him made by Dr. Ferdinand Blumentritt, professor in the University of Leitmeritz, Austria, who prepared a biographical sketch of Rizal. Dr. Blumentritt said:

In wrapping up this brief overview of Rizal’s life, we can't do better than to share Dr. Ferdinand Blumentritt's assessment of him. Dr. Blumentritt, a professor at the University of Leitmeritz in Austria, wrote a biographical sketch of Rizal, and he said:

“Not only is Rizal the most prominent man of his own people, but the greatest man the Malayan race has produced. His memory will never perish in his fatherland, and future generations of Spaniards will yet learn to utter his name with respect and reverence.”

“Rizal is not only the most notable figure of his own people, but also the greatest person the Malayan race has ever produced. His legacy will never fade in his homeland, and future generations of Spaniards will eventually learn to say his name with respect and admiration.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Friars and Filipinos.

Chapter I.

Don Santiago’s Dinner.

In the latter part of October, Don Santiago de los Santos, popularly known as Captain Tiago, gave a dinner. Though, contrary to his custom, he had not announced it until the afternoon of the day on which it was to occur, the dinner became at once the absorbing topic of conversation in Binondo, in the other suburbs of Manila, and even in the walled city. Captain Tiago was generally considered a most liberal man, and his house, like his country, shut its doors to no one, whether bent on pleasure or on the development of some new and daring scheme.

In late October, Don Santiago de los Santos, commonly known as Captain Tiago, hosted a dinner. Although he usually publicized such events well in advance, this time he only announced it on the afternoon of the day it was happening, yet it quickly became the main topic of conversation in Binondo, in the surrounding areas of Manila, and even in the walled city. Captain Tiago was widely regarded as a very generous man, and his home, like his country, welcomed everyone, whether they were looking for fun or pursuing some innovative and bold idea.

The dinner was given in the captain’s house in Analoague street. The building is of ordinary size, of the style of architecture common to the country, and is situated on that arm of the Pasig called by some Binondo Creek. This, like all the streams in Manila, satisfies a multitude of needs. It serves for bathing, mortar-mixing, laundering, fishing, means of transportation and communication, and even for drinking water, when the Chinese water-carriers find it convenient to use it for that purpose. Although the most important artery of the busiest part of the town, where the roar of commerce is loudest and traffic most congested, the stream is, for a distance of a mile, crossed by only one wooden bridge. During six months of the year, one end of this bridge is out of order, and the other end is impassable during the remaining time.

The dinner took place in the captain’s house on Analoague Street. The building is of average size, built in the style typical of the area, and is located on that part of the Pasig known by some as Binondo Creek. Like all the waterways in Manila, it serves many purposes. It’s used for bathing, mixing mortar, washing clothes, fishing, transportation, communication, and even as drinking water when the Chinese water-carriers find it convenient. Despite being the main route through the busiest part of town, where the sounds of commerce are loudest and traffic is most congested, the stream is only crossed by one wooden bridge for about a mile. For six months of the year, one end of this bridge is unusable, and the other end is impassable for the rest of the time.

The house is low and somewhat out of plumb. No one, [2]however, knows whether the faulty lines of the building are due to a defect in the sight of the architect who constructed it, or whether they are the result of earthquakes and hurricanes.

The house is low and a bit off-kilter. No one, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] however, knows if the crooked lines of the building are because of a flaw in the architect's vision who created it, or if they’re caused by earthquakes and hurricanes.

A wide staircase, with green balustrades and carpeted here and there in spots, leads from the zaguan, or tiled entrance hall, to the second story of the house. On either side of this staircase is a row of flower-pots and vases, placed upon chinaware pedestals, brilliant in coloring and fantastic in design. Upstairs, we enter a spacious hall, which is, in these islands, called caida. This serves to-night for the dining hall. In the middle of the room is a large table, profusely and richly ornamented, fairly groaning under the weight of delicacies.

A wide staircase with green handrails and carpeted areas here and there leads from the zaguan, or tiled entrance hall, to the second floor of the house. On either side of the staircase is a row of flower pots and vases sitting on decorative pedestals, vibrant in color and unique in design. Upstairs, we enter a spacious hall, known as caida in these islands. Tonight, it’s being used as the dining hall. In the center of the room is a large table, lavishly decorated, literally sagging under the weight of delicious food.

In direct contrast to these worldly preparations are the motley colored religious pictures on the walls—such subjects as “Purgatory,” “Hell,” “The Last Judgment,” “The Death of the Just,” and “The Death of the Sinner.” Below these, in a beautiful renaissance frame, is a large, curious linen engraving of two old ladies. The picture bears the inscription “Our Lady of Peace, Propitious to Travellers, Venerated in Antipolo, Visiting in the Guise of a Beggar the Pious Wife of the Famous Captain Inés in Her Sickness.” In the side of the room toward the river, Captain Tiago has arranged fantastic wooden arches, half Chinese, half European, through which one can pass to the roof which covers part of the first story. This roof serves as a veranda, and has been illuminated with Chinese lanterns in many colors and made into a pretty little arbor or garden. The sala or principal room of the house, where the guests assembled is resplendent with colossal mirrors and brilliant chandeliers, and, upon a platform of pine, is a costly piano of the finest workmanship.

In stark contrast to these worldly decorations are the colorful religious images on the walls—subjects like “Purgatory,” “Hell,” “The Last Judgment,” “The Death of the Just,” and “The Death of the Sinner.” Beneath these, in a beautiful Renaissance frame, is a large, intriguing linen engraving of two elderly women. The picture is labeled “Our Lady of Peace, Favorable to Travelers, Venerated in Antipolo, Visiting in the Form of a Beggar the Devout Wife of the Famous Captain Inés in Her Illness.” On the side of the room facing the river, Captain Tiago has set up amazing wooden arches, half Chinese and half European, which lead to the roof covering part of the first floor. This roof serves as a veranda, adorned with colorful Chinese lanterns, creating a lovely little arbor or garden. The sala or main room of the house, where guests gather, is dazzling with large mirrors and bright chandeliers, and on a pine platform sits an expensive piano of the finest craftsmanship.

People almost filled this room, the men keeping on one side and the women on the other, as though they were in a Catholic church or a synagogue. Among the women were a number of young girls, both native and Spanish. Occasionally one of them forgot herself and yawned, but immediately sought to conceal it by covering her mouth with her fan. Conversation was carried [3]on in a low voice and died away in vague mono-syllables, like the indistinct noises heard by night in a large mansion.

People almost filled this room, with the men on one side and the women on the other, as if they were in a Catholic church or a synagogue. Among the women were several young girls, both native and Spanish. Occasionally, one of them would yawn but would quickly try to hide it by covering her mouth with her fan. Conversation happened [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]in hushed tones and faded away into vague monosyllables, like the muffled sounds heard at night in a big mansion.

An elderly woman with a kindly face, a cousin of Captain Tiago, received the ladies. She spoke Spanish regardless of all the grammatical rules, and her courtesies consisted in offering to the Spanish ladies cigarettes and betel nut (neither of which they use) and in kissing the hands of the native women after the manner of the friars. Finally the poor old lady was completely exhausted, and, taking advantage of a distant crash occasioned by the breaking of a plate, hurried off precipitately to investigate, murmuring: “Jesús! Just wait, you good-for-nothings!”

An elderly woman with a kind face, who was a cousin of Captain Tiago, welcomed the ladies. She spoke Spanish without worrying about proper grammar, and her polite gestures included offering the Spanish ladies cigarettes and betel nut (which they didn’t use) and kissing the hands of the local women like the friars did. Eventually, the poor old lady became completely worn out, and when she heard a loud crash from a plate breaking, she hurried off to check it out, muttering, “Jesús! Just wait, you good-for-nothings!”

Among the men there was somewhat more animation. In one corner of the room were some cadets, who chatted with some show of interest, but in a low voice. From time to time they surveyed the crowd and indicated to each other different persons, meanwhile laughing more or less affectedly.

Among the men, there was a bit more energy. In one corner of the room, a few cadets were chatting with a hint of interest, but they kept their voices low. Every now and then, they scanned the crowd and pointed out different people to each other, laughing in a somewhat exaggerated way.

The only people who appeared to be really enjoying themselves were two friars, two citizens and an officer of the army who formed a group around a small table, on which were bottles of wine and English biscuits. The officer was old, tall and sunburnt, and looked as the Duke of Alva might have looked, had he been reduced to a command in the civil guard. He said little, but what he did say was short and to the point. One of the friars was a young Dominican, handsome and dressed with extreme nicety. He wore gold mounted spectacles and preserved the extreme gravity of youth. The other friar, however, who was a Franciscan, talked a great deal and gesticulated even more. Although his hair was getting gray, he seemed to be well preserved and in robust health. His splendid figure, keen glance, square jaw and herculean form gave him the appearance of a Roman patrician in disguise. He was gay and talked briskly, like one who is not afraid to speak out. Brusque though his words might be, his merry laugh removed any disagreeable impression.

The only people who really seemed to be enjoying themselves were two friars, two locals, and a military officer gathered around a small table with bottles of wine and English biscuits. The officer was old, tall, and sunburned, resembling what the Duke of Alva might have looked like if he had been demoted to a position in the civil guard. He spoke little, but when he did, it was straightforward and concise. One of the friars was a young Dominican, handsome and dressed very neatly. He wore gold-rimmed glasses and carried the serious demeanor of youth. The other friar, a Franciscan, talked a lot and gestured even more. Despite his graying hair, he looked well-preserved and in great health. His impressive physique, sharp gaze, square jaw, and muscular build gave him the look of a Roman patrician in disguise. He was lively and spoke energetically, as someone unafraid to express himself. Although his words could be brusque, his cheerful laugh dispelled any negative impression.

As to the citizens, one of them was small in stature [4]and wore a black beard, his most noticeable feature being his large nose—so large that you could scarcely believe that it was all his own. The other was a young blonde, apparently a recent arrival in the country. The latter was carrying on a lively discussion with the Franciscan.

As for the citizens, one of them was short [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and had a black beard, with his most noticeable feature being his big nose—so big that you could hardly believe it was all his. The other was a young blonde, clearly a newcomer to the country. The latter was engaging in a lively discussion with the Franciscan.

“You will see,” said the friar, “when you have been in the country a few months, and will be convinced that what I say is right. It is one thing to govern in Madrid and another to rule in the Philippines.”

“You’ll see,” said the friar, “when you’ve spent a few months in the country, you’ll realize that what I’m saying is true. It’s one thing to govern in Madrid and another to rule in the Philippines.”

“But——”

“But—”

“I, for example,” continued Father Dámaso, raising his voice to prevent the other from speaking, “I, who can point to my twenty-three years of existence on bananas and rice, can speak with some authority on this subject. Do not come to me with theories or arguments, for I know the native. Remember, that when I came to this country, I was sent to a parish, small and largely devoted to agriculture. I did not understand Tagalog very well, but I received the confessions of the women and we managed to understand each other. In fact, they came to think so much of me that three years afterward, when I was sent to another and larger town, where a vacancy had been created by the death of the native parish priest, all the women were in tears. They overwhelmed me with presents, they saw me off with bands of music——”

“I, for example,” continued Father Dámaso, raising his voice to stop the other from speaking, “I, who can point to my twenty-three years of living on bananas and rice, can speak with some authority on this subject. Don’t come to me with theories or arguments, because I know the local people. Remember, when I first arrived in this country, I was assigned to a small parish mainly focused on farming. I didn’t understand Tagalog very well, but I heard confessions from the women and we managed to communicate. In fact, they thought so highly of me that three years later, when I was sent to a bigger town due to the death of the local parish priest, all the women were in tears. They showered me with gifts and sent me off with bands playing music——”

“But this only shows——”

“But this only shows—”

“Wait, wait! Do not be in a hurry! My successor remained there a still shorter time, but when he left there were more people to see him off, more tears shed, and more music played, although he had treated the people worse than I, and had raised the parish dues to a sum almost double the amount I had exacted.”

“Wait, wait! Don't rush! My successor was there for even less time, but when he left, there were more people to see him off, more tears were shed, and more music was played, even though he treated the people worse than I did and had increased the parish dues to nearly double what I charged.”

“But allow me——”

“But let me——”

“Furthermore, I was twenty years in the town of San Diego and it was only a few months ago—that—that I left. Twenty years! Surely any one will admit that twenty years is time enough to get acquainted with a town. There were six thousand people in San Diego, and I knew every one of them as if he were my own [5]child. I knew even the private affairs of them all; I knew in what way this man was ‘crooked,’ where the shoe pinched that one, what slips every girl had made and with whom, and who was the true father of each child, for I received all of their confessions and they always confessed scrupulously. I can prove what I say by Santiago, our host, for he has considerable property in that town, and it was there that we became friends. Well, then! This will show you what sort of people the natives are: when I went away, only a few old women and some lay brothers saw me off. And that, after I had been there twenty years! Don’t you see that this proves beyond a doubt that all the reforms attempted by the Ministers of the Government in Madrid are perfectly absurd?”

“Also, I spent twenty years in San Diego, and I only left a few months ago. Twenty years! Surely anyone would agree that twenty years is plenty of time to get to know a town. There were six thousand people in San Diego, and I knew each one of them as if they were my own child. I even knew their private matters; I knew which man was ‘crooked,’ where one felt pressure, what mistakes every girl had made and with whom, and who the real father of each child was, since I heard all their confessions and they always confessed thoroughly. I can back this up with Santiago, our host, because he owns quite a bit of property in that town, and that’s how we became friends. Well then! This shows what the locals are like: when I left, only a few old women and some lay brothers came to see me off. And that, after I had been there for twenty years! Don’t you see that this clearly proves that all the reforms attempted by the Ministers of the Government in Madrid are completely ridiculous?”

It was now the young man’s turn to be perplexed. The lieutenant, who had been listening to the argument, knit his brows. The little man with the black beard made ready to combat or support Father Dámaso’s arguments, while the Dominican was content to remain entirely neutral.

It was now the young man's turn to be confused. The lieutenant, who had been listening to the argument, frowned. The short man with the black beard prepared to challenge or back up Father Dámado's points, while the Dominican was happy to stay completely neutral.

“But do you believe——,” the young man finally asked in a curious mood, and looking straight at the friar.

“But do you believe—,” the young man finally asked, his curiosity piqued as he looked directly at the friar.

“Do I believe it? As I do the Gospel! The native is so indolent!”

“Do I believe it? Just like I believe the Gospel! The local people are so lazy!”

“Ah! Pardon me for interrupting you,” said the young blonde, lowering his voice and drawing his chair closer, “but you have spoken a word that arouses my interest. Is this indolence an inherent characteristic of the native, or is it true, as a foreign traveller has said in speaking of a country whose inhabitants are of the same race as these, that this indolence is only a fabrication to excuse our own laziness, our backwardness and the faults of our celestial system?”

“Sorry to interrupt you,” said the young blonde, lowering his voice and pulling his chair closer, “but you’ve said something that catches my interest. Is this laziness an inherent trait of the locals, or is it, as a foreign traveler mentioned when discussing a country with inhabitants of the same race as these, that this laziness is just a made-up excuse for our own sloth, our backwardness, and the flaws of our celestial system?”

“Bah! That is nothing but envy! Ask Señor Laruja, who knows this country very well, whether the native has his equal in the world for indolence and ignorance.”

“Bah! That’s just envy! Ask Señor Laruja, who knows this country really well, whether anyone in the world matches the native for laziness and ignorance.”

“It is a fact,” replied the little man referred to, “that [6]nowhere in the world can any one be found more indolent than the native. Positively nowhere!”

“It is a fact,” replied the little man referred to, “that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] nowhere in the world can anyone be found more lazy than the native. Seriously, nowhere!”

“Nor more vicious and ungrateful!”

"Not more vicious and ungrateful!"

“Nor with less education!”

"Not with less education!"

Somewhat uneasy, the blonde man began to glance about the room. “Gentlemen,” he said in a low voice, “I believe that we are in the house of a native, and these young ladies may——”

Somewhat uneasy, the blonde man started to look around the room. “Gentlemen,” he said quietly, “I think we are in the home of a local, and these young ladies may——”

“Bah! Don’t be so sensitive. How long have you been in the country?”

“Come on! Don’t be so sensitive. How long have you been in the country?”

“Four days,” answered the young man somewhat ruffled.

“Four days,” replied the young man, a bit flustered.

“Did you come here as an employee?”

“Did you come here as a worker?”

“No, sir. I came on my own account in order to become acquainted with the country.”

“No, sir. I came on my own to get to know the country.”

“Man, what a rare bird you are!” exclaimed Father Dámaso, looking at him with curiosity. “To come here on your own account for such foolish ends! What a phenomenon! And when so many books have been written about this country——”

“Wow, what a unique person you are!” Father Dámaso said, looking at him with interest. “To come here on your own for such silly reasons! What a marvel! Especially when so many books have been written about this country——”

Then, striking the arm of his chair with sudden violence, he exclaimed: “The country is being lost; it is lost already. The governing power supports heretics against the ministers of God.”

Then, suddenly hitting the arm of his chair with force, he exclaimed: “The country is being lost; it’s already lost. The ruling power backs heretics against the servants of God.”

“What do you mean?” again asked the lieutenant, half rising from his chair.

“What do you mean?” the lieutenant asked again, half standing up from his chair.

“What do I mean?” repeated Father Dámaso, again raising his voice, and facing the lieutenant. “I mean what I say. I mean that, when a priest turns away the corpse of a heretic from his cemetery, no one, not even the King himself, has the right to interfere, and still less to punish. And yet a general, a miserable little general——”

“What do I mean?” repeated Father Dámaso, raising his voice again and facing the lieutenant. “I mean what I say. I mean that when a priest turns away the corpse of a heretic from his cemetery, no one, not even the King himself, has the right to interfere, and even less to punish. And yet a general, a pathetic little general——”

“Father! His Excellency is the vice-regal representative of His Majesty the King!” exclaimed the officer, rising to his feet.

“Father! His Excellency is the vice-regal representative of His Majesty the King!” the officer exclaimed, getting to his feet.

“What do I care for His Excellency, or for any of your vice-regal representatives!” answered the Franciscan, rising in his turn. “In any other time than the present, he would have been thrown down stairs in the same way as the religious corporations treated the sacrilegious [7]governor Bustamente in his time. Those were the days when there was faith!”

“What do I care about His Excellency or any of your vice-regal representatives?” the Franciscan responded, standing up in turn. “In any other time, he would have been thrown down the stairs just like how the religious groups dealt with the sacrilegious [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] governor Bustamente back then. Those were the days when people actually had faith!”

“I’ll tell you right here that I don’t allow any—His Excellency represents His Majesty the King!”

“I’ll say it right now that I don’t allow any—His Excellency represents His Majesty the King!”

“I don’t care whether he is king or rogue. For us there is no king other than the true——”

“I don’t care if he’s a king or a rogue. For us, there is no king other than the true——”

“Stop this immediately!” shouted the lieutenant in a threatening manner, and as though he were commanding his own soldiers. “Take back what you have said, or to-morrow I shall inform His Excellency.”

“Stop this right now!” shouted the lieutenant in a threatening tone, as if he were ordering his own soldiers. “Take back what you said, or tomorrow I will report it to His Excellency.”

“Go and tell him at once! Go tell him!” answered Father Dámaso, sarcastically, at the same time approaching the lieutenant with his fists doubled. “Don’t you think for a moment that, because I wear the dress of a monk, I’m not a man. Hurry! Go tell him! I’ll lend you my carriage.”

“Go and tell him right now! Go tell him!” Father Dámaso replied sarcastically, stepping towards the lieutenant with his fists clenched. “Don’t think for a second that just because I’m dressed as a monk, I’m not a man. Hurry up! Go tell him! I’ll lend you my carriage.”

The discussion began to grow ridiculous as the speakers became more heated, but, at this point, fortunately, the Dominican interfered.

The conversation started to get absurd as the speakers grew more intense, but, luckily, at that moment, the Dominican stepped in.

“Gentlemen!” he said in a tone of authority, and with that nasal twang which is so characteristic of the friars, “there is no reason why you should thus confuse matters or take offense where it is not intended. We should distinguish between what Father Dámaso says as a man, and what he says as a priest. Whatever he may say as a priest cannot be offensive, for the words of a priest are understood to be absolutely true.”

“Gentlemen!” he said with an authoritative tone and that nasal twang typical of friars, “there's no reason for you to confuse things or take offense when none is meant. We should separate what Father Dámaso says as a man from what he says as a priest. Anything he says as a priest can’t be offensive, because a priest’s words are understood to be completely true.”

“But I understand what his motives are, Father Sibyla!” interrupted the lieutenant, who saw that he would be drawn into a net of such fine distinction that, if he allowed it to go on, Father Dámaso would get off scot free. “I know very well what his motives are, and Your Reverence will also perceive them. During the absence of Father Dámaso from San Diego, his assistant buried the body of a very worthy person. Yes, sir, an extremely worthy person! I had known the man from time to time and had often been his guest. What if he never had been to confession? I do not confess, either. To say that he committed suicide is a lie, a slander. A man such as he, with a son whose success and love were more than all the world to him; a man [8]who believed in God, who fulfilled his duty to society, who was honorable and just—such a man does not commit suicide. That is what I say! I am not telling you all that I think about this matter, and Your Reverence should be very thankful that I restrain myself.”

“But I get what his motives are, Father Sibyla!” the lieutenant cut in, realizing he was being pulled into such a fine argument that if it continued, Father Dámaso would escape without any consequences. “I know exactly what his motives are, and I'm sure you see them too. While Father Dámaso was away from San Diego, his assistant buried the body of a very good man. Absolutely, a truly good man! I had known him on occasion and had often been his guest. So what if he never went to confession? I don’t confess either. Saying that he committed suicide is a lie, a slander. A man like him, with a son whose success and love meant everything to him; a man [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]who believed in God, who fulfilled his duties to society, who was honorable and just—such a man does not take his own life. That’s what I’m saying! I’m not sharing all my thoughts on this issue, and you should be very grateful that I’m holding back.”

Turning his back on the Franciscan, he continued: “As I was saying, this priest, when he returned to the town, after maltreating his coadjutor, ordered that the man’s body be taken up and thrown out of the cemetery, to be buried I know not where. The town of San Diego was too cowardly to protest, though, in fact, very few people knew much about the matter. The dead man had no relatives in the town and his only son was in Europe. His Excellency, however, learned about the affair, and being at heart upright and just, he ordered that the priest be punished. As a result, Father Dámaso was transferred to another but better town. That is all there was to it. Now you can make all the distinctions you like.”

Turning his back on the Franciscan, he continued: “As I was saying, this priest, after mistreating his assistant, ordered that the man’s body be taken up and thrown out of the cemetery, to be buried who knows where. The town of San Diego was too afraid to speak up, although very few people really knew much about it. The dead man had no family in town, and his only son was in Europe. However, His Excellency found out about the situation, and being fundamentally just and fair, he ordered that the priest be punished. As a result, Father Dámaso was moved to another, better town. That’s all there was to it. Now you can make all the distinctions you want.”

So saying, he left the group.

So saying, he walked away from the group.

“I am very sorry to have touched upon so delicate a subject,” said Father Sibyla, “but, after all, if the change from one town to another was to your advantage——”

“I’m really sorry to bring up such a sensitive topic,” said Father Sibyla, “but, in the end, if moving from one town to another was beneficial for you——”

“How could it be to my advantage? How about all the things that I lost?” interrupted Father Dámaso, fairly boiling over with rage.

“How could this benefit me? What about everything I've lost?” interrupted Father Dámaso, practically boiling over with anger.

“Good evening, gentlemen! Good evening, Father!” said Captain Santiago, who at that instant entered the room, leading a youth by the hand. On saluting his guests in this manner, he kissed the hands of the priests, who, by the way, forgot to give him their blessing. The Dominican took off his gold-rimmed spectacles in order to examine the new arrival at better advantage, while Father Dámaso, turning pale at the sight, stared at the youth with eyes wide open.

“Good evening, gentlemen! Good evening, Dad!” said Captain Santiago, who just walked into the room, holding a young guy's hand. As he greeted his guests this way, he kissed the hands of the priests, who, by the way, forgot to bless him. The Dominican took off his gold-rimmed glasses to get a better look at the newcomer, while Father Dámaso, turning pale at the sight, stared at the young guy with wide eyes.

“I have the honor of presenting to you Don Crisostomo Ibarra, the son of my deceased friend,” said Captain Tiago. “The young man has just arrived from Europe, and I have been to meet him.” At the mere mention of the name, exclamations were heard in all parts of the room. The lieutenant, forgetting himself [9]entirely, did not stop to salute his host, but at once approached the young man and surveyed him from head to foot. The youth exchanged the usual greetings with those who had gathered around him. He showed no striking peculiarity, except in his sombre dress, which was in deep contrast with that of the other persons present. His athletic build, his appearance, and every movement he made showed, however, that a fine mind and a healthy body had both been highly developed. You could see from his frank and vivacious face that he had Spanish blood in his veins. Although his hair, eyes and complexion were dark, his cheeks had a slight color, due, no doubt, to residence in cold countries.

“I’m honored to introduce Don Crisostomo Ibarra, the son of my late friend,” said Captain Tiago. “The young man just got back from Europe, and I went to greet him.” At the mention of his name, gasps were heard all around the room. The lieutenant, completely forgetting himself, didn’t bother to salute his host and immediately approached the young man, taking him in from head to toe. The youth exchanged the usual greetings with those who gathered around him. He didn’t stand out in any particular way, except for his dark clothing, which sharply contrasted with what everyone else was wearing. His athletic build, appearance, and every movement showed that he had a sharp mind and a strong body. His open and lively face revealed that he had Spanish heritage. Although his hair, eyes, and skin were dark, his cheeks had a hint of color, likely from living in colder climates.

“What!” he exclaimed with glad surprise, “the parish priest of my own town! Father Dámaso, my father’s intimate friend!” Every one in the room looked at the Franciscan, but the latter made no motion.

“What!” he exclaimed with joyful surprise, “the parish priest from my own town! Father Dámaso, my father’s close friend!” Everyone in the room turned to look at the Franciscan, but he didn’t move.

“You must excuse me, if I have made a mistake,” added Ibarra, somewhat in doubt because of the apathy of the friar.

“You have to excuse me if I’ve made a mistake,” Ibarra added, feeling a bit uncertain because of the friar's indifference.

“You have made no mistake,” the priest finally answered in a strained voice, “but your father was never an intimate friend of mine.”

“You haven't made any mistake,” the priest finally replied in a tense voice, “but your father was never a close friend of mine.”

Ibarra slowly withdrew the hand which he had offered, looking at the friar with great surprise. As he turned about, he came face to face with the lieutenant just approaching.

Ibarra slowly pulled back the hand he had offered, staring at the friar in shock. As he turned, he came face to face with the lieutenant who was just coming up.

“My boy, are you the son of Don Rafael Ibarra?”

“My boy, are you the son of Don Rafael Ibarra?”

The young man bowed in acquiescence. Father Dámaso settled back into his arm-chair and fixed his eyes upon the lieutenant.

The young man nodded in agreement. Father Dámaso leaned back in his armchair and focused his gaze on the lieutenant.

“Welcome to your country! May you be more happy in it than was your father!” exclaimed the officer in a trembling voice. “I had many dealings with your father and I knew him well, and I can say that he was one of the most worthy and honorable men in the Philippines.”

“Welcome to your country! I hope you find more happiness here than your father did!” the officer said with a shaky voice. “I worked with your father a lot and knew him well, and I can honestly say he was one of the most respected and honorable men in the Philippines.”

“Sir,” replied Ibarra with emotion, “your praise of my father puts me in doubt as to his fate. Even now I, his own son, am ignorant of it all.”

“Sir,” Ibarra replied with emotion, “your praise of my father makes me question what happened to him. Even now, as his own son, I know nothing about it.”

The eyes of the old man filled with tears. He turned [10]and hurriedly withdrew. Ibarra found himself standing alone in the middle of the room. His host had disappeared, and he turned to a group of gentlemen, who, as soon as they saw him coming, formed a semicircle to receive him.

The old man's eyes filled with tears. He quickly turned [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and hurried away. Ibarra found himself standing alone in the middle of the room. His host had vanished, and he turned to a group of gentlemen who, as soon as they saw him approaching, formed a semicircle to welcome him.

“Gentlemen,” he said, “in Germany, when a stranger attends any social function and there is no one present to introduce him, it is allowable for him to introduce himself. Permit me to avail myself of this practice. Gentlemen, my name is Juan Crisostomo Ibarra y Magsalin.” The others gave their names in turn, of which the most were comparatively unknown.

“Gentlemen,” he said, “in Germany, when a stranger shows up at a social event and no one is there to introduce him, it's acceptable for him to introduce himself. Let me take advantage of this practice. Gentlemen, my name is Juan Crisostomo Ibarra y Magsalin.” The others introduced themselves one by one, and most of their names were relatively unknown.

“My name is A——a,” said one of the young men, bowing stiffly.

“My name is A——a,” said one of the young men, giving a formal bow.

“Then, perhaps, I have the honor of addressing the poet whose works have kept up my enthusiasm for my country? I have been told that you have stopped writing, but no one has told me why.”

“Then, maybe, I have the honor of speaking to the poet whose works have kept my passion for my country alive? I’ve heard you’ve stopped writing, but no one has told me why.”

“Why? Because there is no use in invoking the muses for false and foolish ends. A case has been made out against one man for having put into verse a true story of Pero Grullo. I am not going to get myself into a similar scrape. They may call me a poet, but they shall not call me a fool.”

“Why? Because there's no point in calling on the muses for fake and silly reasons. Someone was criticized for turning a true story about Pero Grullo into verse. I’m not going to get myself into that same mess. They can call me a poet, but they won’t be able to call me a fool.”

“And can you not tell us what that true story was?”

“And can’t you tell us what that true story was?”

“Yes. The poet said that the son of a lion is also a lion, and for saying this he narrowly escaped being banished.”

“Yes. The poet said that the son of a lion is also a lion, and for saying this he narrowly escaped being banished.”

“Dinner is ready,” announced a waiter who had been borrowed from the Cáfé Campaña. The guests began to file into the dining room, not, however, without many sighs, and even some prayers among the women, especially the natives, that the dreaded affair would soon be over. [11]

“Dinner is ready,” announced a waiter who had been borrowed from the Café Campaña. The guests started heading into the dining room, but not without lots of sighing and even some prayers from the women, especially the locals, hoping that the dreaded event would end soon. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter II.

At the Dinner Table.

Father Sibyla wore a satisfied air. He moved along tranquilly, and his closed, thin lips showed no signs of disdain. On the other hand, the Franciscan was in a very bad humor. As he walked toward the table, he kicked over the chairs which happened to be in his way and boxed the ears of one of the cadets. The lieutenant was very solemn and grave.

Father Sibyla had a content look on his face. He walked calmly, and his thin, closed lips didn’t reveal any signs of disdain. Meanwhile, the Franciscan was in a terrible mood. As he headed toward the table, he kicked over the chairs in his path and slapped one of the cadets. The lieutenant remained serious and somber.

The two friars instinctively started for the head of the table, perhaps by force of habit, and, as might have been expected, they met on opposite sides of the same chair. Then, with ponderous courtesy, each entreated the other to sit down, giving in turn his reasons why the other should take precedence. Every one at the table understood how both really felt in the matter, and all knew well that the one who did not take the coveted seat would grumble discontentedly for the remainder of the evening. The farce proceeded something like this:

The two friars instinctively headed for the head of the table, probably out of habit, and, as expected, they ended up on opposite sides of the same chair. Then, with exaggerated politeness, each requested the other to take a seat, offering their reasons for why the other should go first. Everyone at the table understood how both really felt about it, and they all knew that whichever one didn’t take the desired seat would complain for the rest of the evening. The situation unfolded something like this:

“You take it, Brother Dámaso! It is for you!”

“You take it, Brother Dámaso! It's for you!”

“No, you take it, Brother Sibyla!”

“No, you take it, Brother Sibyla!”

“You are an old friend of the family, the confessor of its deepest mysteries; your age, your dignity, your——”

“You're a longtime friend of the family, the keeper of its deepest secrets; your age, your dignity, your——”

“No, that is all right as far as age goes, but, on the other hand you are the priest of this suburb,” answered Father Dámaso in an insincere tone, without, however, leaving the chair.

“No, that’s fine in terms of age, but, on the other hand, you’re the priest of this neighborhood,” Father Dámaso replied insincerely, still sitting in the chair.

“As you order it, I obey,” concluded Father Sibyla, making ready to sit down.

“As you order it, I’ll do it,” Father Sibyla said, getting ready to sit down.

“But I do not order it,” protested the Franciscan, “I do not order it.”

“But I'm not giving the order,” protested the Franciscan, “I’m not giving the order.”

Father Sibyla was about to take the seat without any further regard to the protests of his brother, when his eyes chanced to meet those of the lieutenant. According to the [12]religious customs in the Philippines, the highest military officer is inferior to even a convent cook. “Cedent arma togæ,” said Cicero in the Senate. “Cedent arma cottæ,” say the friars in the Philippines. Father Sibyla, however, was a person of some culture and refinement, and, as soon as he noticed the expression on the lieutenant’s face, said: “Here! We are now out in the world, and not in the Church. This seat belongs to you, lieutenant!” But, to judge from the tone of his voice, he thought that, although he was out in the world and not in the Church, the seat nevertheless belonged to him. The lieutenant, either to save himself trouble or in order to avoid sitting between two friars, declined the honor in a very few words.

Father Sibyla was about to take the seat without paying any mind to his brother's protests when he happened to catch the lieutenant's eye. According to the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]religious customs in the Philippines, even the highest military officer ranks below a convent cook. “Cedent arma togæ,” Cicero said in the Senate. “Cedent arma cottæ,” the friars say in the Philippines. However, Father Sibyla was quite cultured and refined, and as soon as he noticed the expression on the lieutenant’s face, he said: “Hey! We’re in the world now, not in the Church. This seat is yours, lieutenant!” But judging by the tone of his voice, he seemed to believe that even though they were out in the world and not in the Church, the seat still rightfully belonged to him. The lieutenant, either wanting to avoid complications or not wanting to sit between two friars, politely declined the offer in just a few words.

Neither of the disputants had thought of the owner of the house. Ibarra saw him looking upon the scene and smiling with satisfaction.

Neither of the people arguing had considered the homeowner. Ibarra noticed him watching the scene and smiling with satisfaction.

“How is this, Don Santiago! Aren’t you going to sit down with us?”

“How’s it going, Don Santiago? Aren’t you going to join us?”

But all of the seats were already occupied, and Lucullus did not dine in the house of Lucullus.

But all the seats were already taken, and Lucullus did not eat at Lucullus's house.

“Sit still! Don’t get up!” said Captain Tiago, laying his hand on the young man’s shoulder. “The fact is that this feast is given in honor of the Virgin on account of your safe arrival. Here! Bring on the tinola! I ordered some tinola made expressly for you, for I feel quite certain that you have not had any since you left the Philippines a long while ago.”

“Stay put! Don’t get up!” said Captain Tiago, placing his hand on the young man’s shoulder. “The truth is that this feast is in honor of the Virgin because you arrived safely. Here! Bring out the tinola! I had some tinola prepared just for you, because I’m sure you haven’t had any since you left the Philippines a long time ago.”

A large dish was brought in, still steaming and filled to the brim with tinola. The Dominican, after murmuring the Benedicite (to which only a few of those present could give the response), began to serve the contents of the dish. Either from carelessness or for some other reason, he passed to Father Dámaso a plate filled with the soup and stew, but containing only two small pieces of chicken, a bony neck and a tough wing. Meanwhile the others, especially Ibarra, were eating all sorts of choice bits. The Franciscan, of course, noticed this, mussed over the stew, took a mouthful of the soup, dropped his spoon with a clatter into his plate, and pushed the dish to one side. While this was going on, the Dominican appeared to be absorbed in conversation with the young [13]blonde. Señor Laruja had also begun to converse with Ibarra.

A large dish was brought in, still steaming and filled to the top with tinola. The Dominican, after quietly saying the Benedicite (which only a few of those present could respond to), started serving the dish. Either out of carelessness or for some other reason, he handed Father Dámaso a plate filled with the soup and stew, but it only had two small pieces of chicken: a bony neck and a tough wing. Meanwhile, the others, especially Ibarra, were enjoying all kinds of choice bits. The Franciscan, of course, noticed this, picked at the stew, took a mouthful of the soup, dropped his spoon with a clatter into his plate, and pushed the dish aside. While this was happening, the Dominican seemed to be engrossed in conversation with the young [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]blonde. Señor Laruja had also started chatting with Ibarra.

“How long has it been since you were last in this country?” said he.

“How long has it been since you were last in this country?” he asked.

“About seven years,” responded Ibarra.

“About seven years,” replied Ibarra.

“You must have forgotten all about it.”

“You must have completely forgotten about it.”

“On the contrary, although my country seems to have forgotten me, I have always kept her in mind.”

“On the contrary, even though my country seems to have forgotten me, I have always kept her in my thoughts.”

“What do you mean?” interposed the blonde.

“What do you mean?” the blonde interrupted.

“I mean that for over a year I have not received any news from here, so that now I feel like a total stranger. I do not yet know how or when my father died.”

“I mean that for over a year I haven’t heard anything from here, so now I feel like a complete stranger. I still don’t know how or when my father passed away.”

“Ah!” exclaimed the lieutenant.

“Wow!” exclaimed the lieutenant.

“Where have you been that you did not telegraph?” asked one of the ladies. “When I was married, we telegraphed to the Peninsula.”

“Where have you been that you didn’t send a telegram?” asked one of the women. “When I got married, we sent a telegram to the Peninsula.”

“Señora, for the last two years I have been in northern Europe, in Germany and in Poland.”

“Ma’am, for the past two years I’ve been in northern Europe, in Germany and Poland.”

“And what country of Europe do you like best?” asked the young blonde, who had been listening interestedly.

“And which country in Europe do you like the most?” asked the young blonde, who had been listening with interest.

“After Spain, which is my second fatherland, oh—any free country in Europe.”

“After Spain, which feels like my second home, oh—any free country in Europe.”

“You seem to have travelled a great deal—what is the most remarkable thing that you have observed?” asked Laruja.

“You seem to have traveled a lot—what’s the most remarkable thing you’ve seen?” asked Laruja.

Ibarra appeared to be reflecting on the question. “Remarkable? In what way?”

Ibarra seemed to be thinking about the question. “Remarkable? How so?”

“For instance, in the life of the different peoples,—their social, political and religious life——”

“For example, in the lives of different communities— their social, political, and religious lives—”

Ibarra meditated for some little time. “I always made it a point to study the history of a country before visiting it, and I find that national development invariably follows perfectly natural rules. I have always noticed that the prosperity or poverty of different peoples is in direct proportion to their liberties or their lack of liberty, or, in other words, in proportion to the sacrifices or selfishness of their forefathers.”

Ibarra thought for a while. “I’ve always made it a priority to learn the history of a country before visiting, and I see that national growth always follows natural patterns. I've noticed that the wealth or poverty of different people directly relates to their freedoms or lack of them, or, put another way, to the sacrifices or self-interest of their ancestors.”

“And is that all you have observed?” asked the Franciscan, with a loud laugh. Up to this time, he had not uttered a single word, but had given his attention to the dinner. “It was not worth while to squander your fortune [14]for the purpose of learning such a trifle—a thing that every school boy knows.”

“And is that all you’ve noticed?” asked the Franciscan, laughing loudly. Until now, he hadn’t said a word but had focused on the dinner. “It wasn’t necessary to waste your fortune [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]just to learn something so trivial—something every school kid knows.”

Ibarra looked at him intently, doubtful what to say. The guests glanced at each other, fearing that a quarrel would break out. “The dinner has been too long, and Your Reverence is affected by too much wine,” Ibarra was about to reply, but he checked himself in time and only said: “Gentlemen, do not wonder at the familiarity with which our old parish priest treats me. He treated me this way when I was a child, and the years that have passed since then have not changed His Reverence. I derive a certain amount of pleasure from it, for I am reminded of those days when His Reverence was a frequent visitor at our house and honored my father’s table.”

Ibarra stared at him, unsure of what to say. The guests exchanged worried glances, fearing a fight might break out. “Dinner has gone on for too long, and Your Reverence has had too much to drink,” Ibarra was about to respond, but he caught himself and simply said, “Gentlemen, don’t think it’s strange how familiar our old parish priest is with me. He treated me this way when I was a kid, and the years since then haven’t changed Him at all. I actually enjoy it, as it reminds me of the times when He was often at our house and graced my father’s table.”

The Dominican glanced furtively at the Franciscan, who was trembling. Ibarra continued, rising from his chair: “You will allow me to withdraw, for I have only just arrived, and I must leave town to-morrow. Besides, I have a great many things to do before I leave. The dinner is practically finished, and I drink very little wine and scarcely touch spirits. Gentlemen, here’s to Spain and the Philippines.”

The Dominican glanced nervously at the Franciscan, who was shaking. Ibarra stood up from his chair and said, “I hope you don’t mind if I leave, since I just got here, and I have to head out of town tomorrow. Plus, I have a lot to take care of before I go. Dinner is almost over, and I barely drink wine or touch spirits. Cheers to Spain and the Philippines, everyone.”

Saying this, he emptied the glass, which, until then, he had not touched. The old lieutenant followed his example, but said nothing.

Saying this, he downed the glass, which, until then, he hadn't touched. The old lieutenant followed his lead, but remained silent.

“Do not go!” said Captain Tiago to him in a low voice. “Maria Clara is coming immediately. Isabel has just gone to get her. The new parish priest of your town is also coming, and he is a saint.”

“Don’t go!” Captain Tiago said to him in a low voice. “Maria Clara is on her way. Isabel just went to get her. The new parish priest from your town is also coming, and he’s a saint.”

“I shall come to-morrow before I leave. I have to make a most important visit yet to-night, and really must go!” With this he took his departure. In the meantime, the Franciscan had recovered himself.

“I’ll come by tomorrow before I leave. I have to make a really important visit tonight, and I really have to go!” With that, he left. In the meantime, the Franciscan had composed himself.

“You see how it is,” said he to the young blonde, gesticulating with his dessert knife. “It is nothing but pride. He could not bear to have a priest reprove him. Can decent people believe it? This is the evil consequence of sending young men to Europe. The Government ought to prohibit it.”

“You see how it is,” he said to the young blonde, waving his dessert knife around. “It’s nothing but pride. He couldn’t handle a priest calling him out. Can decent people actually believe this? This is the awful result of sending young men to Europe. The government should put a stop to it.”

That night, the young blonde wrote, among other things, in the first chapter of his “Colonial Studies”: “How the [15]neck and wing of a chicken in a friar’s plate of tinola can disturb the gayety of a feast!” And among his other observations were the following: “In the Philippines the most insignificant person at a dinner or a feast is the host. The owner of the house has only to remain out in the street, and everything will go along beautifully. In the present state of affairs, it would be well to forbid the Filipinos to leave their country, and not to teach them how to read.” [16]

That night, the young blonde wrote, among other things, in the first chapter of his “Colonial Studies”: “How the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] neck and wing of a chicken in a friar’s plate of tinola can ruin the fun of a celebration!” And among his other observations were the following: “In the Philippines, the least important person at a dinner or a feast is the host. The owner of the house just has to stay outside, and everything will go smoothly. Given the current situation, it would be best to stop Filipinos from leaving their country and not teach them how to read.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter III.

Heretic and Revolutionist.

Ibarra was still confused, but the evening breeze, which, in Manila, is at this time of the year always cool and refreshing, seemed gently to lift the hazy mist which hung over his eyes. He removed his hat and drew a deep, long breath.

Ibarra was still confused, but the evening breeze, which in Manila is always cool and refreshing at this time of year, seemed to gently lift the hazy mist from his eyes. He took off his hat and took a deep, long breath.

Men of all nationalities passed by in swift carriages or in slow-going, rented calesas. He was walking at that slow pace characteristic alike of deep thought and laziness, and was making his way toward the Plaza of Binondo. He looked about in search of any old and familiar objects. Yes, there were the same old streets, the same old houses with white and blue fronts, the same old walls covered with whitewash or repainted in poor imitation of granite; there was the same old church tower, its clock with transparent face still marking the hours; there, too, were the old Chinese shops, with their dirty curtains and iron rods, one of which remained unrepaired as he himself had bent it when a boy.

Men from all over were passing by in fast carriages or in slow, rented calesas. He was walking at that slow pace typical of deep thought and laziness, making his way toward the Plaza of Binondo. He looked around for any old and familiar sights. Yes, there were the same old streets, the same old houses with white and blue facades, the same old walls covered in whitewash or poorly repainted to look like granite; there was the same old church tower, its clock with a clear face still keeping time; and there were the old Chinese shops, with their dirty curtains and iron bars, one of which was still broken since he had bent it as a kid.

“Things go slowly here!” he muttered and continued up the street past the vestry.

“Things move slowly here!” he muttered and kept walking up the street past the vestry.

As they dished up flavored ices, the street vendors were still crying “sorbettes.” The same little cocoanut oil lamps furnished light for the stands where native women and Chinese disposed of their sweetmeats and fruit.

As they served up flavored ices, the street sellers were still calling out “sorbettes.” The same little coconut oil lamps provided light for the stands where local women and Chinese sold their sweets and fruit.

“It is marvellous,” he exclaimed. “There is the same Chinaman who was at that stand seven years ago. There is that same old woman whom I remember so well. Why, one might think my seven years in Europe but a night’s sleep. And, by heavens, they have not yet repaired this broken place in the pavement!”

“It’s amazing,” he said. “There’s the same Chinese man who was at that stand seven years ago. There’s that same old woman I remember so well. Honestly, you’d think my seven years in Europe were just a night’s sleep. And, wow, they still haven’t fixed this broken spot in the pavement!”

Indeed, the stone which had been torn out of the pavement before he left Manila had not yet been replaced. [17]While he was meditating upon the wonderful stability of things in so unstable a country, some one placed a hand upon his shoulder. With a start he looked up, and his eyes met those of the old lieutenant, who also had left the Captain’s house. A smile had displaced the officer’s usual harsh expression and characteristic frown.

Indeed, the stone that had been pulled from the pavement before he left Manila still hadn't been put back. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]As he reflected on the amazing stability of things in such an unstable country, someone put a hand on his shoulder. Startled, he looked up and locked eyes with the old lieutenant, who had also just left the Captain's house. A smile had replaced the officer's usual stern expression and signature frown.

“Be careful, young man!” said he. “Remember what happened to your father!”

“Be careful, young man!” he said. “Remember what happened to your dad!”

“I beg your pardon. You seem to have esteemed my father very highly. Can you tell me what has been his fate?” asked Ibarra, gazing intently into the lieutenant’s eyes.

“I’m sorry to bother you. It seems you held my father in great regard. Can you let me know what happened to him?” Ibarra asked, looking directly into the lieutenant’s eyes.

“Do you not know?” said the officer.

“Don’t you know?” said the officer.

“I asked Don Santiago, but he said that he would tell me nothing until to-morrow. Have you no information regarding him?”

“I asked Don Santiago, but he said he wouldn’t tell me anything until tomorrow. Do you have any information about him?”

“Why, yes; everybody knows about him. He died in prison.”

“Yeah, everyone knows about him. He died in prison.”

The young man stepped back and stared wildly at the officer. “In prison! Who died in prison?” he asked in astonishment.

The young man stepped back and stared frantically at the officer. “In prison! Who died in prison?” he asked in shock.

“Why, your father, who had been arrested,” answered the officer somewhat surprised.

“Why, your father, who was arrested,” the officer replied, somewhat surprised.

“What! My father in prison! Arrested and imprisoned! Man, what are you talking about? Do you know who my father was? Are you——?” asked the young man, nervously grasping the officer’s arm.

"What! My father in prison! Arrested and locked up! Dude, what are you talking about? Do you know who my dad was? Are you——?" the young man asked, nervously clutching the officer's arm.

“I don’t think that I am mistaken: Don Rafael Ibarra.”

“I don’t think I’m wrong: Don Rafael Ibarra.”

“Yes. Don Rafael Ibarra,” repeated the young man, scarcely able to utter the words.

“Yes. Don Rafael Ibarra,” the young man repeated, barely able to say the words.

“I thought that you knew it,” said the officer, in a sympathetic voice, as he saw the emotion his words had caused. “I thought that you knew it; but be brave. Here, you know, no man can be honorable without being imprisoned.”

“I thought you already knew that,” said the officer, his voice full of sympathy as he noticed the impact his words had on you. “I thought you knew, but stay strong. Here, you see, no one can be honorable without being locked up.”

“I cannot believe that you are not jesting,” replied Ibarra, after a few minutes of deep silence. “Can you tell me for what offense he was imprisoned?”

“I can't believe you're serious,” Ibarra replied after a few minutes of deep silence. “Can you tell me what he was imprisoned for?”

The old man paused as if to meditate. “It seems strange to me that you have not been kept informed as to the affairs of your family.” [18]

The old man paused as if to think. “It seems odd to me that you haven't been kept updated about your family's situation.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“My father’s last letter, which I received a year ago, told me not to be uneasy if he failed to write to me, for he was very busy. He advised me to continue my studies, he sent me his blessing——”

“My father’s last letter, which I got a year ago, told me not to worry if he didn’t write to me, as he was really busy. He encouraged me to keep up with my studies and sent me his blessings——”

“In that case, he must have written the letter to you shortly before his death. It is almost a year since we buried him in his own town.”

“In that case, he must have written the letter to you just before he died. It’s been almost a year since we buried him in his hometown.”

“Why was my father arrested?” asked Ibarra in a voice full of emotion.

“Why was my dad arrested?” Ibarra asked, his voice filled with emotion.

“The cause of his arrest was an honorable one. I must go to my quarters now; walk along with me and then I can tell you on the way. Take my arm.”

“The reason for his arrest was a noble one. I need to head to my room now; walk with me and I can explain as we go. Take my arm.”

They walked for some time in melancholy silence. Deep in thought and nervously stroking his goatee, the officer sought inspiration before he could begin the pitiful tale.

They walked for a while in sad silence. Lost in thought and nervously stroking his goatee, the officer looked for inspiration before he could start the sad story.

“As you very well know,” he at last began, “your father was the richest man in the province, and, although he was loved and highly respected by many, there were some envious persons who hated him. Your father had a great many enemies among the priests and the Spaniards. Some months after your departure, trouble arose between Don Rafael and Father Dámaso, but I do not know what it was all about. Father Dámaso accused your father of not attending confession. In former times, however, he had never attended confession. Nothing was said about it, and he and the priest were good friends, as you will remember. Furthermore, Don Rafael was a very honorable man and much more upright and just than many who go to confession regularly. He was very conscientious, and, in speaking to me in regard to his troubles with Father Dámaso, used to say:

“As you already know,” he finally began, “your father was the richest man in the province, and while he was loved and highly respected by many, there were some jealous people who hated him. Your father had a lot of enemies among the priests and the Spaniards. A few months after you left, issues came up between Don Rafael and Father Dámaso, but I don’t know what it was about. Father Dámaso accused your father of not going to confession. However, in the past, he had never gone to confession. It wasn’t an issue, and he and the priest were good friends, as you’ll remember. Besides, Don Rafael was a very honorable man, and much more upright and just than many who regularly go to confession. He was very conscientious, and when he talked to me about his troubles with Father Dámaso, he would say:

“‘Señor Guevara, do you believe that God will forgive a crime, a murder for instance, simply because that crime has been confessed to a priest—confessed to a man who is in duty bound to keep it secret? Will God pardon a man whose repentance is brought about by his cowardly fear of hell? I have a very different opinion of God. I cannot see how one evil can be corrected by another, nor how pardon can be procured by mere idle tears and donations to the Church.’ Your father always followed the strictest rules of morality. I may safely say that he never harmed [19]any one, but, on the contrary, always sought by doing good to offset certain unjust deeds committed by your grandfathers. However, his troubles with the priests continued and took on a dangerous aspect. Father Dámaso alluded to him from the pulpit, and, if he did not do so directly by name, it was an oversight on his part, for anything might be expected from a man of his character. I foresaw that sooner or later the affair would have a bad ending.”

“‘Mr. Guevara, do you think God will forgive a crime, like murder, just because someone confesses it to a priest—confesses it to a man who has to keep it confidential? Will God forgive a person whose remorse comes from a cowardly fear of hell? I have a very different view of God. I can’t understand how one wrong can be corrected by another or how forgiveness can be bought with mere empty tears and donations to the Church.’ Your father always adhered to the strictest rules of morality. I can confidently say that he never harmed anyone; instead, he always tried to offset certain unjust actions committed by your grandfathers by doing good. However, his conflicts with the priests continued and became quite serious. Father Dámaso referenced him from the pulpit, and even if he didn't mention him by name, it was an oversight on his part, for one can expect anything from a man like him. I predicted that eventually, this situation would end badly.”

The old lieutenant paused for a few minutes and then continued: “About this time there came to the province a man who had been in the artillery, but had been thrown out of the ranks on account of his brutality and ignorance. This man had to make a livelihood. He was not allowed to engage in the work of an ordinary laborer, since that might damage Spain’s prestige, but somehow obtained the position of collector of taxes on vehicles. He had no education whatever, and the natives soon found it out. A Spaniard who cannot read and write is a wonder to them, and hence he became the subject of all sorts of ridicule. Knowing that he was being laughed at, he became ashamed to collect his taxes. This had a bad effect on his character, which was already bad enough. People used to give him documents upside down to see him pretend to read them. He would make a show of doing so, and then, on the first blank space he found, would fill in some sprawling characters which, I may say, represented him very accurately. The natives continued to pay their taxes, but kept on ridiculing him. He fairly raved with anger and worked himself up to such a frame of mind that he respected none. Finally, he had some words with your father. It happened that one day, while the collector was studying a document which had been given to him in a store, some school boys came along. One of them called the attention of his companions to the collector, and they all began to laugh and point their fingers at the unhappy man. The collector finally lost his patience, turned quickly and chased his tormentors. The boys, of course, ran in all directions, at the same time mimicking a child learning the alphabet. Blind with rage because he could not reach them, he threw his cane, struck one of the boys on [20]the head and knocked him down. Not content with this, he went up and kicked the boy several times. Unfortunately, your father happened to be passing just at the moment. Indignant at what he saw, he seized the tax collector by the arm and severely reproached him for his actions. The tax collector in anger raised his cane to strike, but your father was too quick for him. With that strength which he inherited from his forefathers, he, as some say, struck the collector, or, as others claim, only gave him a push. The fact is that the man staggered and fell to the ground, and, in falling, struck his head against a stone. Don Rafael quietly lifted up the wounded boy and carried him to the court house near by, leaving the collector where he had fallen. The ex-artilleryman began to bleed at the mouth and died without regaining consciousness.

The old lieutenant paused for a few minutes and then continued: “About this time, a man who had been in the artillery came to the province, but he had been kicked out due to his brutality and ignorance. He needed to earn a living. He couldn't work as a regular laborer because that might harm Spain's reputation, but somehow he got the job of collecting taxes on vehicles. He had no education at all, and the locals quickly figured this out. A Spaniard who can’t read or write is quite a sight to them, and he became a target for all kinds of ridicule. Realizing he was being laughed at, he became embarrassed to collect taxes. This negatively impacted his already poor character. People would hand him documents upside down just to watch him pretend to read them. He would act like he was trying, and then on the first blank space he found, he’d scrawl some messy letters that really described him well. The locals kept paying their taxes but continued to mock him. He was furious and became so worked up that he lost respect for everyone. Eventually, he had a confrontation with your father. One day, while the collector was reviewing a document in a store, some schoolboys passed by. One of them pointed him out, and they all started laughing and pointing at the poor man. Losing his patience, the collector turned around and chased after them. The boys, of course, ran in all directions, mocking him like a child learning the alphabet. Blinded by anger because he couldn’t catch them, he threw his cane, hitting one of the boys on the head and knocking him down. Not satisfied with that, he walked over and kicked the boy several times. Unfortunately, your father happened to be passing by at that moment. Upset by what he saw, he grabbed the tax collector by the arm and harshly scolded him for his actions. The tax collector, in a rage, raised his cane to strike, but your father was too quick for him. With a strength he inherited from his ancestors, he, as some say, hit the collector, or, as others claim, just pushed him. The fact is, the man staggered and fell to the ground, hitting his head on a stone. Don Rafael quietly picked up the injured boy and carried him to the nearby courthouse, leaving the collector where he fell. The former artilleryman began to bleed from the mouth and died without regaining consciousness.”

“Naturally the law stepped in. They showered calumnies of all kinds upon your father and accused him of being a heretic and a revolutionist. To be a heretic is a great misfortune anywhere or at any time, but it was especially so at this particular time, for the chief magistrate of the province was the loudest prayer maker in the Church. To be a revolutionist is still worse. One might better have killed three highly educated tax collectors than be thus accused. Everybody deserted your father, and his books and papers were seized. He was accused of being a subscriber to ‘El Correo del Ultramar’ and to Madrid newspapers, of having sent you to Germany, of having in his possession incriminating papers and pictures, and—well, I don’t know what not. He was even attacked because, although he was the descendant of Spaniards, he wore the dress of the natives. If your father had been anybody else, he would have been acquitted, for the doctors pronounced the death of the collector due to natural causes. His fortune, however, his confidence in the law, and his hatred for everything which seemed unlawful and unjust, cost him his life. I myself, much as I dislike begging for mercy, called upon the Governor General, the predecessor of the present Governor. I brought out the fact that a man who aided every poor Spaniard, who gave food and shelter to all, and whose veins were filled with the generous blood [21]of Spain—such a man could not be a revolutionist. In vain I argued for him, pledged my own life for him, and swore by my military honor. What did it all amount to? I was badly received, curtly and summarily dismissed, and called a fool.”

“Naturally, the law intervened. They hurled all sorts of accusations at your father, branding him a heretic and a revolutionary. Being a heretic is a significant misfortune anywhere and at any time, but it was especially so during this period, because the province's chief magistrate was the most vocal prayer maker in the Church. Being labeled a revolutionary is even worse. It would have been better to have killed three highly educated tax collectors than to be accused like that. Everyone abandoned your father, and his books and papers were confiscated. He was accused of subscribing to ‘El Correo del Ultramar’ and Madrid newspapers, of sending you to Germany, of having incriminating documents and photos, and—well, I can’t list everything. He was even criticized for wearing native clothing, despite being of Spanish descent. If your father had been anyone else, he would have been exonerated, as the doctors confirmed that the collector died from natural causes. Unfortunately, his wealth, his trust in the law, and his disdain for anything that seemed unlawful or unjust cost him his life. I myself, despite my reluctance to plead for mercy, approached the Governor General, the predecessor of the current Governor. I pointed out that a man who helped every poor Spaniard, who offered food and shelter to all, and whose veins flowed with the generous blood of Spain—such a man couldn't be a revolutionary. In vain, I argued for him, pledged my own life for him, and swore by my military honor. What did it all come to? I was poorly received, curtly dismissed, and called a fool.”

The old man paused to take breath. His young companion neither looked up nor made a sound. The narrator proceeded: “I took charge of the case for your father. I called upon the celebrated Filipino lawyer, young A——a, but he refused to undertake the defense. ‘I would lose the case,’ he said, ‘my defense would cause new accusations against him, and perhaps bring them upon me. Go and see Señor M——, who is an eloquent orator, a Spaniard and a man of great reputation.’ I did so, and the celebrated lawyer took charge of the case, which he conducted in a masterful and brilliant manner. But your father had many enemies, some of whom did their work secretly. There were many false witnesses in the case, and their calumnies, which anywhere else would have been overthrown by a single sarcastic phrase from the defending attorney, were here given a great deal of weight. As fast as the attorney proved the falsity of their accusations, new charges were brought forward. They accused him of having wrongfully taken possession of a large tract of land. They sued him for damages and for injuries caused. They said that he had dealings with the organized bandits or tulisanes, and that thus he had been able to keep his property unmolested. In fact, the case became so complicated that within a year no one understood it. The chief magistrate was called away from his post and replaced by another of good reputation, but unfortunately this magistrate, too, was displaced in a few months.

The old man paused to catch his breath. His young companion didn’t look up or make a sound. The narrator continued: “I took on the case for your father. I approached the well-known Filipino lawyer, young A——a, but he declined to take on the defense. ‘I would lose the case,’ he said, ‘my defense would lead to new accusations against him, and possibly bring them against me as well. Go talk to Señor M——, who is a skilled orator, a Spaniard, and a man of great reputation.’ I did just that, and the famous lawyer agreed to handle the case, which he managed in an impressive and brilliant way. However, your father had many enemies, some of whom operated in secret. There were numerous false witnesses involved, and their slander, which anywhere else would have been easily dismissed by a clever comment from the defending attorney, held a lot of weight here. As soon as the attorney disproved their accusations, new ones were introduced. They claimed he unjustly took over a large piece of land. They sued him for damages and injuries. They alleged that he was involved with organized bandits or tulisanes, and that’s how he managed to keep his property safe. In fact, the case got so complicated that within a year, no one could make sense of it. The chief magistrate was called away from his position and replaced by another respected one, but unfortunately, this magistrate was also replaced within a few months.

“The sufferings, disappointments and discomforts of prison life, and his great grief at seeing the ingratitude of so many supposed friends, finally broke down your father’s iron constitution and he became fatally ill. When it was all over; when he had proved himself not guilty of being an enemy to his country, and innocent of the death of the tax collector, he died in prison, with no one to care for him in his last hours. I arrived just as he was expiring.”

“The pain, disappointments, and hardships of prison life, along with his deep sorrow at witnessing the ingratitude of so many so-called friends, ultimately shattered your father's strong constitution, and he became seriously ill. When it all came to an end; when he had shown he was not guilty of being an enemy of his country and innocent of the tax collector's death, he died in prison, without anyone to support him in his final moments. I arrived just as he was passing away.”

The old man had finished all he had to say. Ibarra, [22]overcome with grief at the pathetic story he had heard, could not utter a word. The two had arrived at the gate of the barracks. Stopping and shaking hands with the young man, the officer said: “My boy, Captain Tiago can give you the details. I must say good night, for my duty calls me.” With deep emotion, Ibarra grasped the lean hand of the lieutenant, and then looked after him in silence until he disappeared in the building. Turning slowly about, he saw a carriage passing and made a sign to the cabman.

The old man had said everything he needed to say. Ibarra, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]overcome with sadness from the heartbreaking story he had just heard, couldn't say a word. They had reached the barracks gate. Stopping to shake hands with the young man, the officer said, “My boy, Captain Tiago can fill you in on the details. I have to say good night now, as my duty calls.” Filled with emotion, Ibarra took the lieutenant's thin hand and then watched him in silence until he disappeared into the building. Turning slowly, he spotted a carriage passing by and waved to the cab driver.

“Lala’s Hotel,” he said in a low voice.

"Lala's Hotel," he whispered.

“This fellow is just out of jail,” said the cabman to himself as he whipped up his horses. [23]

“This guy just got out of jail,” the cab driver thought to himself as he urged his horses on. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter IV.

Captain Tiago.

Captain Tiago was short in stature, but both his body and his face were well filled out. His complexion was clear and he did not appear to be more than thirty or thirty-five years old, although he was really more than that. In these times his face always wore a pleasant expression. His head was small, round and covered with hair as black as ebony, long in front and very short behind. This head, according to reports, contained a great many things. His eyes were small but not terrifying, and always without expression. In short, the Captain might have passed for a good-looking little man, if his mouth had not been disfigured by the use of tobacco and the betel nut, the juices of which trickled out of the corners of his lips and destroyed the symmetry of his features. However, despite these habits, both his own teeth and the two that the dentist had made for him, at twelve pesos each, were well preserved.

Captain Tiago was short, but he had a solid build and a full face. His skin was clear, and he looked no older than thirty or thirty-five, even though he was actually older. During this time, he always had a pleasant expression. His head was small and round, with hair as black as ebony, long in front and very short in back. Reports claimed that his head held a lot of knowledge. His eyes were small but not scary, and usually lacked expression. Overall, Captain Tiago could have been seen as a good-looking little man if his mouth hadn’t been marred by his tobacco and betel nut habits, with juices often spilling from the corners of his lips and ruining the symmetry of his face. Still, despite these habits, both his own teeth and the two that the dentist had made for him, at twelve pesos each, were well kept.

Tiago was considered one of the richest property owners in Binondo, and he also owned large plantations in the provinces of Pampanga and Laguna de Bay, especially in the town of San Diego. The rent of all these lands increased every year. San Diego was his favorite town on account of its excellent bathing place, its famous cockpit and the pleasant memories associated with the neighborhood. He spent at least two months in this town every year. Captain Tiago also had a great deal of property in Santo Cristo, in Analoague Street and in Rosario Street. In partnership with a Chinaman he carried on a profitable business in opium. It is understood that he had contracts with the Government for feeding the prisoners in Bilibid and that he supplied fodder to many of the principal houses in Manila. He was in good standing with the authorities, [24]able, clever, and even daring in his speculations in the necessities of others. Hence it was that at this time the Captain was as happy as a narrow-minded man could be in such a country. He was rich, and was at peace with God, the Government and man.

Tiago was known as one of the wealthiest property owners in Binondo, and he also had large plantations in Pampanga and Laguna de Bay, particularly in the town of San Diego. The rent from all these lands went up every year. San Diego was his favorite town because of its excellent swimming spot, its famous cockpit, and the pleasant memories tied to the area. He spent at least two months in this town every year. Captain Tiago also owned a lot of property in Santo Cristo, on Analoague Street, and Rosario Street. In partnership with a Chinese businessman, he ran a successful opium trade. It was understood that he had contracts with the government to provide food for the prisoners in Bilibid and that he supplied feed to many prominent households in Manila. He was on good terms with the authorities, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] capable, smart, and even bold in his dealings with people's needs. Because of this, at this point, the Captain was as happy as a narrow-minded man could be in such a country. He was wealthy and at peace with God, the government, and people.

That Tiago was at peace with God was indisputable. In fact, there was no reason whatever for his not being so, since he was well situated as far as worldly matters go and had never loaned God any money. He never addressed God in his prayers, not even when he was in dire straits. He was rich, and his money, he thought, could pray for him. For masses and prayers, God had created powerful and lofty priests; for special religious functions and rosaries, God, in His infinite goodness, for the benefit of the rich, had created poor people—poor people who for a peso would make half a dozen prayers, and would read all the Holy Books, even to the Hebrew Bible, if the pay were large enough. If at any time he found himself in hard straits and needed heavenly aid and was out of red Chinese candles, he applied to the saints, making them great promises in order to win their favor and convince them of his good intentions.

That Tiago was at peace with God was undeniable. In fact, there was no reason for him not to be, since he was well-off in terms of material things and had never lent God any money. He never spoke to God in his prayers, not even when he was in serious trouble. He was wealthy, and he believed his money could pray for him. For masses and prayers, God had appointed powerful and esteemed priests; for special religious functions and rosaries, God, in His infinite kindness, had created poor people—poor people who for a peso would say half a dozen prayers and read all the Holy Books, even the Hebrew Bible, if the payment was good enough. If he ever found himself in a tough situation and needed divine help but was out of red Chinese candles, he would turn to the saints, making them grand promises to win their favor and show his good intentions.

Captain Tiago was therefore beloved by the priests, respected by the sacristans, fondled by the Chinese candle-makers and fire-cracker merchants, and thoroughly happy in the religion of the world. Some even attributed to him great influence in the ecclesiastical court.

Captain Tiago was well-liked by the priests, respected by the sacristans, pampered by the Chinese candle-makers and firework sellers, and completely content with the ways of the world. Some even claimed he had considerable influence in the church hierarchy.

That the Captain was at peace with the Government must not be doubted simply because such a thing seems impossible. Incapable of conceiving a new idea and content with the modus vivendi, he was always willing to obey the latest official recruit in any of the Government offices and even ready to give him at all times of the year such presents as hams, capons, turkeys, and Chinese fruit. He was the first to applaud any tax imposed by the Government, especially when he scented behind it a chance of securing the contract for its collection. He always kept orchestras on hand to serenade Government officials of all grades from governor to the lowest Government agent, on their birthdays, saint’s days, or when any occasion, such as the death of any of their relatives, or a birth in the [25]family connection should afford a pretext. He even went so far as to dedicate laudatory verses to his royal patrons on these occasions, thus honoring the “suave and loving governor” or the “valiant and mighty alcalde.”

That the Captain was on good terms with the Government is clear, even if it seems unlikely. Unable to think outside the box and satisfied with the status quo, he was always ready to follow the latest official in any Government office and even willing to offer gifts like hams, capons, turkeys, and exotic fruits throughout the year. He was the first to cheer for any tax the Government introduced, especially when he noticed a chance to land the contract for collecting it. He always had orchestras ready to serenade Government officials of all ranks, from the governor down to the lowest agent, on their birthdays, saint’s days, or any occasion, like the death of a relative or a new birth in the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]family. He even went as far as to write flattering verses for his royal patrons on these occasions, celebrating the “charming and caring governor” or the “brave and powerful alcalde.”

The Captain was a petty governor or gobernadorcillo of a rich colony of mestizos, in spite of the protests of many who considered him unfit for the position. He held the office for two years, but during this time he wore out ten frock coats, about the same number of high hats, and lost more than a half dozen of gobernadorcillo canes. His high hat and frock coat were always in evidence in the city hall, at the Government palace in Melacañan1 and at the army headquarters, and they always appeared, too, in the cock-pit, in the market, in all processions, and in the Chinese shops. Dressed in this official costume with the tasseled cane, Captain Tiago was to be found everywhere, arranging, ordering, and putting in disorder, everything with which he had anything to do—and all with wonderful activity and with still more wonderful gravity.

The Captain was a minor governor or gobernadorcillo of a wealthy colony of mestizos, despite the objections from many who thought he was unqualified for the role. He held the position for two years, but during that time, he wore out ten frock coats, about the same number of top hats, and lost more than half a dozen gobernadorcillo canes. His top hat and frock coat were always visible in the city hall, at the Government Palace in Melacañan1 and at the army headquarters, and they were also seen in the cock-pit, in the market, in all processions, and in the Chinese shops. Dressed in this official attire with the tasseled cane, Captain Tiago could be found everywhere, sorting, directing, and creating chaos in everything he was involved with—and all with remarkable energy and even more remarkable seriousness.

Sacrilegious people called him a fool; poor people called him a hypocrite, a cruel man who gained a livelihood by making others miserable; while his inferiors looked upon him as a despot and a tyrant. And the women? Ah, the women! Slanderous rumors circulated in the wretched nipa houses, and it was claimed that often lamentations and sobs, mingled with the cries of a child, could be heard. More than one young girl was pointed out by the malicious finger of the neighbors, with the remark: “See what a different expression she wears, and how plainly she shows evidences of her shame.” But such things as these never robbed the Captain of any sleep; no young girl disturbed his rest.

Sacrilegious people called him a fool; impoverished people labeled him a hypocrite, a cruel man who made a living by making others miserable; while those beneath him viewed him as a dictator and a tyrant. And the women? Ah, the women! Malicious gossip spread in the rundown nipa houses, and it was said that often cries of sorrow and sobs, mixed with the wails of a child, could be heard. More than one young girl was pointed out by the spiteful fingers of the neighbors, with the comment: “Look at the different expression she has, and how clearly she shows signs of her shame.” But these things never kept the Captain up at night; no young girl disturbed his sleep.

Such was the Captain at that time. His past history was as follows: He was the only son of a very wealthy but avaricious sugar manufacturer of Malabon, who was unwilling to spend a cent in his education. For this reason young Santiago became the servant of a good Dominican, a very virtuous man, who tried to teach him all the valuable knowledge which he possessed. About the time when he was to have the happiness of studying logic, the death [26]of his protector, followed by that of his father, put an end to his studies and from that time on he devoted himself to business. He married a beautiful girl from Santa Cruz, who increased his fortune and gave him a social position.

This was the Captain at that time. His background was as follows: He was the only son of a very wealthy but greedy sugar manufacturer from Malabon, who was unwilling to spend a dime on his education. Because of this, young Santiago became a servant to a good Dominican, a very virtuous man, who tried to teach him all the valuable knowledge he had. Just when he was about to have the chance to study logic, the death [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] of his protector, followed by that of his father, ended his studies, and from then on, he focused on business. He married a beautiful girl from Santa Cruz, who boosted his fortune and elevated his social status.

Doña Pia Alba was not content with buying sugar, coffee and indigo; she wished to sow and reap, so the young husband bought lands in San Diego. It was in this town that he made the acquaintance and friendship of Father Dámaso and of Don Rafael Ibarra, the richest capitalist of the town.

Doña Pia Alba wasn't satisfied with just buying sugar, coffee, and indigo; she wanted to grow and harvest her own crops, so her young husband bought land in San Diego. It was in this town where he met and became friends with Father Dámaso and Don Rafael Ibarra, the wealthiest businessman in the area.

The lack of an heir for the first six years of his married life gave him a great opportunity to accumulate wealth, which perhaps was a censurable ambition. Although Doña Pia was handsome, robust and well formed, she made her pilgrimages in vain. By advice of the devotees of San Diego, she visited the Virgin of Cayasay in Taal; she gave alms, and she danced in the procession before the Virgin of Turumba in Pakil under the May sun, but it was all in vain. Finally, on the advice of Father Dámaso, she went to Obando, and there danced at the fiesta of San Pascual Bailon and asked for a son. It is well known that in Obando there is a trinity—Our Lady of Salambau, Santa Clara and San Pascual—which grants sons or daughters as required. Thanks to this wise triumvirate, Doña Pia became a mother, but like the fisherman in Macbeth, who ceased to sing after he found a rich treasure, Doña Pia lost her gayety, became very sad and was never seen to smile again. Every one, even to Captain Tiago, declared that it was a pure caprice. A puerperal fever put an end to her grief, leaving a beautiful daughter motherless. Father Dámaso baptized the child, and, as San Pascual had not given the son which had been asked for, the name of Maria Clara was given to it in honor of the Virgin of Salambau and of Santa Clara. The little girl grew up under the care of her aunt Isabel,—that good old lady with the manners of a friar whom we met before. The little girl lived the greater part of the time in San Diego on account of the healthful climate, and while there Father Dámaso paid her much attention.

The absence of an heir during the first six years of his marriage gave him a significant chance to build up his wealth, which might be considered a questionable ambition. Even though Doña Pia was attractive, strong, and well-built, her efforts were fruitless. Following the advice of the worshippers of San Diego, she visited the Virgin of Cayasay in Taal; she gave donations and danced in the procession in front of the Virgin of Turumba in Pakil under the May sun, but it all led to nothing. Eventually, on Father Dámaso's suggestion, she went to Obando, where she danced at the fiesta of San Pascual Bailon and prayed for a son. It's well-known that in Obando there’s a triad—Our Lady of Salambau, Santa Clara, and San Pascual—that grants sons or daughters as desired. Thanks to this wise trio, Doña Pia became a mother, but similar to the fisherman in Macbeth who stopped singing after finding a treasure, she lost her joy, became very sad, and was never seen to smile again. Everyone, including Captain Tiago, claimed it was merely a whim. A postpartum fever ended her sorrow, leaving a beautiful daughter without a mother. Father Dámaso baptized the child, and since San Pascual did not grant the requested son, the girl was named Maria Clara in honor of the Virgin of Salambau and Santa Clara. The little girl grew up under the care of her aunt Isabel— that kind old lady with the demeanor of a friar we met earlier. She spent most of her time in San Diego due to its healthy climate, and while she was there, Father Dámaso paid her a lot of attention.

Maria Clara did not have the small eyes of her father. [27]Like her mother, her eyes were large, black and shaded by long lashes, brilliant and smiling when she was playing, but sad, deep and pensive at other times. When a child her wavy hair was almost blond. Her nose was well formed, neither too large nor too flat. Her mouth was small and beautifully shaped like that of her mother, and her cheeks were set with dimples. Her skin was like silk and as white as snow, but her fond parent found traces of the paternity of Captain Tiago in her small and well shaped ears.

Maria Clara didn't have her father's small eyes. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Like her mother, her eyes were large, dark, and framed by long lashes, sparkling and cheerful when she was playing, but sad, deep, and thoughtful at other times. As a child, her wavy hair was almost blond. Her nose was nicely shaped, not too big or too flat. Her mouth was small and beautifully shaped like her mother's, and her cheeks had dimples. Her skin was as smooth as silk and as white as snow, but her loving father noticed signs of Captain Tiago's traits in her small, well-formed ears.

Aunt Isabel attributed the child’s semi-European features to impressions made upon Doña Pia. She remembered having seen the mother a short time before the child was born, weeping before the image of San Antonio. Then, too, a cousin of Captain Tiago had the same features, the only difference being in the choice of the saints, by which the phenomenon was explained. With her it was either the Virgin or San Miguel. A cousin of Captain Tiago, a famous philosopher, who knew Amat2 by heart, explained it all by attributing it to the effect of the planets.

Aunt Isabel thought the child's somewhat European features were influenced by Doña Pia. She remembered seeing the mother shortly before the child was born, crying in front of the image of San Antonio. Also, a cousin of Captain Tiago had similar features; the only difference was the choice of saints, which explained the phenomenon. For her, it was either the Virgin or San Miguel. Another cousin of Captain Tiago, a well-known philosopher who knew Amat2 by heart, explained everything by saying it was due to the impact of the planets.

Maria Clara, the idol of all, grew up surrounded by love and smiles. She won the favor of even the friars when she was dressed in white for some religious procession, her long, wavy hair interwoven with flowers, two silver or golden wings attached to the shoulders of her dress, and holding two white doves, tied with blue ribbons, in her hand. When she grew up, she was so full of childish mischief that Captain Tiago did nothing but bless the saints of Obando and advise everybody to buy handsome statues of that trinity.

Maria Clara, the beloved idol of everyone, grew up in a world filled with love and laughter. She captured the hearts of even the friars when she wore a white dress for a religious procession, her long, wavy hair adorned with flowers, two silver or golden wings attached to her dress, and two white doves, tied with blue ribbons, in her hands. As she matured, her playful spirit was so pronounced that Captain Tiago could only praise the saints of Obando and recommend that everyone buy beautiful statues of that trinity.

In tropical countries a girl becomes a woman at the age of thirteen or fourteen years, like the plant which buds at night and blooms the following morning. During this period of transition, so full of mystery and romance, on the advice of the parish priest, Maria Clara entered the religious retreat of Santa Catalina in order to receive from the nuns a strictly religious education. She left Father Dámaso in tears, and likewise the only friend of her childhood, Crisostomo Ibarra. Shortly after the entrance to the convent, Ibarra went to Europe. For seven [28]long years, the girl lived under the vigilance of the Mother Superior in the iron-grated building, shut off from any communication with the outer world.

In tropical countries, a girl becomes a woman at around thirteen or fourteen, like a plant that buds at night and flowers the next morning. During this mysterious and romantic transition, Maria Clara entered the religious retreat of Santa Catalina on the advice of the parish priest to receive a strictly religious education from the nuns. She left Father Dámaso in tears, as well as her only childhood friend, Crisostomo Ibarra. Shortly after she entered the convent, Ibarra went to Europe. For seven [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]long years, she lived under the watchful eye of the Mother Superior in the iron-grated building, cut off from any communication with the outside world.

Don Rafael and Captain Tiago, in the meantime, while Ibarra was in Europe and Maria Clara in the convent, noticing the trend of affairs, and at the same time having in mind their own interests, decided that the children should be married. It is needless to say that this agreement, which was arrived at some years after Ibarra had left for Europe, was celebrated with equal joy by two hearts, on opposite sides of the world and amid very different surroundings. [29]

Don Rafael and Captain Tiago, meanwhile, with Ibarra in Europe and Maria Clara in the convent, noticed how things were going and, keeping their own interests in mind, decided the children should get married. It's unnecessary to say that this agreement, made years after Ibarra left for Europe, was celebrated with equal joy by two hearts on opposite sides of the world and in very different circumstances. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Street in Manila.

1 Street, Manila.

2 Archbishop and author of theological works.

2 Archbishop and writer of theological books.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter V.

An Idyl on the Azotea.1

On the morning after the dinner party, Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara went to mass early: the former carefully carrying her glasses, so that she might be able to read “The Anchor of Salvation” during communion; the latter beautifully dressed, carrying her rosary of blue beads as a bracelet. The priest had scarcely left the altar when, to the disgust and surprise of her good aunt, who thought that her niece was as pious and as fond of prayer as a nun, the young girl desired to go home. After a great deal of grumbling, the old lady crossed herself several times, and the two arose to leave. “Never mind,” said Maria, to cut off the scolding, “the good God will pardon me. He ought to understand the heart of a girl better than you, Aunt Isabel.”

On the morning after the dinner party, Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara went to mass early: Aunt Isabel carefully carried her glasses so she could read “The Anchor of Salvation” during communion, while Maria Clara was beautifully dressed and wore her blue bead rosary as a bracelet. The priest had barely left the altar when, to the shock and annoyance of her well-meaning aunt, who thought her niece was as devout and fond of prayer as a nun, the young girl wanted to go home. After a lot of grumbling, the old lady crossed herself several times, and the two got up to leave. “Don’t worry,” said Maria, trying to stop the scolding, “God will forgive me. He must understand a girl’s heart better than you do, Aunt Isabel.”

After breakfast, Maria Clara occupied herself with some embroidery while her aunt bustled about with a duster removing the traces of the social event of the preceding evening. Captain Tiago was busy examining some papers.

After breakfast, Maria Clara focused on some embroidery while her aunt hurried around with a duster, cleaning up the remnants of the social event from the night before. Captain Tiago was busy going through some papers.

Every noise in the street and every passing carriage made the girl tremble with anxiety and wish that she were again back in the convent among her friends. There, she thought, she could see him without trembling and with perfect equanimity.

Every sound from the street and every passing carriage made the girl shake with anxiety and wish she were back in the convent with her friends. There, she thought, she could see him without shaking and with complete calm.

“I believe, Maria, that the doctor is right,” said Captain Tiago. “You ought to go to the provinces. You are looking very pale and need a change of air. How does Malabon strike you, or San Diego?”

“I think, Maria, that the doctor is right,” said Captain Tiago. “You should go to the provinces. You look really pale and need a change of scenery. What do you think about Malabon or San Diego?”

At the mere mention of the latter name, Maria Clara blushed and was unable to speak.

At the mention of that name, Maria Clara blushed and couldn’t say a word.

“Now, you and Isabel go to the convent to get your [30]things and say good bye to your friends,” continued the Captain, without raising his head. “You will not return there. And in four or five days, when your clothes are ready we shall go to Malabon. —Your godfather, by the way, is not in San Diego at present. The priest whom you saw here last night, that young fellow, is now the priest in the town. He is a saint.”

“Now, you and Isabel go to the convent to get your [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] things and say goodbye to your friends,” continued the Captain, without looking up. “You won’t be going back there. In four or five days, when your clothes are ready, we’ll head to Malabon. By the way, your godfather isn’t in San Diego right now. The priest you saw here last night, that young guy, is the new priest in town. He’s a saint.”

“I think you will find San Diego better, cousin,” said Aunt Isabel. “Our house there is better than the one in Malabon, and besides, it is nearly time for the fiesta to take place.”

“I think you'll find San Diego is better, cousin,” said Aunt Isabel. “Our house there is nicer than the one in Malabon, and besides, it’s almost time for the fiesta to happen.”

Maria Clara was about to embrace her aunt for these welcome words, but just then a carriage stopped in front of the house and the young girl suddenly turned pale.

Maria Clara was just about to hug her aunt for these kind words, but at that moment, a carriage pulled up in front of the house and the young girl suddenly went pale.

“That’s so,” said the Captain, and then, in a changed tone, exclaimed, “Don Crisostomo!”

"That’s right," said the Captain, and then, in a different tone, exclaimed, "Don Crisostomo!"

Maria Clara let fall the work which she was holding in her hands. A nervous trembling passed over her. Then steps were heard on the stairs and presently a young, manly voice. And, as if this voice had some magic power, the girl shook off her emotion, started to run, and hid herself in the oratory. Both father and aunt had to laugh at this, and even Ibarra heard the closing of the door behind her.

Maria Clara dropped the work she was holding. A nervous tremble went through her. Then, footsteps could be heard on the stairs, followed by a young, strong voice. As if that voice had some kind of magic, she shook off her nerves, started to run, and hid in the chapel. Both her father and aunt laughed at this, and even Ibarra heard the door close behind her.

Pale and panting, the girl finally subdued her emotion and began to listen. She could hear his voice, that voice which for so long a time she had heard only in her dreams. Beside herself with joy, she kissed the nearest saint, which, by the way, happened to be San Antonio, the abbot. Happy saint! Whether alive or carved in wood, always tempted in the most charming manner! Becoming quite herself again, she looked about for some crack through which she might get a peep at the young man. Finally, when he came in range of the key-hole and she again saw his fine features, her face beamed with smiles. In fact, the sight filled her with such joy that when her aunt came to call her, Maria Clara fell on the old lady’s neck and kissed her repeatedly.

Pale and breathless, the girl finally controlled her emotions and started to listen. She could hear his voice, the voice she had only imagined in her dreams for so long. Overwhelmed with joy, she kissed the nearest saint, who happened to be St. Anthony, the abbot. Happy saint! Whether alive or made of wood, always tempting in the most charming way! Regaining her composure, she looked around for a way to catch a glimpse of the young man. Finally, when he came into view through the keyhole and she saw his handsome features again, her face lit up with smiles. In fact, the sight brought her so much joy that when her aunt called for her, Maria Clara threw her arms around the old lady's neck and kissed her repeatedly.

“You goose! What is the matter with you?” the old lady was finally able to ask, after wiping away her tears. [31]

“You silly! What’s wrong with you?” the old lady was finally able to ask after wiping away her tears. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Maria Clara, in her modesty, covered her face with her round arm.

Maria Clara, feeling shy, covered her face with her rounded arm.

“Come! Hurry up and get yourself ready!” said the old lady in an affectionate tone. “While he is talking with your father about you—— Come, do not waste time!”

“Come on! Hurry up and get ready!” said the old lady in a loving tone. “While he’s talking with your dad about you— Hurry, don’t waste time!”

The girl did not respond, but allowed herself to be picked up like a child and carried to her room.

The girl didn’t answer, but let herself be picked up like a kid and carried to her room.

Captain Tiago and Ibarra were talking earnestly when at last Aunt Isabel appeared, half dragging her niece by the hand. At first the girl looked in every direction but at the persons present. At last, however, her eyes met Ibarra’s.

Captain Tiago and Ibarra were having a serious conversation when Aunt Isabel finally showed up, half pulling her niece along by the hand. Initially, the girl glanced around in every direction except at the people there. Eventually, though, her gaze landed on Ibarra.

The conversation of the young lovers was at first confined to the usual trifling remarks, those pleasant little things which, like the boasts of European nations, are enjoyable and interesting to those who are concerned and understand them, but ridiculous to outsiders.

The chat between the young lovers started off with the typical small talk, those nice little comments that, like the bragging of European countries, are fun and engaging for those involved who get it, but seem silly to anyone else.

Finally, she, like all sisters of Cain, was moved by jealously and asked: “Have you always thought of me? Have you never forgotten me in your many travels among so many great cities and among such beautiful women?”

Finally, she, like all sisters of Cain, was overcome with jealousy and asked: “Have you always thought of me? Have you never forgotten me during your travels through so many great cities and around such beautiful women?”

And he, a true brother of Cain, dodged the issue, and, being something of a diplomat, answered: “Could I forget you?” And then, gazing into her deep, dark eyes, “Could I break a sacred vow? Do you remember that stormy night when you, seeing me in tears beside my dead mother, came to me and placed your hand—that hand which I have not touched for so long—upon my shoulder, and said: ‘You have lost your mother,—I never had one.’ And then you wept with me. You loved my mother, and she loved you as only a mother can love a daughter. It was raining then, you will remember, and the lightning flashed, but I seemed to hear music and to see a smile on the face of my dead mother.—O, if my parents were only living and could see you now!—That night I took your hand and, joining it with my mother’s, I swore always to love you and make you happy, no matter what fate Heaven might have in store for me. I have never regretted that vow, and now renew it.” [32]

And he, a true brother of Cain, avoided the issue and, being somewhat diplomatic, responded, “How could I forget you?” Then, looking into her deep, dark eyes, he continued, “Could I ever break a sacred vow? Do you remember that stormy night when you found me in tears beside my dead mother? You came to me, placed your hand—that hand I haven’t touched in so long—on my shoulder, and said, ‘You’ve lost your mother—I never had one.’ And then you cried with me. You loved my mother, and she loved you like only a mother can love a daughter. It was raining, and the lightning flashed, but I felt like I could hear music and see a smile on my dead mother's face. Oh, if only my parents were alive to see you now! That night, I took your hand and, connecting it with my mother’s, I swore to always love you and make you happy, no matter what fate Heaven has in store for me. I have never regretted that vow, and now I renew it.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Since the day that I bade you good-bye and entered the convent,” she answered, smiling, “I have always remembered you, and have never forgotten you in spite of the commands of my confessor, who imposed severe penances on me. I remembered the little games we used to play together and our little quarrels. When we were children you used to find in the river the most beautiful shells for our games of siklot and the finest and most beautifully colored stones for our game of sinkat. You were always very slow and stupid and lost, but you always paid the forfeit, which I gave you with the palm of my hand. But I always tried to strike lightly, for I was sorry for you. You always cheated, even more than I, in the game of chouka and we generally quarrelled over it. Do you remember that time when you really became angry? Then you made me suffer, but when I found that I had no one to quarrel with, we made peace immediately. We were still children when we went with your mother one day to bathe in the stream under the shade of the reeds. Many flowers and plants grew on the bank of the river, and you used to tell me their strange Latin and Spanish names, for you were then studying at the Athenæum. I paid little attention, but amused myself by chasing butterflies and in trying to catch the little fish which slipped away from me so easily among the rocks and weeds of the shore. You suddenly disappeared from sight, but when you returned you brought a wreath of orange flowers and placed it on my head. On our way home, as the sun was hot, I collected some sage leaves from the side of the road for you to put into your hat and thus prevent headache. Then you laughed, we made up, and came the remainder of the way home hand in hand.”

“Since the day I said goodbye and joined the convent,” she replied with a smile, “I’ve always remembered you, and I’ve never forgotten you, despite the orders of my confessor, who imposed serious penances on me. I thought about the little games we used to play together and our little arguments. When we were kids, you would find the most beautiful shells in the river for our siklot games and the finest, most colorful stones for our sinkat game. You were always really slow and not great at it, but you always accepted the forfeit, which I gave you with the palm of my hand. But I always tried to be gentle because I felt bad for you. You always cheated, even more than I did, in chouka, and we usually ended up arguing about it. Do you remember that one time you got really angry? You made me feel bad, but when I realized I had no one else to argue with, we made up right away. We were still kids when we went with your mom one day to swim in the stream under the reeds' shade. There were many flowers and plants along the riverbank, and you would tell me their strange Latin and Spanish names since you were studying at the Athenæum then. I wasn’t paying much attention; I was busy chasing butterflies and trying to catch the little fish that slipped away from me easily among the rocks and weeds. You suddenly vanished from sight, but when you came back, you had a crown of orange flowers and put it on my head. On our way home, since the sun was hot, I picked some sage leaves from the roadside for you to put in your hat to avoid a headache. Then you laughed, we made up, and we walked the rest of the way home hand in hand.”

Ibarra smiled as he listened attentively to every detail of the story. Opening his pocket book, he took out a paper in which he had wrapped some withered but fragrant sage leaves. “Your sage leaves,” said he in answer to her questioning glance. “The only thing you have ever given me.”

Ibarra smiled as he listened closely to every detail of the story. Opening his pocketbook, he pulled out a piece of paper that held some dried but fragrant sage leaves. “Your sage leaves,” he said in response to her curious look. “The only thing you’ve ever given me.”

She, in turn, drew a little, white satin bag from the bosom of her dress. “Stop!” she said, tapping his hand [33]with her own. “You must not touch it; it is a letter of farewell.”

She then pulled out a small white satin bag from the front of her dress. “Wait!” she said, tapping his hand [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]with hers. “You can't touch it; it's a farewell letter.”

“The one that I wrote you before leaving?”

“The one I sent you before I left?”

“My dear sir, have you ever written any other?”

“My dear sir, have you ever written anything else?”

“And what did I say then?”

“And what did I say then?”

“Many falsehoods; excuses of a bad debtor,” replied she, smiling and showing how agreeable these falsehoods had been to her. “But be quiet! I will read it to you, but I will omit your polite speeches out of consideration for your feelings.”

“Many lies; excuses from a bad debtor,” she replied, smiling and showing how much she enjoyed these lies. “But shush! I’ll read it to you, but I’ll leave out your polite remarks to spare your feelings.”

Raising the paper to the height of her eyes, in order to conceal her face, she began. “‘My——,’ I shall not read you what follows that, for it is not true.” She ran her eyes over some lines and began to read again: “‘My father wishes me to go away, in spite of my entreaties. He says that I am a man and must think of my future and my duty; that I must learn how to live, which I cannot do in my own country, so that in the future I may be of some use. He says that if I remain at his side, in his shadow, in this atmosphere of business, I will never learn how to look ahead, and that when he is gone, I shall be like the plant of which our poet Baltazar speaks—as it always lives in the water, it never learns how to endure a moment’s heat.—He reproached me because I wept, and his reproach hurt me so that I confessed that I loved you. My father stopped, thought a moment and, placing his hand on my shoulder, said in a trembling voice: “Do you think that you alone know how to love, that your father does not love you, and that his heart is not pained at being separated from you? It is a short time since your mother died, and I am already reaching that age when the help and counsel of youth are needed. And yet I consent to your going, not even knowing that I shall ever see you again. The future is opening to you, but closing to me. Your loves are being born; mine are dying. Fire blazes in your blood, but cold is gradually finding its way into mine. And yet you weep, and are not willing to sacrifice the present for a future useful to yourself and your country.” The eyes of my father filled with tears and I fell upon my [34]knees at his feet and embraced him. I asked his pardon and said that I was willing to go.’”

Raising the paper to eye level to hide her face, she started. “‘My——,’ I won’t read you what comes next because it’s not true.” She scanned a few lines and began to read again: “‘My father wants me to leave, despite my pleas. He says that I’m now a man and need to think about my future and my responsibilities; that I have to learn how to live, which I can’t do in my own country, so that one day I can be of some use. He insists that if I stay by his side, always in his shadow, in this business environment, I’ll never learn to plan for the future, and when he’s gone, I’ll be like the plant our poet Baltazar mentions—always living in water, never learning how to handle even a little heat. He scolded me for crying, and his words hurt so much that I admitted I loved you. My father paused, thought for a moment, then put his hand on my shoulder and said in a shaky voice: ‘Do you really think you’re the only one who knows how to love? That your father doesn’t love you, and that his heart isn’t aching at the thought of being apart from you? It hasn’t been long since your mother passed away, and I’m reaching the age where I need the support and guidance of youth. And yet I’m letting you go, not even knowing if I’ll ever see you again. The future is opening up for you while it’s closing in on me. Your loves are just beginning; mine are fading. There’s fire in your blood, but cold is gradually creeping into mine. And still, you cry and refuse to sacrifice the present for a future that would benefit you and your country.’ My father’s eyes filled with tears, and I dropped to my knees at his feet and hugged him. I asked for his forgiveness and said I was ready to go.’”

The emotion which Ibarra manifested put an end to the reading. As pale as death, he arose and began to walk nervously from one side to the other.

The emotion Ibarra showed stopped the reading. Looking as pale as a ghost, he got up and started pacing back and forth anxiously.

“What is the matter?” she asked.

"What's wrong?" she asked.

“You have made me forget that I have duties to perform, and that I ought to leave immediately for my town. To-morrow is the fiesta in memory of the dead.”

“You’ve made me forget that I have responsibilities to take care of and that I should leave for my town right away. Tomorrow is the fiesta to honor the dead.”

Maria Clara stopped and silently fixed her large and dreamy eyes upon him for some minutes. Then taking some flowers from a vase near by, she said with emotion: “Go! I do not wish to detain you. We shall see each other again in a few days. Place these flowers on the graves of your father and mother.”

Maria Clara paused and quietly gazed at him with her big, dreamy eyes for a few moments. Then, taking some flowers from a nearby vase, she said with feeling, “Go! I don’t want to hold you back. We’ll see each other again in a few days. Please put these flowers on your parents' graves.”

A few moments later, Ibarra descended the stairs, accompanied by Captain Tiago and Doña Isabel, while Maria Clara locked herself up in the oratory.

A few moments later, Ibarra came down the stairs with Captain Tiago and Doña Isabel, while Maria Clara shut herself in the oratory.

“Do me the favor to tell Andeng to get the house ready, and that Maria and Isabel are coming. A pleasant journey!” While the Captain was saying this, Ibarra got into the carriage and drove off in the direction of the Plaza of San Gabriel.

“Please let Andeng know to prepare the house since Maria and Isabel are coming. Have a good trip!” As the Captain said this, Ibarra got into the carriage and drove off toward the Plaza of San Gabriel.

A few minutes later the Captain shouted to Maria Clara, who was weeping by the side of the image of the Virgin: “Hurry up and light two peseta candles in honor of San Roque and another in honor of San Rafael, the patron saint of travellers. And light the lamp of Our Lady of Peace and Protector of Travellers, for there are many bandits about. It is better to spend four reales for wax and six cuartos for oil than to have to pay a big ransom later on.” [35]

A few minutes later, the Captain called out to Maria Clara, who was crying next to the image of the Virgin: “Hurry and light two peseta candles in honor of San Roque and another for San Rafael, the patron saint of travelers. And please light the lamp of Our Lady of Peace and Protector of Travelers, because there are a lot of bandits around. It’s better to spend four reales on wax and six cuartos on oil than to end up paying a huge ransom later on.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Roof of the first story used as a veranda.

1 First-floor roof used as a porch.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter VI.

Things Philippine.

Father Dámaso drove up in front of Captain Tiago’s house and the Franciscan stepped to the ground just as Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara were getting into their silver-trimmed carriage. They saluted Father Dámaso, and he, in his preoccupation, gently patted Maria Clara on the cheek.

Father Dámaso pulled up in front of Captain Tiago’s house, and the Franciscan got out just as Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara were getting into their fancy carriage with silver trim. They greeted Father Dámaso, and he, lost in thought, lightly patted Maria Clara on the cheek.

“Where are you going?” the friar asked.

“Where are you headed?” the friar asked.

“To the convent to get my things,” replied the younger.

“To the convent to get my stuff,” replied the younger.

“Ah, ha! Ah, ha! We’ll see who is the stronger. We’ll see!” he muttered and turned away, leaving the two women in wonder as to what it all meant. The friar stepped along lightly, and reaching the stairs, went up.

“Ah, ha! Ah, ha! We'll see who is stronger. We'll see!” he muttered as he turned away, leaving the two women puzzled about what it all meant. The friar walked lightly, and upon reaching the stairs, he went up.

“He must be studying his sermon,” said Isabel. “Get in, Maria; we shall be late.”

“He must be working on his sermon,” said Isabel. “Come on, Maria; we’re going to be late.”

Whether Father Dámaso was studying his sermon or not we cannot say. At any rate, he was absorbed in some important matter, for he even forgot to extend his hand to Captain Tiago upon entering, greatly to the embarrassment of the Captain, who had to feign kissing it.

Whether Father Dámaso was focused on his sermon or not, we can't say. Either way, he was caught up in something important, as he even forgot to shake hands with Captain Tiago when he walked in, which made the Captain quite uncomfortable, forcing him to pretend to kiss it.

“Santiago, we have some very important matters to talk over; let us go to your office.”

“Santiago, we have some really important things to discuss; let’s go to your office.”

The Captain, somewhat disturbed, was unable to reply, but he obeyed and followed the big priest into his office. Father Dámaso shut the door behind them.

The Captain, a bit unsettled, couldn't respond, but he complied and followed the large priest into his office. Father Dámaso closed the door behind them.

While they are conferring in secret, let us find out what has become of Brother Sibyla. The wise Dominican was not to be found at his parochial residence, for early, immediately after mass, he had gone to the Dominican convent, situated near the gate called Isabel the Second or Magallanes, according to which family is in power in Madrid. Paying no attention to the delicious odor of chocolate or to the rattling of money boxes and coins in [36]the treasurer’s office, and scarcely answering the deferential salute of the treasurer, Father Sibyla went upstairs, crossed several corridors and rapped on a door.

While they are meeting in secret, let’s see what happened to Brother Sibyla. The wise Dominican wasn’t at his parish residence because he had left early, right after mass, to go to the Dominican convent near the gate known as Isabel the Second or Magallanes, depending on which family is in power in Madrid. Ignoring the tempting smell of chocolate and the sound of money boxes and coins in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the treasurer’s office, and barely acknowledging the respectful greeting of the treasurer, Father Sibyla went upstairs, walked through several hallways, and knocked on a door.

“Come in!” answered a voice.

"Come in!" replied a voice.

“May God give back health to Your Reverence!” was the greeting of the young Dominican as he entered.

“May God restore Your Reverence’s health!” was the greeting of the young Dominican as he entered.

A very feeble old priest was seated in a large arm-chair. His complexion was as yellow as the saints which Revera paints; his eyes were sunk deep in their orbits, and his heavy eyebrows, which were nearly always knit in a frown, added to the brilliant glare of his death-foreboding eyes.

A frail old priest was sitting in a big armchair. His skin was as yellow as the saints that Revera paints; his eyes were sunken deep in their sockets, and his thick eyebrows, which were almost always knitted in a frown, intensified the glaring look of his deathly eyes.

“I have come to talk to you about the charge with which you have entrusted me,” said Father Sibyla.

“I’ve come to discuss the responsibility you've given me,” said Father Sibyl.

“Ah, yes. And what about it?”

“Ah, yes. So what about it?”

“Pshaw!” answered the young man with disgust, seating himself and turning his face away with disdain. “They have been telling us a lot of lies. Young Ibarra is a prudent boy. He does not seem to be a fool. I think he is a pretty good sort of a chap.”

“Ugh!” replied the young man with disgust, sitting down and turning his face away in disdain. “They've been feeding us a lot of lies. Young Ibarra is a smart guy. He doesn’t seem like a fool. I think he’s actually a pretty decent guy.”

“Do you think so?”

"Do you really think that?"

“Hostilities began last night.”

"Fighting started last night."

“So soon? And how did it come about?”

“So soon? How did that happen?”

Father Sibyla related briefly what had taken place between Father Dámaso and Crisostomo Ibarra.

Father Sibyla briefly explained what had happened between Father Dámaso and Crisostomo Ibarra.

“Furthermore,” he added, in conclusion, “the young man is going to marry that daughter of Captain Tiago, who was educated in the college of our sisters. He is rich and would not want to make any enemies who might cause the loss of his happiness and his fortune.”

“Additionally,” he concluded, “the young man is planning to marry Captain Tiago's daughter, who went to the same school as our sisters. He’s wealthy and wouldn’t want to create any enemies that could threaten his happiness and fortune.”

The sick man bowed his head as a sign of assent. “Yes, that is my opinion. With such a wife and such a father-in-law we can hold him body and soul. And if not, it will be all the better for us if he declares himself our enemy.”

The sick man nodded, signaling his agreement. “Yes, I believe that too. With a wife like that and a father-in-law like him, we can have complete control over him. And if not, it will actually work to our advantage if he chooses to be our enemy.”

Father Sibyla looked at the old man with surprise.

Father Sibyla looked at the old man in surprise.

“That is to say, for the good of our whole corporation,” he added, breathing with difficulty. “I prefer open attacks to the foolish praise and adulations of friends, for, the truth is, flattery is always paid for.”

“That is to say, for the benefit of our entire company,” he added, struggling to breathe. “I’d rather face open criticism than the pointless compliments and flattery from friends, because, honestly, flattery always comes at a cost.”

“Does Your Reverence think so?”

“Do you think so?”

The old man looked at him sadly. “Always bear this in mind,” he answered, panting with fatigue, “that our [37]power will endure as long as it is believed in. If they attack us, the Government says, ‘They attack them, because they see in them an obstacle to their liberty, therefore let us preserve them.’”

The old man looked at him with a sad expression. “Always remember this,” he replied, breathless from exhaustion, “that our [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]power will last as long as people believe in it. If they come after us, the Government says, ‘They’re going after them because they view them as a threat to their freedom, so let’s protect them.’”

“And if the Government gives them a hearing? Sometimes the Government——”

“And what if the Government listens to them? Sometimes the Government——”

“The Government will do no such thing.”

“The government won’t do anything like that.”

“Nevertheless, if some bold and reckless man, impelled by covetousness, should dare to think that he wanted our possessions——”

"Still, if some daring and reckless person, driven by greed, were to think that they wanted our possessions——"

“Then, woe to him!”

“Then, he's in big trouble!”

For a moment both remained silent.

For a moment, they both stayed quiet.

“Furthermore,” continued the sick man, “it will do us good to have them attack us and wake us up. It would show us our weaknesses and strengthen us. The exaggerated praises which we get deceive us, and put us asleep. We are becoming ridiculous and on the day that we become ridiculous we shall fall as we fell in Europe. Money will no longer flow into our churches, no one will longer buy our scapularies or girdles, and when we cease to be rich we shall no longer possess the great influence which we wield at present.”

“Also,” the sick man continued, “it would be beneficial for us to have them attack us and wake us up. It would reveal our weaknesses and make us stronger. The excessive compliments we receive deceive us and lull us into complacency. We’re becoming a joke, and the day we do become a joke, we’ll fall just like we did in Europe. Money will stop flowing into our churches, nobody will buy our scapulars or girdles anymore, and when we’re no longer wealthy, we won’t have the considerable influence that we have now.”

“Pshaw! We shall always have our property, our plantations——”

“Come on! We’ll always have our property, our plantations——”

“We shall lose them all as we lost them in Europe. And the worst of it is that we are working for our own ruin. For instance, this immeasurable ambition to raise the incomes from our lands each year, this eagerness to increase the rents, which I have always opposed in vain, this eagerness will be our ruin. The natives already find themselves forced to buy land in other localities if they want lands as good as ours. I fear that we are degenerating. ‘Whom the gods would destroy they first make mad.’ For this reason we should not be too hard on the people, for they are already grumbling under our exactions. You have considered well. Let us leave this thing to others, and keep up the prestige which we have and let us endeavor to appear before God with clean hands. May the God of pity have mercy on our weaknesses!”

“We'll lose everything just like we did in Europe. The worst part is that we're contributing to our own downfall. For example, this endless ambition to increase the income from our lands every year, this desire to raise the rents, which I've always opposed to no avail, will lead to our destruction. The locals are already being pushed to buy land elsewhere if they want property as good as ours. I worry that we're going downhill. 'Whom the gods would destroy they first make mad.' Because of this, we shouldn't be too hard on the people, as they're already struggling under our demands. You've given it careful thought. Let's leave this matter to others, maintain the prestige we have, and strive to stand before God with clean hands. May the God of mercy have compassion on our weaknesses!”

“So you believe that the tax or tribute——”

“So you think that the tax or tribute——”

“Let us talk no more of money!” interrupted the sick [38]man with disgust. “You were saying that the lieutenant and Father Dámaso last night——”

“Let's stop talking about money!” the sick man interrupted with disgust. “You were saying that the lieutenant and Father Dámaso last night——”

“Yes, Father,” answered the young priest smiling. “But this morning I saw the lieutenant again and he told me that he was sorry for what had occurred at the dinner. He said he thought that he had been affected by too much wine and that the same was true of Father Dámaso. ‘And your boast to tell the Governor?’ I asked jokingly. ‘Father,’ he answered, ‘I know when to make my word good so long as it does not stain my honor. That is just the reason why I wear only two stars.’”

“Yes, Father,” replied the young priest with a smile. “But this morning I ran into the lieutenant again, and he told me he was sorry about what happened at dinner. He mentioned that he thought he had too much wine, and the same went for Father Dámaso. ‘And about your claim to tell the Governor?’ I asked playfully. ‘Father,’ he said, ‘I know when to follow through on my word as long as it doesn’t tarnish my honor. That’s why I only wear two stars.’”

After talking over several minor matters, Father Sibyla took his leave.

After discussing a few minor issues, Father Sibyla said goodbye.

As a matter of fact the lieutenant had not gone to the Governor General’s palace in Melacañan with any report in regard to the occurrence of the preceding evening. However, the Governor General had learned of it through another source, and discussing the matter with one of his aides, he said:

As a matter of fact, the lieutenant hadn’t gone to the Governor General’s palace in Malacañan with any report about what happened the night before. However, the Governor General had found out about it through another source, and while discussing the issue with one of his aides, he said:

“A woman and a priest can give no offense. I intend to live peaceably while I remain in this country and I do not wish to have any trouble with men who wear skirts. And, furthermore, I have found out that the Father Provincial has evaded my orders in this matter. I asked for the removal of that friar as a punishment. What was done? They removed him, but they gave him another and much better town. ‘Tricks of the friars,’ as they say in Spain.”

“A woman and a priest can’t cause any trouble. I plan to live peacefully while I’m here, and I don’t want any issues with men in skirts. Plus, I’ve learned that the Father Provincial has ignored my orders in this situation. I requested that friar be removed as punishment. What happened? They took him out, but they gave him a different and much better town. ‘Tricks of the friars,’ as they say in Spain.”

But when His Excellency found himself alone he ceased to smile. “Ah!” he sighed, “if the people were not so stupid they would put a limit to their reverences. But every people deserves its fate, and we are no different in this respect from the rest of the world.”

But when His Excellency was alone, he stopped smiling. “Ah!” he sighed, “if people weren’t so foolish, they would know when to hold back their praises. But every society gets what it deserves, and we're no different from anyone else in that regard.”

Meanwhile Captain Tiago had concluded his conference with Father Dámaso, or rather Father Dámaso had concluded it.

Meanwhile, Captain Tiago had finished his meeting with Father Dámaso, or rather, Father Dámaso had wrapped it up.

“I have already warned you!” said the Franciscan on taking his leave. “You could have avoided all of this had you consulted with me before, and, if you had not lied to me, when I asked you about it. See to it that you do not [39]do any more such foolish things, and have faith in your godfather.”

“I’ve already warned you!” said the Franciscan as he took his leave. “You could have avoided all of this if you had consulted with me earlier, and if you hadn’t lied to me when I asked you about it. Make sure you don’t [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] do anything else foolish like that, and trust in your godfather.”

Captain Tiago took two or three steps towards the sala, meditating and sighing. All at once, as if some good idea had struck him, he ran to the oratory and put out the candles and the lamps which had been lighted for Ibarra’s protection.

Captain Tiago took two or three steps toward the sala, deep in thought and sighing. Suddenly, as if a good idea had come to him, he rushed to the oratory and blew out the candles and lamps that had been lit for Ibarra's protection.

“There is still time enough,” he murmured, “for he has a long road to travel.” [40]

“There’s still plenty of time,” he said quietly, “because he has a long way to go.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter VII.

San Diego and Its People.

Not far from the shores of the Laguna de Bay lies the town of San Diego, surrounded by fertile fields and rice plantations. It exports sugar, rice, coffee, and fruits, or sells them at ridiculously low prices to the Chinese, who make large profits out of the credulity and vices of the laborers.

Not far from the shores of Laguna de Bay is the town of San Diego, surrounded by fertile fields and rice farms. It exports sugar, rice, coffee, and fruits, or sells them at incredibly low prices to the Chinese, who profit greatly from the naivety and vices of the workers.

When the sky was serene and the atmosphere clear, the boys used to climb to the very peak of the old moss and vine covered church tower. And what exclamations they would utter when, from that high pinnacle, they looked out at the beautiful panorama that surrounded them. There before them lay a great mass of roofs, some nipa, some thatch, some zinc and some made out of the native grasses. And out of that mass, which here and there gave way to an orchard or a garden, every one of those boys could find his own little home, his own little nest. To them everything was a landmark; every tamarind tree with its light foliage, every cocoanut tree with its load of nuts, every bending cane, every bonga tree, every cross. Beyond the town is the crystal river, like a serpent asleep on a carpet of green. Here and there, its tranquil surface is broken by rocks projecting from its sandy bottom. In places, it is hemmed in between two high banks, and there the rapidly rushing waters turn and twist the half-bared roots of the overhanging shade trees. But further on it spreads itself out again and becomes calm and peaceful.

When the sky was clear and the air was fresh, the boys would climb to the very top of the old church tower covered in moss and vines. And what shouts of excitement they’d make when, from that high point, they looked out at the stunning view all around them. Before them lay a vast expanse of roofs—some made of nipa, some thatched, some zinc, and others crafted from native grasses. Within that mass, which occasionally gave way to an orchard or a garden, each of those boys could spot his own little home, his own little nest. Everything was a landmark for them; every tamarind tree with its light leaves, every coconut tree heavy with nuts, every bending cane, every bonga tree, every cross. Beyond the town is the clear river, like a serpent resting on a green carpet. Here and there, its calm surface is disturbed by rocks poking up from its sandy bed. In spots, it’s squeezed between two high banks, where the rushing waters twist around the exposed roots of the overhanging trees. But further along, it widens out again and becomes calm and peaceful.

But what always attracts attention is a peninsula of forest projecting into this sea of cultivated land. There can be found hollow-trunked trees, a century old, trees which die only when struck by lightning and set on fire. They say, also, that even in that case the fire never spreads to any other tree. This old grove is held in a certain degree of awe, for around it have been woven many strange [41]legends. Of these the most probable, and consequently the least known and believed is the following:

But what always catches the eye is a forested peninsula sticking out into this sea of farmland. Here, you can find hollow-trunked trees that are a century old, trees that only die when hit by lightning and set on fire. They also say that even then, the fire never spreads to any other tree. This ancient grove inspires a certain awe, as many strange [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]legends have been woven around it. Among these, the most plausible, and therefore the least known and believed, is the following:

When the town was still a miserable group of huts, when weeds grew in abundance in the so-called streets, and deer and wild boar roamed about at night, there arrived one day an old Spaniard. His eyes were deep and thoughtful and he spoke Tagalog fluently. After visiting the different estates and peddling out some goods he inquired for the owners of this grove, which by the way, also contained several hot water springs. A number of persons claiming to be the owners presented themselves, and the old man purchased from them the grove, paying in exchange some money, jewelry and clothing. A short time afterward he disappeared, no one knew where.

When the town was just a miserable cluster of huts, with weeds plentiful in the so-called streets and deer and wild boar roaming at night, one day an old Spaniard arrived. His eyes were deep and thoughtful, and he spoke Tagalog fluently. After visiting the various estates and selling some goods, he asked about the owners of this grove, which also had several hot mineral springs. A number of people claiming to be the owners came forward, and the old man bought the grove from them, paying with money, jewelry, and clothing. Shortly after that, he vanished, and no one knew where he went.

His sudden disappearance made the people think for a time that he had been spirited away, but later on a fetid odor was noticeable near the grove, and some shepherds, upon investigation, found the body of the old man in a badly decomposed condition hanging from the limb of a balitî tree. When alive the old man had terrorized many by his deep and resonant voice, his sunken eyes and his silent laugh, but now that he was dead, and a suicide at that, the mere mention of his name gave the town women nightmare. Some of them threw the jewelry that they had bought from him into the river and burned all the clothing, and, for a long time after the body had been buried at the foot of the balitî tree, no one cared to venture near it. All sort of stories became current about the haunted place.

His sudden disappearance made people think for a while that he had been taken away, but later a terrible smell was noticeable near the grove, and some shepherds, upon checking, found the body of the old man in a badly decomposed state hanging from a balitî tree. When he was alive, the old man had scared many people with his deep and booming voice, his sunken eyes, and his silent laugh, but now that he was dead, and a suicide at that, just mentioning his name gave the town women nightmares. Some of them threw the jewelry they had bought from him into the river and burned all his clothes, and for a long time after his body was buried at the foot of the balitî tree, no one dared to go near it. All sorts of stories started circulating about the haunted place.

A shepherd, looking for his flock, said that he had seen lights in the grove. A party of young men, passing near the place, heard groans and lamentations. An unfortunate lover, in order to make an impression on the disdainful object of his affections, promised to spend a night under the tree and to bring her a branch from its trunk, but on the next day he was taken ill with a quick fever and died.

A shepherd, searching for his sheep, mentioned that he had seen lights in the grove. A group of young men, walking by, heard groans and cries of sorrow. A heartbroken lover, trying to impress the woman who rejected him, promised to spend a night under the tree and to bring her a branch from it. However, the next day he fell ill with a sudden fever and died.

Before many months had passed, a youth came to the town one day. He was apparently a Spanish mestizo, declared himself the son of the dead stranger, and established himself in that far-off corner of the world. He began to farm the land and devoted himself especially to [42]the cultivation of indigo. Don Saturnino was a taciturn young man, violent and sometimes cruel, but very active and industrious. He built a wall around his father’s grave and, from time to time, went all alone to visit it. A few years later he married a young girl from Manila who bore him a son, Rafael, the father of Crisostomo.

Before many months had passed, a young man came to the town one day. He seemed to be a Spanish mestizo, claimed to be the son of the deceased stranger, and settled in that remote part of the world. He started farming the land and focused especially on the cultivation of indigo. Don Saturnino was a reserved young man, volatile and sometimes harsh, but very hardworking and diligent. He built a wall around his father’s grave and occasionally went alone to visit it. A few years later, he married a young girl from Manila who gave birth to a son, Rafael, the father of Crisostomo.

Don Rafael, from his earliest youth, was fond of farming. Under his care, the agriculture which had been started and fostered by his father was rapidly developed. New inhabitants flocked to the vicinity, and among them were a great many Chinese. The village grew very fast and was soon supporting a native priest. After it had become a pueblo, the native priest died and Father Dámaso took his place.

Don Rafael, from a young age, loved farming. Under his management, the agriculture that his father had started and nurtured quickly thrived. New residents moved to the area, including a lot of Chinese immigrants. The village expanded rapidly and soon had enough people to support a local priest. After it became a pueblo, the native priest passed away, and Father Dámaso stepped in to replace him.

Still the grave and the adjoining lands were respected. At times, children, armed with sticks and stones, ventured to wander about, exploring the surrounding country and gathering guayabas, papays, lomboy and other native fruits. Then, all of a sudden, while they were busily engaged collecting the fruits, some one would catch a glimpse of the old rope hanging from the balitî tree, and stones would be heard to fall. Then some one would cry, “The old man!” “The old man!” Dropping fruit, sticks and stones, and leaping from the trees, the boys would flee in all directions through the thickets and between the rocks, not stopping until they emerged from the grove, pale and panting, some laughing, some crying.

Still, the grave and the land around it were respected. Sometimes, kids with sticks and stones would wander around, exploring the area and picking guayabas, papayas, lomboy, and other local fruits. Then, suddenly, while they were busy collecting fruit, someone would spot the old rope hanging from the balitî tree, and the sound of stones falling would be heard. Then someone would shout, “The old man!” “The old man!” Dropping their fruit, sticks, and stones, the boys would jump from the trees and run in all directions through the bushes and between the rocks, not stopping until they burst out of the grove, pale and panting, some laughing, some crying.

You could not say that Don Rafael, while alive, was the most influential man in San Diego, although it is true that he was the richest, owned the most land, and had put almost everybody else under obligations to him. He was modest and always belittled his own deeds. He never tried to form a party of his own, and, as we have already seen, no one came to his aid when his fortune seemed to fail him.

You couldn't say that Don Rafael, while he was alive, was the most influential man in San Diego, although it's true that he was the richest, owned the most land, and had put almost everyone else in his debt. He was humble and always downplayed his own accomplishments. He never tried to create his own party, and, as we've already seen, no one came to help him when his fortune started to decline.

Whenever Captain Tiago arrived in town, his debtors received him with an orchestra, gave him a banquet, and loaded him down with gifts. If a deer or a wild boar was caught he always had a quarter of it for his own table; if any of his debtors found a beautiful horse, within a half hour it would be in the Captain’s stable. All of this is [43]true, but still when the Captain had his back turned they made fun of him and referred to him as Sacristan Tiago.

Whenever Captain Tiago came to town, his debtors welcomed him with a fanfare, threw him a feast, and showered him with gifts. If a deer or a wild boar was caught, he always got a quarter of it for his own table; if any of his debtors found a beautiful horse, within half an hour it would be in the Captain’s stable. All of this is [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]true, but still, when the Captain was not around, they mocked him and called him Sacristan Tiago.

The gobernadorcillo1 was an unhappy fellow who never commanded but always obeyed; he never attacked any one, but was always attacked; he never ordered anybody, but everybody ordered him; and besides, he had to take the responsibility for everything that they had commanded, ordered or disposed. The position had cost him five thousand pesos and many humiliations, but, considering the profits he made, the price was very cheap.

The gobernadorcillo1 was a miserable guy who never gave orders but always followed them; he never attacked anyone, but was constantly under attack; he never commanded anyone, but everyone bossed him around; and on top of that, he had to take the blame for everything they ordered or decided. The job had cost him five thousand pesos and a lot of embarrassment, but given the profits he made, it was a pretty good deal.

San Diego was like Rome; not the Rome of the time of Romulus, when he marked out the walls with a plough, nor when, later, he bathed in his own blood and that of others and dictated laws to the world: no, San Diego was like the Rome of contemporaneous history, with this difference—instead of being a city of marble, monuments and coliseums, it was a city of saualî2 and cock-pits. The parochial priest of San Diego corresponded to the Pope in the Vatican; the alferez3 of the Civil Guard to the King of Italy in the Quirinal, but both in the same proportion as the sauali or native wood and the nipa cock-pits corresponded to the monuments of marble and coliseums. And in San Diego, as in Rome, there was continual trouble. Everybody wanted to be the leading señor, and there was always some one else in the way. Let us describe two of these ambitious citizens.

San Diego was like Rome; not the Rome of Romulus, when he outlined the walls with a plow, nor the one where he later bathed in his own blood and that of others while dictating laws to the world: no, San Diego resembled the Rome of modern history, with this key difference—instead of being a city of marble, monuments, and coliseums, it was a city of saualî2 and cockfighting pits. The local priest of San Diego was like the Pope in the Vatican; the alferez3 of the Civil Guard was akin to the King of Italy in the Quirinal, but both in a way that mirrored how the sauali or native wood and the nipa cockfighting pits matched up to the marble monuments and coliseums. And in San Diego, just like in Rome, there was constant conflict. Everyone wanted to be the top señor, and there was always someone else blocking the way. Let’s describe two of these ambitious citizens.

Friar Bernando Salvi was the young and silent Franciscan whom we mentioned in a preceding chapter. He had even more of the customs and manners of his brotherhood than had his predecessor, the violent Father Dámaso. He was slender, sickly, almost always pensive, and very strict in the fulfillment of his religious duties as well as very careful of his good name. A month after his arrival in the parish almost all the inhabitants became brothers of the “Venerable Third Order,” to the great grief of its rival, “The Brotherhood of the Most Sacred Rosary.” His heart leaped with joy at seeing on every neck in the town [44]from four to five scapularies, a knotted cord around every waist, and every funeral procession dressed in habits of guingon. The sacristan mayor or head warden of the order made quite a little capital by selling and giving away all those things considered necessary to save the soul and overcome the devil.

Friar Bernando Salvi was the young and quiet Franciscan we mentioned in a previous chapter. He embodied even more of the customs and characteristics of his order than his predecessor, the hot-tempered Father Dámaso. He was thin, frail, often deep in thought, and very strict about his religious obligations, always mindful of his reputation. A month after he arrived in the parish, nearly all the locals became members of the “Venerable Third Order,” which greatly upset its competitor, “The Brotherhood of the Most Sacred Rosary.” His heart soared with happiness seeing four to five scapularies around every neck in town, a knotted cord at every waist, and every funeral procession dressed in habits of guingon. The chief sacristan, or head warden of the order, made quite a profit by selling and distributing all the items deemed necessary to save souls and fend off evil.

The only enemy of this powerful soul saver, with tendencies in accord with the times, was, as we have already stated, the alferez. The women relate a story of how the devil tried one day to tempt Father Salvi and how the latter caught him, tied him to the bed post, whipped him with a lash and kept him tied fast for nine days. Thus he had been able to conquer the devil entirely. As a result, any one who persisted in being an enemy of the priest was generally considered a worse man than the devil himself—an honor which the alferez alone enjoyed. But he merited this reputation. He had a wife, an old, powdered and painted Filipino by the name of Doña Consolación. The husband and several other people called her by a different name, but that does not matter. Anyway, the alferez was accustomed to drown the sorrows of unhappy wedlock by getting as drunk as a toper. Then, when he was thoroughly intoxicated he would order his men to drill in the sun, he himself remaining in the shade, or, perhaps, he would occupy himself in beating his wife.

The only enemy of this powerful soul saver, in tune with the times, was, as we’ve mentioned, the alferez. The women tell a story about how the devil once tried to tempt Father Salvi, and how he caught the devil, tied him to the bedpost, whipped him with a lash, and kept him tied up for nine days. This way, he was able to completely conquer the devil. Because of this, anyone who continued to oppose the priest was typically seen as worse than the devil himself—an honor that only the alferez held. But he earned this reputation. He had a wife, an old, powdered, and painted Filipina named Doña Consolación. Her husband and several others called her by a different name, but that’s not important. Anyway, the alferez would often drown the sorrows of his unhappy marriage by drinking himself into a stupor. Then, when he was completely intoxicated, he would order his men to drill in the sun while he sat in the shade, or perhaps he would spend his time beating his wife.

When her husband was dead drunk, or was snoring away in a siesta, and Doña Consolación could not fight with him, then, wearing a blue flannel shirt, she would seat herself in the window, with a cigar in her mouth. She had a dislike of children and so from her window she would scowl and make faces at every girl that passed. The girls, on the other hand, were afraid of her, and would hurry by at a quick pace, never daring to raise their eyes or draw a breath. But say what you may, Doña Consolación had one great virtue; she was never known to look into a mirror.

When her husband was completely drunk or snoozing during a nap, and Doña Consolación couldn’t argue with him, she would put on a blue flannel shirt and sit in the window with a cigar in her mouth. She didn’t like kids, so from her window, she would scowl and make faces at every girl who passed by. The girls, on the other hand, were scared of her and would hurry past quickly, never daring to look up or even breathe. But, no matter what anyone said, Doña Consolación had one great quality: she was never seen looking into a mirror.

These were the leading people of San Diego.

These were the prominent figures of San Diego.

Toward the west of San Diego, surrounded by rice fields, lies a village of the dead. A single, narrow path, dusty on dry days, and navigable by boats when it rains, leads thither from the town. A wooden gate, and a fence, [45]half stone and half bamboo, seem to separate the cemetery from the people in the town, but not from the goats and sheep of the parochial priest of the immediate vicinity. These animals go in and out to rummage among the tombs or to make that solitary place glad with their presence.

Toward the west of San Diego, surrounded by rice fields, there's a village of the dead. A single narrow path, dusty on dry days and passable by boats when it rains, connects it to the town. A wooden gate and a fence, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]half stone and half bamboo, seem to separate the cemetery from the townspeople, but not from the goats and sheep owned by the local priest. These animals wander in and out, rummaging among the tombs or bringing a bit of life to that quiet place.

One day a little old man entered the cemetery, his eyes sparkling and his head uncovered. Upon seeing him, many laughed, while a number of the women knit their eyebrows in scorn. The old man seemed to take no notice of these manifestations, but went directly toward a pile of skulls, knelt down and began to search among the bones. After he had sorted over with considerable care the skulls one by one, he drew his eyebrows together, as though he did not find what he was looking for, moved his head from side to side, looked in all directions, and finally got up and went over toward a grave-digger.

One day, a little old man walked into the cemetery, his eyes sparkling and his head uncovered. Seeing him, many people laughed, while some women frowned in disdain. The old man seemed to ignore their reactions and went straight to a pile of skulls, knelt down, and began searching through the bones. After carefully sorting through the skulls one by one, he furrowed his brow as though he couldn’t find what he was looking for, shook his head, glanced around, and finally stood up and walked over to a grave digger.

“Eh, there!” he shouted to him.

“Hey, over there!” he shouted to him.

The grave-digger raised his head.

The grave digger looked up.

“Do you know where that beautiful skull is, the one white as the meat of a cocoanut, with a complete set of teeth, which I had over there at the foot of the cross under those leaves?”

“Do you know where that beautiful skull is, the one as white as the inside of a coconut, with a full set of teeth, which I had over there at the foot of the cross under those leaves?”

The grave-digger shrugged his shoulders.

The grave digger shrugged.

“Look you!” added the little old man, bringing out of his pocket a handful of silver. “I have more than that, but I will give it to you if you find the skull for me.”

“Listen!” the little old man said, pulling a handful of silver from his pocket. “I have more than this, but I'll give it to you if you find the skull for me.”

The glitter of the coin made the grave-digger reflect. He looked over in the direction of the bone pile and said: “Isn’t it over there? No? Then I don’t know where it is.”

The shine of the coin made the grave-digger think. He glanced toward the pile of bones and said, “Isn’t it over there? No? Then I have no idea where it is.”

“Don’t you know? When my debtors pay me, I will give you more,” continued the old man. “It was my wife’s skull, and if you find it for me——”

“Don't you know? When my debtors pay me, I'll give you more,” the old man went on. “It was my wife's skull, and if you find it for me——”

“Isn’t it there. Then I don’t know where it is,” repeated the grave-digger with emphasis. “But I will give you another.”

“Isn’t it there? Then I don’t know where it is,” the grave-digger said firmly. “But I’ll get you another one.”

“You are like the grave that you are digging,” cried the old man irritably. “You don’t know the value of what you lose. For whom is this grave?”

“You're just like the grave you're digging,” the old man shouted, annoyed. “You have no idea of the value of what you're losing. Who is this grave for?”

“For a dead person, of course,” replied the bad-humored man. [46]

“For a dead person, obviously,” replied the grumpy man. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Like a tomb! Like a tomb!” repeated the old man dryly. “You don’t know what you throw out nor what you swallow. Dig! dig!”

“Like a grave! Like a grave!” the old man said flatly. “You don’t realize what you throw away or what you take in. Dig! dig!”

At this the old man, who was Tasio, the village philosopher, turned and started toward the gate.

At this, the old man, who was Tasio, the village philosopher, turned and walked towards the gate.

In the meantime, the grave-digger had finished his job, and two little mounds of fresh, red clay were piled on either side of the grave. He took some betel nut out of his broad-brimmed hat, and began to chew away, looking with an air of stupidity at everything within his horizon. [47]

In the meantime, the grave-digger had completed his work, and two small piles of fresh, red clay were stacked on either side of the grave. He pulled some betel nut out from under his wide-brimmed hat and started chewing, gazing blankly at everything in front of him. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Petty governor, the highest local official.

1 Petty governor, the top local official.

2 Trellis work made of reeds.

2 Reed trellis work.

3 Local commander of the Civil Guard.

3 Local head of the Civil Guard.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter VIII.

Ibarra and the Grave-Digger.

Just as the old man was leaving the cemetery, a carriage stopped at the entrance. It looked as though it had made a long journey; the horses were sweating and the vehicle was covered with dust. Ibarra stepped out and was followed by an old servant. He made a gesture to the driver and then turned down the path into the cemetery. He was silent and grave.

Just as the old man was leaving the cemetery, a carriage pulled up to the entrance. It seemed like it had traveled a long distance; the horses were sweating and the vehicle was covered in dust. Ibarra got out and was followed by an elderly servant. He signaled to the driver and then walked down the path into the cemetery. He was quiet and serious.

“My sickness and my work have not permitted me to return, since the day of the funeral,” said the old servant timidly. “Captain Tiago said that he would see to it that a niche was arranged for, but I planted some flowers on the grave and erected a cross made by my own hands.”

“My illness and my work have kept me from coming back since the day of the funeral,” the old servant said softly. “Captain Tiago said he would make sure a niche was set up, but I planted some flowers on the grave and made a cross with my own hands.”

Ibarra did not reply.

Ibarra didn't respond.

“Right there behind that large cross, señor,” continued the servant, making a gesture toward one of the corners just as they passed through the gate.

“Right there behind that big cross, sir,” continued the servant, pointing to one of the corners just as they walked through the gate.

Ibarra was so preoccupied with sad thoughts that he did not notice the astonishment which some of the people in the cemetery manifested when they saw him enter. Those who were kneeling broke off their prayers and followed the young man, their eyes full of curiosity.

Ibarra was so caught up in his sad thoughts that he didn't notice the surprise some of the people in the cemetery showed when they saw him walk in. Those who were kneeling stopped their prayers and followed the young man, their eyes filled with curiosity.

Ibarra walked along very carefully, and avoided stepping on the graves, which could be easily distinguished by the sunken ground. In other times he had walked over them; but to-day he respected them. His father lay in one of them. On coming to the other side of the large cross, he stopped and looked in all directions. His companion was confused and out of countenance. He searched for marks on the ground but could not find the cross anywhere.

Ibarra walked very carefully, avoiding stepping on the graves, which were easily seen by the sunken ground. In the past, he had walked over them; but today he showed them respect. His father was buried in one of them. When he reached the other side of the large cross, he paused and looked around. His companion was confused and flustered. He looked for signs on the ground but couldn’t find the cross anywhere.

“Is it here?” he murmured between his teeth. “No, it is over there, but the earth has been removed.” [48]

“Is it here?” he whispered between clenched teeth. “No, it's over there, but the ground has been dug up.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ibarra looked at him with an expression of anguish.

Ibarra looked at him with a distressed expression.

“Yes,” he continued. “I remember that there was a stone by the side of the grave. The grave was a little short, a farm hand had to dig it, as the grave-digger was sick at the time, but we will ask him what he has done with the cross.”

“Yes,” he continued. “I remember there was a stone next to the grave. The grave was a bit short; a farmhand had to dig it because the grave-digger was sick at the time, but we’ll ask him what he did with the cross.”

They turned toward the grave-digger, who looked at them with curiosity. He saluted them, taking off his hat.

They turned to the grave-digger, who looked at them with curiosity. He greeted them by taking off his hat.

“Can you tell us which of the graves over there is the one which had a cross?” asked the servant.

“Can you show us which of those graves over there had a cross?” asked the servant.

The grave-digger looked toward the place and seemed to reflect. “A large cross?”

The grave-digger looked over at the spot and seemed to think. “A big cross?”

“Yes, a large cross,” answered the old man with joy, looking significantly at Ibarra, whose face was somewhat animated.

“Yes, a big cross,” the old man replied happily, glancing meaningfully at Ibarra, whose face showed some excitement.

“An ornamented cross, and fastened with reeds?” repeated the grave-digger, questioning the servant.

“An ornamented cross, and tied with reeds?” repeated the grave-digger, asking the servant.

“That’s it, that’s it, yes, yes! Like this, like this,” and the servant traced an outline of a Byzantine cross.

“That’s it, that’s it, yes, yes! Like this, like this,” and the servant outlined a Byzantine cross.

“And were there some flowers sown on the grave?”

“And were there any flowers planted on the grave?”

Adelphas, sampagas and pansies! That’s it,” added the servant, delighted, and offering the grave-digger a cigar. “Tell us where the grave is and where the cross.”

Adelphas, sampagas and pansies! That’s it,” the servant said, excited, and handed the grave-digger a cigar. “Just tell us where the grave is and where the cross is.”

The grave-digger scratched his ear and replied, yawning: “Well, the cross—I have already burned it up.”

The grave-digger scratched his ear and replied, yawning: “Well, the cross—I already burned it.”

“Burned it? and why have you burned it?”

“Burned it? And why did you burn it?”

“Because the head priest so ordered.”

“Because the head priest said so.”

“Who is the head priest?” asked Ibarra.

“Who is the chief priest?” asked Ibarra.

“Who? The one who does the whipping.”

“Who? The one who’s doing the whipping.”

Ibarra put his hand to his head.

Ibarra massaged his temples.

“But you can at least tell us where the grave is? You ought to remember.”

“But you can at least tell us where the grave is? You should remember.”

The grave-digger smiled. “The body is no longer there,” he replied tranquilly.

The grave-digger smiled. “The body isn’t here anymore,” he replied calmly.

“What do you say?”

"What do you think?"

“Yes, no longer,” the man added in a joking tone. “Only a week ago I buried a woman in its place.”

“Yes, not anymore,” the man said jokingly. “Just a week ago, I buried a woman where it used to be.”

“Are you crazy?” the servant asked. “Why, it is not yet a year since we buried him.” [49]

“Are you out of your mind?” the servant asked. “It's not even been a year since we buried him.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Then that is the one, for it was many months ago that I took up the body. The head priest of the parish ordered me to do it, in order to bury it in the Chinese cemetery. But as it was heavy and it was raining that night——”

“Then that's the one, because it was many months ago when I took the body. The head priest of the parish told me to do it, so it could be buried in the Chinese cemetery. But since it was heavy and it was raining that night——”

The man could not finish. He stepped back, half frightened at the expression on Crisostomo’s face. Ibarra made a rush at him, and, grabbing him by the arm, shook him.

The man couldn't finish. He stepped back, half scared by the look on Crisostomo’s face. Ibarra lunged at him and, grabbing him by the arm, shook him.

“And what did you do?” the young man asked, in an indescribable tone.

“And what did you do?” the young man asked, in a tone that was hard to describe.

“Honored sir, do not get angry,” he replied, pale and trembling. “I did not bury the body among the Chinese. In my opinion a person might better be a suicide than be buried among the Chinese. I threw the body into the lake.”

“Honored sir, please don’t be angry,” he replied, pale and shaking. “I didn’t bury the body with the Chinese. I think it’s better to commit suicide than to be buried among the Chinese. I threw the body into the lake.”

Ibarra laid both his hands on the man’s shoulders and looked at him for a long time in a terrifying manner. “You are only an unfortunate fellow,” he said, at last, and left the place on a run across bones, graves, and crosses, like a madman.

Ibarra placed both hands on the man's shoulders and stared at him intensely for a long time. "You're just an unfortunate guy," he finally said, and then he took off running over bones, graves, and crosses, like a madman.

The grave-digger felt of his arm and murmured: “What would they do with the dead! The head priest whips me with his cane for having left the body in the cemetery when I was sick. Now this fellow comes along and nearly breaks my arm for having taken it up. That is just like the Spaniards! I’ll lose my place yet.”

The grave-digger rubbed his arm and murmured, “What do they expect to do with the dead? The head priest beats me with his cane for leaving the body in the cemetery when I was sick. Now this guy comes along and almost breaks my arm for picking it up. It's just like the Spaniards! I'm going to lose my job yet.”

Ibarra went on in great haste, keeping his eyes fixed in the distance. The old servant followed him, crying. Already the sun was hidden; a large, dark cloud hung over the western horizon; and a dry wind bent the tops of the trees and made the fields of sugar cane groan. With hat in hand, he went on. Not one tear dropped from his eye, not one sigh came from his breast. He hurried on as if he were fleeing from somebody, or something—perhaps the shade of his father, perhaps the tempest which was approaching. He hurried through the town and headed toward the outlying country, toward that old house which he had not entered for so many years. The house was surrounded by a wall, near which many cacti grew, and as he approached they seemed to [50]signal to him. The windows seemed to open, the ilang-ilang joyfully waved its branches, and the doves fluttered about the little tower on the peak of their garden house.

Ibarra rushed forward, his gaze fixed on the horizon. The old servant followed him, crying. The sun was already setting; a large, dark cloud loomed over the western sky, and a dry wind rustled the tops of the trees, making the sugar cane fields creak. With his hat in hand, he pressed on. Not a single tear fell from his eyes, nor did he let out a sigh. He moved quickly as if he were running away from someone or something—maybe the ghost of his father, maybe the storm that was approaching. He dashed through the town and headed into the countryside, toward that old house he hadn't entered in so many years. The house was enclosed by a wall, with many cacti growing nearby, and as he got closer, they seemed to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]wave at him. The windows appeared to open, the ilang-ilang happily swayed its branches, and the doves fluttered around the little tower on top of their garden house.

But the young man did not notice these signs of welcome on his return to his old home. His eyes were riveted on the form of a priest who was advancing from the opposite direction. It was the priest of San Diego, that meditative Franciscan, the enemy of the alferez whom we have mentioned. The wind was playing with the wide wings of his hat, and the robe of guingon was flattened out, moulded by the wind to the outline of his form, marking his slender thighs and bow-legs. In his right hand he carried a cane. It was the first time that he and Ibarra had met.

But the young man didn’t notice these signs of welcome upon returning to his old home. His eyes were fixed on the figure of a priest coming from the opposite direction. It was the priest from San Diego, that thoughtful Franciscan, the rival of the alferez we’ve mentioned. The wind was playing with the broad brim of his hat, and the guingon robe was flattened out, shaped by the wind to fit his figure, highlighting his slender thighs and bow legs. In his right hand, he carried a cane. It was the first time that he and Ibarra had met.

As they approached each other, the young man stopped and looked at him fixedly. Father Salvi avoided the look and was somewhat distracted. This vacillation lasted only a moment. Ibarra made a rush toward him, and stopped the priest from falling only by grasping his shoulder. Then, in a voice scarcely intelligible, he exclaimed:

As they got closer, the young man stopped and stared at him. Father Salvi looked away and seemed a bit distracted. This hesitation only lasted a moment. Ibarra rushed toward him and caught the priest from falling by grabbing his shoulder. Then, in a barely audible voice, he exclaimed:

“What have you done with my father?”

“What have you done with my dad?”

Friar Salvi, pale and trembling, as he read the unmistakable sentiments which were depicted on the young man’s face, could not reply.

Friar Salvi, pale and shaking, seeing the clear emotions shown on the young man's face, was at a loss for words.

“What have you done with my father?” he asked again, his voice almost choking him.

“What have you done with my dad?” he asked again, his voice nearly breaking.

The priest, shrinking from the tight grasp of Ibarra’s hand, at last made a great effort and said: “You are mistaken. I have done nothing with your father.”

The priest, pulling away from Ibarra’s tight grip, finally made a big effort and said, “You’re wrong. I haven’t done anything to your father.”

“What? No?” continued the young man, the weight of his hand on the priest’s shoulder almost making him kneel.

“What? No?” the young man said, the pressure of his hand on the priest’s shoulder nearly bringing him to his knees.

“No, I assure you. It was my predecessor. It was Father Dámaso——”

“No, I promise you. It was my predecessor. It was Father Dámaso——”

“Ah!” exclaimed the young man, throwing the priest down and giving him a slap in the face. And leaving Father Salvi, he turned quickly and went toward the house. [51]

“Ah!” the young man shouted, pushing the priest down and slapping him across the face. Then, leaving Father Salvi, he quickly turned and headed toward the house. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter IX.

Adventures of a School Teacher.

Laguna de Bay, surrounded by mountains, sleeps tranquilly in the stillness of the elements, as if it had not joined the chorus of the tempest on the night before. As first rays of dawn appear in the eastern sky and awaken the phosphorescent myriads in the water, long, grey shadows appear in the dim distance, almost on the border of the horizon. They are shadows of fishermen’s boats at work drawing in the nets.

Laguna de Bay, nestled among mountains, rests peacefully in the calmness of nature, as if it hadn’t participated in the storm’s chaos the night before. As the first rays of dawn break in the eastern sky and stir the glowing swarms in the water, long, gray shadows emerge in the faint distance, nearly at the edge of the horizon. They are the shadows of fishermen’s boats busy pulling in their nets.

Two men, dressed in deep mourning, from a lofty height contemplate the scene in silence. One is Ibarra, and the other is a young, meek-looking man with a melancholy countenance.

Two men, dressed in deep mourning, from a high vantage point observe the scene in silence. One is Ibarra, and the other is a young, gentle-looking man with a sad expression.

“Here is the place!” said the latter. “Here is where your father’s body was thrown into the water! The grave-digger brought Lieutenant Guevara and me here and pointed out the spot.”

“Here’s the spot!” said the other. “This is where your father’s body was thrown into the water! The grave-digger brought Lieutenant Guevara and me here and showed us the place.”

Ibarra, with emotion, warmly grasped the young man’s hand.

Ibarra, feeling emotional, warmly shook the young man’s hand.

“You need not thank me!” replied the latter. “I owed your father for many favors he did me. The only thing I could ever do for him was to accompany his body to the grave. I had come to the town without knowing anybody, without any recommendations, without a reputation, without money, just as I am now. Your father protected me, procured a house for me, helped secure whatever was needed to advance education; he used to come to the school and distribute pennies among the poor and diligent pupils; he provided them with books and papers. But that, like all good things, did not last long.”

“You don’t need to thank me!” replied the latter. “I owed your father for many favors he did for me. The only thing I could ever do for him was to accompany his body to the grave. I came to this town without knowing anyone, without any recommendations, without a reputation, and without money, just like I am now. Your father looked out for me, got me a place to stay, and helped me get what I needed to further my education; he used to come to the school and hand out pennies to the poor and hardworking students; he provided them with books and supplies. But that, like all good things, didn’t last long.”

Ibarra took off his hat and seemed to pray for a short time. Then he turned to his companion and said: “Did [52]you tell me that my father used to help the poor children? How is it now?”

Ibarra removed his hat and appeared to pray for a moment. Then he turned to his friend and said, “Did [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]you mention that my father used to assist the underprivileged children? What’s the situation like now?”

“Oh, now they do the best they can.”

“Oh, now they’re doing the best they can.”

“And don’t they come to school regularly?”

“And don’t they come to school regularly?”

“No, for their shirts are ragged and they are ashamed.”

“No, because their shirts are torn and they feel embarrassed.”

Ibarra kept silent for a few moments.

Ibarra stayed quiet for a few moments.

“How many pupils have you now?” he asked, with a certain interest.

“How many students do you have now?” he asked, clearly interested.

“There are more than two hundred on the register, but only twenty-five in the class.”

“There are more than two hundred on the list, but only twenty-five in the class.”

“How does that happen?”

"How does that happen?"

The school teacher sadly smiled.

The teacher smiled sadly.

“It is a long and tedious story,” said he.

“It’s a long and boring story,” he said.

“Don’t think that I am asking out of vain curiosity,” replied Ibarra, looking seriously at the distant horizon. “I have been meditating a great deal on the matter, and I believe that it is far better to try to carry out the ideas of my father than to try to avenge him. His tomb is sacred Nature; and his enemies were the people and the priest. I can forgive the people for their ignorance, and as to the priest, I will pardon his character because I wish to respect the religion which he represents. I wish to be inspired with the spirit of the one who gave me life, and, that I may lend my help, I wish to know what are the obstacles here in the way of education.”

“Don’t think I’m asking out of idle curiosity,” Ibarra said, gazing seriously at the distant horizon. “I’ve been thinking a lot about this, and I believe it’s much better to try to work on my father’s ideas than to seek revenge for him. His grave is sacred Nature, and his enemies were the people and the priest. I can forgive the people for their ignorance, and as for the priest, I’ll overlook his behavior because I want to respect the religion he represents. I want to be inspired by the spirit of the one who gave me life, and in order to help, I need to understand what obstacles there are in the way of education.”

“The country will bless your memory, Señor, if you can carry out the beautiful and noble ideas of your dead father,” said the school teacher. “You wish to know what the obstacles are? Very well. We are now in such circumstances that unless something powerful intervenes, there will never be any education here. First, because there is no incentive or stimulus to the children, and, secondly, even when there is an incentive, lack of means and many prejudices kill it. They say that the son of a German peasant studies eight years in the town school. Who would want to spend half of that time in our schools, when the benefits to be derived are so small? Here the children read, and commit to memory verses and at times entire books in Spanish, but all without understanding a single word. What good can [53]the sons of our farmers get out of the school so long as this is the case?”

“The country will remember you fondly, Señor, if you can bring to life the beautiful and noble ideas of your late father,” said the schoolteacher. “Want to know what the challenges are? Alright. We’re in such a situation that unless something significant happens, there will never be any education here. First, there’s no motivation for the kids, and, secondly, even when there is motivation, a lack of resources and many prejudices stop it from happening. They say that the son of a German farmer studies for eight years in the town school. Who would want to spend even half that time in our schools when the benefits are so minimal? Here, the kids read and memorize verses and sometimes entire books in Spanish, but without understanding a single word. What benefit can [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the children of our farmers gain from school as long as this continues?”

“And you see the evil; have you not thought out a remedy?”

“And you see the problem; haven’t you come up with a solution?”

“Ah, poor me!” replied the teacher, shaking his head, “a poor teacher cannot alone fight against prejudices, against existing influences. Above all, I would need to have a school house, so that I would not, as I do now, have to teach from the priest’s carriage, under the convent. There, when the children want to read aloud, they naturally disturb the Father, who at times comes down and very nervous, especially when he has his attacks, finds fault with the children and insults me. You know very well that under such conditions no one can do any teaching. The child does not respect the teacher from that moment when he sees him mistreated by some one else without maintaining his rights. The teacher, if he is to be listened to, or if his authority is not to be doubted, needs prestige, a good name, moral strength, and a certain amount of freedom. If you will allow me, I will give you an illustration. I wished to introduce some reforms and they laughed at me. In order to remedy the evil that I spoke of a moment ago, I tried to teach the children Spanish, because, not only does the Government order it, but because it will be a great advantage for them to know the language. I employed the simplest method, used simple phrases and nouns without making use of hard rules, with the expectation of teaching them the grammar as soon as they had learned the language. At the end of several weeks, almost all the smarter ones in the school understood me and were able to compose phrases in Castellano.”

“Ah, poor me!” replied the teacher, shaking his head. “A poor teacher can’t fight against prejudices and existing influences alone. First of all, I really need a school building so I don’t have to teach from the priest’s carriage under the convent. When the kids want to read aloud, they naturally disrupt the Father, who sometimes comes down and, feeling tense—especially during his episodes—complains about the children and insults me. You know very well that under such conditions, no one can teach effectively. A child will lose respect for the teacher the moment they see them mistreated by someone else without the teacher standing up for themselves. If a teacher is to be heard and their authority respected, they need prestige, a good reputation, moral strength, and a degree of freedom. If you’ll allow me, I’ll give you an example. I wanted to implement some reforms, and they laughed at me. To address the issue I just mentioned, I tried to teach the kids Spanish because, not only does the Government require it, but it will also be a huge benefit for them to know the language. I used the simplest method, employing basic phrases and nouns without complicated rules, expecting to teach them grammar once they grasped the language. After several weeks, nearly all the brighter students in the school understood me and could form sentences in Castellano.”

The teacher stopped and seemed to be in doubt. Then, as if he had made up his mind, he began again.

The teacher paused and looked uncertain. Then, as if he had decided, he started over.

“I ought not to be ashamed of the history of my grievances. If any one had been in my place, he would have had the same story to tell. As I was saying, I began well. Several days later the priest, who was then Father Dámaso, sent the sacristan mayor to tell me that he wanted to see me. As I knew his character and was afraid to make him wait for me, I went up immediately, [54]saluted him and said good morning to him in Spanish. As was customary, when I saluted him, I advanced to kiss the hand which he held out, but just at that moment he withdrew it and, without replying to me, began to chuckle scoffingly. I was naturally disconcerted, and it was all done in the presence of the sacristan mayor. At the moment, I did not know what to say. I stood and looked at him while he went on laughing. I had already become impatient and saw that I was on the point of committing an indiscretion. All of a sudden, he stopped laughing and added insult to injury. With a cunning air, he said to me: ‘So it is buenos dias, eh? buenos dias, ha, ha! How funny! Why, you know how to speak Spanish, do you?’ And then he continued his laugh.”

“I shouldn't be ashamed of the history of my grievances. If anyone had been in my position, they would have the same story to share. As I mentioned, I started off well. A few days later, the priest, who was then Father Dámaso, sent the head sacristan to tell me that he wanted to see me. Knowing his character and not wanting to keep him waiting, I went up right away, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]greeted him, and said good morning to him in Spanish. As usual, when I greeted him, I moved to kiss the hand he extended, but just then he pulled it back and, without responding, started laughing mockingly. I was naturally taken aback, and it all happened in front of the lead sacristan. At that moment, I didn't know what to say. I just stood there staring at him while he kept laughing. I was getting impatient and felt I was about to mess up. Suddenly, he stopped laughing and added insult to injury. With a sly look, he said to me: ‘So it's buenos dias, huh? buenos dias, ha, ha! How amusing! So, you know how to speak Spanish, do you?’ And then he continued to laugh.”

Ibarra could not keep back his smile.

Ibarra couldn't help but grin.

“You laugh,” replied the teacher, also smiling. “I confess that I did not feel like smiling at that time. I felt the blood rush to my head, and a thunderbolt seemed to dazzle my brain. I saw the priest far off, very far from me. I started toward him to reply. The sacristan mayor interposed and said very seriously, in Tagalog: ‘You want to stop wearing borrowed clothes. Be content to speak in your own language and do not spoil Spanish, which is not meant for you. You have heard about Ciruela? Well, Ciruela was a teacher who did not know how to read, but he taught school.’ I wanted to detain him for a moment, but he went quickly into his room and closed the door violently. What was I to do? In order to collect my salary I have to have the approval of the priest on my bill, and have to make a journey to the capital of the province. What could I do to him—the moral, political and civil authority of the town, sustained by his corporation, feared by the Government, rich, powerful, always consulting, advising, listening, believing and attending to everything—what could I do to him? If he insulted me, I had to keep my mouth closed. If I talked back, he would throw me out of work, spoiling my career. And what good would it do—education? On the contrary, everybody would take up the priest’s side of the matter; they would criticise [55]me, they would call me vain, proud, arrogant, a poor Christian, poorly educated, and when not this, they would call me an anti-Spaniard and an agitator. The school teacher should have no authority. He should only be lazy, humble, and resigned to his low position. May God pardon me if I do not speak conscientiously and truthfully, but I was born in this country, I have to live, I have a mother to support and I have to be resigned to my lot.”

“You laugh,” the teacher replied with a smile. “I have to admit, I didn't feel like smiling at that moment. I could feel the blood rushing to my head, and it felt like a thunderbolt was dazzling my brain. I saw the priest in the distance, very far away. I started to move toward him to respond. The head sacristan stepped in and said very seriously in Tagalog: ‘You want to stop wearing borrowed clothes. Be happy to speak in your own language and don’t ruin Spanish, which isn’t meant for you. Have you heard about Ciruela? Well, Ciruela was a teacher who couldn’t read, but he taught school.’ I wanted to stop him for a moment, but he quickly went into his room and slammed the door shut. What could I do? To get my salary, I need the priest’s approval on my bill, and I have to make a trip to the provincial capital. What could I possibly do to him—the moral, political, and civil authority of the town, supported by his corporation, feared by the government, wealthy, powerful, always consulted, advising, listening, believing, and tending to everything—what could I do to him? If he insulted me, I had to stay silent. If I talked back, he’d fire me, ruining my career. And what good would education do? Everyone would take the priest's side; they’d criticize me, call me vain, proud, arrogant, a poor Christian, poorly educated, and if that wasn’t enough, they’d label me an anti-Spaniard and an agitator. A school teacher should have no authority. He should just be lazy, humble, and resigned to his low status. May God forgive me if I don’t speak with integrity and honesty, but I was born in this country, I have to survive, I have a mother to support, and I have to accept my fate.”

“And have you continued to be discouraged on account of this trouble? Have you attempted nothing since?”

“And have you still been feeling down because of this issue? Have you tried anything since?”

“Would to God that it had ended there!” he replied. “Would to God that that had been the end of my misfortunes. The truth is that from that day I began to take a dislike to my profession. Every day the school brought to my mind my disgrace and made every hour a bitter one for me. But what could I do? I could not disappoint my mother. I had to tell her that the three years of sacrifices which she had made for me in order that I might learn the profession now made me happy. I had to make her believe that the profession was a most honorable one, that the work was most pleasant, that the road was strewn with flowers and that the fulfillment of my duty produced nothing but friendships. If I had told her the contrary, I myself would still be as unhappy and would only make another unhappy, which was not only useless but a sin. So, I kept at my work and tried not to be discouraged. I tried to fight it down.”

“God, I wish it had ended there!” he replied. “I wish that had been the end of my troubles. The truth is that from that day, I started to dislike my job. Every day at school reminded me of my shame and turned every hour into a painful one for me. But what could I do? I couldn’t let my mother down. I had to tell her that the three years of sacrifices she made for me so I could learn this profession had made me happy. I had to convince her that my profession was honorable, that the work was enjoyable, that the path was filled with opportunities, and that fulfilling my duties led to friendships. If I had told her otherwise, I would still be unhappy and would only make her unhappy too, which was not just pointless but wrong. So, I kept working and tried not to get discouraged. I fought to keep those feelings at bay.”

The school teacher made a short pause and then began again.

The teacher paused briefly and then started again.

“You know that the books in most of the schools are in Spanish, excepting the Tagalog catechism, which varies according to the corporation which appoints the priest of the parish. The books generally used in the school are novenaries, the ‘Doxology’ and Father Astete’s catechism, which are no more edifying than the books of heretics. On account of the fact that it was impossible to teach the children Spanish, as I wanted to do, and owing to the fact that I could not translate so many books into the native language, I decided to try to substitute [56]for them gradually, short verses, extracts from the best Tagalog books, such as the ‘Treatise on Urbanity’ by Hortensio y Feliza, and some of the little pamphlets on agriculture. Sometimes I myself translated small works, such as the ‘History of the Philippines,’ by Father Barranera, and afterward dictated to the pupils for their note books, adding at times some of my own observations. As I had no maps to teach them geography, I copied one of those of the province which I saw in the capital, and with this reproduction and, by the aid of the tiles on the floor, I was able to give them some ideas about the country. The new priest sent for me. Although he did not reprimand me severely, he told me, however, that my first duty was to teach religion, and that before I began to teach any such things I must prove by an examination that all the children knew by heart the ‘Mysteries,’ the ‘Doxology,’ and the ‘Catechism of the Christian Doctrine.’

“You know that the books in most schools are in Spanish, except for the Tagalog catechism, which varies depending on the organization that appoints the parish priest. The books commonly used in schools are novenas, the ‘Doxology,’ and Father Astete’s catechism, which are just as unhelpful as the books of heretics. Because it was impossible to teach the children Spanish as I wanted to and I couldn’t translate so many books into the native language, I decided to gradually replace [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] with shorter verses, excerpts from the best Tagalog books, like the ‘Treatise on Urbanity’ by Hortensio y Feliza, and some pamphlets on agriculture. Sometimes I even translated small works myself, like the ‘History of the Philippines’ by Father Barranera, then dictated it to the students for their notebooks, adding some of my own observations at times. Since I didn’t have maps to teach geography, I copied one of the province’s maps I saw in the capital, and with this reproduction, along with the tiles on the floor, I was able to give them some understanding of the country. The new priest called for me. Though he didn’t scold me too harshly, he did tell me that my primary duty was to teach religion, and that before I started teaching anything else, I had to prove through an exam that all the children could recite the ‘Mysteries,’ the ‘Doxology,’ and the ‘Catechism of the Christian Doctrine’ by heart.”

“So, in the meantime, I am endeavoring to convert the children into parrots so that they will know by heart all of these things of which they do not understand a single word. Many of the pupils already know the ‘Mysteries’ and the ‘Doxology,’ but I fear that I am making Father Astete’s efforts useless, inasmuch as my pupils do not even distinguish between the questions and the answers, or what either of them signifies. Thus we shall die and thus shall do those who are yet to be born; yet in Europe they talk about Progress!”

“So, in the meantime, I’m trying to turn the kids into parrots so they can memorize all these things they don’t understand at all. Many of the students already know the ‘Mysteries’ and the ‘Doxology,’ but I worry that I’m wasting Father Astete’s efforts since my students can’t even tell the questions apart from the answers or what either one means. This is how we’ll end up, and it will be the same for those who are yet to be born; yet in Europe, they talk about Progress!”

“Let us not be so pessimistic,” replied Ibarra, rising to his feet. “The teniente mayor has invited me to attend a town meeting to be held in the tribunal. Who knows but that some plan for improvement may there be adopted!”

“Let’s not be so pessimistic,” Ibarra replied, standing up. “The teniente mayor has invited me to a town meeting in the tribunal. Who knows, maybe a plan for improvement will be adopted there!”

The school teacher arose to go, shaking his head in token of doubt. [57]

The teacher stood up to leave, shaking his head to show his uncertainty. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter X.

Lights and Shadows.

The people of the town have made their preparation for the festival in honor of the patron saint, San Diego, and are gossiping about it, and about the arrival of Maria Clara, accompanied by her aunt Isabel. They rejoiced over it, because they liked her, and admired her beauty very much. They also rejoiced in the change it had made in the priest, Father Salvi. “He is often absent-minded during the holy services,” they said. “He scarcely speaks with us, and he plainly grows more thin and taciturn.” His cook saw this constantly and complained of the little honor that he did his dishes. But what most excited the wonder of the people were the two lights which one could see shining in the convent during the night, while Father Salvi was visiting at the house of Maria Clara! The old dames crossed themselves and kept on gossiping.

The townspeople have been getting ready for the festival in honor of their patron saint, San Diego, and are chatting about it, as well as the arrival of Maria Clara and her aunt Isabel. They are excited because they like her and admire her beauty. They also noticed the impact it has had on the priest, Father Salvi. “He is often lost in thought during the services,” they remarked. “He hardly talks to us, and he seems to be getting thinner and quieter.” His cook noticed this too and complained about the lack of appreciation for his meals. But what intrigued everyone the most were the two lights shining in the convent at night while Father Salvi was visiting Maria Clara's house! The older women crossed themselves and kept gossiping.

Juan Crisostomo Ibarra had telegraphed from the capital of the province his compliments to Aunt Isabel and her niece, but he had not explained his absence. Many thought that he had been arrested for assaulting Father Salvi on the afternoon of “All Saint’s Day.” But the comments increased still more when, on the afternoon of the third day, they saw Ibarra get out of a carriage in front of the little house of his betrothed, and courteously salute the priest, who was also making his way thither.

Juan Crisostomo Ibarra had sent a telegram from the provincial capital to Aunt Isabel and her niece, but he hadn’t explained why he was missing. Many believed he had been arrested for attacking Father Salvi on “All Saints’ Day.” But the gossip grew even more when, on the afternoon of the third day, they saw Ibarra step out of a carriage in front of his fiancée’s little house and politely greet the priest, who was also headed there.

If we go to Maria Clara’s house, we will find it like a little nest among orange and ilang-ilang trees, surrounded by flowers and vines which creep up on bamboo sticks and wires, diffusing their delicious perfume. The rich fragrance of the ilang-ilang reaches even to the window which looks out on the lake. Here sit the two young lovers. Ibarra was saying to Maria Clara:

If we go to Maria Clara’s house, we will find it like a little nest among orange and ilang-ilang trees, surrounded by flowers and vines that climb up bamboo sticks and wires, spreading their lovely scent. The rich fragrance of the ilang-ilang even reaches the window that looks out on the lake. Here sit the two young lovers. Ibarra was saying to Maria Clara:

“To-morrow, before the first ray of morning, your desire shall be fulfilled. To-night, I shall arrange all so that nothing will be lacking.” [58]

“Tomorrow, before the first light of morning, your wish will come true. Tonight, I’ll make sure everything is in place so nothing is missing.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Then I will write to my friends, so that they may come along. Arrange it so that the priest cannot come.”

“Then I’ll write to my friends, so they can join us. Make sure the priest can’t come.”

“And why?”

"Why's that?"

“Because he seems to be watching me. His deep and sombre eyes pain me. When he fixes them upon me, they frighten me. He speaks to me of extraordinary things, so incomprehensible, so strange. He asked me once if I had not dreamed about my mother’s letters. I believe he is half crazy. My friend Sinang, and Andeng, my foster sister, say that he is a little out of his head, for he neither eats nor bathes, and he lives entirely in the darkness. Don’t have him come!”

“Because he seems to be watching me. His deep and serious eyes hurt me. When he looks at me, I'm scared. He talks to me about extraordinary things that are so confusing and strange. He once asked me if I had dreamed about my mother’s letters. I think he’s kind of crazy. My friend Sinang and Andeng, my foster sister, say that he’s a bit off because he doesn’t eat or bathe and lives completely in the dark. Don’t let him come!”

“We cannot but invite him,” replied Ibarra. “The customs of the country require it. He is the priest of your house and, besides, he has conducted himself nobly toward me. When the Alcalde consulted him on the business of which I have spoken to you, he had nothing but praises for me and did not pretend to offer the slightest obstacle. But I see that you are serious. I shall take care that he does not accompany us in the boat.”

“We have to invite him,” Ibarra replied. “It’s the custom here. He’s the priest of your house and, on top of that, he has treated me with respect. When the Alcalde asked him about the issue I mentioned earlier, he only had good things to say about me and didn’t try to create any problems. But I can see you’re serious. I’ll make sure he doesn’t come with us in the boat.”

Light steps were heard. They were those of the priest, who was approaching with a forced smile on his lips. They began to talk of different subjects, about the weather, the town and the festival. Maria Clara devised an excuse and went out.

Light footsteps could be heard. It was the priest, coming closer with a strained smile on his face. They started chatting about various topics, like the weather, the town, and the festival. Maria Clara came up with an excuse and left.

“And while we are speaking about festivals,” said Ibarra, “allow me to invite you to the one which we are going to celebrate to-morrow. It is going to be a country picnic, which we and our friends are planning.”

“And while we’re talking about festivals,” Ibarra said, “let me invite you to the one we’re having tomorrow. It’s going to be a country picnic that we and our friends are organizing.”

“And where will it be held?”

“And where will it take place?”

“The girls want to hold it near the brook in the woods, near the balitî tree. So we will have to get up early to reach the place before the sun gets hot.”

“The girls want to hold it by the stream in the woods, near the balitî tree. So we’ll have to get up early to get there before the sun gets too hot.”

The priest reflected, and a moment later replied: “The invitation is very tempting, and I accept it in order to prove that I hold no grudge against you for what has happened in the past. But I will have to be a little late, as I must fulfill my religious duties first. How happy to be like you, entirely free and independent!”

The priest thought for a moment and then said, “The invitation is really tempting, and I accept it to show that I don’t hold any resentment towards you for what happened before. But I’ll need to arrive a little late since I have to complete my religious duties first. How wonderful it must be to be like you, completely free and independent!”

A few minutes later, Ibarra took his leave in order to arrange for the picnic on the following day. It was already quite dark when he left the house. [59]

A few minutes later, Ibarra said goodbye to prepare for the picnic the next day. It was already pretty dark when he left the house. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XI.

The Fishing Party.

The stars were still shining in the sapphire heavens, and the birds were sleeping on the branches of the trees, when a jolly little party, by the light from the pitch torches, wandered through the streets of the town toward the lake.

The stars were still shining in the deep blue sky, and the birds were sleeping on the branches of the trees when a cheerful group, by the light of the pitch torches, strolled through the streets of the town toward the lake.

Five young maidens, clinging to each other’s hands or belts, tripped along briskly. Behind them came several elderly women and a number of servants gracefully carrying on their heads baskets filled with provisions and various dishes for the picnic. On seeing their joyful faces, with their youthful smiles, their beautiful black hair as it floated in the breeze, and the wide folds of their pretty dresses, you would have taken them for goddesses of the night and would have thought that they were fleeing from day—if perchance you had not already known that it was Maria Clara and her four friends: jolly Sinang; her cousin, the serious Victoria; beautiful Iday; and the pensive Neneng, pretty, modest and timid.

Five young girls, holding onto each other’s hands or belts, walked along cheerfully. Behind them were several older women and a few servants gracefully balancing baskets on their heads filled with food and various dishes for the picnic. Seeing their happy faces, youthful smiles, and beautiful black hair blowing in the breeze, along with the flowing skirts of their lovely dresses, you might think they were goddesses of the night trying to escape the day—unless you already knew it was Maria Clara and her four friends: cheerful Sinang; her serious cousin, Victoria; beautiful Iday; and thoughtful Neneng, who was pretty, modest, and shy.

They were talking with animation; they laughed; pinched each other; whispered in each other’s ears and then burst out in shouts of merriment.

They were chatting excitedly; they laughed; playfully nudged each other; whispered in each other's ears, and then burst out in shouts of joy.

“You girls will wake up everybody in town. Don’t you know that people are still asleep?” said Aunt Isabel, reprimanding them. “When we were young, we didn’t make such a noise.”

“You girls are going to wake everyone in town. Don’t you realize that people are still sleeping?” Aunt Isabel scolded them. “When we were young, we didn’t make this much noise.”

“But you didn’t get up as early as we do, nor were the old men such great sleepers in your day,” replied little Sinang.

“But you didn't wake up as early as we do, and the old men weren't such heavy sleepers in your time,” replied little Sinang.

They were quiet for a moment and were trying to talk in a low voice, but they quickly forgot themselves and were again filling the streets with their youthful laughter and melodious voices. [60]

They were silent for a moment, trying to speak softly, but they quickly lost track and were once again filling the streets with their youthful laughter and cheerful voices. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Several young fellows were coming down the street, lighting their way with large bamboo torches. They were marching along almost noiselessly to the tune of a guitar.

Several young guys were walking down the street, lighting their way with big bamboo torches. They were marching along almost silently to the sound of a guitar.

“That guitar sounds as though some beggar were playing it,” said Sinang, laughing. But when the young fellows caught up with the rest of the party, the girls suddenly became as quiet and as serious as though they never had learned how to laugh. The young men, however, chatted away, saluted the ladies, laughed and smiled and asked half a dozen questions without giving the girls time to answer any one of them.

"That guitar sounds like a beggar is playing it," Sinang said with a laugh. But when the young guys caught up with the rest of the group, the girls suddenly became quiet and serious, as if they had never learned to laugh. The young men, on the other hand, chatted away, greeted the ladies, laughed and smiled, and fired off half a dozen questions without giving the girls a chance to answer any of them.

The two large bancas,1 which had been secured to transport the picnic party to the fishing grounds, were fastened together and picturesquely adorned with wreaths and garlands of flowers and a large number of vari-colored candles. Paper lanterns hung from the improvised covering of the bancas. Alternately with these were roses, pinks and baskets of fruits such as pineapples, kasuys, bananas, guayabas and lanzones. Ibarra had brought his carpets, blankets and rugs and arranged comfortable seats for the ladies. The poles and paddles used to propel the bancas had also been ornamented. In the better banca were a harp, guitars, accordeons, and a buffalo horn; while, in the other boat, a little fire had been lighted in an improvised stove in order that tea, coffee and salabat2 might be prepared for the light breakfast.

The two large bancas,1 which were secured to take the picnic group to the fishing spots, were tied together and beautifully decorated with wreaths and flower garlands along with lots of colorful candles. Paper lanterns hung from the makeshift cover of the bancas. In between these were roses, pinks, and baskets of fruit like pineapples, kasuys, bananas, guayabas, and lanzones. Ibarra had brought carpets, blankets, and rugs and set up comfy seats for the women. The poles and paddles used to move the bancas were also decorated. In the nicer banca were a harp, guitars, accordions, and a buffalo horn; while in the other boat, a small fire had been started on a makeshift stove to prepare tea, coffee, and salabat2 for a light breakfast.

“The women sit here; the men, there,” said the mothers on stepping into the banca. “Sit still and don’t move, or we will be capsized.”

“The women sit here; the men sit there,” said the mothers as they got into the banca. “Stay still and don’t move, or we’ll tip over.”

“Cross yourselves before we start,” said Aunt Isabel, as she traced the form of a cross on her breast.

“Cross yourselves before we start,” said Aunt Isabel, as she made the sign of the cross over her chest.

“And are we to be here all by ourselves,” asked Sinang, on seeing how the girls had been separated from the young men, by the assignment of the seats. Then making a grimace she asked again, “Are we going to be all alone? Aray!

“And are we really going to be here all by ourselves?” Sinang asked, noticing how the girls had been separated from the young men by the seating arrangement. Then making a face, she asked again, “Are we going to be all alone? Ouch!

This aray was caused by a little pinch which her mother had given her on the arm in the way of a reprimand for her complaint. [61]

This aray was triggered by a small pinch that her mother had given her on the arm as a way to reprimand her for complaining. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The bancas were now putting off slowly from the shore. The light from the torches and Japanese lanterns was reflected in the water, for the lake was as smooth as a mirror. In the far eastern horizon could be seen the first rosy tints of the approaching dawn.

The bancas were now slowly pulling away from the shore. The light from the torches and Japanese lanterns shimmered on the water, which was as smooth as a mirror. In the distant eastern horizon, the first hints of rosy dawn were visible.

Everything was very quiet. The young women, in consequence of the separation from the young men, seemed to be absorbed in meditation.

Everything was really quiet. The young women, due to being separated from the young men, appeared to be deep in thought.

As the water was smooth as glass and the bamboo weirs where the fish were to be found were not far off, and, it was still early, it was decided that all should stop paddling and take breakfast. The lights were put out, for the day had dawned and preparations were made for desayuno.3

As the water was as calm as glass and the bamboo weirs where the fish could be found weren't far away, and since it was still early, everyone decided to stop paddling and have breakfast. The lights were turned off, since the day had begun, and preparations were made for desayuno.3

The entire party became jolly as they breathed in the light breeze that had come up. Even the women, so full of presentiments a few moments ago, were now laughing and joking among themselves.

The whole party became cheerful as they enjoyed the light breeze that had picked up. Even the women, who had been filled with bad feelings just moments ago, were now laughing and joking with each other.

One young man alone of all the party remained silent. He was the pilot, an athletic-looking fellow, and interesting on account of his large, sad eyes and the severe lines of his lips. His long, black hair fell gracefully over his powerful neck. He wore a shirt of coarse dark cloth, through which his powerful muscles could be plainly seen as he manipulated with his strong arms the wide, heavy paddle as if it were only a pen. This paddle served both to propel and to steer the bancas.

One young man from the group stayed silent. He was the pilot, an athletic-looking guy, noteworthy for his large, sad eyes and the stern lines of his lips. His long black hair fell gracefully over his strong neck. He wore a shirt made of rough dark fabric, which clearly showed his powerful muscles as he easily handled the wide, heavy paddle, almost as if it were just a pen. This paddle was used for both propelling and steering the bancas.

More than once he was embarrassed when he caught Maria Clara looking at him. Then he would turn his eyes quickly to some other direction and look far off toward the mountain, or the shore of the lake. The young maiden pitied him in his solitude and offered him some biscuits. The pilot looked at her with surprise, but only for a moment. He took the biscuits, thanked her very briefly and in a voice scarcely audible.

More than once, he felt awkward when he caught Maria Clara staring at him. He would quickly shift his gaze to another direction and look off at the mountain or the lake's edge. The young woman felt sorry for him in his loneliness and offered him some biscuits. The pilot looked at her in surprise, but just for a moment. He took the biscuits, thanked her briefly, and spoke in a voice barely above a whisper.

No one else took any notice of him. The happy laughter and jolly conversation of the young men did not cause him to relax a single muscle of his face. Not even Sinang, with all her jollity, had any effect on him. [62]

No one else paid any attention to him. The cheerful laughter and lively chatter of the young men didn’t make him relax even a little. Not even Sinang, with all her joy, seemed to have any impact on him. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Wait a minute!” said Aunt Isabel to the boatman’s son, who had made ready his net and was just about to go up on the baklad to take out the fish from the little enclosure at the end of the weir. “We must have everything ready, so that the fish may pass directly from the water to the pot.”

“Hold on a second!” Aunt Isabel said to the boatman’s son, who had prepared his net and was about to go up on the baklad to pull the fish out of the small enclosure at the end of the weir. “We need to have everything set up so that the fish can go straight from the water to the pot.”

Andeng, the pretty foster sister of Maria Clara, despite her clear complexion and laughing face, had the reputation of being a good cook. She prepared the rice, tomatoes, and camias,4 while some of the young men tried to aid or bother her, perhaps in order to win her good will. The other girls were busy cleaning and making ready the lettuce, cabbage and peas, and cutting up paayap in pieces about the size of a cigarette.

Andeng, Maria Clara's beautiful foster sister, had a reputation as a great cook, despite her clear complexion and cheerful face. She made rice, tomatoes, and camias,4, while some of the young men tried to help or annoy her, probably hoping to win her favor. The other girls were busy washing and preparing the lettuce, cabbage, and peas, and cutting the paayap into pieces about the size of a cigarette.

Finally Andeng announced that the kettle was ready to receive its guests—the fish.

Finally, Andeng announced that the kettle was ready to welcome its guests—the fish.

The fisherman’s son went up on top of the rack at the end of the weir. He took a position at the narrow entrance, over which might have been written: “All who enter here leave hope behind,” if indeed the unfortunate fish would know how to read and understand it, for a fish who enters never gets out except to die. The rack is almost circular in form and about a meter in diameter, and is so arranged that a man can stand on top of one end of it and thus take out the fish with his net.

The fisherman’s son climbed up on top of the rack at the end of the weir. He positioned himself at the narrow entrance, where it could have said: “All who enter here leave hope behind,” if only the unfortunate fish could read and understand it, because once a fish swims in, it never gets out except to die. The rack is almost circular, about a meter in diameter, and is set up so that a person can stand at one end and scoop the fish out with a net.

“There, it wouldn’t tire me a bit to fish that way,” said Sinang, quite joyful.

“There, I wouldn’t get tired at all fishing like that,” said Sinang, feeling really happy.

All were watching attentively. Already some of them in their vivid imaginations thought they could see the fish wiggling their tails and trying to get out of the little net, their scales shining in the bright sun. However, the young man failed to catch a single fish in his first attempt.

All were watching closely. Some of them, with their lively imaginations, thought they could see the fish wiggling their tails, trying to escape from the little net, their scales glistening in the bright sun. However, the young man didn't catch a single fish on his first try.

“It ought to be full of fish,” said Albino, in a low voice. “It is more than five days since we visited the place last.”

“It should be full of fish,” Albino said quietly. “It’s been over five days since we were last here.”

The fisherman drew out his net a second time, but not a fish was there in it. The water, as it trickled through the meshes of the net in countless drops which reflected [63]the rays of the sun, seemed to laugh in silvery tones. An “Ah” of surprise, disgust, and disappointment escaped from the lips of all.

The fisherman pulled his net up again, but there were no fish in it. The water trickled through the net's holes in countless drops that sparkled in the sunlight, almost as if it were laughing. An “Ah” of surprise, disgust, and disappointment slipped from everyone’s lips.

The young fellow repeated the same operation, but with a similar result.

The young man did the same thing again, but got a similar result.

“You don’t understand your business!” said Albino to him as he stepped up on the rack and took the net from the hands of the youngster. “Now you will see! Andeng, open up the kettle!”

“You don’t get your own business!” Albino said to him as he climbed onto the rack and took the net from the young guy's hands. “Now you’ll see! Andeng, fire up the kettle!”

But Albino did not understand his business, either. The net came up empty as before. All began to laugh.

But Albino didn’t get what he was doing, either. The net came up empty again. Everyone started to laugh.

“Don’t make any noise,” he said, “or the fish will hear it and will keep from being caught. This net must have a hole in it somewhere.”

“Don’t make any noise,” he said, “or the fish will hear and won’t get caught. There’s got to be a hole in this net somewhere.”

But every mesh in the net was perfect.

But every mesh in the net was flawless.

“Let me take it!” said Leon, Iday’s lover, to Albino.

“Let me take it!” said Leon, Iday’s boyfriend, to Albino.

Leon first made sure that the enclosure was in good condition and then examined the net carefully and satisfied himself that there was nothing wrong with it. He then asked: “Are you sure that no one has been out here for five days?”

Leon first made sure that the enclosure was in good condition and then examined the net carefully, making sure there was nothing wrong with it. He then asked, “Are you sure that no one has been out here for five days?”

“We are sure! The last time any one was out here was on All Saints’ Day.”

“We’re sure! The last time anyone was out here was on All Saints’ Day.”

“Well, then, I am going to bring out something this time, unless the lake is bewitched.”

“Well, I’m going to find something this time, unless the lake is cursed.”

Leon lowered the net by its bamboo handle into the water, but a look of surprise was painted on his face. In silence he looked toward the neighboring mountain and continued moving the handle of the net from one side to the other. Finally, without taking the net out of the water, he murmured in a low voice: “An alligator.”

Leon dipped the net with its bamboo handle into the water, but a look of shock crossed his face. Silently, he gazed at the nearby mountain and kept shifting the net's handle from side to side. Eventually, without pulling the net out of the water, he softly murmured, “An alligator.”

“An alligator!” exclaimed half a dozen voices, and the word was repeated again while all stood frightened and stupefied.

“An alligator!” shouted half a dozen voices, and the word echoed again as everyone stood there scared and stunned.

“What did you say?” they asked.

“What did you say?” they asked.

“I say that there is an alligator caught in the rack,” said Leon, and sticking the handle of the net into the water again he continued: “Do you hear that sound? That is not sand, it is hard skin, the back of the alligator. Do you see how he wiggles the bamboo pickets in the rack? He is struggling hard but he cannot do anything. Wait. [64]He is a large fellow; his body measures a palm or more in width.”

“I’m telling you, there’s an alligator stuck in the rack,” said Leon, and as he dipped the handle of the net into the water again, he added, “Do you hear that sound? That’s not sand; it’s hard skin—the back of the alligator. Do you see how he's shaking the bamboo posts in the rack? He’s really trying, but he can’t get free. Just wait. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] He's a big guy; his body is about a palm's width or more.”

“What shall be done?” was the question.

“What should be done?” was the question.

“Catch him,” said one.

“Get him,” said one.

Jesús! And who will catch him?”

Jesus! And who'll catch him?”

Nobody offered to dive down to the bottom of the rack. The water was very deep.

Nobody volunteered to dive down to the bottom of the rack. The water was really deep.

“We ought to tie him to our banca and drag him along in triumph,” said Sinang. “The idea of his eating the fish which we ought to have!”

“We should tie him to our banca and drag him along in victory,” said Sinang. “The thought of him eating the fish that should have been ours!”

“I have never seen to this day a live alligator,” said Maria Clara.

“I’ve never seen a live alligator, not even once,” said Maria Clara.

The pilot rose to his feet, took a long rope and went up cautiously to the platform on the top of the rack. Leon gave up his position to him.

The pilot got up, grabbed a long rope, and carefully made his way to the platform at the top of the rack. Leon stepped aside for him.

With the exception of Maria Clara, none up till now had paid any attention to him. Now every one was admiring his fine stature.

With the exception of Maria Clara, no one had noticed him until now. Now everyone was admiring his tall, good-looking figure.

To the great surprise of all and in spite of all their cries, the pilot leaped into the enclosure.

To everyone's surprise and despite all their shouts, the pilot jumped into the enclosure.

“Take this knife!” shouted Crisostomo, drawing out a wide-bladed Toledo knife.

“Take this knife!” shouted Crisostomo, pulling out a wide-bladed Toledo knife.

But already a thousand little bubbles were rising to the surface of the water, and all that was going on in the depths below was wrapped in mystery.

But already a thousand tiny bubbles were rising to the surface of the water, and everything happening in the depths below was shrouded in mystery.

Jesús, Maria y José!” exclaimed the women. “We are going to have a misfortune. Jesús, Maria y José!

Jesus, Mary, and Joseph!” the women exclaimed. “We're in for some trouble. Jesus, Mary, and Joseph!

“Don’t be alarmed, señoras,” said the old boatman. “If there is any one in this province who can do it, it is that fellow who has just gone down.”

“Don’t worry, ladies,” said the old boatman. “If anyone in this province can do it, it’s that guy who just went down.”

“What is his name?” they asked.

“What’s his name?” they asked.

“We call him ‘The Pilot’; he is the best I have ever seen, only he does not like his profession.”

“We call him ‘The Pilot’; he’s the best I’ve ever seen, but he doesn’t like his job.”

The water was being stirred violently, and it seemed that a fierce fight was being waged in the depths of the lake. The sides of the enclosure swayed to and fro, while the water seemed to be swirled by a dozen currents. All held their breath. Ibarra grasped tightly the handle of his sharp knife.

The water was being churned wildly, as if a fierce battle was going on in the depths of the lake. The sides of the enclosure rocked back and forth, while the water appeared to be stirred by multiple currents. Everyone held their breath. Ibarra gripped the handle of his sharp knife tightly.

The fight seemed to be at an end. The head of the young man rose to the surface of the water, and the sight [65]was greeted by joyful shouts from all. The eyes of the women were full of tears.

The fight appeared to be over. The young man's head broke the surface of the water, and the sight [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]was met with cheers from everyone. The women had tears in their eyes.

The pilot crawled up on the platform carrying in his hand the end of the rope, and as soon as he was able pulled on it.

The pilot climbed up onto the platform, holding the end of the rope in his hand, and as soon as he could, he tugged on it.

The monster appeared on top of the water. He had the rope tied twice around his neck, and once behind his forelegs. He was a large fellow, as Leon had already announced. He was beautifully colored and green moss was growing on his back. He bellowed like an ox, struck his tail against the sides of the enclosure, snapped at them, and opened his black, frightful-looking mouth, showing his long teeth.

The monster emerged on the surface of the water. He had a rope tied twice around his neck and once behind his front legs. He was a big guy, just as Leon had said. He was beautifully colored, with green moss growing on his back. He bellowed like a bull, slammed his tail against the sides of the enclosure, snapped at them, and opened his terrifying black mouth, revealing his long teeth.

The pilot, unassisted, raised him up out of the water. No one offered to help him. Just as soon as the animal was out of the water and placed on the platform, the pilot put his foot on his back. Then, closing the animal’s massive jaws, he tried to tie his big snout tight with the rope. The reptile made a last effort, doubled up his body, struck the floor of the platform with his powerful tail and, breaking loose, made a leap into the water of the lake, on the other side of the weir, at the same time dragging with him his captor. It seemed that the pilot would be a dead man. A cry of horror went up from all.

The pilot, on his own, pulled him up out of the water. No one came forward to help. As soon as the animal was out of the water and on the platform, the pilot stepped onto its back. Then, he tried to tie its huge snout shut with a rope while closing the animal’s massive jaws. The reptile made one last attempt, curled its body, slammed its powerful tail against the platform, and broke free, jumping into the lake on the other side of the weir, dragging his captor along with him. It looked like the pilot was going to be killed. A cry of horror erupted from everyone.

Like a flash of lightning, another body leaped into the water. So quickly was it done that they had scarcely time to see that it was Ibarra. Maria Clara did not faint, simply because the Filipinos do not know how to faint.

Like a flash of lightning, another person jumped into the water. It happened so fast that they barely had time to realize it was Ibarra. Maria Clara didn't faint, simply because Filipinos don't really faint.

They all saw the water become colored, and tinged with blood. The young fisherman leaped to the bottom with his bolo in his hand; his father followed him. But, scarcely had they disappeared, when they saw Crisostomo and the pilot reappear, clinging to the body of the reptile. The monster’s white belly was slashed, while in his throat the knife still stuck like a nail.

They all watched as the water turned red, stained with blood. The young fisherman jumped down with his machete in hand; his father followed him. But just as they vanished, they saw Crisostomo and the pilot come back up, holding onto the reptile's body. The monster’s white belly had been cut open, and the knife was still lodged in its throat like a nail.

It is impossible to describe the joy that came over the party at the sight; all arms were extended to help them out of the water. The old women were half crazed with joy, and laughed and prayed. Andeng forgot that her kettle had been boiling three different times; now it was [66]leaking and had put out the fire. The only one who could not speak was Maria Clara.

It’s impossible to describe the joy that swept over the group at the sight; everyone reached out to help them out of the water. The older women were almost delirious with happiness, laughing and praying. Andeng forgot that her kettle had boiled three times; now it was [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] leaking and had put out the fire. The only one who couldn’t say anything was Maria Clara.

Ibarra was unhurt. The pilot had a slight scratch on his arm.

Ibarra was fine. The pilot had a small scratch on his arm.

“I owe you my life!” said he to Ibarra as the latter wrapped himself up in the shawls and blankets. The voice of the pilot had a ring of sincerity.

“I owe you my life!” he said to Ibarra as the latter wrapped himself in the shawls and blankets. The pilot's voice was sincere.

“You are too bold,” replied Ibarra. “Another time you must not tempt God.”

“You're being too bold,” Ibarra replied. “Next time, don't challenge God.”

“If you had never come back!” exclaimed Maria, pale and trembling.

“If you had never come back!” Maria exclaimed, pale and shaking.

“If I had never come back and you had followed after me,” replied the young man, “I would have been with all my family in the bottom of the lake.” Ibarra was thinking that in those depths lay the remains of his father.

“If I had never come back and you had followed me,” replied the young man, “I would have been with my whole family at the bottom of the lake.” Ibarra was thinking that in those depths lay the remains of his father.

The mothers of the girls did not want to go to the other baklad or weir. They preferred to go back home happy, for the day had commenced with a bad omen and they feared that they would suffer many misfortunes.

The mothers of the girls didn’t want to go to the other baklad or weir. They preferred to go home happy, since the day had started with a bad omen and they were worried that they would face many misfortunes.

“It is all because we have not heard mass,” sighed one of them.

“It’s all because we haven’t been to mass,” sighed one of them.

“But what misfortune have we had, señoras?” asked Ibarra. “The alligator was the unfortunate one.”

“But what bad luck have we had, ladies?” asked Ibarra. “The alligator was the unfortunate one.”

“That goes to show,” concluded Albino, “that, in all his fishing life, this reptile has never heard mass. I never saw him, I am sure, among the other reptiles who frequent the church.”

“That goes to show,” Albino concluded, “that in all his fishing life, this reptile has never heard mass. I'm certain I've never seen him with the other reptiles who go to church.”

The bancas were turned toward the other fish rack, and it was necessary for Andeng to get the water boiling again.

The bancas were facing the other fish rack, and Andeng needed to get the water boiling again.

The day was advancing; a breeze was blowing; little waves were stirred up on the water, and rippled around the alligator. The music began again. Iday was playing the harp, while the young men were playing the accordeons and guitars with more or less skill. But the one who played best was Albino.

The day was moving forward; a breeze was blowing; small waves were stirred up on the water, rippling around the alligator. The music started again. Iday was playing the harp, while the young men played the accordions and guitars with varying levels of skill. But the best player was Albino.

The other weir was visited with an entire lack of confidence. Many of the party expected to find there the mate to the alligator, but Nature fooled them and every time that the net was lowered it was brought up full of fish. [67]

The other weir was approached with complete doubt. Many in the group thought they would find the alligator's counterpart, but Nature surprised them, and every time the net was lowered, it came up full of fish. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

They then headed for the shore of the lake, where is situated the forest of trees centuries old, owned by Ibarra. There in the shade and near the crystal brook the party were to take their breakfast among the flowers or under improvised tents. [68]

They then made their way to the lakeshore, where Ibarra owned a forest of centuries-old trees. There, in the shade and next to the clear stream, the group would have their breakfast among the flowers or under makeshift tents. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A narrow canoe.

1 A slim canoe.

2 A drink made of honey and ginger.

2 A drink made with honey and ginger.

3 A light, early breakfast.

3 A light, quick breakfast.

4 A native fruit.

4 A local fruit.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XII.

In the Woods.

Very early that morning Father Salví had said mass, cleaning, according to his custom, a dozen dirty souls in a few minutes. The reading of a few letters, which had arrived well sealed with wax, seemed to cause the worthy curate to lose his appetite, for he allowed his chocolate to get cold.

Very early that morning, Father Salví had said mass, quickly cleansing a dozen troubled souls in just a few minutes, as was his custom. The reading of a few letters, which had arrived sealed with wax, seemed to make the good curate lose his appetite, as he let his chocolate go cold.

“The Father is ill,” said the cook as he prepared another cup. “It is several days since he has eaten anything; of six dishes which I put on the table for him, he has not touched two.”

“The Father is sick,” said the cook as he made another cup. “It’s been several days since he’s eaten anything; of the six dishes I put on the table for him, he hasn’t touched two.”

“It must be that he does not sleep well,” replied the servant. “He has nightmare since he changed his bedroom. Every day his eyes are sinking deeper, he grows gradually thinner, and is very yellow.”

“It must be that he doesn't sleep well,” replied the servant. “He has nightmares since he switched his bedroom. Every day his eyes are sunken deeper, he’s getting gradually thinner, and he looks very pale.”

As a matter of fact, it was a pitiful sight to behold Father Salví. He did not care to touch his second cup of chocolate, nor to taste the Cebu cakes. He walked pensively to and fro in the spacious sala, crumpling between his bony fingers some letters which he would read from time to time. Finally, he called for his carriage, got ready and ordered the coachman to take him to the woods where the picnic was to be held. Arriving at the place, Father Salví dismissed the carriage and all alone, entered the forest.

It was truly a sad sight to see Father Salví. He didn’t want to have a second cup of chocolate or try the Cebu cakes. He walked back and forth in the large sala, crumpling some letters in his thin fingers, which he read occasionally. Finally, he called for his carriage, got ready, and told the coachman to take him to the woods where the picnic was supposed to be. When he arrived, Father Salví dismissed the carriage and entered the forest all alone.

A shady but difficult path runs through the thicket and leads to the brook which is formed by the hot springs so plentiful at the base of Mount Makiling.

A cool but challenging trail winds through the underbrush and leads to the stream created by the abundant hot springs at the base of Mount Makiling.

For some time, Father Salví was wandering among the thick underbrush, here trying to evade the thorns which entangled his habit of guingon as if to detain him; there trying to step over the roots of the trees which stuck up through the ground and made the inexperienced traveler [69]stumble again and again. Suddenly he stopped. Mirthful laughter and the sound of young voices reached his ears. The voices and the laughter seemed to come from the direction of the brook and each time seemed to be coming nearer.

For a while, Father Salví was wandering through the thick underbrush, trying to avoid the thorns that tangled in his guingon habit as if to hold him back; and trying to step over the roots of the trees that jutted out of the ground, causing the inexperienced traveler to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] stumble repeatedly. Suddenly, he stopped. Joyful laughter and the sound of young voices reached his ears. The voices and laughter seemed to come from the direction of the brook, and each time, they sounded like they were getting closer.

“I am going to see if I can find a heron’s nest,” said a voice, beautiful and sweet, and at once recognized by the curate. “You know they say that if a person possesses one of those nests he can make himself invisible to everybody. How I would like to see him and not have him see me! I could follow him everywhere.”

“I’m going to see if I can find a heron’s nest,” said a voice, beautiful and sweet, instantly recognized by the curate. “You know they say that if someone has one of those nests, they can make themselves invisible to everyone. How I would love to see him and not be seen! I could follow him anywhere.”

Father Salví hid behind the thick trunk of an old tree and listened.

Father Salví hid behind the thick trunk of an old tree and listened.

“That is to say, you want to do with him what the curate does with you: watch him everywhere?” replied the merry voice. “Be careful, for jealousy makes one grow thin and the eyes sink in.”

“That is to say, you want to do with him what the curate does with you: keep an eye on him everywhere?” replied the cheerful voice. “Be careful, because jealousy can make you lose weight and your eyes look hollow.”

“No, no. It is not jealousy, it is pure curiosity,” replied the silvery voice, while the other repeated, “yes, yes, jealousy; that’s what it is.” And then she broke out in a merry chuckle.

“No, no. It's not jealousy, it's pure curiosity,” replied the silvery voice, while the other repeated, “yes, yes, jealousy; that’s what it is.” And then she burst into a cheerful laugh.

“If I were jealous of him I would not use the heron’s nest to make myself invisible to him, but would make him invisible to everybody else.”

“If I were jealous of him, I wouldn’t use the heron’s nest to hide from him; I’d make him invisible to everyone else.”

“But then you yourself would not be able to see him and you would not want that to happen. The best thing to do, if we find a heron’s nest is to give it to the priest. Then he could watch us as much as he pleased, and we would not be troubled with the sight of him. What do you think of the idea?”

“But then you wouldn’t be able to see him, and you wouldn’t want that to happen. The best thing to do, if we find a heron’s nest, is to give it to the priest. Then he can watch us as much as he wants, and we won’t be bothered by seeing him. What do you think of the idea?”

“But I don’t believe in the story about the heron’s nests, anyway,” replied one. “But if I were really jealous I would know how to keep watch of a person and make myself invisible....”

“But I don’t believe the story about the heron’s nests, anyway,” replied one. “But if I were really jealous, I would know how to keep an eye on someone and make myself invisible....”

“And how? How would you do it? Perhaps you would do as Sister Listener does in the convent?”

“And how? How would you do it? Maybe you would do what Sister Listener does in the convent?”

This reference to days passed in the convent provoked a jolly laugh all around.

This mention of days spent in the convent sparked a cheerful laugh all around.

Father Salví saw from his hiding-place Maria Clara, Victoria, and Sinang, wading in the stream. All three were looking into the water, which was like a mirror, in [70]search of the heron’s nest. They were getting wet up to their knees, the wide folds of their bathing skirts allowing one to guess how graceful were the curves of their limbs. They were wearing their hair loose and their arms were bare. Striped, bright-colored bodices covered their breasts. The three lasses, at the same time that they were hunting for that which did not exist, collected flowers and plants which were growing on the banks of the stream.

Father Salví watched from his hiding place as Maria Clara, Victoria, and Sinang waded in the stream. All three were gazing into the water, which looked like a mirror, in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]search of the heron’s nest. They were getting wet up to their knees, the wide folds of their bathing skirts hinting at the graceful curves of their limbs. Their hair was down and their arms were bare. Brightly colored, striped bodices covered their chests. While they searched for something that didn't exist, the three girls gathered flowers and plants that were growing along the bank of the stream.

The religious Acteon, pale and immovable, stood gazing upon Maria Clara, that chaste Diana. The eyes which shone in those dark orbits never tired of admiring those white and beautiful arms, that pretty, round neck, those tiny and rosy feet as they played in the water. As he contemplated all this, strange feelings were awakened in his breast, new dreams took possession of his burning mind.

The devout Acteon, pale and still, stood staring at Maria Clara, that pure Diana. The eyes that sparkled in those dark sockets never grew tired of admiring her white, beautiful arms, that lovely, round neck, and those small, rosy feet as they splashed in the water. As he watched all this, unfamiliar sensations stirred in his chest, and new dreams filled his burning mind.

The three pretty forms disappeared in a thick growth of bamboo behind a bend in the stream, but their cruel allusions could still be heard by the curate. Intoxicated with the strange ideas in his head, staggering, and covered with perspiration, Father Salví left his hiding-place and looked about him in all directions with staring eyes. He stood immovable, in doubt. He took a few steps as if to follow the young women, but he turned about, and walked along the bank of the stream in order to find the rest of the picnic party.

The three lovely figures vanished into a dense thicket of bamboo around a curve in the stream, but their mocking remarks were still audible to the curate. Overwhelmed by the bizarre thoughts swirling in his mind, stumbling and drenched in sweat, Father Salví emerged from his hiding spot and scanned the area with wide eyes. He stood frozen, uncertain. He took a few steps as if to pursue the young women, but then he turned and walked alongside the stream to search for the rest of the picnic group.

Some distance ahead, in the middle of the stream, he could see a bathing place well enclosed by bamboo. He could hear, merry laughter and feminine accents coming from that direction. Still further down the stream he could see a bamboo bridge and some men in bathing. In the meantime, a multitude of servants were bustling about the improvised fireplaces, some engaged in plucking chickens, others in washing rice and roasting pig. And there on the opposite bank, in a clearing which had been made, were a number of men and women under a tent. The tent had been made by hanging canvas from the limbs of some of the old trees and by erecting a few poles. There in the group was the alferez, the teniente mayor, the coadjutor, the gobernadorcillo, the school teacher, a number, of past captains and lieutenants, including even [71]Captain Basilio, who was Sinang’s father, and the former rival of the deceased Don Rafael. Ibarra had said to him: “The mere fact that we are parties to a law-suit does not mean that we have to be enemies.” So it was that the celebrated orator of the conservative party had accepted the invitation to the picnic with enthusiasm, and had even brought along three turkeys and put his servants at the disposition of the young man.

Some distance ahead, in the middle of the stream, he noticed a swimming area well surrounded by bamboo. He could hear cheerful laughter and female voices coming from that direction. Further down the stream, he saw a bamboo bridge and some men swimming. Meanwhile, a crowd of servants were busy at the makeshift fireplaces, with some plucking chickens, others washing rice, and roasting a pig. On the opposite bank, in a cleared area, were several men and women under a tent. The tent was created by hanging canvas from the branches of some old trees and setting up a few poles. In that group was the alferez, the teniente mayor, the coadjutor, the gobernadorcillo, the school teacher, and several former captains and lieutenants, including Captain Basilio, who was Sinang’s father and a former rival of the late Don Rafael. Ibarra had told him, “Just because we’re involved in a lawsuit doesn’t mean we have to be enemies.” So, it was that the well-known orator of the conservative party had accepted the picnic invitation with enthusiasm and even brought three turkeys, offering his servants to help the young man.

The parish priest was received with respect and deference by all, even by the alferez.

The parish priest was welcomed with respect and honor by everyone, even by the alferez.

“But where did Your Reverence come from?” some one asked on seeing his face full of scratches, and his habit covered with leaves and pieces of dried branches. “Has Your Reverence fallen down?”

“But where did you come from?” someone asked, noticing his face covered in scratches and his clothes full of leaves and bits of dried branches. “Did you fall down?”

“No, I lost my way,” replied Father Salví, looking down and examining his clothes.

“No, I got lost,” replied Father Salví, looking down and checking out his clothes.

Bottles of lemonade were opened, green cocoanuts were cut in two so that those who were coming out of the bath might have the refreshing milk to drink and the delicate meat to eat. The young women in addition received rosaries of sampagas interwoven with roses and ilang-ilang, which gave a beautiful fragrance to their loose hair. Some were sitting or lying in hammocks which had been hung from the branches of the trees; others were entertaining themselves in a game that was going on around a large, flat stone. Playing cards, checkers, dice and many other games were in progress.

Bottles of lemonade were opened, green coconuts were sliced in half so that those coming out of the bath could enjoy the refreshing milk to drink and the delicate meat to eat. The young women also received garlands of sampagas woven with roses and ilang-ilang, which added a lovely scent to their loose hair. Some were sitting or lounging in hammocks that had been hung from the tree branches; others were having fun playing games around a large, flat rock. Playing cards, checkers, dice, and many other games were happening.

They showed the alligator to the curate, but he seemed absorbed and paid no attention until they mentioned the fact that the wide wound in the animal’s neck had been made by Ibarra. Then, too, the pilot, the principal figure in the incident, had disappeared and could not be found anywhere.

They showed the alligator to the curate, but he seemed lost in thought and didn’t pay attention until they pointed out that the deep wound in the animal’s neck was made by Ibarra. Also, the pilot, who was the main person involved in the incident, had vanished and couldn’t be located anywhere.

Finally Maria Clara came out of the bath, accompanied by her friends, fresh as a rose when first it blooms, and when the dew on its divine petals glistens like diamonds. Her first smile was for Ibarra; and her first frown for Father Salví. The latter noticed this, but he did not even sigh.

Finally, Maria Clara stepped out of the bath, surrounded by her friends, looking as fresh as a newly bloomed rose, with dew on its beautiful petals shining like diamonds. Her first smile was for Ibarra; her first frown was for Father Salví. He noticed this, but he didn't even let out a sigh.

It was now time to eat. The curate, the coadjutor, the alferez, the gobernadorcillo, and some of the captains, together [72]with the tenente mayor sat down at the table over which Ibarra presided. The mothers of the girls did not allow any one to eat at the table with their charges.

It was time to eat. The curate, the coadjutor, the alferez, the gobernadorcillo, and some of the captains, along with the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the tenente mayor sat down at the table where Ibarra was in charge. The mothers of the girls wouldn't let anyone eat at the table with their daughters.

“Do you know anything yet, Señor Alferez, about the criminal who assaulted Father Dámaso?” asked Father Salví.

“Do you know anything yet, Officer Alferez, about the criminal who attacked Father Dámaso?” asked Father Salví.

“About what criminal, Father?” asked the alferez, looking at the parish priest through his empty wine glass.

“About what criminal, Father?” asked the alferez, looking at the parish priest through his empty wine glass.

“About whom could it be? About the one who, day before yesterday, struck Father Dámaso, of course.”

“Who could it be about? It’s obviously about the one who, the day before yesterday, hit Father Dámaso.”

“Struck Father Dámaso?” asked a number of voices.

“Struck Father Dámaso?” asked several voices.

The coadjutor was seen to smile.

The assistant was seen to smile.

“Yes; and Father Dámaso is now in bed. It is believed that the culprit was that same Elias who once threw you into a mud-hole, Señor Alferez.”

“Yes; and Father Dámaso is now in bed. It’s thought that the one responsible was that same Elias who once tossed you into a mud-hole, Señor Alferez.”

The alferez colored up a little, either from shame or too much wine.

The alferez blushed a bit, either from embarrassment or too much wine.

“I thought that you were interested in the affair,” continued Father Salví, with a little jeering in his manner.

“I thought you were interested in the situation,” continued Father Salví, a hint of mockery in his tone.

The alferez bit his lips and mumbled out a silly excuse.

The alferez bit his lips and mumbled a foolish excuse.

The meal ended and, while tea and coffee were being served, the young and old distributed themselves about in various groups. Some picked up playing cards and others dice, but the young women, anxious to know the future, preferred to try their luck with the wheel of fortune.

The meal was over, and while tea and coffee were being served, the young and old split off into different groups. Some grabbed playing cards, while others grabbed dice, but the young women, eager to know what the future held, preferred to test their luck with the wheel of fortune.

“Come, Señor Ibarra,” shouted Captain Basilio, who was a little bit jolly. “We have a law-suit that has been pending for fifteen years, and there isn’t a judge in the Supreme Court in Manila who can decide it. Let us see if we can settle it on the chess board. What do you say?”

“Come on, Señor Ibarra,” shouted Captain Basilio, who was feeling a bit cheerful. “We have a lawsuit that’s been hanging around for fifteen years, and there isn’t a judge in the Supreme Court in Manila who can resolve it. Let’s see if we can settle it on the chess board. What do you think?”

The game of chess began with much solemnity.

The game of chess started with a lot of seriousness.

“If the game is a draw,” said Ibarra, “it is understood that the suit is off.”

“If the game ends in a tie,” Ibarra said, “it’s understood that the suit is off.”

About the middle of the game, Ibarra received a telegram which made his eyes glisten and his face grow pale. He put it in his pocket-book, not, however, without directing a glance at the group of young women who continued with much laughter to play the wheel of fortune.

About halfway through the game, Ibarra got a telegram that made his eyes sparkle and his face turn pale. He tucked it into his wallet, but not before stealing a look at the group of young women who were still laughing as they played the wheel of fortune.

“Check to the king!” said the young man. [73]

“Check to the king!” said the young man. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Captain Basilio had no other resort than to hide him behind the queen.

Captain Basilio had no other option but to hide him behind the queen.

“Check to the queen!” said Ibarra, threatening it with his rook, which was defended by a pawn.

“Check to the queen!” Ibarra announced, threatening it with his rook, which was backed by a pawn.

Not being able to cover the queen, nor to retire it on account of the fact that the king was behind it, Captain Basilio asked permission to study the situation a little.

Not being able to move the queen or take it back because the king was behind it, Captain Basilio asked for a moment to assess the situation.

“Certainly, with much pleasure,” replied Ibarra. “I will take advantage of the opportunity, for I have something to say to some of the members of that group over there.”

“Of course, with great pleasure,” replied Ibarra. “I’ll take this opportunity, as I have something to discuss with some of the people in that group over there.”

And rising to his feet, he gave his opponent half an hour to study it out.

And standing up, he gave his opponent half an hour to think it over.

Iday held in her hands the strip of cardboard on which was written forty-eight questions, while Albino held the book which contained the answers.

Iday held the strip of cardboard with forty-eight questions written on it, while Albino held the book that had the answers.

“That’s a lie! It’s not so! It lies!” cried Sinang, half in tears.

“That’s a lie! That’s not true! It’s a lie!” Sinang shouted, half in tears.

“What is the matter with you?” asked Maria Clara.

“What’s wrong with you?” asked Maria Clara.

“Just imagine it: I asked the question ‘When will I have some sense?’ I threw the dice and he, this all-night-watching priest (Albino, the ex-seminary student) reads from the book: ‘When the frogs grow hairs.’ What do you think of that?”

“Just imagine it: I asked the question ‘When will I gain some sense?’ I rolled the dice and he, this priest who stayed up all night (Albino, the former seminary student) reads from the book: ‘When the frogs grow hairs.’ What do you think of that?”

And Sinang made a face at the former religious student, who was still laughing heartily.

And Sinang made a face at the former religious student, who was still laughing loudly.

“Who told you to ask such a question?” said her cousin Victoria. “Any one who asks such a question deserves just such an answer.”

“Who told you to ask that question?” said her cousin Victoria. “Anyone who asks a question like that deserves an answer like this.”

“You ask a question!” said they all to Ibarra. “We have agreed that the one who receives the best answer shall receive a gift from the others. We have all asked our questions already.”

“You ask a question!” they all said to Ibarra. “We agreed that whoever gets the best answer will receive a gift from the rest of us. We’ve all asked our questions already.”

“And who has received the best answer?”

“And who got the best answer?”

“Maria Clara, Maria Clara!” replied Sinang. “We made her ask the question whether you loved her or not: ‘Is your lover faithful and constant,’ and the book replied——”

“Maria Clara, Maria Clara!” replied Sinang. “We made her ask the question of whether you loved her or not: ‘Is your lover faithful and constant?’ and the book replied——”

But Maria Clara colored up, and, putting her hands over Sinang’s mouth, did not allow her to finish what she had to say. [74]

But Maria Clara blushed, and covering Sinang’s mouth with her hands, wouldn’t let her finish what she wanted to say. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Then, let me try it,” said Crisostomo, smiling.

“Then, let me give it a shot,” said Crisostomo, smiling.

He asked the question: “Will I succeed in my present undertaking?”

He asked, “Will I succeed in what I'm currently working on?”

“You are going to get a bad answer,” exclaimed Sinang.

“You're going to get a bad answer,” Sinang exclaimed.

Ibarra threw the dice, and noting the number, they looked for the page in the little book with the corresponding answer.

Ibarra rolled the dice, and after seeing the number, they searched for the page in the small book that had the matching answer.

“Dreams are only dreams,” read Albino.

“Dreams are just dreams,” read Albino.

Ibarra took out his pocket-book and opened it trembling.

Ibarra pulled out his wallet and opened it, shaking.

“This time your book has lied,” he said, full of joy. “Read this!”

“This time your book is wrong,” he said, full of joy. “Check this out!”


“Plan for school house approved; other matter decided in your favor.”

“Schoolhouse plan approved; other issue resolved in your favor.”


“What does that mean?” they all asked.

“What does that mean?” they all asked.

“Did you not tell me that the one who received the best answer was to get a present?” the young man asked, his voice trembling with emotion while he carefully divided the paper into two parts.

“Didn’t you say that the person who gave the best answer was going to get a gift?” the young man asked, his voice shaking with emotion as he carefully tore the paper in half.

“Yes, yes!”

“Absolutely!”

“Well, then! This is my gift,” he said handing half of the telegram to Maria Clara. “I am going to have a school house for boys and girls erected in the town. This school house will be my gift.”

“Well, then! This is my gift,” he said, handing half of the telegram to Maria Clara. “I’m going to have a school built for boys and girls in the town. This school will be my gift.”

“And this other piece: what does that mean?”

“And what does this other piece mean?”

“I will give that to the one who has obtained the worst answer.”

“I will give that to the person who got the worst answer.”

“Then that is for me!” exclaimed Sinang.

“Then that’s for me!” shouted Sinang.

Ibarra gave her the piece of paper and quickly went off.

Ibarra handed her the piece of paper and quickly left.

“And what does this mean?”

“What does this mean?”

But the happy young man was already far away from the little group and he did not reply. He had gone to finish the game of chess.

But the happy young man was already far away from the small group, and he didn't respond. He had gone to finish the game of chess.

After making the present to his betrothed, Ibarra was so happy that he began to play without stopping to think or even examining carefully the position of the chess. As a result, although Captain Basilio had defended himself [75]only by the greatest effort, the young man made so many mistakes that the game resulted in a draw.

After giving a gift to his fiancée, Ibarra was so happy that he started playing without pausing to think or even carefully looking at the chess position. As a result, even though Captain Basilio had defended himself [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]only with the greatest effort, the young man made so many mistakes that the game ended in a draw.

“We end the suit, we end the suit!” said Captain Basilio, happy over his success.

“We're ending the lawsuit, we're ending the lawsuit!” said Captain Basilio, thrilled with his success.

“Yes, we declare it off,” repeated the young man, “whatever decision the judges may have been able to reach.”

“Yes, we call it off,” the young man repeated, “no matter what decision the judges might have come to.”

Each grasped the hand of the other and shook it with effusion.

Each took the other's hand and shook it warmly.

In the meantime, while those present were celebrating the ending of the law-suit, of which both had long been tired, four Civil Guards and a sergeant suddenly arrived on the scene. They were all armed and had their bayonets fixed, a fact which naturally disturbed the merriment and brought fright into the circle of women.

In the meantime, while everyone was celebrating the end of the lawsuit that both had grown weary of, four Civil Guards and a sergeant suddenly showed up. They were all armed and had their bayonets fixed, which naturally put a damper on the festivities and scared the group of women.

“Let everybody be quiet!” cried the sergeant. “Whoever moves will be shot!”

“Everybody be quiet!” shouted the sergeant. “Anyone who moves will be shot!”

In spite of this gruff boast, Ibarra rose to his feet and approached the sergeant.

In spite of this rough claim, Ibarra got up and walked over to the sergeant.

“What do you wish?” he asked.

“What do you want?” he asked.

“That you give up at once the criminal named Elias who acted as pilot for your party this morning,” he replied, in a threatening tone.

“Hand over the criminal named Elias, who was your pilot this morning, immediately,” he replied, in a threatening tone.

“A criminal? The pilot? You must be mistaken!” replied Ibarra.

“A criminal? The pilot? You must be confusing things!” replied Ibarra.

“No, sir; that Elias is now accused of another crime, of having laid his hands on a priest——”

“No, sir; now Elias is accused of another crime, for having laid his hands on a priest——”

“Ah! And is the pilot the one?”

“Ah! Is the pilot the one?”

“He is the same one, so we are told. You are allowing people of bad reputation to attend your festivals, Señor Ibarra.”

“He is the same one, so we've been told. You’re letting people with a bad reputation come to your festivals, Señor Ibarra.”

Ibarra looked at him from head to foot and replied with supreme contempt: “I don’t have to account to you for my actions. At our festivals everybody is well received, and you yourself, if you had come, would have been given a seat at the table, the same as the alferez who was here among us two hours ago.”

Ibarra looked him up and down and responded with utter disdain: “I don’t owe you any explanation for my actions. At our celebrations, everyone is welcomed, and you, if you had shown up, would have had a place at the table, just like the alferez who was here with us two hours ago.”

Saying this, Ibarra turned his back to him. The sergeant bit his mustache and ordered his men to search everywhere among the trees for the pilot, whose description he had on a piece of paper. [76]

Saying this, Ibarra turned his back on him. The sergeant bit his mustache and ordered his men to search everywhere among the trees for the pilot, whose description he had on a piece of paper. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Don Filipo said to him: “Take note that this description corresponds to that of nine-tenths of the natives. Take care that you do not make a mistake!”

Don Filipo said to him: “Keep in mind that this description matches that of nine-tenths of the locals. Be careful not to make a mistake!”

At last the soldiers returned, saying that they had not been able to discover either a banca, or a man that aroused their suspicion. The sergeant murmured a few indistinct words and then marched off.

At last, the soldiers came back, saying that they hadn’t been able to find either a banca or anyone who raised their suspicions. The sergeant mumbled a few unclear words and then walked away.

Soon the people became jolly again, but questions, wonder and comments were without end.

Soon the people were cheerful again, but questions, curiosity, and comments seemed endless.

So the afternoon passed and the hour for departure arrived. Just as the sun was dropping below the horizon they left the woods. The trees seemed sad and all the surroundings seemed to bid them farewell and say: “Good-bye, happy youth; good-bye, dream of a day.”

So the afternoon went by, and it was time to leave. Just as the sun was setting, they exited the woods. The trees looked like they were sad, and everything around them seemed to say farewell, whispering: “Goodbye, joyful youth; goodbye, dream of a day.”

And a little later, by the light of glowing torches of bamboo and with the music of guitars, we leave them on the road toward the town. [77]

And a little later, by the light of glowing bamboo torches and with the sound of guitars, we head down the road toward the town. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XIII.

In the House of Tasio.

On the morning of the following day, Juan Crisostomo Ibarra, after visiting his estates, went to the house of Tasio, the philosopher, his father’s friend.

On the morning of the next day, Juan Crisostomo Ibarra, after checking on his estates, went to the home of Tasio, the philosopher, who was a friend of his father's.

Quiet reigned in the old man’s garden. The swallows were flying about the gables of the house, but they were making scarcely a sound. The windows were covered with vines which clung to the old, moss-covered wall and made the house appear all the more solitary and quiet. Ibarra tied his horse to a post and, walking almost on tip-toes, crossed the clean and well-cultivated garden. He went up the stairs and, as the door was open, walked in. An old man leaned over a book in which he seemed to be writing. On the walls of the room were collections of insects and leaves, maps, and some shelves of books and manuscripts.

Silence filled the old man's garden. Swallows flew around the house's gables, barely making a sound. The windows were covered with vines that clung to the old, mossy wall, making the house look even more isolated and quiet. Ibarra tied his horse to a post and, walking almost on tiptoe, crossed the clean and well-kept garden. He went up the stairs and noticed the door was open, so he walked inside. An old man was bent over a book, seemingly writing. The walls of the room displayed collections of insects and leaves, maps, along with shelves of books and manuscripts.

Tasio was so absorbed in his work that he did not notice the arrival of the youth. The latter, not wishing to disturb the philosopher, tried to retire from the place, but the old man, looking up, said: “What? Are you here?” and showed no little surprise in his look.

Tasio was so focused on his work that he didn't notice the young man arriving. The young man, not wanting to interrupt the philosopher, tried to quietly leave, but the old man looked up and said, "What? Are you here?" showing a fair amount of surprise on his face.

“Excuse me,” replied Ibarra, “I see that you are very busy.”

“Excuse me,” Ibarra replied, “I can see that you’re really busy.”

“As a matter of fact I was writing a little, but it is not urgent, and I want to rest myself. Can I be useful to you in any way?”

“As a matter of fact, I was doing some writing, but it’s not urgent, and I want to take a break. Is there any way I can help you?”

Ibarra drew some papers from his pocket-book and replied: “My father was wont to consult you in many things, and I remember that he never had to do other than congratulate himself when he followed your advice. I have on my hands a small undertaking and I want to be assured of success.”

Ibarra took some papers out of his wallet and said, “My father used to consult you on many matters, and I remember he always felt pleased when he followed your advice. I have a small project I'm working on and I want to be sure I'll succeed.”

Ibarra then related to him briefly his plan for the erection of a school house in honor of his betrothed. He [78]showed the stupefied philosopher the plans which had been returned from Manila.

Ibarra then briefly shared his plan to build a schoolhouse in honor of his fiancée. He [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]showed the amazed philosopher the blueprints that had come back from Manila.

“I wish that you would advise me as to what persons I ought first to have on my side in order to make the undertaking most successful. You are well acquainted with the inhabitants of the town. I have just arrived here and am almost a stranger in my country.”

“I wish you could tell me which people I should have on my side to make this venture most successful. You know the locals well. I just got here and I'm nearly a stranger in my own country.”

The old man examined the plans which were laid out before him. His eyes were full of tears.

The old man looked over the plans spread out in front of him. His eyes were filled with tears.

“That which you are going to carry out was a dream of mine, the dream of a poor fool,” he exclaimed, greatly moved. “And now, my first advice to you is that you never come to consult me in regard to the matter.”

“What's about to happen was a dream of mine, the dream of a poor fool,” he exclaimed, deeply touched. “And now, my first piece of advice to you is to never come to me for advice on this matter.”

The young man looked at him in surprise.

The young man stared at him in shock.

“Because sensible people,” he continued, in an ironical tone, “will take you for a fool, like myself. People always consider every one a fool who does not think just as they do and, for this reason, they call me crazy. But I am obliged to them for that, for woe be to me when the time arrives that they say I have sense! That day, should it ever come, would deprive me of the little liberty which I have purchased by sacrificing my reputation for being sane.”

“Because sensible people,” he continued, in a sarcastic tone, “will think you’re a fool, just like they do with me. People always see anyone who doesn’t think exactly like them as a fool, which is why they call me crazy. But I’m actually thankful for that, because heaven help me when the day comes that they say I have sense! If that ever happens, I’ll lose the little freedom I’ve bought by sacrificing my reputation for being sane.”

And the old man shook his head, as if to drive away a thought and continued: “My second advice to you is that you consult the curate, the gobernadorcillo, and all the people of good standing. They will all give you bad, foolish and useless advice, but to consult does not mean to obey. Try to appear to be following their advice as far as possible and make them think you are working according to their wishes.”

And the old man shook his head, as if to dismiss a thought, and continued: “My second piece of advice is that you talk to the curate, the gobernadorcillo, and all the respectable people. They will all give you bad, foolish, and useless advice, but consulting them doesn't mean you have to follow it. Try to act like you're following their advice as much as you can and make them believe you're doing what they want.”

Ibarra sat thinking for a moment and then replied: “The advice is good but difficult to follow. Could I not carry out my work without a shadow reflecting upon it? Could I not carry out the good work in spite of all? Does truth need to be clothed in the garments of falsehood?”

Ibarra sat thinking for a moment and then replied: “The advice is solid but hard to follow. Can I really do my work without a cloud hanging over it? Can I not do good work despite everything? Does truth need to be dressed up in lies?”

“That’s it. Nobody likes the bare truth.”

“That’s it. No one likes the cold hard truth.”

“I hope to be able to realize all my hopes without encountering great resistance,” said Ibarra.

“I hope I can achieve all my dreams without facing too much resistance,” said Ibarra.

“Yes, if the priests lend you their hand; no, if they draw it away. All your efforts will be battered to pieces [79]against the walls of the curate’s house. The alcalde will deny to you to-morrow what he has granted you to-day. Not a mother will let her son attend the school, and then all your efforts will have just an opposite effect to that intended. You will discourage all others who might wish to attempt beneficent undertakings.”

“Yes, if the priests help you; no, if they pull away. All your efforts will be shattered against the walls of the curate’s house. The alcalde will deny you tomorrow what he has given you today. Not a single mother will allow her son to attend the school, and then all your efforts will have the exact opposite effect of what you intended. You will discourage everyone else who might want to try helpful projects.”

“Nevertheless,” replied Ibarra, “I cannot believe in this power of which you speak. And even supposing it to be true, admitting that it is as you say, would I not still have on my side the sensible people and the Government?”

“Still,” Ibarra replied, “I can’t believe in this power you’re talking about. And even if it is true, even if it’s just as you say, wouldn’t I still have the sensible people and the Government on my side?”

“The Government! The Government!” exclaimed the philosopher, raising his eyes and looking at the ceiling. “However much the Government may desire to uplift the country for its own benefit and that of the mother country; however generous may be the Catholic Kings in spirit, I must remind you in confidence that there is another power which does not allow the Government to see, hear, or judge except what the curates or provincial priests wish. The Government is afraid of the advancement of the people, and the people are afraid of the forces of the Government. So long as the Government does not understand the people of the country, the country will never get out from this guardianship. The people will live like weak, young children who tremble at the sound of the voice of their tutor, whose mercy they beg. The Government has no dreams of a great future, a healthy development of the country. The people do not complain, because they have no voice. They do not move, because they are too carefully watched. You say that they do not suffer, because you have not seen what would make your heart bleed. But some day you will see it! alas! some day you will hear it. When the light of day is thrown on their monstrous forms, you will see a frightful reaction. That great force, held back for centuries, that poison, distilled drop by drop, those sighs, so long repressed—all will come to light and will some day burst forth.... Who will then pay the accounts which the people will present and which History preserves for us on its bloody pages?”

“The Government! The Government!” the philosopher exclaimed, looking up at the ceiling. “No matter how much the Government wants to improve the country for its own benefit and that of the colonizers; no matter how generous the Catholic Kings may seem at heart, I must confidentially remind you that there's another power that prevents the Government from seeing, hearing, or judging anything except what the curates or local priests want. The Government fears the progress of the people, and the people fear the Government's power. As long as the Government doesn't truly understand the people, this country will remain under its control. The people will live like frail, young children who tremble at the sound of their tutor’s voice, pleading for mercy. The Government has no vision for a bright future or healthy growth for the country. The people don't complain because they lack a voice. They don't act because they're watched too closely. You claim they don't suffer, but that's only because you haven't witnessed the things that would break your heart. But one day you will see it! Alas! One day you will hear it. When light is shed on their terrible conditions, you will witness a horrifying reaction. That immense force, held back for centuries, that poison, dripping slowly, those sighs that have been silenced for so long—all will surface and eventually explode... Who will then settle the debts that the people will demand, debts that History records in its bloody pages?”

“God, the Government, and the Church will never allow [80]that day to come!” replied Crisostomo, impressed in spite of himself. “The Filipinos are religious and they love Spain. The Filipinos will always know how much this nation has done for them. There are abuses; yes! There are defects; I do not deny it. But Spain is working to introduce reforms which will correct them; she is devising plans; she is not selfish. Can it be that my love for my native land is incompatible with love for Spain? Is it necessary to lower one’s self to be a good Christian, to prostitute one’s own conscience to bring about good? I love my fatherland, the Philippines, because I owe to her my life and my happiness—because every man should love his native land. I love Spain, the fatherland of my ancestors, because, in spite of all that may be said, the Philippines owe to Spain, and always will owe to her, their happiness and their future. I am a Catholic. I hold dear the belief of my fathers, and I do not see why I have to bow my head when I am able to raise it; nor why I have to entrust it to my enemies, when I can trample on them.”

“God, the Government, and the Church will never allow [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that day to come!” replied Crisostomo, somewhat impressed despite himself. “The Filipinos are religious, and they love Spain. Filipinos will always remember how much this nation has done for them. There are abuses; yes! There are shortcomings; I won’t deny it. But Spain is making efforts to introduce reforms that will fix them; she is creating plans; she is not selfish. Can it be that my love for my homeland is at odds with my love for Spain? Is it necessary to diminish oneself to be a good Christian, to compromise one’s own conscience for the sake of good? I love my homeland, the Philippines, because I owe her my life and my happiness—because every person should love their native land. I love Spain, the homeland of my ancestors, because, despite everything said, the Philippines owes to Spain, and will always owe to her, their happiness and their future. I am a Catholic. I cherish the beliefs of my forefathers, and I don’t see why I should bow my head when I can hold it high; nor why I should give my power to my enemies when I can stand up to them.”

“Because the field in which you are sowing your seed is in the hands of your enemies, and you are weak in comparison to them.... It is necessary that you first kiss the hand——”

“Because the ground where you're planting your seed is controlled by your enemies, and you are weaker than they are.... You need to first kiss the hand——”

But the young man did not allow him to go farther and exclaimed violently: “To kiss their hands! You forget that, between them, they killed my father; they threw his body out of its sepulchre: but I, I who am his son, I do not forget it, and, if I do not avenge myself, it is because I consider the prestige of the Church.”

But the young man wouldn’t let him go any further and shouted angrily, “Kiss their hands! You forget that they killed my father; they tossed his body out of his grave. But I, I who am his son, I don’t forget, and if I don’t get revenge, it’s because I respect the Church.”

The old philosopher bowed his head. “Señor Ibarra,” he replied slowly, “if you keep those memories—memories which I cannot advise you to forget—if you keep those memories, give up your plans and your undertaking and try to work good for your countrymen in another way. The undertaking needs another man than you for its execution, because to carry it out will not only require money and care, but, in our country, self-denial, tenacity and faith are also needed. The land is not ready for it; it has been sown only with darnel.”

The old philosopher lowered his head. “Mr. Ibarra,” he said slowly, “if you hold onto those memories—memories I can’t tell you to forget—if you hold onto those memories, abandon your plans and your mission and try to do good for your fellow countrymen in a different way. This mission requires someone other than you to carry it out because accomplishing it will not only need money and effort, but in our country, it also demands self-sacrifice, determination, and faith. The land isn’t ready for it; it has only been filled with weeds.”

Ibarra understood the weight of these words, but he [81]was not going to be discouraged. Thoughts of Maria Clara filled his mind; he must fulfill his promise to her.

Ibarra understood the significance of these words, but he [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]wasn't going to let them get him down. He couldn't stop thinking about Maria Clara; he had to keep his promise to her.

“Does not your experience suggest something other than this hard method?” he asked in a low voice.

“Doesn't your experience suggest something different from this harsh method?” he asked in a low voice.

The old man took him by the arm and led him to the window. A cool breeze was blowing from the north. Before his eyes lay the garden, stretching out to the large forest which served as a park.

The old man took him by the arm and led him to the window. A cool breeze was blowing from the north. Before him was the garden, stretching out to the large forest that acted as a park.

“Why do we not have to do the same as that weak young bush loaded with roses and buds?” said the philosopher pointing to a beautiful rose bush. “The wind blows, shakes it and it bends itself down as if trying to hide its precious load. If the bush kept itself erect, it would be broken off, the wind would scatter its flowers and the buds would be blighted. The wind passes over, and the bush straightens itself up again, proud of its treasure. Thus it would be with you, a plant transplanted from Europe to this stony ground, if you did not look about for some support and belittle yourself. Alone and lofty, you are in bad condition.”

“Why shouldn’t we do the same as that weak young bush filled with roses and buds?” said the philosopher, pointing to a beautiful rose bush. “The wind blows, shakes it, and it bends down as if trying to hide its precious burden. If the bush stood tall, it would break off; the wind would scatter its flowers, and the buds would be ruined. The wind passes, and the bush stands up again, proud of its treasure. That’s how it would be for you, a plant moved from Europe to this rocky ground, if you didn’t look for some support and keep your head down. Alone and proud, you’re not in a good situation.”

“And would this sacrifice bring the fruits that I hope for?” asked Ibarra. “Would the priest have faith in me and would he forget the offense? Would his kind not be able to feign friendship, to make a false show of protecting me, and then, from behind in the darkness, fight me, harass me and wound my heels, thus making me waver more quickly than they could by attacking me face to face? Given these premises, what do you think could be expected?”

“And will this sacrifice bring the results I'm hoping for?” Ibarra asked. “Will the priest believe in me, and will he forget the offense? Could his kind pretend to be my friends, put on a false front of protecting me, and then, from the shadows, attack me, harass me, and undermine me, making me falter more quickly than if they came at me directly? Considering all this, what do you think I can expect?”

The old man remained silent for some time, not being able to reply. At last he said: “If such a thing took place, if the undertaking failed, I would console you with the thought that you had done all that was in your power. And even so, something would be gained. Lay the first stone, sow the first seed and after the tempest has passed over, some little grain perhaps would germinate.”

The old man stayed quiet for a while, unable to respond. Finally, he said: “If that were to happen, if the project failed, I would comfort you with the idea that you had done everything you could. And even then, something would come of it. Lay the first stone, plant the first seed, and after the storm has passed, maybe a small grain will sprout.”

“I believe you,” exclaimed Ibarra, stretching out his hand. “Not in vain did I look for good advice. This very day I shall go and make friends with the curate.”

“I believe you,” Ibarra said, reaching out his hand. “I didn’t seek good advice for nothing. Today, I’ll go make friends with the curate.”

Taking leave of the old man, he mounted on his horse and rode away. [82]

Taking his leave of the old man, he got on his horse and rode off. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Attention!” murmured the pessimistic philosopher to himself, as he followed the young man with his eyes. “Let us observe carefully how Destiny will unfold the tragedy which began in the cemetery.”

“Attention!” murmured the pessimistic philosopher to himself as he watched the young man. “Let’s pay close attention to how Destiny will reveal the tragedy that started in the cemetery.”

But this time the philosopher was truly mistaken. The tragedy had begun long before. [83]

But this time, the philosopher was really wrong. The tragedy had started much earlier. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XIV.

The Eve of the Fiesta.

It is the tenth of November, the eve of the fiesta to be celebrated in the town of San Diego. Departing from its habitual monotony, the town is displaying extraordinary activity in the church, houses, streets, cock-pit, and the fields. Windows are draped with flags and many-colored decorations. Music and the sound of exploding fireworks fill the air. Everywhere there is rejoicing.

It’s November 10th, the night before the fiesta celebrated in the town of San Diego. Breaking away from its usual routine, the town is buzzing with excitement in the church, homes, streets, cock-pit, and fields. Windows are decorated with flags and colorful ornaments. Music and the noise of fireworks fill the air. Everywhere, people are celebrating.

In the streets at fixed intervals, beautiful arches of bamboo are raised, the wood carved and worked in a thousand different ways. The arches are surrounded with ornaments, the very sight of which brings joy to the heart of the small boy. In the church yard, a large and costly awning has been erected. It is propped up by bamboo poles and so arranged that the procession may pass under it. Under its shade the children play, run, jump, fall and otherwise manage to tear and soil their new shirts, which have been intended for the day of the festival.

In the streets, beautiful bamboo arches are set up at regular intervals, intricately carved in many different styles. These arches are decorated with ornaments that make the small boy's heart swell with joy. In the churchyard, a large, fancy awning has been put up. It's supported by bamboo poles and designed so the procession can walk beneath it. Under this shade, the children play, run, jump, fall, and inevitably manage to tear and dirty their new shirts, which were meant for the festival day.

In the public square a platform has been built of bamboo, nipa and boards, to serve as the stage. It is here that the comedy company from Tondo will tell wonderful tales, and will compete with the gods in the performance of miracles. Here Marianito, Chananay, Balbino, Ratia, Carvajal, Yeyeng, Liceria and the others will sing and dance. The Filipino loves the theatre, and always attends dramatic productions with a great deal of pleasure. The gobernadorcillo was very fond of the theatre, and, with the advice of the curate, he had selected for the fiesta the fantastic comedy: “Prince Villardo, or the Nails Pulled Out of the Infamous Cave,” a play full of magic and fireworks.

In the public square, a stage made of bamboo, nipa, and boards has been set up. This is where the comedy troupe from Tondo will share amazing stories and compete with the gods in performing miracles. Here, Marianito, Chananay, Balbino, Ratia, Carvajal, Yeyeng, Liceria, and others will sing and dance. Filipinos love the theater and always attend dramatic performances with great enthusiasm. The gobernadorcillo was a big fan of the theater, and with the curate's input, he chose the exciting comedy: “Prince Villardo, or the Nails Pulled Out of the Infamous Cave,” a play full of magic and fireworks.

From time to time the bells ring out their merry sounds. Firecrackers and the booming of little cannon rend the [84]air. The Filipino pyrotechnist, who has learned his art without a teacher of any renown, displays his skill, setting up pieces representing towers, castles, and the like. Already the small boys are running at break-neck speed toward the outskirts of the town to meet the bands of music. Five organizations have been hired, besides three orchestras.

From time to time, the bells ring out their cheerful sounds. Firecrackers and the loud booms of small cannons fill the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]air. The Filipino fireworks expert, who has learned his craft without a famous mentor, shows off his talent by setting up displays that look like towers, castles, and more. Already, the little boys are racing at full speed toward the edge of town to meet the bands. Five groups have been hired, along with three orchestras.

A band enters the town playing lively marches, and is followed by a lot of ragged and half naked pickaninnies: this one, perhaps, has on his brother’s shirt; that one, his father’s trousers. As soon as the music stops, these little tots know by memory the piece that has been played; they whistle and hum it with great delight, showing at this early age their musical talent.

A band comes into town playing upbeat marches, followed by a group of scruffy and barely dressed kids: this one might be wearing his brother’s shirt; that one, his dad’s pants. As soon as the music stops, these little ones can instantly recall the tune that was played; they whistle and hum it with great joy, already demonstrating their musical skills at such a young age.

In the meantime wagons and carriages arrive, bringing relatives, friends, and strangers. Gamblers are also on hand with their best fighting cocks and bags of money, ready to risk their fortunes on the green cloth or in the cock-pit.

In the meantime, wagons and carriages arrive, bringing family, friends, and newcomers. Gamblers are also present with their top fighting cocks and bags of cash, ready to bet their fortunes on the green table or in the cock-pit.

“The alferez gets fifty dollars a night,” murmured a little, chubby man when he heard of the recent arrivals, for there were already many rumors that these people bribed the officer so that they might not be interfered with by the law. “Captain Tiago,” he added, “is going to come and will be banker in the monte game. Captain Joaquin brings eighteen thousand. There is going to be a liam-po,1 and the Chino Carlos is going to back it with ten thousand pesos capital. Big bettors will come from Tanauan, Lipa, and Batangas, as well as from Santa Cruz. It’s going to be great! It’s going to be great! This year Captain Tiago will not skin us as he has in the past, for he has not paid for more than three masses this year, and besides, I have a mutya2 of cacao. And how are all the family?”

“The alferez gets fifty bucks a night,” murmured a little, chubby man when he heard about the new arrivals, because there were already lots of rumors that these people were bribing the officer so they wouldn’t get bothered by the law. “Captain Tiago,” he added, “is coming and is going to be the banker in the monte game. Captain Joaquin is bringing eighteen thousand. There’s going to be a liam-po, 1 and Chino Carlos is going to back it with ten thousand pesos in capital. Big bettors will come from Tanauan, Lipa, and Batangas, as well as from Santa Cruz. It’s going to be awesome! It’s going to be awesome! This year Captain Tiago is not going to take us for a ride like he has before, because he hasn’t paid for more than three masses this year, and besides, I have a mutya 2 of cacao. And how is the whole family?”

“Very well, very well, thank you!” replied the visitors from the country.

“Sure, sure, thanks!” replied the visitors from the countryside.

But the place where the greatest animation reigns, where there is almost a tumult, is over there on the level piece of ground, a short distance from Ibarra’s house. Pulleys creak, and the place resounds with the sound of the hammer, [85]the chiseling of stones, hewing of beams and the shouting of voices. A gang of workmen is making an excavation which will be wide and deep; others are busy piling up quarry stone, unloading carts, sifting sand, putting a capstan in place and so on.

But the area where the most activity is happening, where it’s almost chaotic, is over there on the flat piece of land, just a short distance from Ibarra’s house. Pulleys are creaking, and the place is filled with the sounds of hammers, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] chiseling stones, cutting beams, and people shouting. A group of workers is digging a big, deep hole; others are busy stacking up quarry stone, unloading carts, sifting sand, setting up a capstan, and so on.

“Put that here! That, there! Come, be lively about it!” shouts a little, old man with an animated and intelligent physiognomy as he goes about, a yard stick and plumb line in hand. He is the director of the work, Ñor Juan, architect, mason, carpenter, whitewasher, locksmith, painter, stone cutter, and, on occasion, sculptor.

“Put that here! That, there! Come on, pick up the pace!” shouts a small, old man with an energetic and sharp face as he moves around, holding a yardstick and a plumb line. He is in charge of the project, Ñor Juan, who is an architect, mason, carpenter, painter, locksmith, stone cutter, and sometimes even a sculptor.

“We must finish it immediately! To-morrow nothing can be done, and day after to-morrow the ceremony of laying the corner stone is to take place! Come, be lively!”

“We need to finish this right away! Tomorrow we can’t do anything, and the day after tomorrow is the ceremony for laying the cornerstone! Come on, let’s get moving!”

“Make the hole just large enough for this cylinder!” said he to one of the stone cutters who was chiseling off a large quadrangular stone. “Inside of this our names will be kept.”

“Make the hole just big enough for this cylinder!” he said to one of the stone cutters who was chiseling away at a large square stone. “Our names will be kept inside this.”

Then he would repeat to every countryman who came along what he had already said a thousand times: “Do you know what we are going to build? Well, it is a school house, a model of its kind, something like those in Germany, but still better. The architect, Señor R., draughted the plans and I, I am in charge of the work. Yes, sir, you see this is going to be a regular palace with two wings, one for the boys and one for the girls. Here in the middle is to be a large garden with three fountains. There, on the sides, groves, where the children can sow and cultivate plants during the hours of recreation, thus improving the time. Just see how deep the foundations are to be: three meters and seventy-five centimeters. The building is going to have a cellar where the indolent pupils will be confined. This will be very close to the playing ground and the gymnasium, so that those who are punished may hear the diligent pupils enjoying themselves. Do you see this large space? Well, this will be a place for them to run and jump. The girls will have a separate garden with benches, swings, a special place for jumping the rope and rolling hoops, fountains and a bird-house. This is going to be magnificent!” [86]

Then he would tell every local who passed by what he had already shared countless times: “Do you know what we're going to build? It's a schoolhouse, a model of its kind, similar to those in Germany, but even better. The architect, Señor R., drew up the plans, and I’m in charge of the project. Yes, sir, this is going to be a real palace with two wings, one for the boys and one for the girls. In the middle, there will be a large garden with three fountains. On the sides, there will be groves where the children can plant and grow during breaks, making the most of their time. Just look at how deep the foundations will be: three meters and seventy-five centimeters. The building will have a cellar for the lazy students. This will be very close to the playground and the gym, so those who are punished can hear the hardworking students having fun. Do you see this large area? Well, this will be a space for them to run and jump. The girls will have their own garden with benches, swings, a special spot for jump rope and hula hoops, fountains, and a birdhouse. It’s going to be amazing!” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

He kept going from one end to the other, inspecting everything and passing his opinion on all.

He kept moving from one end to the other, checking everything out and sharing his thoughts on it all.

“I find that you have got too much lumber here for a crane,” said he to a yellowish-looking fellow, who was directing some other laborers. “I would have enough, with three large beams, to form the tripod and with three others to serve as supporters.”

“I see you’ve got way too much wood here for a crane,” he said to a yellowish-looking guy who was directing some other workers. “I’d only need three large beams to make the tripod and three more to act as supports.”

“O, pshaw!” replied the other, smiling in a peculiar way. “The more apparatus we give ourselves, the greater effect we will produce. The massiveness of it will make a bigger show and give it more importance. They will say: ‘What a lot of work has been done!’ You look at that crane that I am constructing. In a little while, I am going to ornament it with banderolas, garlands of flowers and leaves, and ... you will say afterward that you were right in hiring me, and Señor Ibarra cannot wish for more than that!”

“O, come on!” replied the other, smiling in a strange way. “The more tools we give ourselves, the bigger impact we’ll make. The sheer size of it will create a more impressive display and add more significance. They’ll say, ‘Wow, look at all the work that has been done!’ Just look at that crane I’m building. Soon, I’m going to decorate it with banderolas, garlands of flowers and leaves, and ... you’ll see later that you were right to hire me, and Señor Ibarra won’t wish for anything more than that!”

The man laughed. Ñor Juan also smiled and shook his head.

The man laughed. Ñor Juan also smiled and shook his head.

As a matter of fact, the plan for the school had been approved by everybody and all were talking about it. The curate had asked to be allowed to be one of the patrons of the enterprise and he himself was to bless the laying of the corner stone, a ceremony which would take place on the last day of the San Diego festival, as it was considered one of the great solemnities.

As a matter of fact, everyone had approved the plan for the school and everyone was talking about it. The curate had asked to be one of the patrons of the project, and he was set to bless the laying of the cornerstone, a ceremony that would happen on the last day of the San Diego festival, as it was seen as one of the major events.

The dismal presentiments of the old Tasio seemed to have been dissipated forever. One day Ibarra told the old man so, but the old pessimist only replied: “Things may go well at first, but be on your guard against masked enemies.” [87]

The gloomy premonitions of the old Tasio seemed to have vanished for good. One day Ibarra mentioned this to the old man, but the old pessimist simply replied, “Things might seem fine at first, but watch out for hidden enemies.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A Chinese gambling game.

1 A Chinese betting game.

2 A little white, pearl-like substance sometimes found in the cacao tree, which is supposed to be a lucky omen.

2 A small white, pearl-like substance that can occasionally be found in the cacao tree, which is believed to be a symbol of good luck.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XV.

As Night Comes On.

Great preparations had also been made in the house of Captain Tiago. We are already acquainted with the man. His love for pomp and his pride in being a resident of Manila made it necessary that he should outdo the residents of the province in the splendor of his celebration. There was another thing, too, which made it necessary that he should try to eclipse all others—the fact that his daughter Maria Clara and his future son-in-law were also there. His prospective connection with Ibarra caused the Captain to be often spoken of among the people.

Great preparations were also underway at Captain Tiago’s house. We already know him well. His love for showiness and pride in being a Manila resident meant he felt the need to outshine the provincial residents in the grandeur of his celebration. There was another reason he aimed to outdo everyone else—the presence of his daughter Maria Clara and her future husband. His anticipated connection to Ibarra kept Captain Tiago frequently in people's conversations.

Yes, as a matter of fact, one of the most serious newspapers in Manila had printed an article on its first page, headed “Imitate Him!” in which they offered Ibarra much advice and highly eulogized him. The article spoke of him as “the illustrious and rich young capitalist.” Two lines below, he was termed “the distinguished philanthropist,” and, in the following paragraph, referred to as the “disciple of Minerva who went to his Mother Country to salute the real birthplace of arts and sciences.” Captain Tiago was burning with generous emulation and was wondering whether he ought not to erect a convent at his own expense.

Yes, actually, one of the most respected newspapers in Manila ran an article on its front page titled “Imitate Him!” where they offered Ibarra a lot of advice and praised him highly. The article described him as “the distinguished and wealthy young capitalist.” A couple of lines down, he was called “the notable philanthropist,” and in the next paragraph, he was referred to as the “disciple of Minerva who journeyed to his Mother Country to honor the true birthplace of arts and sciences.” Captain Tiago was filled with generous inspiration and was wondering if he should build a convent at his own expense.

Days before the week of festivities, numerous boxes of provisions and drinks, colossal mirrors, pictures, paintings and his daughter’s piano had arrived at the house. Maria Clara and Aunt Isabel were already living there. Captain Tiago came on the day before the beginning of the festival. As he kissed his daughter’s hand, he made her a present of a beautiful religious relic. It was solid gold, and set with diamonds and emeralds, and contained a little sliver from Saint Peter’s boat, in which Our Saviour sat while fishing. [88]

Days before the festival week, a ton of boxes filled with food and drinks, huge mirrors, photos, paintings, and his daughter’s piano had arrived at the house. Maria Clara and Aunt Isabel were already living there. Captain Tiago showed up the day before the festival started. As he kissed his daughter’s hand, he gave her a beautiful religious relic as a gift. It was solid gold, adorned with diamonds and emeralds, and contained a small piece of wood from Saint Peter's boat, where Our Savior sat while fishing. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Captain’s interview with his future son-in-law could not have been more cordial. Naturally, the school house was the subject of conversation. Captain Tiago wanted him to call the school “The San Francisco School.”

The Captain’s meeting with his future son-in-law couldn't have been more friendly. Naturally, they talked about the school house. Captain Tiago wanted him to name the school “The San Francisco School.”

“Believe me!” he said. “San Francisco is a good patron saint. If you call it ‘The Primary School,’ you gain nothing. Who is Primary, anyway?”

“Believe me!” he said. “San Francisco is a great patron saint. If you call it ‘The Primary School,’ it doesn't help at all. Who even is Primary, anyway?”

Some friends of Maria Clara arrived and invited her to go for a walk.

Some friends of Maria Clara showed up and asked her to go for a walk.

“But return quickly,” said the Captain to his daughter, who asked for his permission. “You know that Father Dámaso is going to dine with us to-night. He has just arrived.”

“But come back quickly,” said the Captain to his daughter, who was asking for his permission. “You know that Father Dámaso is joining us for dinner tonight. He just arrived.”

And turning to Ibarra who was deep in thought, he added: “You will dine with us, too? You will be all alone at home.”

And turning to Ibarra, who was lost in thought, he added: “Are you going to join us for dinner? You'll be all alone at home.”

“With the greatest pleasure, I assure you, if I did not have to be at home to-night to receive visitors,” replied the young man, mumbling his words and evading Maria Clara’s glance.

“Honestly, I’d love to, but I have to be home tonight to welcome some guests,” replied the young man, mumbling his words and avoiding Maria Clara’s gaze.

“Bring your friends along with you,” replied Captain Tiago cheerfully. “In my house there is always enough to eat. And, besides I would like to have you and Father Dámaso understand each other.”

“Bring your friends with you,” Captain Tiago replied happily. “There’s always plenty to eat at my house. Plus, I’d like to see you and Father Dámaso get along.”

“There’ll be time enough for that,” replied Ibarra, putting on a forced smile and making ready to accompany the young ladies.

“There’ll be time enough for that,” Ibarra said, forcing a smile as he prepared to accompany the young ladies.

They went downstairs. Maria Clara was walking between Victoria and Iday, while Aunt Isabel followed behind.

They went downstairs. Maria Clara walked between Victoria and Iday, while Aunt Isabel followed behind.

As they passed down the street, people stood aside respectfully and gave them the inside of the way. Maria Clara was surprisingly beautiful now. Her paleness had disappeared, and although her eyes were thoughtful, her mouth, on the contrary, seemed all smiles. With that amiability known only to a happy maiden, she saluted friends she had known from childhood who to-day were admirers of her youthful beauty. In less than fifteen days she had regained that frank confidence, that childish chatter, which seemed for awhile to have been left [89]behind in the narrow walls of the convent. It seemed as though the butterfly upon leaving its shell knew all the flowers at once. It was enough that she be given a moment of flight and an opportunity to warm herself in the golden rays of the sun, in order to throw off the rigidity of the chrysalis. New life shone out in every part of her young being. Everything she met with was good and beautiful. Her love was manifested with virginal grace, and innocent in thought, she saw nothing to cause her to put on false blushes. However, she was wont to cover her face with her fan when they joked with her, but her eyes would smile and a gentle tremor would pass over her whole being.

As they walked down the street, people stepped aside respectfully and made way for them. Maria Clara looked surprisingly beautiful now. Her paleness was gone, and even though her eyes seemed thoughtful, her mouth was full of smiles. With a warmth that only a happy young woman possesses, she greeted friends she had known since childhood, who today admired her youthful beauty. In less than two weeks, she had regained that open confidence and playful chatter that had seemed to stay behind within the narrow walls of the convent for a while. It was as if a butterfly, emerging from its cocoon, suddenly recognized all the flowers around it. All she needed was a moment to fly and a chance to bask in the sun's golden rays to shake off the constraints of her past. A new energy radiated from every part of her young being. Everything she encountered seemed good and beautiful. Her love was expressed with youthful grace, and, innocent in her thoughts, she found nothing that made her feel embarrassed. Although she often covered her face with her fan when they teased her, her eyes sparkled with joy, and a gentle shiver ran through her entire being.

In front of Captain Basilio’s house were some young men who saluted our acquaintances and invited them into the house. The merry voice of Sinang was heard, as she descended the stairs on a run and at once put an end to all excuses.

In front of Captain Basilio’s house, some young men greeted our friends and invited them inside. We heard Sinang’s cheerful voice as she rushed down the stairs, immediately cutting off any excuses.

“Come up a moment so that I can go out with you,” said she. “It bores me to be among so many strangers who talk about nothing but fighting-cocks and playing cards.”

“Come up for a minute so I can go out with you,” she said. “It’s so boring being around so many strangers who only talk about fighting cocks and playing cards.”

They went upstairs. The house was full of people. Some advanced to greet Ibarra, whose name was known to all. They contemplated with ecstacy Maria Clara’s beauty, and some of the matrons murmured as they chewed their betel-nut: “She looks like the Virgin!”

They went upstairs. The house was packed with people. Some came forward to greet Ibarra, whose name was known to everyone. They gazed in admiration at Maria Clara's beauty, and some of the older women whispered as they chewed their betel nut: “She looks like the Virgin!”

After they had partaken of chocolate they resumed their walk. In the corner of the plaza a beggar was singing the romance of the fishes, to the accompaniment of a guitar. He was a common sight, a man miserably dressed and wearing a wide-brimmed hat made out of palm leaves. His clothing consisted of a frock coat covered with patches, and a pair of wide trousers such as the Chinese wear, but torn in many places. From beneath the brim of his hat two fiery orbs flashed out a ray of light. He was tall and from his manner seemed to be young. He put a basket down on the ground and, afterwards walking away from it a little distance, he uttered strange, unintelligible sounds. He remained standing, completely isolated, as if he and the people in the street [90]were trying to avoid each other. Women approached his basket, and dropped into it fish, fruit and rice. When there was no one else to approach the basket, other sadder but less mournful sounds could be heard; perhaps he was thanking them. He picked up his basket and walked away to do the same in another place.

After they had enjoyed some chocolate, they continued their walk. In the corner of the plaza, a beggar was singing about the fish, accompanied by a guitar. He was a familiar sight, a man dressed poorly and wearing a wide-brimmed hat made from palm leaves. His clothes were a patched frock coat and a pair of loose trousers like those worn by the Chinese, but torn in many places. From under the brim of his hat, two bright eyes shone with light. He was tall and seemed relatively young. He set a basket on the ground and then stepped away from it a little, making strange, unintelligible sounds. He stood there, completely alone, as if he and the people on the street were trying to avoid each other. Women came up to his basket and dropped in fish, fruit, and rice. When there was no one else around the basket, softer but still sad sounds could be heard; perhaps he was thanking them. He picked up his basket and moved on to do the same elsewhere.

Maria Clara felt that this was a pitiful case. Full of interest, she asked about the strange being.

Maria Clara thought this was a sad situation. Intrigued, she asked about the unusual person.

“It is a leper,” replied Iday. “He contracted the disease some four years ago; some say by taking care of his mother, others by having been confined in a damp prison. He lives there in the field near the Chinese cemetery. He does not communicate with any one: everybody flees from him on account of the fear of contagion. You should see his fantastic little house! The wind, the rain and the sunshine go in and out of it as a needle goes through cloth. They have prohibited him from touching anything belonging to anybody. One day a little child fell into the canal. The canal was deep, but this man happened to be passing near and helped to get the little child out. The child’s father learned of it, made a complaint to the gobernadorcillo and the latter ordered that he be given six stripes in the middle of the street, the whip to be afterwards burned. That was atrocious! The leper ran away howling; they pursued him and the gobernadorcillo cried out: ‘Catch him! One might better be drowned than have that disease!’”

“It’s a leper,” Iday replied. “He got the disease about four years ago; some say it was from taking care of his mother, others think it was from being locked up in a damp prison. He lives out there in the field near the Chinese cemetery. He doesn’t talk to anyone: everyone avoids him because they’re scared of catching the disease. You should see his strange little house! The wind, rain, and sunshine come and go from it like a needle through fabric. They’ve forbidden him from touching anything that belongs to anyone else. One day, a little child fell into the canal. The canal was deep, but this man happened to be passing by and helped get the child out. The child’s father found out about it, made a complaint to the gobernadorcillo, and the latter ordered that he be whipped six times in the middle of the street, with the whip being burned afterward. That was terrible! The leper ran away screaming; they chased after him, and the gobernadorcillo shouted: ‘Catch him! It’s better to drown than to have that disease!’”

“That is true,” murmured Maria Clara. And then, without noticing what she was doing, she went up to the basket of the unfortunate wretch and dropped into it the relic which her father had just presented to her.

“That’s true,” murmured Maria Clara. And then, not realizing what she was doing, she walked over to the basket of the unfortunate man and dropped in the relic that her father had just given her.

“What have you done?” her friends asked her.

“What did you do?” her friends asked her.

“I have nothing else to give him,” she replied, concealing the tears in her eyes by a smile.

“I have nothing else to give him,” she replied, hiding the tears in her eyes with a smile.

“And what is he going to do with the relic?” said Victoria to her. “One day they gave him money but he pushed it away from him with his cane. Why would he care for it, if no one would accept anything coming from him? If he could only eat the relic!”

“And what’s he going to do with the relic?” Victoria asked her. “One day they offered him money, but he pushed it away with his cane. Why would he care about it if no one would accept anything from him? If only he could eat the relic!”

Maria Clara looked longingly at the women who were selling provisions and shrugged her shoulders. [91]

Maria Clara gazed wistfully at the women selling supplies and shrugged her shoulders. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

But the leper approached the basket, picked up the piece of jewelry which shone in his hands, knelt down, kissed it, and, after taking off his hat, buried his face in the dust on which the young girl had walked.

But the leper approached the basket, picked up the piece of jewelry that glimmered in his hands, knelt down, kissed it, and, after removing his hat, buried his face in the dust where the young girl had walked.

Maria Clara hid her face behind her fan and raised her handkerchief to her eyes. [92]

Maria Clara covered her face with her fan and brought her handkerchief to her eyes. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XVI.

The Hoisting Crane.

While two of the actors were singing the Incarnatus est in the church at the celebration of mass on the last day of the fiesta, and all were kneeling and the priests were bowing their heads, a man whispered in Ibarra’s ear: “During the ceremony of the blessing of the corner stone, do not go near the priest, do not go in the ditch, do not approach the corner stone. Your life will depend on it.”

While two of the actors were singing the Incarnatus est in the church during the last mass of the fiesta, everyone was kneeling and the priests were bowing their heads. A man whispered in Ibarra’s ear: “During the blessing of the corner stone, stay away from the priest, don’t go into the ditch, and don’t get near the corner stone. Your life depends on it.”

Ibarra looked and saw that it was Elias, the pilot, but, as soon as he had spoken, he lost himself in the crowd.

Ibarra looked and saw that it was Elias, the pilot, but as soon as he spoke, he blended into the crowd.

The yellow-skinned man kept his word. It was not a simple lifting crane which he had built over the ditch for the purpose of lowering the enormous block of granite. It was not the mere tripod which Ñor Juan had wanted for holding a tackle-block. It was something more. It was at the same time a machine and an ornament, grand and imposing.

The yellow-skinned man fulfilled his promise. It wasn’t just an ordinary crane he built over the ditch to lower the huge block of granite. It wasn’t the simple tripod that Ñor Juan had wanted for holding a tackle-block. It was something more. It was both a machine and a piece of art, grand and impressive.

The confusing and complicated scaffolding had been raised to a height of more than eight meters. Four heavy timbers buried in the ground and supporting each other with colossal, diagonal braces, served as the base. The braces were joined to each other by immense nails, about half driven into the wood, perhaps because the apparatus was only of a provisional nature, and it could then be more easily taken down. Enormous cables were hanging from all sides, giving the entire apparatus an aspect of solidity and grandeur. The top was gay with flags and banners of various colors, floating pennants, and massive garlands of flowers and leaves, all artistically interwoven.

The confusing and complicated scaffolding had been raised to a height of more than eight meters. Four heavy timbers were buried in the ground and supported each other with massive, diagonal braces, forming the base. The braces were connected with huge nails, about halfway driven into the wood, possibly because the setup was temporary and could be taken down more easily. Huge cables hung from all sides, giving the whole structure an impression of stability and grandeur. The top was bright with flags and banners of different colors, fluttering pennants, and large garlands of flowers and leaves, all creatively intertwined.

On high, in the shade of the projecting timbers, banners and wreaths, a large three-wheeled tackle-block was suspended by ropes and iron hooks. Over the shining [93]rims of these pulleys great cables passed, holding suspended in the air a massive stone. The center of this stone had been chiseled out so that when lowered upon the hollowed stone, which had already been placed in the ditch, a small enclosure would be formed between the two. This space was to contain an account of the ceremonies, newspapers, manuscripts and coins, to be transmitted, perhaps, to other generations, in the far distant future. From this tackle-block at the top of the structure, the cable passed down to another smaller pulley which was fastened at the base of the apparatus. Through this pulley, the cable passed to the cylinder of a windlass which was held to the ground by massive beams. This windlass which can be operated by only two hands, multiplies man’s strength by means of a series of cog-wheels. Although there is a gain in force, there is of course a loss in velocity.

High above, in the shade of the protruding beams, banners and wreaths hung, while a large three-wheeled tackle-block was held up by ropes and iron hooks. Great cables ran over the shiny [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] rims of these pulleys, suspending a massive stone in the air. The center of this stone had been carved out so that when it was lowered onto the hollowed stone already placed in the ditch, a small space would be created between the two. This space was meant to hold an account of the ceremonies, newspapers, manuscripts, and coins, which might be passed down to future generations. From the tackle-block at the top of the structure, the cable ran down to a smaller pulley fixed at the base of the setup. Through this pulley, the cable continued to the cylinder of a windlass secured to the ground by heavy beams. This windlass, which can be operated with just two hands, amplifies human strength through a series of cog-wheels. While there is an increase in force, there is, of course, a reduction in speed.

“Look!” said the yellow-skinned man, as he gave the crank a turn. “Look, Ñor Juan, with my strength alone, I can raise and lower that massive block of stone. This is so nicely arranged that I can control the ascent or descent of the stone by inches. Thus one man below can arrange the two stones in place, while I manipulate the apparatus from here.”

“Look!” said the yellow-skinned man as he turned the crank. “Check this out, Ñor Juan, with just my strength, I can lift and lower that huge block of stone. It’s set up so well that I can control the stone’s movement by inches. This way, one person below can position the two stones while I operate the equipment from up here.”

Ñor Juan could but admire the man as he smiled in such a peculiar manner. The curious people standing about made comments and praised the yellow-skinned man for his work.

Ñor Juan could only admire the man as he smiled in such a strange way. The curious people standing around made comments and praised the yellow-skinned man for his work.

“Who taught you the mechanism?” asked Ñor Juan.

“Who showed you how it works?” asked Ñor Juan.

“My father, my father who is now dead,” he replied, with that same peculiar smile.

“My father, my father who is now gone,” he replied, with that same strange smile.

“And who taught your father?”

"Who taught your dad?"

“Don Saturnino, the grandfather of Don Crisostomo.”

“Don Saturnino, the grandfather of Don Crisostomo.”

“I did not know that Don Saturnino——”

“I didn’t know that Don Saturnino——”

“Oh, he knew a good many things. Not only did he know how to whip well and how to expose his workmen to the rays of the sun, but he knew also how to awaken the sleeping and how to make those awake sleep. In time, you will see what my father has taught me, you will see!”

“Oh, he knew a lot of things. Not only did he know how to whip well and how to expose his workers to the sun, but he also knew how to wake the sleeping and how to make those awake fall asleep. In time, you will see what my father has taught me, you will see!”

And the yellow fellow smiled in a strange manner.

And the yellow guy smiled in a weird way.

At two eating stands, there was now being prepared a sumptuous and abundant breakfast. However, on the [94]table designated for the little ones of the school, there was no wine, but instead a larger amount of fruit. In a covered passage which joined the two stands, there were seats for the musicians and a table covered with sweetmeats, candies and flasks of water, ornamented with leaves and flowers, for the thirsty public.

At two food stalls, a delicious and plentiful breakfast was being prepared. However, on the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]table set aside for the kids at school, there was no wine, just a lot more fruit. In a covered walkway that connected the two stalls, there were seats for the musicians and a table filled with sweets, candies, and bottles of water, decorated with leaves and flowers, for the thirsty crowd.

The crowd, resplendent in gay-colored clothes, was already fleeing from the hot rays of the sun and gathering under the shade of the trees or of the covering. The small boys climbed the trees near the place, in order to get a better view of the ceremony, and looked with envy upon the school children, who, clean and well dressed, were occupying a place designated for them. The fathers of the school children were enthusiastic. They, poor countrymen that they were, would have the pleasure of seeing their children eat on a white table cloth, just like the curate and the Alcalde. Merely to think of it was enough to drive away their hunger.

The crowd, dressed in bright colorful clothes, was already escaping the scorching sun and gathering in the shade of the trees or under covers. The little boys climbed the nearby trees to get a better view of the ceremony and looked at the school kids with envy, who were clean and well-dressed, sitting in the spot designated for them. The fathers of these school children were excited. They, being humble farmers, would get the joy of watching their kids eat on a white tablecloth, just like the priest and the mayor. Just thinking about it was enough to make them forget their own hunger.

Soon strains of music were heard in the distance. A promiscuous crowd of persons of all ages and dress was preceding the band. The yellow-looking man was uneasy and was examining the whole apparatus. A curious countryman was also following his glances and was observing every movement he made. This countryman was Elias, who had also come to attend the ceremony. His hat and his style of dress almost concealed his identity. He had secured the best possible place for himself, right up close to the crane, on the edge of the excavation.

Soon, music started playing in the distance. A lively crowd of people of all ages and outfits was following the band. The pale-looking man seemed anxious and was inspecting everything around him. A curious local was also tracking his gaze and watching every move he made. This local was Elias, who had come to attend the ceremony as well. His hat and clothing almost hid his identity. He had found the best spot for himself, right up next to the crane, at the edge of the excavation.

With the band of music came the Alcalde, the officials of the town, the friars, with the exception of Father Dámaso, and the Spanish employees of the Government. Ibarra was conversing with the Alcalde, for they had become quite friendly from the time the young man paid him some high compliments on his insignia, decorations and cordon. Pride in belonging to an aristocratic family was a weakness of His Excellency. Captain Tiago, the alferez and several wealthy persons, with their shining silk hats, walked along, surrounded by a group of youngsters. Father Salví followed, the same as ever, silent and pensive.

With the band playing, the Alcalde, town officials, and friars—except for Father Dámaso—came along, along with the Spanish government employees. Ibarra was chatting with the Alcalde, as they had become quite friendly after Ibarra complimented him on his insignia, decorations, and cordon. His Excellency took pride in being from an aristocratic family, which was one of his weaknesses. Captain Tiago, the alferez, and several wealthy individuals, all in their shiny silk hats, walked by, surrounded by a group of young people. Father Salví followed along, just like always, silent and reflective.

The young man could feel his heart beat as they approached [95]the designated place. Instinctively, he glanced at the strange-looking scaffolding which had been raised there. He saw, too, the yellow-looking man who saluted him with respect, and, for a moment, Ibarra fixed his eyes on him. To his surprise, Ibarra also discovered Elias on the edge of the excavation. He gave the young pilot a significant look, letting him understand that he remembered what he had said in the church.

The young man could feel his heart beat as they approached [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the designated place. Instinctively, he glanced at the strange-looking scaffolding that had been set up there. He also noticed the man with the yellowish skin who greeted him with respect, and for a moment, Ibarra locked eyes with him. To his surprise, Ibarra also spotted Elias at the edge of the excavation. He gave the young pilot a meaningful look, making it clear that he remembered what he had said in the church.

The curate put on his sacerdotal vestments and began the ceremony. The one-eyed sacristan mayor held the book and a choir boy was charged with the water-sprinkler and the vessel of blessed water. The others who stood around about, their heads uncovered, maintained a deep silence. In spite of the fact that Father Salví read in a low tone, it could be noticed that his voice trembled.

The curate put on his priestly vestments and started the ceremony. The one-eyed sacristan mayor held the book while a choir boy was in charge of the water-sprinkler and the container of blessed water. The others who stood around, with their heads uncovered, kept a deep silence. Even though Father Salví read in a soft tone, it was clear that his voice trembled.

In the meantime the articles, such as manuscripts, newspapers, medals and coins, which were to be placed in the corner stone had been enclosed in a little glass box, and hermetically sealed in a leaden cylinder.

In the meantime, the items, like manuscripts, newspapers, medals, and coins, that were meant to be placed in the cornerstone had been put in a small glass box and sealed tightly inside a lead cylinder.

“Señor Ibarra, do you wish to put the box in its place? The curate awaits it,” said the Alcalde to Ibarra.

“Mr. Ibarra, do you want to put the box in its place? The priest is waiting for it,” said the Mayor to Ibarra.

“I would do so with much pleasure,” replied he, “but I would be usurping the honorable duty of the Señor Notary. The Notary ought to attest the act.”

“I’d be happy to do that,” he replied, “but I would be taking away the honorable responsibility of the Notary. The Notary should be the one to confirm the act.”

The Notary took it seriously, descended the carpeted stairs to the bottom of the excavation and, with fitting solemnity, deposited the box in the hollow which had been made in the stone. The curate then took up the sprinkler and sprinkled the stones with holy water.

The Notary took it seriously, went down the carpeted stairs to the bottom of the excavation and, with appropriate solemnity, placed the box in the hollow created in the stone. The curate then picked up the sprinkler and sprinkled the stones with holy water.

The time had now come for each one to put his trowelful of mortar on the surface of the stone, which lay in the ditch, so that the other stone might fit upon it and be made to adhere to it.

The time had now come for each person to scoop a trowelful of mortar onto the surface of the stone, which lay in the ditch, so that the other stone could sit on top of it and adhere to it.

Ibarra presented the Alcalde with a trowel, upon whose wide silver blade was engraved the date. But His Excellency first delivered an address in Spanish.

Ibarra gave the Alcalde a trowel, which had the date engraved on its wide silver blade. However, His Excellency first delivered a speech in Spanish.

“Citizens of San Diego,” he said in a solemn tone. “I have the honor to preside at a ceremony the importance of which you already understand. A school is being founded. The school is the base of society. The school is the book in which is written the future of the people. Show me [96]the schools of a people and I will tell you what those people are.

“Citizens of San Diego,” he said in a serious tone. “I’m honored to lead a ceremony that you already recognize as significant. A school is being established. The school is the foundation of society. The school is the book that writes the future of the community. Show me [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the schools of a community and I’ll tell you what that community is like.”

“Citizens of San Diego! Thank God that he has given you virtuous priests; and the Mother Country that she untiringly diffuses her civilization over these fertile islands, protected by her glorious flag. Thank God that she has had pity for you, bringing you these humble priests that they may enlighten you and teach you the divine word. Thank the Government for the great sacrifices it has made, makes now and will make in the future for you and your sons.

“Citizens of San Diego! Thank goodness that you have dedicated priests; and the Mother Country for tirelessly spreading its civilization over these rich islands, protected by its glorious flag. Thank goodness that she has shown compassion for you, bringing you these devoted priests to enlighten you and teach you the divine word. Thank the Government for the significant sacrifices it has made, is making now, and will make in the future for you and your children."

“And now that the first stone of this great edifice has been blessed, I, Alcalde Mayor of this province, in the name of His Majesty, the King, whom God guard, King of the Spains, in the name of the illustrious Spanish Government, and under its spotless and ever victorious banner, I consecrate this act and begin the building of this school.

“And now that the first stone of this great building has been blessed, I, Mayor of this province, on behalf of His Majesty, the King, whom God protect, King of Spain, in the name of the esteemed Spanish Government, and under its flawless and ever-victorious banner, I dedicate this act and start the construction of this school.

“Citizens of San Diego! Long live the King! Long live Spain! Long live the Church! Long live the priests! Long live the Catholic religion!”

“Citizens of San Diego! Long live the King! Long live Spain! Long live the Church! Long live the priests! Long live the Catholic faith!”

Viva! Viva!” replied the others. “Long live the Alcalde!”

Viva! Viva!” replied the others. “Long live the Mayor!”

The Alcalde majestically descended to the accompaniment of the music which had begun to play. He placed some trowels of mortar on the stone and with equal majesty ascended the stairs.

The Alcalde made a grand entrance as the music started to play. He laid some trowels of mortar on the stone and, with the same grandness, climbed the stairs.

The Government employees applauded.

Government employees cheered.

Ibarra offered another silver trowel to the curate, who, after fixing his eyes on him for a moment, descended slowly to the bottom of the excavation. When about half way down the stairs, he raised his eyes to look at the stone which hung suspended in the air by the powerful cables, but he only looked at it for a second and then descended. He did the same as the Alcalde had done, but this time more applause was heard, for the Government employees were assisted by the other friars and Captain Tiago.

Ibarra offered another silver trowel to the curate, who, after staring at him for a moment, slowly made his way down to the bottom of the excavation. When he was about halfway down the stairs, he glanced up at the stone that was suspended in the air by the strong cables, but he only looked at it for a second before continuing down. He did the same thing that the Alcalde had done, but this time there was more applause, as the government employees were joined by the other friars and Captain Tiago.

Father Salví seemed to be searching for some one to whom to hand the trowel. He looked with hesitation toward Maria Clara, but, changing his mind, he offered [97]it to the Notary. The latter, for the sake of gallantry, approached Maria Clara, who declined it with a smile. The friars, the Government employees and the alferez, one after another went down and repeated the ceremony. Captain Tiago was not forgotten.

Father Salví appeared to be looking for someone to hand the trowel to. He hesitated and glanced at Maria Clara, but then changed his mind and offered it to the Notary. The Notary, being gallant, approached Maria Clara, but she declined with a smile. The friars, the government employees, and the alferez each took their turn, going down and repeating the ceremony. Captain Tiago was not overlooked.

Ibarra had been omitted. He was about to order the yellow man to lower the other stone, when the curate remembered him. In a pleasant tone and, with an affectation of familiarity, he said to him. “Aren’t you going to put on your trowelful, Señor Ibarra?”

Ibarra had been overlooked. He was about to tell the yellow man to lower the other stone when the curate remembered him. In a friendly tone, and pretending to be familiar, he said to him, "Aren’t you going to put on your trowelful, Señor Ibarra?"

“I would be like the fellow who made the stew and then ate it,” replied the young man in the same tone.

“I’d be like the guy who made the stew and then ate it,” replied the young man in the same tone.

“O, go on!” said the Alcalde, giving him a gentle push. “If you don’t, I will order them not to lower the stone and then we will have to wait here till Judgment Day.”

“O, go on!” said the Alcalde, giving him a gentle push. “If you don’t, I’ll tell them not to lower the stone, and then we’ll have to wait here until Judgment Day.”

So terrible a threat forced Ibarra to obey. He exchanged the small silver trowel for a larger iron one, which made some of the people smile. He advanced quietly and descended the stairs. Elias looked at him with an indescribable expression. If you had seen him, you would have thought that all his life was concentrated in his eyes. The yellow man looked down into the abyss opening at his feet.

So serious a threat made Ibarra comply. He swapped the small silver trowel for a larger iron one, which made some people smile. He moved quietly and went down the stairs. Elias looked at him with an indescribable expression. If you had seen him, you would have thought that all his life was focused in his eyes. The yellow man looked down into the void opening at his feet.

Ibarra, after glancing at the stone which hung over his head, and then at Elias and the yellow man, said to Ñor Juan in a trembling voice: “Give me the bucket of mortar and find another trowel for me above.”

Ibarra, after looking up at the stone hanging over him, then at Elias and the yellow man, said to Ñor Juan in a shaky voice: “Hand me the bucket of mortar and get me another trowel from above.”

The young man stood alone. Elias was no longer looking at him; his eyes instead were riveted on the yellow man’s hand, while the latter leaned over the ditch and followed with anxiety the movements of Ibarra.

The young man stood alone. Elias was no longer looking at him; his eyes were instead fixed on the yellow man’s hand, while the latter leaned over the ditch and anxiously followed Ibarra's movements.

The noise of the trowel removing a mass of sand and lime was heard, accompanied by the low murmur of the employees who were congratulating the Alcalde on his address.

The sound of the trowel scraping away a pile of sand and lime could be heard, along with the quiet chatter of the workers who were congratulating the Alcalde on his speech.

Suddenly there was a frightful creaking. The pulley which was tied to the base of the crane jumped and then the windlass struck the apparatus like a battering-ram. The timbers swayed, ropes flew into the air and, in a second, all came down with a terrible crash. A cloud of dust was raised, and a thousand cries filled the air. [98]Nearly all fled; a few hurried to the ditch. Only Maria Clara and Father Salví remained in their places without moving, both pale and silent.

Suddenly, there was a terrifying creak. The pulley attached to the base of the crane jumped, and then the windlass hit the apparatus like a battering ram. The beams swayed, ropes flew into the air, and in an instant, everything came crashing down with a deafening thud. A cloud of dust rose up, and a thousand screams filled the air. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Most people ran away; a few rushed to the ditch. Only Maria Clara and Father Salví stayed in place, both pale and silent.

When the cloud of dust had partially cleared away, Ibarra could be seen standing among a mass of beams, bamboos, and cables, between the windlass and the massive stone, which in its descent had shaken and crushed everything. The young man was still holding the trowel in his hand, his eyes staring with fright at the dead body of a man which was lying at his feet, half buried under the timbers.

When the dust had mostly settled, Ibarra was seen standing among a jumble of beams, bamboo, and cables, between the winch and the heavy stone that had fallen and destroyed everything. The young man was still gripping the trowel in his hand, his eyes wide with horror at the lifeless body of a man lying at his feet, partially buried under the debris.

“Are you hurt?—Are you still alive? For God’s sake speak!” said some of the employees, full of terror.

“Are you hurt? Are you still alive? Please, for God’s sake, say something!” said some of the employees, filled with fear.

“Miracle! a miracle!” cried some.

“OMG! A miracle!” cried some.

“Come and remove the body of this unfortunate man,” said Ibarra, as if awakening from a dream.

“Come and take away the body of this unfortunate man,” said Ibarra, as if waking up from a dream.

On hearing his voice, Maria Clara felt her strength giving way and she fell, half fainting, into the arms of her friends.

On hearing his voice, Maria Clara felt her strength fading, and she collapsed, half unconscious, into the arms of her friends.

Great confusion reigned. Everybody was talking, gesticulating, and running from one side to the other, up and down the stairs, all stupefied and full of consternation.

Great confusion took over. Everyone was talking, waving their hands, and running back and forth, up and down the stairs, all dazed and filled with panic.

“Who is the dead man? Is he still alive?” asked the alferez.

“Who is the dead man? Is he still alive?” asked the alferez.

The body was identified as the yellow workman who had been standing beside the windlass.

The body was identified as the yellow worker who had been standing next to the windlass.

“Let proceedings be brought against the superintendent of the work,” was the first thing that the Alcalde said.

“Let’s take action against the superintendent of the work,” was the first thing that the Alcalde said.

They examined the body, felt of the heart, but it was no longer beating. The blow had fallen on the head and blood was oozing from the nose, ears and mouth. Some strange marks were seen on the man’s neck. There were four deep dents on one side and a single but deeper one on the other. It looked as though an iron hand had grasped it like a pair of pinchers.

They checked the body and touched the heart, but it wasn’t beating anymore. The blow had struck the head, and blood was leaking from the nose, ears, and mouth. Some unusual marks were visible on the man's neck. There were four deep indentations on one side and a single, deeper one on the other. It looked like an iron hand had gripped it like a pair of pliers.

The priests warmly congratulated the young man and shook his hand.

The priests warmly congratulated the young man and shook his hand.

“When I think that only a few moments ago I was standing there,” said one of the employees. “Say! If I had been the last! Jesús![99]

“Just a few moments ago I was standing right there,” said one of the employees. “Wow! If I had been the last one! Jesus![__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“It makes my hair stand on end,” said another, who was bald.

“It makes my hair stand on end,” said another person, who was bald.

Ibarra had departed, to ascertain the condition of Maria Clara.

Ibarra had left to check on how Maria Clara was doing.

“Let this not prevent the festival from continuing,” said the Alcalde. “God be praised! The dead man is neither a priest nor a Spaniard! Your escape must be celebrated! Just think—if the stone had fallen on you!”

“Don’t let this stop the festival,” said the Alcalde. “Thank God! The dead guy isn’t a priest or a Spaniard! We have to celebrate your escape! Just imagine—if that stone had hit you!”

“There is such a thing as a presentiment!” said the Notary. “I said so. Señor Ibarra was reluctant to descend. I saw it!”

“There is such a thing as a feeling of what’s to come!” said the Notary. “I said that. Señor Ibarra didn’t want to come down. I saw it!”

“Let the festival go on! Give us some music! Weeping will not bring the dead man to life. Captain, serve warrants right here! Let the clerk of the tribunal come. Arrest the superintendent of the work!”

“Let the festival continue! Give us some music! Crying won’t bring the dead back to life. Captain, serve the warrants right here! Bring in the court clerk. Arrest the superintendent of the work!”

“Put him in the stocks!”

“Put him in stocks!”

“Put him in the stocks! Eh? Some music, music! Put the maestrillo in the stocks.”

“Put him in the stocks! Huh? Some music, music! Put the maestrillo in the stocks.”

“Señor Alcalde,” replied Ibarra gravely, “if weeping cannot bring the dead man back to life, neither can anything be gained by putting a man in prison when we do not know that he is culpable. I will give bail for him and ask that he be given liberty for some days at least.”

“Mr. Mayor,” Ibarra said seriously, “if crying won’t bring the dead man back to life, then locking someone up won’t help if we don’t know he’s guilty. I’ll put up bail for him and request that he be granted some days of freedom at least.”

“Well, well! But such a misfortune must not be repeated!”

“Well, well! But we can't let such a misfortune happen again!”

All kinds of comments were circulating among the people. The theory that it was a miracle was already accepted. Father Salví, however, seemed to rejoice very little over the miracle, which the people attributed to a saint of his order and of his parish.

All sorts of comments were going around among the people. The idea that it was a miracle was already widely accepted. Father Salví, however, didn't seem to be very happy about the miracle, which the people credited to a saint from his order and his parish.

There were some who claimed to have seen, as the crane was falling, a figure dressed in black like the Franciscans, go down in the ditch. It was without doubt San Diego himself. It was supposed, too, that Ibarra had heard mass and that the yellow man had not. It was all as clear as the light of the sun.

There were some who said they saw, as the crane was falling, a figure dressed in black like the Franciscans, go down into the ditch. It was definitely San Diego himself. It was also believed that Ibarra had gone to mass and that the yellow man had not. It was all as clear as daylight.

Ibarra went home to change his clothes.

Ibarra went home to change his outfit.

“Hm! Bad beginning,” said Old Tasio as he left the place.

“Hm! Not a good start,” said Old Tasio as he left the place.

Ibarra had just finished dressing when a servant announced that a countryman was asking for him. Supposing [100]that it was one of his laborers, the young man ordered that they show him into his study, which also served as a library and a chemical laboratory. But, to his great surprise, he met the muscular figure of the mysterious Elias.

Ibarra had just finished getting dressed when a servant came in to say that a local man was asking for him. Thinking it was one of his workers, the young man told them to bring him into his study, which also acted as a library and a chemistry lab. But, to his great surprise, he found himself face to face with the strong figure of the mysterious Elias.

“You recently saved my life,” said he in Tagalog, at once comprehending Ibarra’s movement. “I have paid you only half of the debt, and you are not indebted to me; rather the contrary. I have come to ask a favor of you....”

“You just saved my life,” he said in Tagalog, immediately understanding Ibarra’s gesture. “I’ve only repaid you half of what I owe, and you don’t owe me anything; it’s the other way around. I’ve come to ask you for a favor....”

“Speak out!” replied the young man, in the same language and somewhat surprised at the gravity of the peasant.

“Speak up!” replied the young man, in the same language and a bit surprised by the seriousness of the peasant.

For some seconds, Elias looked fixedly into Ibarra’s eyes and then replied: “If human justice should ever wish to clear up this mystery, I beg of you not to speak to any one about the warning that I gave you in the church.”

For a few seconds, Elias stared intensely into Ibarra’s eyes and then said, “If human justice ever wants to unravel this mystery, please don’t talk to anyone about the warning I gave you in the church.”

“Don’t be troubled about that,” replied the young man with a certain note of displeasure in his voice. “I know that they are hunting you, but I am no informer.”

“Don’t worry about that,” the young man replied, his voice carrying a hint of annoyance. “I know they’re after you, but I’m not a snitch.”

“Oh, it is not for my sake, it is not for me!” exclaimed Elias, not without some pride. “It is for your sake. I have nothing to fear from men.”

“Oh, it’s not for my sake, it’s not for me!” Elias exclaimed, a bit proudly. “It’s for your sake. I have nothing to fear from others.”

Ibarra’s surprise increased. The tone in which the countryman was speaking was new to him and did not seem to be in accord either with his state or his fortune.

Ibarra’s surprise grew. The way the countryman was talking was unfamiliar to him and didn’t seem to match his situation or his status.

“What do you mean?” asked Ibarra, interrogating the mysterious man with his look.

“What do you mean?” Ibarra asked, studying the mysterious man with his gaze.

“I do not speak in enigmas; I try to express myself clearly. For your greater security, it is necessary that your enemies think you unsuspecting and off your guard.”

“I don’t speak in riddles; I try to say what I mean clearly. For your own safety, it’s important that your enemies believe you’re unsuspecting and not paying attention.”

Ibarra stepped back.

Ibarra took a step back.

“My enemies? Have I enemies?”

"My enemies? Do I have enemies?"

“All of us have, sir, all from the lowest insect to man, from the poorest to the richest and most powerful. Enmity is the law of life. You have enemies in the highest and in the lowest ranks. You are planning a great undertaking; you have a past; your father, your grandfather had enemies because they had passion. In life it is not criminals who provoke the most hatred, but rather honorable men.”

“All of us have, sir, from the smallest insect to humans, from the poorest to the wealthiest and most powerful. Hatred is the rule of life. You have enemies at both the highest and lowest levels. You’re planning something significant; you have a history; your father and your grandfather had enemies because they were passionate. In life, it’s not criminals who stir up the most hatred, but rather honorable people.”

“Do you know my enemies?” [101]

“Do you know my foes?” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Elias did not reply at once, but meditated.

Elias didn't respond right away, but he thought about it.

“I knew one, the one who has died,” he replied. “Last night I discovered that something was being plotted against you, through some words that were exchanged between him and an unknown man who lost himself in the crowd. ‘The fish will not eat this one as they did his father; you will see to-morrow,’ said he. These words attracted my attention, not only on account of their meaning but because they were spoken by this man, who only a few days ago had presented himself to the superintendent of the work with the express desire that he be given charge of the work of placing the corner stone. He did not ask for a large wage, but made a great show of his knowledge. I had no sufficient reasons to attribute evil designs to him, but something told me that my suspicions were right. For this reason, in order to warn you, I chose a moment and an occasion when you could not ask me any questions. You already know the rest.”

“I knew one, the one who has died,” he replied. “Last night I found out that something was being planned against you, through some words exchanged between him and an unknown man who got lost in the crowd. ‘The fish won’t eat this one like they did his father; you'll see tomorrow,’ he said. These words caught my attention, not only because of their meaning but also because they were said by this man, who just a few days ago approached the superintendent of the work wanting to be in charge of laying the cornerstone. He didn’t ask for a high wage but made a big deal out of his knowledge. I didn't have enough reasons to think he meant harm, but something told me my suspicions were correct. For that reason, to warn you, I picked a moment and an occasion when you couldn’t ask me any questions. You already know the rest.”

Elias was then silent for some moments; yet Ibarra did not reply nor utter a word. He was meditating.

Elias was quiet for a few moments, but Ibarra didn't respond or say anything. He was deep in thought.

“I am sorry that the man is dead,” he replied at last. “We might have been able to learn something more about it from him.”

“I’m sorry that the man is dead,” he finally replied. “We might have been able to learn something more from him.”

“If he had lived he would have escaped from the trembling hand of blind, human justice. God has now judged him! God has killed him! Let God be the only judge!”

“If he had lived, he would have escaped the shaky grip of blind human justice. God has now judged him! God has killed him! Let God be the only judge!”

Crisostomo looked a moment at the man who was speaking to him in this manner. He noticed that his muscular arms were covered with bruises and black and blue spots.

Crisostomo glanced for a moment at the man talking to him this way. He saw that his muscular arms were marked with bruises and black and blue spots.

“Do you also believe in the miracle version of the affair?” he said, smiling—“this miracle of which the people speak?”

“Do you also believe in the miracle version of the affair?” he asked, smiling—“this miracle that people talk about?”

“If I believed in miracles, I would not believe in God. I would believe in a deified man. In fact, I would believe that man had created God after his image and likeness,” he replied solemnly. “But I believe in Him. More than once I have felt His hand. When all was falling headlong, threatening destruction for everything which was in the [102]place, I Held the criminal. I put myself by his side. He was struck and I am safe and sound.”

“If I believed in miracles, I wouldn’t believe in God. I would think a man was made into a god. Actually, I’d believe that people created God in their own image and likeness,” he said seriously. “But I believe in Him. I've felt His presence more than once. When everything was falling apart and disaster was looming for everyone in the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]place, I stood by the criminal. I stood by his side. He was hit, and I’m perfectly fine.”

“You? So that you...?”

"You? To what end...?"

“Yes! I held him when he wanted to escape, once he had begun his fatal work. I saw his crime. I say: ‘Let God be the only judge among men. Let Him be the only one who has the right to take away life. Let man never think of substituting himself for him!

“Yes! I held him when he wanted to run away, after he started his deadly work. I witnessed his crime. I say: ‘Let God be the only judge among people. Let Him be the only one who has the right to take away life. Let no one ever think of replacing Him!’”

“And, still you this time....”

"And, still you this time..."

“No!” interrupted Elias, foreseeing the objection that he was going to raise. “It is not the same thing. When a man as judge condemns another to death or destroys his future forever, he does it with impunity and makes use of the force of other men to carry out his sentence. Yet, after all, the sentence may be wrong and unjust. But I, in exposing the criminal to the same danger which he had prepared for others, ran the same risks. I did not kill him. I allowed the hand of God to kill him.”

“No!” interrupted Elias, anticipating the objection he was about to raise. “It's not the same thing. When a man judges and condemns another to death or ruins his future permanently, he does it without fear of consequences and uses the strength of others to enforce his ruling. Yet, that ruling could ultimately be wrong and unfair. But I, by exposing the criminal to the same danger he planned for others, faced the same risks. I didn’t kill him. I let God handle it.”

“Do you not believe in chance?”

“Don’t you believe in luck?”

“To believe in chance is like believing in miracles. Both theories suppose that God does not know the future. What is a casualty? A happening which absolutely nobody knows beforehand. What is a miracle? A contradiction, a contortion of the laws of nature. Lack of foresight and contradiction in the All Knowing, who directs the machinery of the world, are two great imperfections.”

“To believe in chance is like believing in miracles. Both ideas assume that God doesn’t know the future. What is a coincidence? A happening that absolutely nobody can predict. What is a miracle? A contradiction, a bending of the laws of nature. Lack of foresight and contradiction in the All Knowing, who guides the workings of the world, are two major flaws.”

“Who are you?” Ibarra asked again, with a certain dread. “Have you studied?”

“Who are you?” Ibarra asked again, feeling a bit anxious. “Have you studied?”

“I have had to believe in God a great deal because I have lost my faith in men,” replied the pilot, evading the question.

“I’ve had to believe in God a lot because I’ve lost my faith in people,” replied the pilot, dodging the question.

Ibarra thought that he understood this man; young and proscribed, he disregarded human justice; denied the right of man to judge his equals, he protested against power and superiority of certain classes of men over others.

Ibarra believed he understood this man; young and an outcast, he ignored human justice; denied people's right to judge their peers, he stood against the power and dominance of certain classes over others.

“But you must admit the necessity of human justice, however imperfect it may be,” he replied. “God, although he has ministers on the earth, cannot, that is to say, cannot clearly give his judgment upon the millions of contentions which are stirred up by our passions. It [103]is necessary, it is just, that a man should sometimes judge his fellows.”

“But you have to acknowledge the need for human justice, no matter how flawed it is,” he replied. “God, even though he has representatives on Earth, is unable, or rather, cannot effectively provide his judgment on the countless disputes caused by our passions. It [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]is necessary and fair that a person should sometimes judge others.”

“For good, yes; for bad, no. To correct and improve, yes; but not to destroy, for if he fails in his judgment, there is no power that can remedy the evil that has been done. But,” he added, changing his tone, “this discussion is beyond and above me, and I am keeping you from those who are now awaiting you. But do not forget what I have just said: You have enemies. Take care of yourself for the good of your country!” [104]

“For good, yes; for bad, no. To correct and improve, yes; but not to destroy, because if he makes a wrong judgment, there’s no power that can fix the harm that’s been done. But,” he said, changing his tone, “this discussion is beyond me, and I’m keeping you from those who are waiting for you now. But don’t forget what I just said: You have enemies. Take care of yourself for the good of your country!” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XVII.

The Banquet.

There, under the shade of the decorated pavilion, the great men of the province were banqueting. The Alcalde occupied one end of the table; Ibarra, the other. On the young man’s right sat Maria Clara, and on his left, the Notary. Captain Tiago, the alferez, the gobernadorcillo, the friars, the employees, and the few señoritas who were present were seated, not according to rank but according to their own fancy.

There, under the shade of the beautiful pavilion, the influential leaders of the province were enjoying a banquet. The Alcalde sat at one end of the table; Ibarra was at the other. To the young man's right was Maria Clara, and to his left was the Notary. Captain Tiago, the alferez, the gobernadorcillo, the friars, the staff, and the few young women who were there were seated, not by rank but by their own preference.

The banquet was very animated, but, before it was half over, a messenger with a telegram came in search of Captain Tiago. The Captain asked permission to read the message, and naturally all begged of him to do so.

The banquet was lively, but before it was halfway through, a messenger arrived with a telegram for Captain Tiago. The Captain asked if he could read the message, and of course, everyone urged him to do so.

The worthy Captain at first knit his eyebrows; and then raised them. His face became pale, and then brightened up. Doubling up the sheet of paper hurriedly, he arose.

The worthy Captain initially furrowed his brows; then he lifted them. His face went pale and then brightened. Quickly folding the sheet of paper, he got up.

“Gentlemen,” said he, confused, “His Excellency, the Governor General, is coming this afternoon to honor my house.”

“Gentlemen,” he said, feeling confused, “The Governor General is coming to my place this afternoon to pay a visit.”

And then he started on a run, taking with him the telegram and the napkin, but not his hat. All sorts of questions and exclamations were shouted after him. The announcement of the coming of the tulisanes could not have had a greater effect. “But listen! When does he come? Tell us about it! His Excellency!” But Captain Tiago was already far away.

And then he took off running, grabbing the telegram and the napkin, but leaving his hat behind. People shouted all kinds of questions and exclamations after him. The news about the arrival of the tulisanes couldn't have made a bigger impact. “But wait! When does he arrive? Tell us about it! His Excellency!” But Captain Tiago was already out of sight.

“His Excellency is coming and will be a guest at Captain Tiago’s house!” exclaimed some one, without considering that the Captain’s daughter and future son-in-law were present.

“His Excellency is coming and will be a guest at Captain Tiago’s house!” someone exclaimed, not taking into account that the Captain’s daughter and future son-in-law were present.

“The choice could not have been a better one,” replied another.

“The choice couldn't have been better,” replied another.

The friars looked at each other. Their expressions [105]seemed to say: “The Governor General is committing another of his errors, offending us in this way. He ought to be the guest of the convent.” But despite the fact that they thought this, they all kept silent and no one of them expressed his opinion.

The friars exchanged glances. Their faces [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] appeared to communicate: “The Governor General is making another mistake, insulting us like this. He should be a guest at the convent.” However, even though they felt this way, they all stayed quiet and none of them voiced their thoughts.

“Even yesterday he was speaking to me about it,” said the Alcalde, “but, at that time, His Excellency was not decided.”

“Even yesterday he was talking to me about it,” said the Alcalde, “but, at that time, His Excellency hadn’t made up his mind.”

“Do you know, Your Excellency, Señor Alcalde, how long the Governor General intends to remain here?” asked the alferez, a little uneasy.

“Do you know, Your Excellency, Señor Alcalde, how long the Governor General plans to stay here?” asked the alferez, feeling a bit uneasy.

“No, not positively. His Excellency likes surprises.”

“No, not really. His Excellency enjoys surprises.”

“Here come some other telegrams!”

“Here come some other texts!”

The messages were for the Alcalde, the alferez, and the gobernadorcillo, and announced the same thing to each of them. The friars noticed that none came addressed to the curate.

The messages were for the Alcalde, the alferez, and the gobernadorcillo, and they all announced the same thing to each of them. The friars noticed that none of them were addressed to the curate.

“His Excellency will arrive at four o’clock this afternoon, gentlemen,” said the Alcalde solemnly. “We can finish at our leisure.”

“His Excellency will arrive at four o’clock this afternoon, gentlemen,” said the Alcalde solemnly. “We can finish at our leisure.”

Leonidas, in the pass of Thermopylæ, could not have said with better grace “To-night we will dine with Pluto.”

Leonidas, at the pass of Thermopylæ, couldn’t have said it better: “Tonight we’ll have dinner with Pluto.”

“I notice the absence of our great preacher,” said one of the government employees timidly. The speaker had an inoffensive look and before this had not opened his mouth, except to eat, during the entire morning.

“I notice that our great preacher is missing,” said one of the government employees hesitantly. The speaker had a harmless appearance and hadn't said a word, except to eat, the whole morning.

All who knew the life of Crisostomo’s father twitched their eyes significantly and seemed to say by their movements: “Go on! It’s a bad beginning that you have made!” But others, more benevolently disposed, replied: “He must be somewhat fatigued.”

All who knew Crisostomo’s dad exchanged knowing glances and seemed to convey with their gestures: “Keep going! You’ve really started off on the wrong foot!” But others, with a kinder attitude, responded: “He must be a bit tired.”

“What? Somewhat fatigued!” exclaimed the alferez. “Why, he must be exhausted. What did you think of the sermon this morning?”

“What? A bit tired!” exclaimed the alferez. “Wow, he must be worn out. What did you think of the sermon this morning?”

“Superb, gigantic!” said the Notary.

“Awesome, huge!” said the Notary.

“To be able to speak like Father Dámaso, a man needs lungs,” observed Father Manuel Martin.

“To speak like Father Dámaso, you need lungs,” noted Father Manuel Martin.

The Augustine did not concede more than lung power.

The Augustine didn't give up more than sheer breath.

“And such easiness of expression,” added Father Salví.

“And such ease of expression,” added Father Salví.

“Do you know that Señor Ibarra has the best cook in the [106]province,” remarked the Alcalde, cutting off the conversation.

“Do you know that Señor Ibarra has the best cook in the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]province?” the Alcalde said, interrupting the conversation.

“So they say,” replied one of the Government employees, “but his fair neighbor does not wish to do honor to his table, for she scarcely takes a mouthful.”

“So they say,” replied one of the government employees, “but his fair neighbor doesn’t want to honor his table, since she hardly takes a bite.”

Maria Clara blushed.

Maria Clara felt embarrassed.

“I thank you, Senor.... You occupy yourself too much about me ... but ...” she said timidly.

“I thank you, Sir... You care too much about me... but...” she said shyly.

“But your presence honors him sufficiently,” concluded the gallant Alcalde. Then turning to Father Salví: “Father Curate, I notice that you have been silent and pensive all day long.”

“But your presence honors him enough,” concluded the gallant Alcalde. Then turning to Father Salví: “Father Curate, I’ve noticed you’ve been quiet and lost in thought all day.”

“It is my nature,” muttered the Franciscan. “I would rather listen than talk.”

“It’s just who I am,” muttered the Franciscan. “I’d rather listen than talk.”

“Your Reverence seeks always to gain and never to lose,” replied the alferez, in a joking manner.

“Your Reverence always wants to gain and never to lose,” replied the alferez, jokingly.

But Father Salví did not take it as a joke. His eyes flashed a moment and he replied: “You know very well, Señor Alferez, that, during these days, I am not the one who gains most!”

But Father Salví didn't see it as a joke. His eyes flashed for a moment, and he responded, “You know very well, Señor Alférez, that during these days, I'm not the one who benefits the most!”

The alferez overlooked the fling with a false laugh and pretended not to hear it.

The alferez dismissed the comment with a fake laugh and acted like he didn't hear it.

“But, gentlemen, I do not understand how you can be talking about gains and losses,” intervened the Alcalde. “What will these amiable and discreet young women, who honor us with their presence, think of us? To my mind, the young women are like Æolian harps in the night. It is only necessary to lend an attentive ear to hear them, for their unspeakable harmonies elevate the soul to the celestial spheres of the infinite and of the ideal....”

“But, gentlemen, I don’t understand how you can be discussing gains and losses,” interrupted the Alcalde. “What will these lovely and polite young women, who are gracing us with their presence, think of us? To me, the young women are like Aeolian harps in the night. You just need to listen closely to hear them, because their indescribable melodies uplift the soul to the heavenly realms of the infinite and the ideal…”

“Your Excellency is a poet,” said the Notary gayly; and both drained their wine glasses.

“Your Excellency is a poet,” said the Notary cheerfully; and both finished their wine glasses.

“I cannot help it,” said the Alcalde, wiping his lips. “The occasion, if it does not always make the thief, makes the poet. In my youth I composed verses, and they certainly were not bad ones.”

“I can’t help it,” said the Alcalde, wiping his lips. “The occasion, while it doesn’t always create the thief, definitely creates the poet. In my younger days, I wrote poetry, and it was actually pretty good.”

“So Your Excellency has been unfaithful to the Muses, deserting them for Themis.”

“So Your Excellency has been unfaithful to the Muses, leaving them for Themis.”

“Psh!” What would you do? It has always been my dream to run through the whole social scale. Yesterday I was gathering flowers, and singing songs; to-day I hold [107]the wand of Justice and serve Humanity. To-morrow....”

“Psh!” What would you do? It’s always been my dream to experience every level of society. Yesterday I was picking flowers and singing; today I hold [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the wand of Justice and serve Humanity. Tomorrow....”

“To-morrow Your Excellency will throw the wand into the fire to warm yourself with it in the winter of life, and will then take a portfolio in the Ministry,” added Father Sibyla.

“Tomorrow, Your Excellency will throw the wand into the fire to warm yourself during the winter of life and will then take a position in the Ministry,” added Father Sibyla.

“Psh! Yes ... no.... To be a Minister is not precisely my ideal. The unexpected always happens, though. A little villa in the north of Spain to pass the summer in, a mansion in Madrid, and some possessions in Andalusia for the winter.... We will live remembering our dear Philippines.... Of me Voltaire will not say: ‘Nous n’avons jamais été chez ces peuples que pour nous y enrichir et pour les calomnier.’”

“Psh! Yeah ... no.... Being a Minister isn’t exactly my dream. But you never know what could happen. A small villa in northern Spain for the summer, a mansion in Madrid, and some property in Andalusia for the winter.... We’ll live with fond memories of our beloved Philippines.... Voltaire won’t say about me: ‘Nous n’avons jamais été chez ces peuples que pour nous y enrichir et pour les calomnier.’”

The Government employees thought that His Excellency intended a joke and they began to laugh to make a show of appreciating it. The friars imitated them since they did not know that Voltaire was the Volta-i-ré whom they had so often cursed and condemned to Hades. Father Sibyla, however, recognized the name and assumed a serious air, supposing that the Alcalde had uttered some heresy.

The government employees thought His Excellency was joking, so they started laughing to act as if they appreciated it. The friars copied them since they didn’t know that Voltaire was the Volta-i-ré they had often cursed and condemned to hell. Father Sibyla, however, recognized the name and put on a serious expression, thinking the Alcalde had spoken some heresy.

Father Dámaso was waddling down the road. He was half smiling, but in such a malignant manner, that on seeing him, Ibarra, who was in the act of speaking, lost the thread of his remarks. All were surprised to see Father Dámaso, but, excepting Ibarra, they greeted him with marks of pleasure. They had already reached the last course of the dinner, and the champagne was foaming in the glasses.

Father Dámaso was waddling down the road. He had a half-smile that was so sinister that when Ibarra saw him, he lost his train of thought mid-sentence. Everyone was surprised to see Father Dámaso, but except for Ibarra, they greeted him with enthusiasm. They had already reached the last course of dinner, and the champagne was bubbling in the glasses.

Father Dámaso showed a little nervousness in his smile when he saw Maria Clara seated on the right of Crisostomo. But, taking a chair by the side of the Alcalde, he asked in the midst of a significant silence: “Were you not talking about something, señores? Continue!”

Father Dámaso smiled nervously when he saw Maria Clara seated to the right of Crisostomo. But, taking a chair next to the Alcalde, he asked in the middle of a meaningful silence: “Weren’t you discussing something, gentlemen? Please, go on!”

“We were drinking a toast,” replied the Alcalde. “Señor Ibarra was mentioning those who had aided him in his philanthropic enterprise and was speaking of the architect when Your Reverence....”

“We were drinking a toast,” replied the Alcalde. “Señor Ibarra was talking about those who had helped him with his charitable project and was mentioning the architect when Your Reverence....”

“Well, I don’t understand architecture,” interrupted Father Dámaso, “but architects and the dunces who go to them make me laugh! You have an example right here. I drew the plan for a church and it has been constructed [108]perfectly: so an English jeweler who was one day a guest at the convent told me. To draught a plan, one need have but a small degree of intelligence.”

“Well, I don’t get architecture,” interrupted Father Dámaso, “but architects and the idiots who seek them out make me laugh! You have an example right here. I drew the plan for a church, and it was built [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] perfectly: that’s what an English jeweler, who was a guest at the convent, told me. To draw a plan, you only need a little bit of intelligence.”

“However,” replied the Alcalde, seeing that Ibarra was silent, “when we are dealing with certain edifices, for example a school, we need a skilled man (perito).”

“However,” replied the Alcalde, noticing that Ibarra was silent, “when it comes to certain buildings, like a school, we need a skilled person (perito).”

“He who needs a perito is a perrito (little dog)!” exclaimed Father Dámaso, with a scoff. “One would have to be more of a brute than the natives, who erect their own houses, if he did not know how to build four walls and put a covering over them. That’s all that a school house is.”

“Anyone who needs a perito is a perrito (little dog)!” Father Dámaso exclaimed, scoffing. “You’d have to be more of a brute than the locals who build their own houses if you didn’t know how to construct four walls and put a roof over them. That’s all a schoolhouse really is.”

All looked toward Ibarra. But the young man, even if he did look pale, kept on conversing with Maria Clara.

All eyes were on Ibarra. But the young man, despite looking pale, continued to talk with Maria Clara.

“But Your Reverence should consider....”

“But Your Honor should consider....”

“Just look you,” continued the Franciscan without allowing the Alcalde to speak. “See how one of our lay brothers, the most stupid one we have, has built a good hospital, handsome and cheap. It is well built and he did not pay more than eight cuartos a day to those whom he employed even those who came from other towns. That fellow knows how to treat them. He does not do like many fools and mesticillos1 who spoil them by paying them three or four reales.”

“Just look at this,” the Franciscan continued without letting the Alcalde speak. “See how one of our lay brothers, the least capable among us, has built a nice, affordable hospital. It’s well-constructed, and he didn’t pay more than eight cuartos a day to those he hired, even those from other towns. That guy knows how to treat them. He doesn’t do like many fools and mesticillos1 who undermine them by paying three or four reales.”

“Does Your Reverence say that he only paid eight cuartos? Impossible!” said the Alcalde, trying to change the course of the conversation.

“Are you really saying he only paid eight cuartos? No way!” said the Alcalde, attempting to steer the conversation in a different direction.

“Yes, Señor; and those who brag of being good Spaniards ought to imitate him. You can see very well now, since the Suez Canal was opened, corruption has come here. Before, when we had to double the Cape, there were not so many worthless people coming out here, nor did Filipinos go abroad to be corrupted and spoiled.”

“Yes, Sir; and those who boast about being good Spaniards should follow his example. You can clearly see now that since the Suez Canal opened, corruption has arrived here. Before, when we had to go around the Cape, there weren't as many useless people coming out here, nor did Filipinos go overseas to be corrupted and spoiled.”

“But, Father Dámaso!”

“But, Father Damaso!”

“You know very well what the native is. As quickly as he learns anything, he goes and becomes a doctor. All these ignoramuses who go to Europe....”

“You know very well what a native is. As soon as he learns anything, he goes and becomes a doctor. All these clueless people who travel to Europe....”

“But listen, Your Reverence ...” interrupted the Alcalde, becoming uneasy at such harsh words.

“But listen, Your Reverence ...” interrupted the Alcalde, feeling uneasy at such harsh words.

“They are all going to end as they merit,” he continued. [109]“The hand of God is upon them and one must be blind not to see it. Even in this life, the fathers of such vipers receive their punishment.... They die in prison, eh?”

“They're all going to get what they deserve,” he continued. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]“God's hand is on them, and you have to be blind not to notice. Even in this life, the fathers of such vipers face their consequences... They die in prison, right?”

But he did not finish his remarks. Ibarra, his face flushing, had been following him with his eyes. On hearing the allusion to his father, he rose and, with a single bound, brought down his strong hand on the head of the priest. Stunned with the blow, the friar fell on his back.

But he didn’t finish what he was saying. Ibarra, his face turning red, had been watching him closely. When he heard the mention of his father, he stood up and, in one swift motion, brought his strong hand down on the priest’s head. Shocked by the hit, the friar fell backwards.

Full of astonishment and terror, no one dared to intervene.

Full of shock and fear, no one dared to step in.

“Keep back!” cried the young man, with a menacing voice, and brandishing a sharp knife in his hand. In the meantime, he held the friar down with his foot on his neck. The latter was recovering consciousness. “Let no one approach who does not want to die!”

“Stay back!” shouted the young man, his voice threatening, while waving a sharp knife in his hand. At the same time, he pressed down on the friar's neck with his foot. The friar was regaining his senses. “Anyone who gets close will be asking for trouble!”

Ibarra was beside himself. His body trembled, and his threatening eyes almost burst from their sockets. Friar Dámaso struggled and raised himself, but the young man, seizing him by the collar, shook him till he fell on his knees and collapsed.

Ibarra was beside himself. His body shook, and his intense eyes nearly popped out of their sockets. Friar Dámaso fought to get up, but the young man grabbed him by the collar and shook him until he dropped to his knees and collapsed.

“Señor Ibarra! Señor Ibarra!” cried some.

“Mr. Ibarra! Mr. Ibarra!” shouted some.

But nobody, not even the alferez, dared to approach the glistening blade, considering the strength of the young man and the state of his mind. All were paralyzed.

But nobody, not even the alferez, dared to go near the glistening blade, given the young man's strength and his state of mind. Everyone was frozen in place.

“All of you people here have said nothing! Now the matter concerns me! I have avoided him. God now brings him to me. Let God judge!”

“All of you here have said nothing! Now this is about me! I’ve stayed away from him. God has brought him to me now. Let God be the judge!”

The young man was breathing hard. With iron hand he held the Franciscan down, and the latter struggled in vain to break loose.

The young man was breathing heavily. He held the Franciscan down with a firm grip, and the latter struggled unsuccessfully to break free.

“My heart beats tranquilly. My hand is sure.”

"My heart beats calmly. My hand is steady."

He looked about him and continued: “Is there among you any one who does not love his father; any one who hates his memory, any one who was born in disgrace and humiliation? See! Do you observe this silence? Priest of a peaceful God, with your mouth full of sanctity and religion, and a miserable heart, you could not have known what a father is. You should have thought of your own! [110]Do you see? Among this crowd which you scorn, there is none such as you! You are judged!”

He looked around and continued: “Is there anyone here who doesn’t love their father; anyone who hates his memory, anyone who was born in shame and humiliation? Look! Do you see this silence? Priest of a peaceful God, with your mouth full of piety and religion, but a miserable heart, you must not know what a father truly is. You should have thought of your own! [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Do you see? Among this crowd that you look down on, there’s no one like you! You are judged!”

The people around him made a stir, believing that he was going to strike.

The people around him started to make a fuss, thinking that he was going to hit someone.

“Back!” he again cried in a threatening voice. “What? Do you fear that I would soil my hand with his impure blood? Have I not told you that my heart beats tranquilly? Back from us, all! Listen, priests, judges, you who think yourselves different from other men, and who claim other rights for yourselves! Listen! My father was an honorable man. Ask these people who venerate his memory. My father was a good citizen. He sacrificed himself for me and for the good of his country! His house was open. His table was ready for the stranger or the exile who came to it in his misery. He was a good Christian; he always did what was right. He never oppressed the helpless, nor brought sorrow to the miserable and wretched. To this man, he opened the door of his house. He had him sit at his table and he called him his friend. What has he done in return? He has calumniated him, persecuted him, has armed ignorance against him, violating the sanctity of his office, has thrown him out of his tomb, dishonored his memory, and persecuted him even in death’s repose. And not content with that, he now persecutes his son. I have fled from him, I have avoided his presence. You heard him this morning profane the pulpit; you saw him point me out to the popular fanaticism; I said nothing. Now he comes here in search of a quarrel. To your surprise, I suffered in silence; but he again insults the sacred memory of my father, that memory which every son holds dear.... You who are here, you priests, you judges, have you seen your father watching over you night and day and working for you? Have you seen him deprive himself of you for your good? Have you seen your father die in prison, heart broken, sighing for some one to caress him, searching for some being to console him, alone in sickness, while you were in a foreign land? Have you heard his name dishonored afterward? Have you found his tomb vacant when you wished to pray upon it? No? You are silent. Then by that silence you condemn him!” [111]

“Back!” he shouted again, his voice menacing. “What? Are you afraid that I would dirty my hands with his unclean blood? Didn’t I tell you that my heart is calm? Everyone, step back from us! Listen up, priests, judges, you who think you're better than everyone else and believe you deserve different rights! Hear me! My father was a man of honor. Ask these people who respect his memory. My father was a good citizen. He gave himself up for me and for the good of our country! His home was welcoming. His table was ready for any stranger or exile who came to him in their time of need. He was a good Christian; he always did the right thing. He never mistreated the vulnerable or caused pain to the unfortunate. To this man, he opened his door. He invited him to his table and called him his friend. What did this man do in return? He slandered him, persecuted him, turned ignorance against him, abused his authority, desecrated his grave, dishonored his memory, and even hunted him down in death. And now, he isn’t satisfied with that; he’s targeting his son. I’ve run away from him, kept my distance. You heard him disrespect the pulpit this morning; you saw him incite the mob against me; I stayed silent. Now he’s come here looking for a fight. To your surprise, I endured in silence; but now he insults the sacred memory of my father, a memory that every son holds dear... You who are here, priests and judges, have you ever seen your father watching over you day and night and working hard for you? Have you seen him give up everything for your sake? Have you seen your father die alone in prison, heartbroken, longing for comfort, searching for someone to console him while you were far away? Have you ever heard his name dishonored later on? Have you found his grave empty when you wanted to pay your respects? No? Your silence speaks volumes. Then with that silence, you condemn him!” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

He raised his arm; but a young maiden, quick as a flash, put herself between them and with her delicate hands stopped the arm of the avenger. It was Maria Clara.

He lifted his arm, but a young woman, quick as a flash, stepped between them and used her delicate hands to stop the avenger's arm. It was Maria Clara.

Ibarra looked at her with an expression that seemed to reflect madness. Gradually, he loosened the vise-like fingers of his hand, allowed the body of the Franciscan to fall, and dropped his knife upon the ground. Covering his face, he fled through the crowd. [112]

Ibarra stared at her with a look that seemed to show insanity. Slowly, he relaxed the tight grip of his hand, let the body of the Franciscan drop, and tossed his knife to the ground. Covering his face, he ran away through the crowd. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Little mestizos or half breeds. Used in contempt.

1 Little mixed-race individuals or half-breeds. Used in a derogatory way.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XVIII.

The First Cloud.

The house of Captain Tiago was no less disturbed than the imagination of the people. Maria Clara, refusing to listen to the consolation of her aunt and foster sister, did nothing but weep. Her father had forbidden her to speak to Ibarra until the priests should absolve him from the excommunication which they had pronounced upon him.

The house of Captain Tiago was just as troubled as the people's imaginations. Maria Clara, ignoring her aunt and foster sister's attempts to console her, could only cry. Her father had forbidden her from speaking to Ibarra until the priests lifted the excommunication they had placed on him.

Captain Tiago, though very busy preparing his house for the reception of the Governor General, had been summoned to the convent.

Captain Tiago, while very busy getting his house ready for the Governor General's arrival, had been called to the convent.

“Don’t cry, my girl,” said Aunt Isabel as she dusted off the mirrors. “They will certainly annul the excommunication; they will write the Pope.... We will make a large donation.... Father Dámaso had nothing more than a fainting spell.... He is not dead.”

“Don’t cry, sweetie,” said Aunt Isabel as she cleaned the mirrors. “They’ll definitely lift the excommunication; they’ll contact the Pope.... We’ll make a big donation.... Father Dámaso just had a little fainting spell.... He’s not dead.”

“Don’t cry,” said Andeng to her, in a low voice. “I will certainly arrange it so that you can speak to him. What are the confessionals made for, if we are not expected to sin? Everything is pardoned when one has told it to the curate.”

“Don’t cry,” Andeng said to her softly. “I’ll definitely make sure you can talk to him. What are confessionals for if we're not supposed to sin? Everything gets forgiven once you’ve shared it with the priest.”

Finally, Captain Tiago arrived. They scanned his face for an answer to their many questions, but his expression announced too plainly his dismay. The poor man was sweating, and passing his hand over his forehead. He seemed unable to utter a word.

Finally, Captain Tiago arrived. They looked to his face for answers to their many questions, but his expression clearly showed his distress. The poor man was sweating and wiping his forehead. He seemed unable to say a word.

“How is it, Santiago?” asked Aunt Isabel, anxiously.

“How is it, Santiago?” Aunt Isabel asked, her face filled with worry.

He answered her with a sigh and dried away a tear.

He responded with a sigh and wiped away a tear.

“For God’s sake, speak! What has happened?”

“For God’s sake, talk! What happened?”

“What I had already feared!” he broke out finally half crying. “All is lost! Father Dámaso orders that the engagement be broken. If it is not broken off, I am condemned in this life and in the next. They all tell me the same thing, even Father Sibyla! I ought to shut the [113]doors of my house and ... I owe him more than fifty thousand pesos. I told the Fathers so, but they would take no notice of it. ‘Which do you prefer to lose,’ they said to me, ‘fifty thousand pesos, or your life and your soul?’ Alas! Ay! San Antonio! If I had known it, if I had known it!”

“What I had already feared!” he blurted out, almost in tears. “Everything is lost! Father Dámaso says the engagement has to be called off. If it isn’t, I’m doomed in this life and the next. They all tell me the same thing, even Father Sibyla! I should just shut the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]doors of my house and ... I owe him over fifty thousand pesos. I told the Fathers that, but they wouldn’t listen. ‘Which would you prefer to lose,’ they asked me, ‘fifty thousand pesos, or your life and your soul?’ Alas! Ay! San Antonio! If I had only known, if I had only known!”

Maria Clara was sobbing.

Maria Clara was crying.

“Do not cry, my daughter,” he added, turning to her. “You are not like your mother. She never cried ... she never cried except when she was whimsical just before your birth.... Father Dámaso tells me that a relative of his has just arrived from Spain ... and that he wants him to be your fiancé.”...

“Don’t cry, my daughter,” he said, turning to her. “You’re not like your mother. She never cried... she only cried when she was feeling silly just before you were born... Father Dámaso tells me that a relative of his just arrived from Spain... and that he wants him to be your fiancé...”

Maria Clara stopped up her ears.

Maria Clara covered her ears.

“But, Santiago, are you out of your head?” cried Aunt Isabel. “Speak to her now of another fiancé! Do you think that your daughter can change lovers as easily as she changes her dress?”

“But, Santiago, are you out of your mind?” cried Aunt Isabel. “Are you really talking to her about another fiancé now? Do you think your daughter can switch boyfriends as easily as she changes her clothes?”

“I was thinking the same thing, Isabel. Don Crisostomo is rich.... The Spaniards only marry for love of money.... But what would you have me do? They have threatened me with excommunication. They say that I am in great peril: not only my soul, but also my body ... my body, do you hear? My body!”

“I was thinking the same thing, Isabel. Don Crisostomo is wealthy... The Spaniards only marry for money... But what do you want me to do? They’ve threatened to excommunicate me. They say I’m in serious danger: not just my soul, but also my body... my body, do you get it? My body!”

“But you only give sorrow to your daughter. Are you not a friend of the Archbishop? Why don’t you write him?”

“But you only bring your daughter sadness. Aren't you friends with the Archbishop? Why don’t you reach out to him?”

“The Archbishop is also a friar. The Archbishop does only what the friars say. But, Maria, do not cry. The Governor General will come. He will want to see you and your eyes are all inflamed.... Alas! I was thinking what a happy afternoon I was going to pass.... Without this misfortune, I would be the happiest of men and all would envy me.... Calm yourself, my girl. I am more unfortunate than you and I do not cry. You can have another and better fiancé, but I lose fifty thousand pesos. Ah! Virgin of Antipolo! If I could only have some luck to-night!”

“The Archbishop is also a friar. The Archbishop only does what the friars say. But, Maria, don’t cry. The Governor General will come. He will want to see you, and your eyes are all red and puffy.... I was thinking about how happy this afternoon was going to be.... Without this bad luck, I would be the happiest man alive, and everyone would envy me.... Calm down, my girl. I'm in a worse situation than you, and I'm not crying. You can find another, even better fiancé, but I’m losing fifty thousand pesos. Ah! Virgin of Antipolo! If only I could have some luck tonight!”

Noises, detonations, the rumbling of carriages, the galloping of horses, and a band playing the Marcha Real announced the arrival of His Excellency, the Governor [114]General of the Philippine Islands. Maria Clara ran to hide in her bedroom.... Poor girl! Gross hands were playing with her heart, ignorant of the delicacy of its fibers.

Noises, explosions, the rumbling of carriages, the sound of galloping horses, and a band playing the Marcha Real signaled the arrival of His Excellency, the Governor [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]General of the Philippine Islands. Maria Clara rushed to hide in her bedroom.... Poor girl! Rough hands were messing with her heart, unaware of its delicate nature.

In the meantime, the house filled with people. Loud steps, commands, and the clanking of sabers and swords resounded on all sides. The afflicted maiden was half kneeling before an engraving of the Virgin, a picture representing her in that attitude of painful solitude, known only to Delaroche, as if she had been surprised on returning from the sepulchre of her Son. But Maria Clara was not thinking of the grief of that Mother; she was thinking of her own. With her head resting on her breast and her hands on the floor, she looked like a lily bent by the storm. A future, cherished for years in her dreams; a future whose illusions, born in her infancy and nursed through her youth, gave form to the cells of her being—that future was now to be blotted from the mind and heart by a single word!

In the meantime, the house was packed with people. Loud footsteps, commands, and the clanking of sabers and swords echoed everywhere. The troubled young woman was half-kneeling before an image of the Virgin, a depiction capturing her in that moment of painful solitude, known only to Delaroche, as if she had been caught off guard while coming back from her Son’s tomb. But Maria Clara wasn’t thinking about that Mother’s sorrow; she was focused on her own. With her head bowed and her hands on the floor, she resembled a lily bent by a storm. A future she had cherished for years in her dreams—a future filled with illusions that had grown from her childhood and stayed with her into adulthood—was now about to be erased from her mind and heart with a single word!

Maria Clara was as good and as pious a Christian as her aunt. The thought of an excommunication terrified her. The threat to destroy the peace of her father demanded that she sacrifice her love. She felt the entire strength of that affection which until now she had not known. It was like a river which glides along smoothly; its banks carpeted with fragrant flowers, its bed formed by fine sand, the wind scarcely rippling its surface, so quiet and peaceful that you would say that its waters were dead; until suddenly its channel is pent up, ragged rocks obstruct its course, and the entangled trunks of trees form a dike. Then the river roars; it rises up; its waves boil; it is lashed into foam, beats against the rocks and rushes into the abyss.

Maria Clara was as kind and devout a Christian as her aunt. The thought of being excommunicated terrified her. The possibility of disrupting her father's peace meant she had to give up her love. She felt the full force of that love, which she hadn't fully realized until now. It was like a river that flows calmly; its banks lined with fragrant flowers, its bed made of fine sand, the breeze barely stirring its surface, so still and serene that you might think its waters were lifeless; until suddenly, its path is blocked, jagged rocks interrupt its flow, and tangled tree trunks create a dam. Then the river roars; it swells up; its waves churn; it's whipped into foam, crashing against the rocks and plunging into the abyss.

She wanted to pray, but who can pray without hope? One prays when there is hope. When there is none, we surrender ourselves to God and wail. “My God!” cried her heart, “why shouldst thou separate me thus from him I love? Why deny me the love of others? Thou dost not deny me the sun, nor the air, nor dost thou hide the heavens from my sight. Why dost thou deny me love, when it is possible to live without sun, without air, and without the heavens, but without love, never?” [115]

She wanted to pray, but who can pray without hope? People pray when they have hope. When there's none, we surrender ourselves to God and cry out. “My God!” her heart cried, “why do you separate me from the one I love? Why deny me the love of others? You don’t deny me the sun, or the air, nor do you hide the heavens from my view. Why do you deny me love when it’s possible to live without the sun, without air, and without the heavens, but never without love?” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Mother, mother,” she was moaning.

“Mom, mom,” she was moaning.

Aunt Isabel came to take her from her grief. Some of her girl friends had arrived and the Governor General also desired to talk with her.

Aunt Isabel came to help her through her grief. Some of her girlfriends had arrived, and the Governor General also wanted to speak with her.

“Aunt, tell them that I am ill!” begged the frightened maiden. “They wish to make me play the piano and sing.”

“Aunt, please tell them I'm sick!” pleaded the scared girl. “They want me to play the piano and sing.”

“Your father has promised it. You are not going to go back on your father?”

“Your dad has promised it. You’re not going to go back on your dad, are you?”

Maria Clara arose, looked at her aunt, clasped her beautiful arms about her and murmured: “Oh, if I had ...”

Maria Clara got up, glanced at her aunt, wrapped her beautiful arms around her, and whispered, “Oh, if I only had ...”

But, without finishing the sentence, she dried her tears and began to make her toilet. [116]

But, without finishing her sentence, she wiped her tears and started getting ready. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XIX.

His Excellency.

“I want to speak with that young man,” said His Excellency to an adjutant. “He has awakened my interest.”

“I want to talk to that young man,” said His Excellency to an aide. “He has caught my interest.”

“They have already gone to look for him, General! But there is a young man here from Manila who insists on being introduced. We have told him that Your Excellency has no time and that you have not come to give audiences, but to see the town and the procession. But he has replied that Your Excellency always has time to dispense justice.”

“They've already gone to look for him, General! But there's a young man here from Manila who wants to be introduced. We've told him that you don't have time and that you didn't come to hold audiences, but to see the town and the parade. But he said that you always have time to deliver justice.”

His Excellency turned to the Alcalde as if in doubt.

His Excellency looked at the Alcalde as if unsure.

“If I am not mistaken,” said the latter, making a slight bow, “it is a young man who this morning had a difficulty with Father Dámaso about the sermon.”

“If I’m not wrong,” said the latter, making a slight bow, “it’s a young man who had a problem with Father Dámaso this morning about the sermon.”

“Still another? Has this friar undertaken to disturb the province, or does he think that he is in command here? Tell the young man to come in!”

“Another one? Has this friar taken it upon himself to disrupt the province, or does he believe he’s in charge here? Tell the young man to come in!”

His Excellency was walking nervously from one end of the sala to the other.

His Excellency was pacing nervously from one end of the sala to the other.

In the lower part of the house, in the ante-room, were several Spaniards, mingled with army officers and officials of the town of San Diego and some of the neighboring villages. They were grouped in little circles and were conversing about one thing and another. All of the friars were there except Father Dámaso, and they wanted to go in and pay their respects to His Excellency.

In the lower part of the house, in the anteroom, there were several Spaniards mixed in with Army officers and officials from the town of San Diego and some nearby villages. They were gathered in small circles, chatting about various topics. All the friars were present except Father Dámaso, and they wanted to go in and pay their respects to His Excellency.

“His Excellency, the Governor General, begs Your Reverences to wait a moment,” said the adjutant. “Walk in, young man!”

“His Excellency, the Governor General, asks you to wait a moment,” said the adjutant. “Come in, young man!”

The young man from Manila entered the sala, pale and trembling.

The young man from Manila walked into the sala, looking pale and shaky.

Everybody was surprised. His Excellency must be irritated to dare to make the friars wait. Father Sibyla [117]said: “I have nothing to say to him.... I am losing time here!”

Everybody was surprised. His Excellency must be annoyed to make the friars wait. Father Sibyla [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] said: “I have nothing to say to him.... I’m wasting my time here!”

“It’s the same with me,” said an Augustine. “Shall we go?”

“It’s the same for me,” said Augustine. “Shall we go?”

“Would it not be better for us to find out what he thinks?” asked Father Salví. “We would avoid a scandal ... and ... we would be able to call to his mind his duty to ... the Church.”

“Wouldn’t it be better for us to find out what he thinks?” asked Father Salví. “We could avoid a scandal ... and ... we could remind him of his duty to ... the Church.”

“Your Reverences can walk in, if you wish,” announced the adjutant, as he escorted out the young man, whose face was now, however, glowing with satisfaction.

“Your Reverences can come in, if you'd like,” said the adjutant, as he led the young man out, whose face was now beaming with satisfaction.

Friar Sibyla entered first. Behind him came Father Salví, Father Manuel Martin and the other priests. They all humbly saluted the Governor General, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who preserved even in his bow, an air of superiority. Father Salví, on the contrary, almost touched the floor with his head.

Friar Sibyla was the first to enter. Following him were Father Salví, Father Manuel Martin, and the other priests. They all greeted the Governor General with humility, except for Father Sibyla, who maintained an air of superiority even in his bow. Father Salví, on the other hand, nearly touched the floor with his head.

“Which of Your Reverences is Father Dámaso?” asked His Excellency unexpectedly, without having them sit down, or even asking about their health, and without addressing them with any of those courteous phrases which are customary with such high personages.

“Which of you gentlemen is Father Dámaso?” asked His Excellency unexpectedly, without letting them sit down, or even asking about their well-being, and without using any of those polite phrases typical of someone in his position.

“Father Dámaso is not among us, señor,” replied Father Sibyla, rather dryly.

“Father Dámaso isn't here, sir,” replied Father Sibyla, somewhat coldly.

“Your Excellency’s servant lies ill in bed,” added Father Salví meekly. “After having the pleasure of saluting you and of inquiring about the health of Your Excellency, as befits all the good servants of the King and all persons of good education, we also come in the name of the respectful servant of Your Excellency who has the misfortune....”

“Your Excellency’s servant is sick in bed,” Father Salví added humbly. “After having the pleasure of greeting you and asking about Your Excellency’s health, as all loyal servants of the King and well-educated people do, we also come on behalf of Your Excellency’s respectful servant who unfortunately....”

“Oh,” interrupted the Governor General, as he turned a chair around on one leg and smiled nervously. “If all the servants of My Excellency were like His Reverence Father Dámaso, I would prefer to serve My Excellency myself.”

“Oh,” interrupted the Governor General, as he spun a chair around on one leg and smiled awkwardly. “If all My Excellency's servants were like Father Dámaso, I would rather serve My Excellency myself.”

The Reverences did not know how to respond to this interruption.

The Reverences didn't know how to react to this interruption.

“Take a seat, Your Reverences!” he added after a short pause, softening his tone a little.

“Take a seat, Your Reverences!” he added after a brief pause, softening his tone a bit.

Captain Tiago came in dressed in a frock coat and walking [118]on tip-toes. He was leading Maria Clara by the hand. The young maiden was trembling when she entered, but notwithstanding she made a graceful and ceremonious bow.

Captain Tiago walked in wearing a fancy coat and tip-toeing. He was holding Maria Clara’s hand. The young woman was shaking when she walked in, but despite that, she managed a graceful and formal bow.

“Is this your daughter?” asked the Governor General, somewhat surprised.

“Is this your daughter?” asked the Governor General, somewhat surprised.

“And Your Excellency’s, my General,” replied Captain Tiago seriously.1

“And Your Excellency’s, my General,” replied Captain Tiago seriously.1

The Alcalde and the adjutants opened wide their eyes, but His Excellency did not lose his gravity. He extended his hand to the young maiden and said to her affably: “Happy are the fathers who have daughters like you, señorita. They have spoken to me about you with respect and consideration.... I have desired to see you and to thank you for your pretty deed of to-day. I am informed of all, and when I write to His Majesty’s Government I will not forget your generous conduct. In the meantime, señorita, allow me in the name of His Majesty the King whom I represent here and who loves to see peace and tranquillity among his subjects, and in my own name, that of a father who also has daughters of your age, allow me to extend to you most sincere thanks and propose your name for some mark of recognition.”

The Alcalde and the aides widened their eyes, but His Excellency kept his serious demeanor. He reached out his hand to the young woman and said kindly, “Blessed are the fathers who have daughters like you, miss. They have spoken to me about you with respect and admiration... I’ve been eager to meet you and thank you for your lovely act today. I know all about it, and when I write to His Majesty’s Government, I won't forget your generous behavior. In the meantime, miss, please allow me, in the name of His Majesty the King whom I represent here, who values peace and harmony among his subjects, and on my own behalf, as a father who also has daughters your age, to offer you my heartfelt thanks and to recommend your name for some form of recognition.”

“Señor ...” replied Maria Clara, trembling.

“Sir ...” replied Maria Clara, shaking.

His Excellency guessed what she wanted to say, and replied: “It is well enough, señorita, that you are satisfied in your own conscience with the mere esteem of your own people. The testimony of one’s people is the highest reward and we ought not to ask more. But, however, I will not let pass this excellent opportunity to show you that, if justice knows how to punish, she also knows how to reward and is not always blind.”

His Excellency understood what she wanted to say and replied: “It’s good, miss, that you feel content with the respect of your own people. The acknowledgment of your community is the greatest reward, and we shouldn’t expect anything more. However, I won’t miss this great chance to show you that, while justice can punish, it also knows how to reward and isn’t always blind.”

“Señor Don Juan Crisostomo awaits Your Excellency’s orders,” announced the adjutant in a loud voice.

“Mr. Don Juan Crisostomo is waiting for your orders, Your Excellency,” announced the adjutant loudly.

Maria Clara trembled.

Maria Clara was shaking.

“Ah!” exclaimed the Governor General. “Permit me, señorita, to express the desire to see you again before I leave town. I still have some very important things to say to you. Señor Alcalde, Your Lordship will accompany [119]me for a walk after the conference which I will hold alone with Señor Ibarra.”

“Ah!” said the Governor General. “Allow me, miss, to say that I want to see you again before I leave town. I still have some very important things to tell you. Señor Alcalde, your Lordship will join me for a walk after the conference I will have alone with Señor Ibarra.”

“Your Excellency will permit us,” said Father Salví meekly, “to inform you that Señor Ibarra is excommunicated ...”

“Your Excellency will allow us,” said Father Salví softly, “to inform you that Señor Ibarra is excommunicated ...”

His Excellency interrupted him saying: “I am glad that I have nothing more to deplore than the condition of Father Dámaso, for whom I sincerely wish a complete recovery, because at his age a voyage to Spain for his health would not be pleasant. But this depends on him ... and in the meantime, may God preserve the health of Your Reverences.”

His Excellency interrupted him, saying: “I’m just glad that the only thing I have to worry about is Father Dámaso’s condition, and I truly hope he recovers completely because a trip to Spain for his health wouldn't be pleasant at his age. But that’s up to him... and in the meantime, may God keep Your Reverences healthy.”

They retired one after the other.

They retired one by one.

“We will see who will make the journey first,” said a Franciscan.

“We'll see who makes the journey first,” said a Franciscan.

“I am going off now right away!” said Father Sibyla, with indignation.

“I’m leaving right now!” said Father Sibyla, with anger.

“And we are going back to our provinces, too,” said the Augustins.

“And we’re going back to our provinces, too,” said the Augustins.

They could not endure that through the fault of a Franciscan His Excellency had received them coldly.

They couldn’t stand that because of a Franciscan, His Excellency had treated them coldly.

In the entrance hall they met Ibarra, their host only a few hours ago. They exchanged no salutations, but their looks were eloquent.

In the entrance hall, they saw Ibarra, their host from just a few hours earlier. They didn’t say a word, but their gazes spoke volumes.

The Alcalde, on the contrary, when the friars had disappeared, greeted the young man and extended his hand to him in a familiar way. But the arrival of the adjutant, who was looking for Ibarra, did not give them an opportunity to converse.

The Alcalde, on the other hand, after the friars left, greeted the young man and shook his hand in a friendly manner. However, the arrival of the adjutant, who was looking for Ibarra, interrupted their chance to talk.

Ibarra was dressed in deep mourning. He presented himself in a calm manner, and bowed profoundly, despite the fact that the sight of the friars had not seemed a good omen for him.

Ibarra was dressed in deep mourning. He approached calmly and bowed deeply, even though the sight of the friars didn't feel like a good sign for him.

The Governor General advanced a few steps. “It gives me great satisfaction to shake your hand. Grant me your entire confidence.”

The Governor General took a few steps forward. “I’m really pleased to shake your hand. Please trust me completely.”

“Señor ... such kindness...!”

"Sir ... such kindness...!"

“Your surprise offends me. It indicates that you did not expect a good reception from me. That is doubting my justice!” [120]

“Your surprise offends me. It shows that you didn’t expect a warm welcome from me. That’s doubting my fairness!” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“A friendly reception, señor, for an insignificant subject like myself, is not justice, it is a favor.”

“A warm welcome, sir, for someone as unimportant as me isn’t justice; it’s a favor.”

“Well, well!” said His Excellency, sitting down and pointing out a seat for Ibarra. “Let us speak frankly. I am very much pleased with your action and I have already proposed to His Majesty’s Government that they grant you an insignia for your philanthropic intention of erecting a school.... If you had asked me, I would have attended the ceremony with a great deal of pleasure and perhaps the unpleasantness would have been avoided.”

“Well, well!” said His Excellency, sitting down and indicating a seat for Ibarra. “Let’s be honest. I’m really pleased with what you’ve done, and I’ve already suggested to His Majesty’s Government that they award you a badge for your generous plan to set up a school.... If you had asked me, I would have been happy to attend the ceremony, and maybe the awkwardness could have been avoided.”

“My idea of erecting a school seems to me so insignificant,” replied the young man, “that I did not think it an occasion worthy of taking the attention of Your Excellency from your many duties and cares. Then, too, it was my duty to first address the highest authority of the province.”

“Building a school doesn’t seem that important to me,” replied the young man, “so I didn’t think it was a matter worth taking Your Excellency’s attention away from your many responsibilities. Also, I felt it was my responsibility to first reach out to the top authority in the province.”

His Excellency made a bow of satisfaction and adopting a still more intimate manner, continued:

His Excellency nodded with satisfaction and, taking on an even more personal tone, continued:

“In regard to the unpleasantness which you have had with Father Dámaso, have no fear nor regret. I will not touch a hair of your head while I govern these Islands. And in regard to the excommunication, I will speak to the Archbishop, for it is necessary for us to adapt ourselves to circumstances. Here, we cannot laugh about these things in public as we do in Spain or in cultured Europe. Nevertheless, be more prudent in the future. You have put yourself in opposition to the religious corporations, which, on account of your position and wealth, need to be respected. But I will protect you, because I like good sons, I like to see a person respect the honor of his father. I, too, love my father, and as sure as there is a God, I know what I would have done had I been in your place....”

“In regard to the trouble you've had with Father Dámaso, don’t worry or feel sorry about it. I won’t let anyone harm you while I’m in charge of these Islands. As for the excommunication, I’ll talk to the Archbishop because we need to adapt to our situation. Here, we can’t joke about these matters in public like we do in Spain or cultured Europe. That said, please be more cautious in the future. You’ve put yourself at odds with the religious groups, which, given your position and wealth, need to be honored. But I will protect you because I appreciate good sons and I like seeing someone honor their father. I, too, love my father, and I swear to God, I know what I would have done if I were in your shoes....”

And quickly turning the conversation, he asked: “You have told me that you come from Europe; were you in Madrid?”

And quickly changing the subject, he asked, “You mentioned you're from Europe; were you in Madrid?”

“Yes, señor; for some months.”

“Yes, sir; for a few months.”

“You have perhaps heard of my family?”

“You may have heard of my family?”

“Your Excellency had just left when I had the honor to be presented to it.” [121]

“Your Excellency had just left when I had the honor of being introduced to it.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“And why, then, did you come here without bringing some letter of introduction?”

“And why, then, did you come here without bringing a letter of introduction?”

“Señor,” replied Ibarra bowing, “because I do not come directly from Spain, and because, having heard of Your Excellency’s character, I thought that a letter of introduction would not only be useless, but even offensive. All Filipinos are recommended to you.”

“Sir,” replied Ibarra, bowing, “I don’t come directly from Spain, and since I’ve heard about Your Excellency’s character, I thought that a letter of introduction would be not only unnecessary but even disrespectful. All Filipinos are recommended to you.”

A smile appeared on the lips of the old officer and he replied slowly, as if weighing and measuring his words:

A smile formed on the old officer's lips as he replied slowly, carefully choosing his words:

“It flatters me to learn that you think so ... and ... so it ought to be. However, young man, you ought to know what loads we bear upon our shoulders here in the Philippines. Here, we, old army officers, have to do and be everything: King, Secretary of State, of War, of Agriculture, of Internal Affairs and of Justice. The worst part of it is the fact that in regard to everything we have to consult our distant Mother Country, which approves or rejects our propositions, according to circumstances, sometimes blindly. And you know how we Spaniards say: ‘Grasp much, get little.’ Then, too, we come here ignorant of the country and we leave it as soon as we begin to know it. With you I can be frank, for it would be useless to appear otherwise. In Spain, where each branch of the Government has its own Minister, born and brought up in the country, where they have the press and public opinion, the opposition is open and before the eyes of the Government, and shows up its faults; yet, even there, all is imperfect and defective. And when you consider the conditions here, it is a wonder that all is not upset, with all those advantages lacking, and with the opposition working in the dark. Good intentions and wishes are not wanting in us governing officials, but we find ourselves obliged to make use of eyes and arms which frequently we do not know, and which, perhaps, instead of serving the country, serve only their own interests. That is not our fault; it is the fault of circumstances. You arouse my interest and I do not want our present system of government to prejudice you in any way. I cannot watch everything, nor can I attend to all. Can I be useful to you in any way? Have you anything to request?”

“It flatters me to hear that you think so... and it should be that way. However, young man, you need to understand the burdens we carry here in the Philippines. We, as old army officers, have to handle everything: King, Secretary of State, War, Agriculture, Internal Affairs, and Justice. The worst part is that for everything, we have to consult our distant Mother Country, which either approves or rejects our proposals, often without much thought. And you know how we Spaniards say: ‘Grab a lot, get little.’ Plus, we come here without knowing the country and leave just as we start to understand it. With you, I can be honest because there's no point in pretending otherwise. In Spain, where each government branch has its own Minister, raised in the country, with an active press and public opinion, the opposition openly challenges the government and highlights its flaws; yet, even there, everything is imperfect and flawed. When you think about the situation here, it’s amazing that things aren't completely chaotic, given the absence of those advantages and the opposition working behind the scenes. Good intentions and desires are not lacking among us officials, but we often have to rely on tools and help that we may not fully understand, which might instead benefit their own interests rather than the country’s. That’s not our fault; it’s due to the circumstances. You pique my interest, and I don’t want our current government system to bias your view in any way. I can't oversee everything, nor can I attend to all matters. Can I assist you in any way? Do you have any requests?”

Ibarra meditated. [122]

Ibarra was deep in thought. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Señor,” he replied, “my greatest desire is the happiness of my country, a happiness due to the efforts of our Mother Country and to the efforts of my fellow countrymen, united with the eternal bonds of a common interest and common object. What I ask the Government can only give after many years of continuous work and proper reforms.”

“Sir,” he replied, “my main goal is the happiness of my country, a happiness brought about by the efforts of our Mother Country and the efforts of my fellow citizens, joined together by the lasting ties of shared interests and goals. What I’m asking of the Government can only be achieved after many years of consistent hard work and necessary reforms.”

His Excellency looked at him for several seconds with a look which Ibarra met naturally, without timidity and without boldness.

His Excellency stared at him for several seconds with a gaze that Ibarra met calmly, without fear or arrogance.

“You are the first man with whom I have spoken in this country,” he exclaimed grasping his hand.

“You're the first man I've talked to in this country,” he said, shaking his hand.

“Your Excellency has only seen those who lead a grovelling existence in the city. You have not seen the calumniated hovels of our towns. If you had, you would have seen true men, if generous hearts and simple manners make true men.”

“Your Excellency has only seen those who live a submissive life in the city. You haven't seen the slandered homes in our towns. If you had, you would have met real men, if kindness and humility define real men.”

The Governor General arose and paced the sala from one side to the other.

The Governor General got up and walked back and forth across the sala.

“Señor Ibarra,” he exclaimed, stopping a moment. The young man arose. “I will probably leave here within a month. Your education and your mode of thinking are not for this country. Sell what you possess, get your trunk ready and come with me to Europe. That climate will be better for you.”

“Mr. Ibarra,” he said, pausing for a moment. The young man stood up. “I’m probably going to leave here within a month. Your education and way of thinking aren’t suited for this country. Sell what you have, pack your things, and come with me to Europe. That environment will be better for you.”

“I shall cherish all my life the memory of Your Excellency’s kindness,” replied Ibarra, moved by what the Governor General had said. “But I ought to live in the country where my fathers have lived....”

“I will always cherish the memory of Your Excellency’s kindness,” Ibarra replied, touched by what the Governor General had said. “But I should live in the land where my ancestors lived....”

“Where they have died, you should say, to speak more exactly. Believe me! I possibly know your country better than you do yourself.... Ah! Now I remember,” he exclaimed changing the tone of his voice. “You are going to marry a lovely girl and I am keeping you here! Go, go to her side, and that you may have greater liberty send her father to me,” he added, smiling. “Do not forget, however, that I want you to accompany me for a walk.”

“Where they have died, you should say, to be more precise. Believe me! I probably know your country better than you know it yourself... Ah! Now I remember,” he said, changing his tone. “You're going to marry a beautiful girl and I'm holding you back! Go, go to her side, and to give you more freedom, send her father to me,” he added with a smile. “But don’t forget, I still want you to join me for a walk.”

Ibarra bowed and departed.

Ibarra bowed and left.

His Excellency called his adjutant.

The Governor called his aide.

“I am happy,” said he, giving him a light slap on the shoulder. “To-day I have seen for the first time how one [123]can be a good Spaniard without ceasing to be a good Filipino and to love his country. To-day, at last, I have shown the Reverences that we are not all their playthings. This young man has afforded me the opportunity, and, in a short time, I will have settled all of my accounts with the friar. It’s a pity that this young man, some day or other ... but call the Alcalde to me.”

“I’m happy,” he said, giving him a light slap on the shoulder. “Today, for the first time, I’ve seen how someone [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] can be a good Spaniard without stopping being a good Filipino and loving his country. Finally, today, I’ve shown the Reverences that we’re not all their playthings. This young man has given me the chance, and soon, I’ll have settled all my accounts with the friar. It’s a shame that this young man, someday ... but call the Alcalde to me.”

The latter presented himself at once.

He showed up immediately.

“Señor Alcalde,” he said to him, as he entered the room, “in order to avoid a repetition of scenes such as Your Honor witnessed this afternoon, scenes which I deplore because they take away the prestige of the Government and all Spaniards, I want to commend to you warmly Señor Ibarra, that you may not only aid him in carrying out his patriotic ends, but also prevent in the future any person of whatever class or under whatever pretext, from molesting him.”

“Mr. Mayor,” he said as he entered the room, “to avoid a repeat of the scenes Your Honor saw this afternoon, which I regret because they tarnish the reputation of the Government and all Spaniards, I want to warmly recommend Mr. Ibarra to you. Please help him achieve his patriotic goals and prevent anyone, regardless of their class or under any pretext, from bothering him in the future.”

The Alcalde understood the reprimand and bowed to conceal his confusion.

The Alcalde got the message and bowed his head to hide his confusion.

“Have the alferez, who is in command here, informed to the same effect. And you will find out if it is true that this officer has methods of procedure that are not in accordance with the regulations. I have heard more than one complaint on this score.”

“Make sure the alferez, who is in charge here, knows about this too. You’ll discover if it’s true that this officer has ways of doing things that don’t follow the rules. I’ve heard more than one complaint about this.”

Captain Tiago, all starched and ironed, presented himself.

Captain Tiago, all pressed and neat, made his appearance.

“Don Santiago,” said His Excellency, in a cordial tone of voice, “a little while ago I was congratulating you on having a daughter like the Señorita de los Santos. Now I want to congratulate you on your future son-in-law. The most virtuous of daughters is certainly worthy of the best citizen of the Philippines. Is the date of the wedding known?”

“Don Santiago,” said His Excellency, in a friendly tone, “a little while ago I was congratulating you on having a daughter like Señorita de los Santos. Now I want to congratulate you on your future son-in-law. The most virtuous daughter definitely deserves the best citizen of the Philippines. Do we know the wedding date?”

“Señor!” stammered the Captain, wiping away the perspiration which was running down his face.

“Sir!” stuttered the Captain, wiping the sweat off his face.

“O, come! I see that there is nothing definite. If you need godfathers, I will be one of them with the greatest pleasure. I would do it to take away the bad taste which so many of the weddings which I have attended here have left in my mouth,” he added, turning to the Alcalde. [124]

“O, come! I see that nothing is certain. If you need godfathers, I’d be happy to be one. I’d do it to get rid of the bad taste that so many of the weddings I’ve attended here have left in my mouth,” he added, turning to the Alcalde. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Yes, señor!” replied Captain Tiago, with a smile which inspired compassion.

“Yeah, sir!” replied Captain Tiago, with a smile that inspired sympathy.

Ibarra had gone in search of Maria Clara, almost on a run. He had so many things to tell her. He heard some gentle voices in one of the rooms and knocked at the door.

Ibarra had rushed to find Maria Clara, nearly running. He had so much to share with her. He heard some soft voices coming from one of the rooms and knocked on the door.

“Who knocks?” asked Maria Clara.

"Who’s there?" asked Maria Clara.

The voices were silenced and the door ... was not opened.

The voices went quiet and the door ... remained closed.

“It is I. May I come in?” asked the young man, his heart beating violently.

“It’s me. Can I come in?” asked the young man, his heart racing.

The silence was not broken. A few seconds afterward gentle steps approached the door and Sinang’s cheerful voice murmured through the key-hole: “Crisostomo, we are going to the theatre to-night. Write what you have to say to Maria Clara.”

The silence remained intact. A few seconds later, soft footsteps came near the door, and Sinang’s cheerful voice came through the keyhole: “Crisostomo, we’re going to the theater tonight. Write down what you need to say to Maria Clara.”

Then the footsteps were heard retreating, as quickly as they had come.

Then the footsteps were heard fading away, as quickly as they had arrived.

“What does that mean!” murmured Ibarra to himself, as he went slowly away from the door. [125]

“What does that mean!” Ibarra murmured to himself as he slowly walked away from the door. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A reply which accords with the Spanish idea of politeness but rather ludicrously used in this instance.

1 A response that fits the Spanish concept of politeness but is somewhat laughable in this case.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XX.

The Procession.

In the evening, by the light of lanterns hung from windows, to the ringing of bells and bursting of bombs, the procession started for the fourth time.

In the evening, under the glow of lanterns hanging from windows, accompanied by the sound of bells ringing and bombs exploding, the procession began for the fourth time.

The Governor General left the house on foot, in company with his two adjutants, Captain Tiago, the Alcalde, the alferez, and Ibarra. The Civil Guards and the officials of the town preceded them and cleared the way. His Excellency had been invited to witness the procession from the house of the gobernadorcillo, in front of which a platform had been erected for the recitation of a loa, or religious poem, in honor of the Patron Saint. Ibarra had previously declined with pleasure an invitation to hear this poetical composition, as he had preferred to witness the procession from the house of Captain Tiago with Maria Clara and her friends. But, as His Excellency wished to hear the loa, there was no other remedy for Ibarra but to console himself with the hope of seeing her at the theatre.

The Governor General left the house on foot, accompanied by his two adjutants, Captain Tiago, the alcalde, the alferez, and Ibarra. The Civil Guards and town officials led the way and cleared the path. His Excellency had been invited to watch the procession from the house of the gobernadorcillo, where a platform had been set up for the recitation of a loa, or religious poem, in honor of the Patron Saint. Ibarra had happily declined an invitation to hear this poetic piece, as he preferred to see the procession from Captain Tiago's house with Maria Clara and her friends. However, since His Excellency wanted to hear the loa, Ibarra had no choice but to console himself with the hope of seeing her at the theater.

The procession was headed by three sacristans carrying silver candlesticks. The children of the school, accompanied by their teacher, followed. Then came the small boys, with colored paper lanterns fastened to the ends of pieces of bamboo, each more or less adorned according to the caprices of the boy, for this part of the illumination was paid for entirely by themselves. However, they fulfilled this duty with a great deal of pleasure.

The procession was led by three sacristans holding silver candlesticks. The schoolchildren, along with their teacher, followed behind. Next were the little boys, each carrying colorful paper lanterns tied to the ends of bamboo sticks, with every lantern decorated based on the boy's creativity, since they had paid for this part of the lighting all on their own. Despite this, they took on the task with a lot of joy.

In the midst of it all, men serving as police, passed to and fro to see that the files of the procession were not broken or the people jammed together in a crowd. For this purpose they used their wands and inflicted some hard blows, thus managing to add to the brilliancy of the procession, to the edification of souls and to the glory of religious pomp. [126]

In the middle of it all, police officers moved back and forth to ensure that the lines of the procession remained intact and that people didn't get crowded together. They used their batons and delivered some hard hits, which ultimately contributed to the spectacle of the procession, uplifted spirits, and celebrated the grandeur of religious ceremonies. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

At the same time that the officers inflicted these sanctified floggings with their wands free of charge, others, to console those who had been punished, distributed wax and tallow candles, also free of charge.

At the same time that the officers carried out these holy beatings with their wands at no cost, others, to comfort those who had been punished, handed out wax and tallow candles, also at no cost.

“Señor Alcalde,” said Ibarra, in a low voice, “do they inflict those blows to punish the sinners or merely for pleasure?”

“Mr. Mayor,” Ibarra said quietly, “do they deliver those blows to punish the sinners or just for their own enjoyment?”

“You are right, Señor Ibarra,” replied the Governor General, who had overheard his question. “This spectacle ... barbarous ... astonishing to those who come from other countries, ought to be prohibited.”

“You're right, Señor Ibarra,” replied the Governor General, who had overheard his question. “This spectacle ... barbaric ... shocking to those who come from other countries, should be banned.”

Although it cannot be explained, the first saint who appeared was San Juan el Baptisto. On seeing him, you would say that the cousin of Our Saviour did not enjoy any great renown among these people. He had slender feet and legs and the face of a hermit, and was carried along on an old wooden litter. In marked contrast to the representation of San Juan, was that of San Francisco, the founder of the great order. The latter was drawn in a car, and, as Tasio said: “What a car! How many lights and glass lanterns! Why, I have never seen you surrounded by so many illuminations, Giovanni Bernardone! And what music!”

Although it can't be explained, the first saint to appear was St. John the Baptist. Seeing him, you'd think that the cousin of Our Savior didn’t have much fame among these people. He had thin feet and legs and the face of a hermit, and was carried on an old wooden litter. In sharp contrast to St. John was St. Francis, the founder of the major order. The latter was drawn in a cart, and, as Tasio said, “What a cart! So many lights and glass lanterns! I’ve never seen you surrounded by so many decorations, Giovanni Bernardone! And what music!”

Behind the music came a standard representing the same saint, but with seven wings. It was carried by the brothers of the Third Order, dressed in guingon and praying in a loud and mournful voice. The next in the procession was Santa Maria Magdalena, a most beautiful image with an abundant growth of hair, a handkerchief of embroidered piña cloth between her ring-covered fingers, and wearing a dress of silk adorned with gold-leaf. Lights and incense surrounded her. The glass tears from her eyes reflected the colors of the colored fire which was burned here and there, giving a fantastic aspect to the procession. Consequently, the sinful saint appeared to be weeping now green, now red and now blue tears. The people did not begin to burn these colored lights till San Francisco was passing; San Juan el Baptisto did not enjoy this honor, passing by quickly, ashamed perhaps to go dressed in skins among so many saints covered with gold and precious jewels. [127]

Behind the music was a banner representing the same saint, but with seven wings. It was carried by the brothers of the Third Order, dressed in guingon and praying loudly and mournfully. Next in the procession was Santa Maria Magdalena, an incredibly beautiful figure with long flowing hair, a handkerchief made of embroidered piña cloth held between her ring-covered fingers, and wearing a dress of silk adorned with gold leaf. Lights and incense surrounded her. The glass tears in her eyes reflected the colors of the colored flames burning here and there, adding a fantastic look to the procession. As a result, the saint who was known for her sins appeared to be weeping tears that changed from green to red to blue. The people only started lighting these colored lights when San Francisco was passing by; San Juan el Baptisto didn’t receive this honor, passing quickly, perhaps feeling embarrassed to be dressed in skins among so many saints adorned with gold and precious jewels. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“There goes our saint!” cried the daughter of the gobernadorcillo to her visitors. “I loaned her my rings, but I did it to get to Heaven.”

“There goes our saint!” cried the daughter of the gobernadorcillo to her visitors. “I lent her my rings, but I did it to get to Heaven.”

Those carrying the illuminations stopped near the platform to hear the loa. The saints did the same. They and their carriers wanted to hear the verses. Those who carried San Juan, tired of waiting, squatted down in the characteristic Filipino manner, and found it convenient to leave their burden on the ground.

Those holding the lights stopped near the platform to listen to the loa. The saints did the same. They and their carriers wanted to hear the verses. Those carrying San Juan, tired of waiting, sat down in the typical Filipino style and found it convenient to put their load on the ground.

“You’ll get into trouble,” objected one.

“You’re going to get into trouble,” one person said.

Jesús! In the sacristy, they leave him in a corner among spider-webs....”

Jesus! In the sacristy, they leave him in a corner among spider webs....”

After Magdalena came the women. They differed from the men in arrangement. Instead of the children, the old women came first and finally the unmarried women. Behind these came the car of the Virgin, and behind that, the curate under his canopy. Father Dámaso gave the following reason for putting the young women next to the Virgin’s car: “The Virgin likes young women, but not old ones.” Of course, this explanation caused many of the older women to make wry faces, but that did not change the taste of the Virgin.

After Magdalena came the women. They were arranged differently from the men. Instead of the children, the older women came first, followed by the unmarried women. Behind them was the Virgin's car, and behind that was the curate under his canopy. Father Dámaso explained why the young women were positioned next to the Virgin’s car: “The Virgin prefers young women, not old ones.” Naturally, this explanation made many of the older women scowl, but it didn’t change the Virgin's preference.

San Diego followed Magdalena, but he did not seem to rejoice over the fact, for he was as precise in his behavior as on the morning when he followed along behind San Francisco. Six brothers of the Third Order drew the car. San Diego stopped before the platform and awaited for the people to salute him.

San Diego followed Magdalena, but he didn't seem to be pleased about it, as he was just as careful in his actions as he had been that morning when he trailed behind San Francisco. Six brothers of the Third Order pulled the cart. San Diego paused in front of the platform and waited for the crowd to acknowledge him.

But it was necessary to await the car which contained the image of the Virgin. Preceding this car were some people dressed in a fantastic manner which made children cry and babies scream. In the midst of that dark mass of habits, hoods and girdles, to the sound of that monotonous and nasal prayer, one could see, like white jessamine, like fresh pansies among old rags, twelve young lassies dressed in white, crowned with flowers, with hair curled and eyes bright as the necklaces they wore. Seizing hold of two wide blue bands which were tied to the car of the Virgin, they drew it along, reminding one of doves drawing the car of Spring.

But it was necessary to wait for the car that carried the image of the Virgin. In front of this car were some people dressed in such a strange way that it made children cry and babies scream. Amidst that dark crowd of robes, hoods, and sashes, to the sound of a monotonous and nasal prayer, you could see, like white jasmine or fresh pansies among old rags, twelve young girls dressed in white, crowned with flowers, their hair curled and eyes shining like the necklaces they wore. Grasping two wide blue ribbons attached to the Virgin's car, they pulled it along, reminiscent of doves pulling the chariot of Spring.

And now when the images were all attentive, when this [128]child and that had been slapped sufficiently to make him listen to the verses, when everybody had his eyes fixed on the half open curtain, at last, an aaaah! of admiration escaped from the lips of all.

And now, as everyone was paying close attention, after this [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] child and that one had been smacked enough to get them to listen to the verses, when everyone had their eyes glued to the half-open curtain, finally, a collective aaaah! of admiration slipped from everyone’s lips.

And the sight merited it. A young child appeared with wings, riding boots, a cordon over its shoulder, a belt and a plumed hat.

And the view was worth it. A young child showed up with wings, riding boots, a sash over its shoulder, a belt, and a feathered hat.

“The Señor Alcalde!” cried some one, but the young prodigy recited a poem in such a manner that the Alcalde was not offended at the comparison.

“The Mayor!” shouted someone, but the young prodigy recited a poem in such a way that the Mayor was not insulted by the comparison.

The procession then continued. San Juan followed out his bitter career.

The procession then continued. San Juan went on with his difficult journey.

As the Virgin passed before the house of Captain Tiago, a heavenly song greeted her like the words of an archangel. It was a sweet, melodious, supplicating voice, weeping the Ave Maria of Gounod. The music of the procession was silenced, the praying ceased, and Father Salví himself stopped. The voice trembled and brought tears to the cheeks of those who heard it. That voice expressed more than a salutation, a prayer, or a plaint.

As the Virgin passed by Captain Tiago's house, a heavenly song welcomed her like the words of an angel. It was a sweet, melodic, pleading voice, singing Gounod's Ave Maria. The music of the procession stopped, the prayers fell silent, and even Father Salví paused. The voice quivered and brought tears to the eyes of those who heard it. That voice conveyed more than just a greeting, a prayer, or a lament.

From the window, where he was viewing the procession, Ibarra heard the voice, and melancholy took possession of his heart. He understood what that soul was suffering and what was expressed in that song. He was afraid to think of the cause of that grief.

From the window where he was watching the procession, Ibarra heard the voice, and a sense of sadness filled his heart. He understood the pain that soul was experiencing and what was conveyed in that song. He dreaded to contemplate the reason for that sorrow.

The Governor General found him pensive and sad. [129]

The Governor General found him deep in thought and feeling down. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXI.

Doña Consolacion.

Why were the windows in the alferez’s house closed? Where was the masculine face and the flannel shirt of the Medusa or Muse of the Civil Guard while the procession was passing? Could she have understood how unpleasant was the sight of the swelling veins of her forehead, filled, it seemed, not with blood but with vinegar and bile; of her large cigar, that worthy ornament of her red lips; and of her envious look; could she have understood all of that, and, giving way to a generous impulse, have refrained from disturbing the gayety of the crowd by her sinister apparition?

Why were the windows in the alferez’s house shut? Where was the manly face and the flannel shirt of the Medusa or Muse of the Civil Guard while the procession was going by? Could she have realized how unpleasant it was to see the swollen veins on her forehead, looking like they were filled not with blood but with vinegar and bile; her large cigar, a fitting accessory to her red lips; and her envious gaze? Could she have understood all that and, yielding to a generous impulse, decided not to ruin the crowd's joy with her ominous presence?

Alas! Her generous impulses lived only in the golden age.

Alas! Her kind impulses existed only in a better time.

Her house was sad because other people were merry, as Sinang put it. There neither lanterns nor flags could be seen. In fact, if the sentry were not walking up and down in front of the gate, you would have said that the house was unoccupied.

Her house felt lonely because everyone else was happy, as Sinang said. There were no lanterns or flags in sight. In fact, if the guard weren't patrolling in front of the gate, you might think the house was empty.

A feeble light illumined the disarranged sala, and made transparent the oyster-shell windows filled with spider-webs and covered with dust. The Señora, according to her custom, her hands folded, sat in a wide arm-chair. She was dressed the same as every day, that is to say, outrageously out of taste. In detail, she had a handkerchief tied around her head, while short, slender locks of tangled hair hung down on either side; a blue flannel shirt over another shirt which should have been white; and a faded-out skirt which moulded itself to her slender thighs as she sat with her legs crossed and nervously wiggled her foot. From her mouth, came big puffs of smoke, which she fastidiously blew up in the space toward which she looked when her eyes were open. [130]

A dim light filled the messy sala, making the oyster-shell windows covered in spider webs and dust visible. The Señora, as usual, sat in a large armchair with her hands folded. She was dressed as she was every day, which was completely out of style. Specifically, she had a handkerchief tied around her head, while short, tangled strands of hair hung down on either side; she wore a blue flannel shirt over another shirt that should have been white; and a faded skirt that clung to her slim thighs as she sat with her legs crossed, nervously wiggling her foot. She exhaled big puffs of smoke, which she carefully blew into the air in front of her when her eyes were open. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

That morning the Señora had not heard mass, not because she had not cared to hear it, for on the contrary she wanted to show herself to the multitude and to hear the sermon, but because her husband had not permitted her to do so. As was usually the case, his prohibition was accompanied by two or three insults, oaths and threats of kicking. The alferez understood that his “female” dressed herself in a ridiculous manner, and that it was not fitting to expose her to the eyes of the people from the capital nor even the country districts.

That morning, the Señora didn’t attend mass, not because she didn’t want to, because she actually wanted to be seen by the crowd and hear the sermon, but because her husband wouldn’t allow her to go. As usual, his refusal came with a few insults, curses, and threats of kicking. The alferez believed his “woman” dressed in a way that was embarrassing and thought it wasn’t appropriate for her to be seen by the people from the city or even the rural areas.

But she did not understand it that way. She knew that she was beautiful, attractive, that she had the manners of a queen and that she dressed much better and more gorgeously than Maria Clara herself, though to be sure the latter wore a tapis over her skirt while she wore only the skirt. The alferez had to say to her: “Oh, shut your mouth or I’ll kick you till you do!”

But she didn't see it that way. She knew she was beautiful, attractive, and had the poise of a queen, and she dressed much better and more elegantly than Maria Clara herself, even though Maria Clara wore a tapis over her skirt while she only wore the skirt. The alferez had to tell her: "Oh, shut your mouth or I'll kick you until you do!"

Doña Consolacion did not care to be kicked, but she planned revenge.

Doña Consolacion didn't mind being kicked, but she was plotting her revenge.

The dark face of the Señora never had inspired confidence in anybody, not even when she painted it. That morning she was exceptionally uneasy, and as she walked from one end of the sala to the other, in silence and as if meditating something terrible, her eyes shone like those of a serpent about to be crushed. Her look was cold, luminous, and penetrating and had something vicious, loathsome and cruel in it.

The Señora's dark face never inspired confidence in anyone, not even when she wore makeup. That morning, she seemed particularly anxious, and as she paced silently from one end of the sala to the other, deep in thought about something awful, her eyes glimmered like those of a snake ready to be crushed. Her gaze was cold, bright, and intense, with a vicious, repulsive, and cruel edge to it.

The slightest defect in anything, the most insignificant or unusual noise brought forth an obscene and infamous expression; but no one responded. To offer an excuse was a crime.

The tiniest flaw in anything, the most trivial or unusual sound triggered a shocking and notorious reaction; but no one said anything. Making an excuse was a punishable offense.

So the day passed. Encountering no obstacle in her way—her husband had been invited out—she became saturated with bile.

So the day went by. Without any obstacles in her path—her husband had gone out—she became overwhelmed with resentment.

Everything around bent itself before her. She met no resistance, there was nothing upon which she could discharge the vials of her wrath. Soldiers and servants crawled before her.

Everything around her bent to her will. She faced no resistance; there was nothing on which she could unleash her fury. Soldiers and servants crept before her.

That she might not hear the rejoicing going on outside, she ordered the windows to be closed, and charged the sentry not to permit any one to enter. She tied a handkerchief [131]around her head to prevent it from bursting; and, in spite of the fact that the sun was still shining brightly, she ordered the lamps lighted.

That she wouldn't hear the celebration happening outside, she ordered the windows to be closed and instructed the guard not to let anyone enter. She tied a handkerchief [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]around her head to keep it from bursting; and, despite the fact that the sun was still shining brightly, she had the lamps turned on.

A madwoman who had been detained for disturbing the public peace was taken to the barracks. The alferez was not there at the time and the unhappy woman had to pass the night seated on a bench. The following day the alferez returned. Fearing lest the unhappy woman should become the butt of the crowd during the fiesta, he ordered the soldiers who were guarding her to treat her with pity and give her something to eat. Thus the demented woman passed two days.

A woman who had been arrested for causing a disturbance was taken to the barracks. The alferez wasn't there at the time, so the poor woman had to spend the night sitting on a bench. The next day, the alferez returned. Worried that the woman might become a target for the crowd during the fiesta, he told the soldiers guarding her to treat her kindly and to give her something to eat. So, the troubled woman spent two days like this.

Whether the proximity to Captain Tiago’s house made it possible for the sad song of Maria Clara to reach her ears, whether other strains of music awoke in her memories of old songs, or whether there was some other cause for it, at any rate, the madwoman began that night to sing with a sweet and melancholy voice the songs of her youth. The soldiers heard her and kept silent. Those songs brought back memories of the old times.

Whether it was the closeness to Captain Tiago’s house that allowed the sad song of Maria Clara to reach her ears, whether other tunes stirred memories of old songs, or whether there was some other reason, the madwoman began that night to sing sweetly and melancholically the songs of her youth. The soldiers listened in silence. Those songs brought back memories of the past.

Doña Consolacion also heard it in her sorrow, and became interested in the person who was singing.

Doña Consolacion also heard it in her sadness and became curious about the person who was singing.

“Tell her to come upstairs at once!” she ordered, after some seconds of meditation. Something like a smile passed over her dry lips.

“Tell her to come upstairs right away!” she commanded, after a few moments of thought. A hint of a smile crossed her dry lips.

They brought the woman and she presented herself without any discomposure, and without manifesting either fear or surprise.

They brought the woman, and she carried herself without any signs of discomfort, fear, or surprise.

“Orderly, tell this woman in Tagalog to sing!” said the alfereza. “She don’t understand me; she does not know Spanish.”

“Orderly, tell this woman in Tagalog to sing!” said the alfereza. “She doesn’t understand me; she doesn’t know Spanish.”

The demented woman understood the orderly and sang the song “Night.”

The crazy woman understood the orderly and sang the song “Night.”

Doña Consolacion listened to the beginning with a mocking smile which disappeared gradually from her lips. She became attentive, then more serious and pensive. The woman’s voice, the sentiment of the verses and the song itself impressed her. That dry and burning heart was perhaps softened. She understood the song well: “Sadness, cold, and dampness, wrapped in the mantle of Night descend from the sky,” as the folk song [132]puts it. It seemed that they were also descending upon her heart. “The withered flower which during the day has paraded its dress, desirous of applause and full of vanity, at nightfall repenting, makes an effort to raise its faded petals to the sky, and begs for a little shade in which to hide itself, so as to die without the mockery of the light which saw it in its pomp, to die without the vanity of its pride being seen, and begging for a drop of dew, to weep over it. The night bird, leaving its solitary retreat in the hollow of the old tree, disturbs the melancholy of the forests....”

Doña Consolacion listened at first with a mocking smile that slowly faded away. She became more attentive, then serious and thoughtful. The woman’s voice, the feeling in the verses, and the song itself moved her. That dry, burning heart of hers might have softened a bit. She understood the song well: “Sadness, cold, and dampness, wrapped in the mantle of Night descend from the sky,” as the folk song [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] puts it. It felt like they were also descending upon her heart. “The wilted flower that during the day flaunted its beauty, craving applause and full of vanity, at nightfall, filled with regret, strives to lift its faded petals to the sky, begging for a bit of shade to hide itself, so it can die without the mockery of the light that witnessed its glory, to die without its pride being seen, and pleading for a drop of dew to weep over it. The night bird, leaving its lonely refuge in the hollow of the old tree, disrupts the melancholy of the forests...”

“No, no! Do not sing!” exclaimed the alfereza in perfect Tagalog and raising to her feet somewhat agitated. “Don’t sing! Those verses hurt me!”

“No, no! Don’t sing!” the alfereza exclaimed in perfect Tagalog, standing up a bit agitated. “Don’t sing! Those lines hurt me!”

The demented woman stopped. The orderly muttered “Bah!” and exclaimed “She knows how to patá Tagalog!” and stood looking at the señora full of surprise.

The crazy woman stopped. The orderly muttered “Bah!” and said, “She knows how to patá Tagalog!” and stood there staring at the señora in shock.

The Muse understood that she had been caught, and was ashamed. As her nature was not that of a woman, her shame took the form of rage and hatred. She pointed out the door to the impudent orderly and with a kick closed it behind him. She took several turns about the room, twisting a whip between her nervous hands, and then, stopping suddenly in front of the demented woman, said in Spanish: “Dance!”

The Muse realized she had been discovered and felt ashamed. Since her nature wasn't that of a woman, her shame transformed into anger and hatred. She pointed to the door for the impudent orderly and kicked it closed behind him. She paced around the room, twisting a whip between her anxious hands, and then suddenly stopped in front of the crazy woman, saying in Spanish: “Dance!”

The demented one did not move.

The person didn't move.

“Dance! Dance!” she repeated in a threatening voice.

“Dance! Dance!” she shouted in a menacing tone.

The poor woman looked at the Señora, her eyes devoid of expression. The alfereza raised one arm and then the other, shaking them in a menacing way.

The poor woman looked at the Señora, her eyes lacking any expression. The alfereza raised one arm and then the other, shaking them in a threatening manner.

She then leaped up in the air, and jumped around urging the other woman to imitate her. The band in the procession could be heard playing a slow, majestic march, but the Señora, leaping about furiously was keeping time to different music than that the band was playing, that music which resounded within her. A curious look appeared in the madwoman’s eyes, and a weak smile moved her pale lips. She liked the Señora’s dancing.

She then jumped up in the air and started moving around, encouraging the other woman to copy her. The band in the procession could be heard playing a slow, majestic march, but the Señora, jumping around excitedly, was in sync with a different rhythm that resonated within her. A strange expression appeared in the madwoman’s eyes, and a faint smile curled her pale lips. She enjoyed the Señora’s dancing.

The alfereza stopped dancing as if ashamed. She raised the whip, that terrible whip made in Ulango and improved by the alferez by winding wire around it, that [133]same terrible whip which the ladrones and soldiers knew so well.

The alfereza stopped dancing, looking embarrassed. She lifted the whip, that awful whip made in Ulango and enhanced by the alferez with wire wrapped around it, that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]same awful whip that the ladrones and soldiers recognized so well.

“Now it is your turn to dance ... dance!”

“Now it's your turn to dance ... dance!”

And she began to whip lightly the demented woman’s bare feet.

And she started to gently whip the crazed woman's bare feet.

The pale face contracted with pain, and she was obliged to defend herself from the blows by her hands.

The pale face twisted in pain, and she had to protect herself from the hits with her hands.

“Come! Go ahead!” she exclaimed with savage delight, and she passed from lento to allegro-vivace in the use of her whip.

“Come! Go for it!” she exclaimed with fierce joy, and she shifted from lento to allegro-vivace in how she used her whip.

The unhappy woman screamed and quickly raised her feet.

The unhappy woman yelled and quickly lifted her feet.

“You have got to dance, you d——d Indian!” exclaimed the Señora and the whip whizzed and whistled.

“You have to dance, you damned Indian!” exclaimed the Señora, and the whip whizzed and whistled.

The woman let herself sink to the floor and tried to cover her legs with her hands, at the same time looking with wild eyes at her tormentor. Two heavy lashes on her back made her rise again. Now it was no longer a scream; it was a howl which escaped from the unfortunate woman. The thin shirt was torn, the skin broke open and the blood oozed out.

The woman sank to the floor and tried to cover her legs with her hands while looking at her tormentor with wild eyes. Two heavy eyelashes on her back made her get back up. Now it was no longer just a scream; it was a howl that escaped from the unfortunate woman. The thin shirt was torn, her skin broke open, and blood oozed out.

The sight of blood excites a tiger; so, too, the sight of the blood of her victim infuriated Doña Consolacion.

The sight of blood excites a tiger; similarly, the sight of her victim's blood enraged Doña Consolacion.

“Dance! dance! Curse you! D——n you! Dance! Cursed be the mother who bore you!” she cried. “Dance, or I’ll kill you by whipping you to death!”

“Dance! Dance! Damn you! Curse you! Dance! Damn the mother who gave birth to you!” she shouted. “Dance, or I’ll kill you by whipping you to death!”

Then the alfereza, taking the woman with one hand and whipping her with another, began to jump and dance.

Then the alfereza, grabbing the woman with one hand and whipping her with the other, started to jump and dance.

The insane woman understood her at last and went on moving her arms regardless of time or tune. A smile of satisfaction contracted the lips of the teacher. It was like the smile of a female Mephistopheles who had succeeded in developing a good pupil; it was full of hatred, contempt, mockery and cruelty; a coarse laugh could not have expressed more.

The crazy woman finally understood her and continued to move her arms without caring about the time or the rhythm. A satisfied smile formed on the teacher's lips. It was the smile of a female Mephistopheles who had managed to nurture a good student; it was filled with hatred, disdain, mockery, and cruelty; a harsh laugh couldn't have captured it better.

Absorbed in the enjoyment which the spectacle afforded her, she did not hear her husband coming, until he opened the door with a kick.

Absorbed in the enjoyment that the show gave her, she didn't hear her husband approaching until he kicked the door open.

The alferez appeared, pale and gloomy. He saw what was going on there and looked daggers at his wife. She [134]did not move from her tracks and stood smiling in a cynical way.

The alferez showed up, looking pale and gloomy. He noticed what was happening and shot an angry glance at his wife. She [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]didn't budge and stood there smiling in a sarcastic manner.

In the gentlest manner possible, he put his hand on the shoulder of the dancing woman and made her stop. The demented woman sighed and slowly sat down on the blood-covered floor.

In the gentlest way he could, he placed his hand on the shoulder of the dancing woman and brought her to a stop. The confused woman sighed and slowly sat down on the blood-stained floor.

The silence continued. The alferez was breathing heavily. His wife was observing him with her questioning eyes. She seized the whip and in a calm and measured tone asked him: “What’s the matter with you? You have not said ‘good evening’ to me.”

The silence went on. The alferez was breathing heavily. His wife watched him with curious eyes. She picked up the whip and, in a calm and steady voice, asked him, “What’s wrong? You didn’t say ‘good evening’ to me.”

The alferez, without replying, called the orderly.

The alferez, without answering, called the aide.

“Take this woman,” he said, “and have Marta give her another shirt and take care of her. Find her good food, and a good bed.... Let him look out who treats her badly!”

“Take this woman,” he said, “and have Marta give her another shirt and take care of her. Find her good food and a decent bed... Let anyone who mistreats her watch out!”

After carefully closing the door, he turned the key in the lock and approached his señora.

After carefully closing the door, he turned the key in the lock and walked over to his señora.

“You want me to smash you?” he said, clenching his fists.

“You want me to hit you?” he said, clenching his fists.

“What’s the matter with you?” asked she, retreating a step or two.

“What’s wrong with you?” she asked, stepping back a little.

“What’s the matter with me?” he shouted, in a thundering voice, and, giving vent to an oath, showed her a paper covered with scribbling. He continued:

“What’s wrong with me?” he shouted in a booming voice, and, cursing, showed her a paper filled with scribbles. He continued:

“Didn’t you write this letter to the Alcalde, saying that I am paid for permitting the gambling, d——n you? I don’t know how I can keep from smashing you.”

“Didn’t you write this letter to the Alcalde, saying that I get paid for allowing the gambling, damn you? I don’t know how I can stop myself from smashing you.”

“Go ahead! Try it if you dare!” said she, with a mocking smile. “He who smashes me has got to be more of a man than you!”

“Go ahead! Try it if you dare!” she said with a teasing smile. “Anyone who crushes me has to be more of a man than you!”

He heard the insult, but he saw the whip. He seized one of the plates which were on the table and threw it at her head. The woman, accustomed to these fights, ducked quickly and the plate was shivered to pieces against the wall. A glass, a cup, and a knife shared the same fortune.

He heard the insult, but he saw the whip. He grabbed one of the plates on the table and threw it at her head. The woman, used to these fights, ducked quickly, and the plate shattered against the wall. A glass, a cup, and a knife met the same fate.

“Coward!” she cried. “You dare not come near me!”

“Coward!” she yelled. “You’re too scared to come close to me!”

And then she spat at him to exasperate him more. The man, blind and howling with rage, threw himself on her, but she, with wonderful rapidity, struck him a few blows [135]across the face with the whip, and quickly escaped. Closing the door of her room with a slam, she locked herself in. Roaring with rage and pain the alferez followed her, but, coming up against the door, he could do nothing but belch forth a string of blasphemies.

And then she spat at him to annoy him even more. The man, blind with fury, lunged at her, but she quickly struck him a few times across the face with the whip and escaped. Slamming the door of her room, she locked herself in. Roaring with anger and pain, the lieutenant followed her, but when he reached the door, all he could do was curse loudly. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Cursed be your ancestors, you swine! Open, d——n you! Open that door or I’ll break your skull!” he howled, pounding and kicking the panels.

“Curse your ancestors, you pig! Open up, damn you! Open that door or I’ll smash your head!” he yelled, hitting and kicking the panels.

Doña Consolacion did not reply. A moving of chairs and trunks could be heard, as though some one was trying to raise a barricade of household furniture. The house fairly shook with the oaths and kicks of the husband.

Doña Consolacion didn't respond. You could hear chairs and trunks being moved, as if someone was trying to build a barrier out of household furniture. The house shook with the curses and kicks of the husband.

“Don’t you come in! Don’t you come in!” she said, in a bitter voice. “If you show yourself, I’ll shoot you!”

“Don’t you come in! Don’t you come in!” she said, in a bitter tone. “If you show your face, I’ll shoot you!”

The husband calmed down, little by little, and contented himself with pacing from one end of the sala to the other like a wild animal in its cage.

The husband gradually calmed down and kept himself busy by pacing back and forth in the sala like a wild animal in a cage.

“Go and cool your head!” continued the woman in mockery. She seemed to have concluded her preparations for defense.

“Go and calm down!” the woman said mockingly. She seemed to have finished her preparations for defense.

“I swear that when I catch you, no one—not even God—will see you again! I’ll smash you so fine.”

“I promise that when I get my hands on you, no one—not even God—will ever see you again! I’ll crush you into bits.”

“Yes! Now you can say what you wish. You would not let me go to mass. You would not let me fulfill my duty to God!” she said with such sarcasm as she alone knew how to use.

“Yes! Now you can say what you want. You wouldn’t let me go to church. You wouldn’t let me do my duty to God!” she said with a sarcasm only she knew how to wield.

The alferez took his helmet, straightened out his clothes, and walked away several paces. But, at the end of several minutes, he returned without making the slightest noise, for he had taken off his boots. The servants, accustomed to these spectacles, paid no attention to them, but the novelty of this move with the boots attracted their notice and they gave each other the wink.

The alferez put on his helmet, adjusted his clothes, and walked several steps away. However, after a few minutes, he came back without making a sound, as he had taken off his boots. The servants, used to these scenes, didn't pay them any mind, but the unusual act with the boots caught their attention and they exchanged knowing glances.

The alferez sat down on a chair next to the door and had the patience to wait more than half an hour.

The alferez sat in a chair by the door and waited patiently for over half an hour.

“Have you really gone out or are you there, you he-goat?” asked a voice from time to time, changing the epithets but raising the tone.

“Have you actually gone out or are you still there, you goat?” a voice asked from time to time, switching up the nicknames but raising the tone.

Finally, she commenced to take away the furniture from her barricade. He heard the noise and smiled. [136]

Finally, she started to clear the furniture from her barricade. He heard the noise and smiled. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Orderly! Has the señor gone out?” cried Doña Consolacion.

“Orderly! Has the sir left?” shouted Doña Consolacion.

The orderly at a signal from the alferez, replied: “Yes, señora, he has gone out!”

The orderly, at a signal from the alferez, responded: “Yeah, ma'am, he’s gone out!”

He could hear her laugh triumphantly. She drew back the bolt. The husband arose to his feet slowly; the door was opened.

He could hear her laugh triumphantly. She pulled back the bolt. The husband got to his feet slowly; the door was opened.

A cry, the noise of a body falling, oaths, howling, swearing, blows, hoarse voices. Who can describe what took place in the darkness of the bedroom?

A scream, the sound of someone hitting the ground, curses, crying, shouting, hits, rough voices. Who can explain what happened in the darkness of the bedroom?

The orderly, going out to the kitchen, made a very expressive gesture to the cook.

The orderly, heading to the kitchen, made a very expressive gesture to the cook.

“And now you’ll catch it!” said the latter.

“And now you’re going to get it!” said the latter.

“I? No, sir. The town will, not I. She asked me if he had gone out, not if he had returned.” [137]

“I? No, sir. The town will, not me. She asked me if he had left, not if he had come back.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXII.

Might and Right.

It was about ten o’clock at night. The last rockets lazily soared into the dark sky, where paper balloons shone like new stars. Some of the fireworks had set fire to houses and were threatening them with destruction; for this reason men could be seen on the ridges of the roofs carrying buckets of water and long bamboo poles with cloths tied on the ends. Their dark shadows seemed descended from ethereal space to be present at the rejoicings of human beings. An enormous number of wheels had been burned, also castles, bulls, caraboas and other pieces of fireworks, and finally a great volcano, which surpassed in beauty and grandeur anything that the inhabitants of San Diego had ever seen.

It was around ten o’clock at night. The last rockets slowly shot up into the dark sky, where paper balloons glowed like new stars. Some of the fireworks had set houses on fire and were threatening to destroy them; because of this, men could be seen on the edges of the roofs carrying buckets of water and long bamboo poles with cloths tied to the ends. Their dark shadows seemed to have come down from the heavens to join in the celebrations of human beings. An enormous number of wheels had been burned, along with castles, bulls, caraboas, and other types of fireworks, and finally a huge volcano, which overshadowed in beauty and grandeur anything that the people of San Diego had ever seen.

Now the people turned in one great crowd toward the plaza to attend the last theatrical performance. Here and there could be seen the colored Bengal lights, fantastically illuminating groups of merry people. The small boys were making use of their torches to search for unexploded firecrackers in the grass, or, in fact, for anything else that might be of use to them. But the music was the signal and all abandoned the lawn for the theatre.

Now the crowd gathered in one large group toward the plaza to watch the final theater performance. Here and there, colored Bengal lights lit up groups of cheerful people. The young boys were using their flashlights to look for unexploded firecrackers in the grass or anything else that might be useful to them. But the music was the signal, and everyone left the lawn for the theater.

The large platform was splendidly illuminated. Thousands of lights surrounded the pillars and hung from the roof, while a number, in pyramid-shaped groups, were arranged on the floor of the stage. An employee attended to these and whenever he would come forward to regulate them, the public would whistle at him and shout: “There he is! There he is now!”

The big platform was brightly lit up. Thousands of lights surrounded the pillars and hung from the ceiling, while some were arranged in pyramid-shaped groups on the stage floor. An employee took care of these lights, and each time he came forward to adjust them, the crowd would whistle and shout: “There he is! There he is now!”

In front of the stage, the orchestra tuned its instruments, and behind the musicians sat the principal people of the town. Spaniards and rich visitors were occupying the reserved chairs. The public, the mass of people without [138]titles or rank, filled the rest of the plaza. Some carried with them benches, not so much for seats as to remedy their lack of stature. When they stood upon them, rude protests were made on the part of those without benches or things to stand on. Then they would get down immediately, but soon mount up on their pedestals again as if nothing had happened.

In front of the stage, the orchestra tuned their instruments, and behind the musicians sat the prominent figures of the town. Wealthy Spaniards and visitors occupied the reserved seats. The general public, the crowd without [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] titles or status, filled the rest of the plaza. Some brought benches with them, not so much to sit on but to compensate for their lack of height. When they stood on them, there were rude complaints from those without benches or anything to stand on. They would quickly get down, but soon climb back up onto their platforms again as if nothing had happened.

Comings and goings, cries, exclamations, laughter, squibs that had been slow in going off, and firecrackers increased the tumult. Here, a foot broke through a bench, and some one fell to the floor, while the crowd laughed and made a show of him who had come so far to see a show. There, they fought and disputed over positions, and, a little farther on, the noise of breaking bottles and glasses could be heard: it was Andeng. She was carrying drinks and refreshments on a tray which she was balancing with both hands, but she had met her lover and he tried to take advantage of her helplessness by tickling....

Comings and goings, cries, exclamations, laughter, delayed firecrackers, and the noise of commotion filled the air. Someone accidentally broke a bench and fell to the floor, causing the crowd to laugh and mock the person who had traveled so far to see the spectacle. Nearby, people were arguing and jostling for positions, and a bit further on, the sound of breaking bottles and glasses rang out: it was Andeng. She was carrying drinks and snacks on a tray balanced in both hands, but when she ran into her boyfriend, he took the chance to tickle her...

The teniente mayor presided at the production since the gobernadorcillo was fonder of monte.

The teniente mayor oversaw the production since the gobernadorcillo preferred being in the monte.

Maria Clara and her friends had arrived, and Don Filipo received them, and accompanied them to their seats. Behind came the curate with another Franciscan and some Spaniards. With the curate were some other people who make it their business to escort the friars.

Maria Clara and her friends had arrived, and Don Filipo welcomed them and showed them to their seats. The curate followed with another Franciscan and some Spaniards. Along with the curate were a few others whose job is to escort the friars.

“May God reward them in another life,” said the old man, referring to them as he walked away from Maria Clara’s party.

“May God reward them in the next life,” said the old man, referring to them as he walked away from Maria Clara’s party.

The performance began with Chananay and Marianito in Crispinoé la Comare. Everybody had eyes and ears intent upon the stage, except one, Father Salví. He seemed to have come to the theatre for no other purpose than to watch Maria Clara, whose sadness gave to her beauty an air so ideal and interesting that everybody looked upon her with rapture. But the Franciscan’s eyes, deeply hidden in their hollow orbits, spoke no words of rapture. In that sombre look one could read something desperately sad. With such eyes Cain might have contemplated from afar the Paradise whose delights his mother had pictured to him. [139]

The performance started with Chananay and Marianito in Crispinoé la Comare. Everyone was focused on the stage, except for one person, Father Salví. It seemed he had come to the theater solely to watch Maria Clara, whose sadness made her beauty seem almost ideal and captivating, causing everyone to gaze at her in awe. But the Franciscan's eyes, deeply set in their sunken sockets, revealed no expressions of wonder. In that gloomy gaze, one could sense something profoundly sorrowful. With such eyes, Cain might have looked longingly at the Paradise his mother had described to him. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The act was just ending when Ibarra arrived. His presence occasioned a buzz of conversation. The attention of everybody was fixed on him and on the curate.

The performance was just wrapping up when Ibarra showed up. His arrival sparked a buzz of chatter. Everyone's attention was focused on him and the curate.

But the young man did not seem to be aware of it, for he greeted Maria Clara and her friends with naturalness and sat down at their side. The only one who spoke was Sinang.

But the young man didn't seem to notice it; he greeted Maria Clara and her friends casually and sat down next to them. The only one who spoke was Sinang.

“Did you see the volcano when they touched it off?” she asked.

“Did you see the volcano when they set it off?” she asked.

“No, my little friend. I had to accompany the Governor General.”

“No, my little friend. I had to go with the Governor General.”

“Well, that is too bad! The curate came with us and he was telling us stories about condemned people. What do you think? Doesn’t he do it to make us afraid so that we cannot enjoy ourselves? How does it appear to you?”

“Well, that’s too bad! The curate came with us, and he was telling us stories about condemned people. What do you think? Isn’t he doing that to make us afraid so we can’t enjoy ourselves? How does it seem to you?”

The curate arose and approached Don Filipo, with whom he seemed to be having a lively discussion. He was speaking with animation and Don Filipo replying with moderation and in a low voice.

The curate got up and walked over to Don Filipo, with whom he appeared to be having an animated conversation. He spoke passionately while Don Filipo responded calmly and quietly.

“I am sorry that I cannot please Your Reverence,” said the latter. “Señor Ibarra is one of the heaviest tax-payers and has a right to sit here as long as he does not disturb the public order.”

“I’m sorry that I can’t satisfy Your Reverence,” said the latter. “Mr. Ibarra is one of the highest tax-payers and has the right to be here as long as he doesn’t disrupt the public order.”

“But is not scandalizing good Christians disturbing the public order? You let a wolf into the flock. You will be held responsible for this before God and before the authorities of the town.”

“But isn’t scandalizing good Christians disrupting the public order? You’re letting a wolf into the flock. You will be held accountable for this before God and the town authorities.”

“I always hold myself responsible for acts which emanate from my own will, Father,” replied Don Filipo, slightly inclining his head. “But my little authority does not give me power to meddle in religious affairs. Those who wish to avoid contact with him do not have to speak to him. Señor Ibarra does not force himself on any one.”

“I always take responsibility for actions that come from my own choices, Father,” replied Don Filipo, slightly bowing his head. “But my limited authority doesn’t allow me to interfere in religious matters. Those who want to avoid him don’t have to talk to him. Señor Ibarra doesn’t impose himself on anyone.”

“But he affords danger. He who loves danger perishes in it.”

“But he brings danger. Those who love danger end up perishing in it.”

“I don’t see any danger, Father. The Alcalde and the Governor General, my superiors, have been talking with him all the afternoon, and it is not for me to give them a lesson.”

“I don’t see any danger, Dad. The Alcalde and the Governor General, my bosses, have been talking with him all afternoon, and it's not my place to teach them a lesson.”

“If you don’t put him out of here, we will leave.” [140]

“If you don’t get him out of here, we’re leaving.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“I am very, very sorry, but I cannot put any one out of here.”

“I’m really, really sorry, but I can’t let anyone leave.”

The curate repented having said what he did, but now there was no alternative. He made a signal to his companion, who laboriously rose to his feet and both went out. The persons attached to the friars imitated the priests, not, however, without first glancing with hatred at Ibarra.

The curate regretted saying what he did, but now there was no other choice. He signaled his companion, who slowly got to his feet, and they both went outside. The people associated with the friars copied the priests, though not without first casting a look of hatred at Ibarra.

Murmurs and whispers increased. Then various persons approached and saluted the young man and said:

Murmurs and whispers grew louder. Then several people came over and greeted the young man, saying:

“We are with you. Take no notice of them.”

“We're with you. Don’t pay any attention to them.”

“Who are ’them’?” he asked with surprise.

“Who are ’they’?” he asked with surprise.

“Those who have gone out in order to avoid contact with you.”

“Those who have left to stay away from you.”

“To avoid contact with me? Contact with me?”

“To avoid getting in touch with me? Getting in touch with me?”

“Yes, they say that you are excommunicated.”

“Yes, they say you’ve been excommunicated.”

Ibarra, surprised, did not know what to say and looked around him. He saw Maria Clara, who was hiding her face behind her fan.

Ibarra, surprised, didn't know what to say and looked around. He saw Maria Clara, who was hiding her face behind her fan.

“But is it possible?” he exclaimed at last. “Are we still in the darkness of the Middle Ages? So that——”

“But is it possible?” he exclaimed at last. “Are we still stuck in the darkness of the Middle Ages? So that——”

And turning to the young women and changing his tone, he said:

And turning to the young women and changing his tone, he said:

“Excuse me; I have forgotten an appointment. I will return to accompany you home.”

“Sorry, I forgot I have an appointment. I'll come back to take you home.”

“Stay!” said Sinang. “Yeyeng is going to dance in the ‘La Calandria.’ She dances divinely.”

“Wait!” said Sinang. “Yeyeng is going to dance in the ‘La Calandria.’ She dances beautifully.”

“I cannot, my little friend, but I will certainly return.”

“I can’t, my little friend, but I will definitely come back.”

The murmurs increased.

The whispers grew louder.

While Yeyeng, dressed in the style of the lower class of Madrid, was coming on the stage with the remark: “Da Usté su permiso?” (Do you give your permission?) and as Carvajal was replying to her “Pase usté adelante” (Pass forward), two soldiers of the Civil Guard approached Don Filipo, asking him to suspend the performance.

While Yeyeng, dressed in the style of the lower class of Madrid, was coming on stage with the remark: “Da Usté su permiso?” (Do you give your permission?) and as Carvajal replied to her “Pase usté adelante” (Go ahead), two Civil Guard soldiers approached Don Filipo, asking him to halt the performance.

“And what for?” asked he, surprised at the request.

“And what for?” he asked, surprised by the request.

“Because the alferez and his Señora have been fighting and they cannot sleep.”

“Because the alferez and his Señora have been arguing and they can't sleep.”

“You tell the alferez that we have permission from the [141]Alcalde, and that no one in the town has any authority over him, not even the gobernadorcillo, who is my on-ly su-per-ior.”

“You tell the alferez that we have permission from the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Alcalde, and that no one in the town has any authority over him, not even the gobernadorcillo, who is my only superior.”

“Well, you will have to suspend the performance,” repeated the soldiers.

“Well, you will have to suspend the performance,” repeated the soldiers.

Don Filipo turned his back to them. The guards marched off.

Don Filipo turned away from them. The guards walked off.

In order not to disturb the general tranquillity, Don Filipo said not a word about the matter to any one.

To keep the peace, Don Filipo said nothing to anyone about it.

After a piece of light opera, which was heartily applauded, the Prince Villardo presented himself on the stage, and challenged all the Moros, who had imprisoned his father, to a fight. The hero threatened to cut off all their heads at a single blow and to send them all to the moon. Fortunately for the Moros, who were making ready to fight to the tune of the “Riego Hymn,”1 a tumult intervened. All of a sudden, the orchestra stopped playing and the musicians made a rush for the stage, throwing their instruments in all directions. The brave Villardo was not expecting such a move, and, taking them for allies of the Moros he also threw down his sword and shield and began to run. The Moros, seeing this terrible giant fleeing, found it convenient to imitate him. Cries, sighs, imprecations and blasphemies filled the air. The people ran, trampled over each other, the lights were put out, and the glass lamps with their cocoanut oil and little wicks were flying through the air. “Tulisanes! Tulisanes!” cried some. “Fire! Fire! Ladrones!” cried others. Women and children wept, chairs and spectators were rolled over on the floor in the midst of the confusion, rush and tumult.

After a light opera that got a lot of applause, Prince Villardo came onto the stage and challenged all the Moros, who had captured his father, to a duel. The hero threatened to chop off their heads in one swing and send them all to the moon. Luckily for the Moros, who were getting ready to fight to the tune of the “Riego Hymn,”1 a commotion broke out. Suddenly, the orchestra stopped playing, and the musicians rushed to the stage, flinging their instruments everywhere. Brave Villardo wasn't expecting this and, thinking they were allies of the Moros, he also dropped his sword and shield and started to run. Seeing this huge giant fleeing, the Moros decided to follow suit. The air was filled with cries, sobs, curses, and blasphemies. People ran, trampling each other; the lights went out, and the glass lamps with coconut oil and small wicks were flying through the air. “Tulisanes! Tulisanes!” some shouted. “Fire! Fire! Ladrones!” others screamed. Women and children were crying, and chairs and spectators were knocked over in the chaos and confusion.

“What has happened?”

"What happened?"

Two Civil Guards with sticks in hand had gone after the musicians in order to put an end to the spectacle. The teniente mayor, with the cuaderilleros,2 armed with their old sabers, had managed to arrest the two Civil Guards in spite of their resistance. [142]

Two Civil Guards with clubs in hand had gone after the musicians to put a stop to the show. The teniente mayor, along with the cuaderilleros,2 armed with their old sabers, managed to arrest the two Civil Guards despite their resistance. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Take them to the tribunal!” shouted Don Filipo. “Be careful not to let them get away!”

“Take them to court!” shouted Don Filipo. “Make sure they don't escape!”

Ibarra had returned and had sought out Maria Clara. The terrified young maidens, trembling and pale, were clinging closely to him. Aunt Isabel was reciting the litanies in Latin.

Ibarra had come back and was looking for Maria Clara. The frightened young maids, shaking and pale, were holding on tightly to him. Aunt Isabel was reciting the prayers in Latin.

The crowd having recovered a little from the fright and some one having explained what had caused the rush and tumult, indignation arose in everyone’s breast. Stones rained upon the Civil Guards who were being conducted to the tribunal by the cuaderilleros. Some one proposed that they burn the barracks of the Civil Guards and that they roast Doña Consolacion and the alferez alive.

The crowd, having calmed down a bit after the scare and with someone explaining what caused the rush and chaos, became outraged. Stones flew at the Civil Guards who were being taken to the tribunal by the cuaderilleros. Someone suggested that they should set fire to the Civil Guards' barracks and burn Doña Consolacion and the alferez alive.

“That is all that they are good for,” cried a woman, rolling up her sleeves and stretching out her arms. “They can disturb the people but they persecute none but honorable men. They do nothing with the tulisanes and the gamblers. Look at them! Let us burn the cuartel.”

“That’s all they’re good for,” shouted a woman, rolling up her sleeves and stretching out her arms. “They can annoy the people but they only go after honorable men. They don’t do anything about the tulisanes and the gamblers. Look at them! Let’s burn the cuartel.”

Somebody had been wounded in the arm and was asking for confession. A plaintive voice was heard coming from under an upset bench. It was a poor musician. The stage was filled with the players and people of the town and they were all talking at the same time. There was Chananay, dressed in the costume of Leonor in the “Trovador,” talking in corrupted Spanish with Ratia, who was in a school teacher’s costume. There too, was Yeyeng, dressed in a silk wrapper, talking with the Prince Villardo. There too, Balbino and the Moros, trying to console the musicians who were more or less sorry sights. Some Spaniards were walking from one place to another, arguing with every one they met.

Someone had been injured in the arm and was asking for confession. A sad voice was heard coming from under a tipped-over bench. It was a struggling musician. The stage was packed with performers and townspeople, all talking at once. There was Chananay, dressed as Leonor from the “Trovador,” speaking in broken Spanish with Ratia, who was in a school teacher's outfit. Also present was Yeyeng, wearing a silk robe, chatting with Prince Villardo. Balbino and the Moros were there too, trying to comfort the musicians, who looked pretty miserable. A few Spaniards were moving around, arguing with everyone they encountered.

But a nucleus for a mob already formed. Don Filipo knew what was their intention and tried to stop them.

But a group was already forming. Don Filipo knew what they were planning and tried to stop them.

“Do not break the peace!” he shouted. “To-morrow we will demand satisfaction: we will have justice. I will take the responsibility for our getting justice.”

“Don’t disrupt the peace!” he shouted. “Tomorrow we will demand satisfaction: we will get justice. I will take responsibility for us getting justice.”

“No!” some replied. “They did the same thing in Calamba. The same thing was promised, but the Alcalde [143]did nothing. We want justice done by our own hands. To the cuartel!”

“No!” some replied. “They did the same thing in Calamba. They made the same promises, but the Alcalde [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] didn’t do anything. We want justice served by our own hands. To the cuartel!”

In vain the teniente mayor argued with them. The group that had gathered showed no signs of changing its attitude or purpose. Don Filipo looked about him, in search of help. He saw Ibarra.

In vain the teniente mayor argued with them. The group that had gathered showed no signs of changing its attitude or purpose. Don Filipo looked around for help. He saw Ibarra.

“Señor Ibarra, for my sake, as a favor, hold them while I seek some cuaderilleros.”

“Mr. Ibarra, please do me a favor and hold them while I look for some cuaderilleros.”

“What can I do?” asked the young man, perplexed. But the teniente mayor was already in the distance.

“What can I do?” the young man asked, confused. But the teniente mayor was already far away.

Ibarra in turn looked about him, for he knew not whom. Fortunately, he thought he discerned Elias, in the crowd, but not taking an active part in it. Ibarra ran up to him, seized his arm and said to him in Spanish:

Ibarra looked around, unsure of who he was searching for. Luckily, he thought he spotted Elias in the crowd, but he wasn’t really involved in it. Ibarra rushed over, grabbed his arm, and said to him in Spanish:

“For heaven’s sake! Do something, if you can! I cannot do anything.”

“For heaven's sake! Do something, if you can! I can't do anything.”

The pilot must have understood, for he lost himself in the mob.

The pilot must have understood, because he got lost in the crowd.

Lively discussions were heard mingled with strong interjections. Soon the mob began to disperse, each one of the participants becoming less hostile. And it was time for them to do so, for the cuaderilleros were coming to the scene with fixed bayonets.

Lively discussions mixed with strong interjections could be heard. Soon, the crowd started to break up, and each participant became less aggressive. It was time for them to go, as the cuaderilleros were approaching with their bayonets drawn.

In the meantime, what was the curate doing?

In the meantime, what was the curate up to?

Father Salví had not gone to bed. Standing on foot, immovable and leaning his face against the shutter, he was looking toward the plaza and, from time to time, a suppressed sigh escaped his breast. If the light of his lamp had not been so dim, perhaps one might have seen that his eyes were filling with tears. Thus he stood for almost an hour.

Father Salví hadn’t gone to bed. Standing up, he remained still, leaning his face against the shutter, looking out at the plaza. Every now and then, a quiet sigh escaped his chest. If the light of his lamp hadn’t been so dim, maybe one would have noticed that his eyes were filling with tears. He stood like that for almost an hour.

The tumult in the plaza roused him from this state. Full of surprise, he followed with his eyes the people as they rushed to and fro in confusion. Their voices and cries he could vaguely hear even at that distance. One of the servants came running in breathlessly and informed him what was going on.

The chaos in the plaza snapped him out of his trance. Surprised, he watched the people rushing around in confusion. He could faintly hear their voices and shouts even from that distance. One of the servants came running in, out of breath, and told him what was happening.

A thought entered his mind. Amid confusion and tumult libertines take advantage of the fright and the weakness of woman. All flee to save themselves; nobody thinks of anyone else; the women faint and their cries [144]are not heard; they fall; are trampled over; fear and fright overcome modesty, and under cover of darkness.... He fancied he could see Ibarra carrying Maria Clara fainting in his arms, and then disappearing in the darkness.

A thought crossed his mind. In the midst of chaos and confusion, selfish individuals exploit the fear and vulnerability of women. Everyone is running to save themselves; no one is thinking about anyone else; the women faint, and their cries [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]go unheard; they collapse; they get trampled; fear overwhelms modesty, and in the shadows... He imagined he could see Ibarra carrying a fainted Maria Clara in his arms, then vanishing into the darkness.

With leaps and bounds, he went down the stairs without hat, or cane, and, almost like a crazy person, turned toward the plaza.

With great enthusiasm, he rushed down the stairs without a hat or cane and, almost like a madman, headed toward the plaza.

There he found some Spaniards reproving the soldiers. He looked toward the seats which Maria Clara and her friends had been occupying, and saw that they were vacant.

There he found some Spaniards scolding the soldiers. He looked toward the seats where Maria Clara and her friends had been sitting and saw that they were empty.

“Father curate! Father curate!” shouted the Spaniards to him, but he took no notice and ran on in the direction of the house of Captain Tiago. There he recovered his breath. He saw through the transparent shade, a shadow—that adorable shadow, so graceful and delicate in its contour—that of Maria Clara. He could also see another shadow, that of her aunt carrying cups and glasses.

“Father curate! Father curate!” shouted the Spaniards at him, but he ignored them and hurried toward Captain Tiago's house. There, he caught his breath. Through the sheer curtain, he saw a shadow—the lovely shadow, so graceful and delicate in its outline—of Maria Clara. He also noticed another shadow, that of her aunt carrying cups and glasses.

“Well!” he muttered to himself. “It seems that she has only fallen ill.”

“Well!” he mumbled to himself. “Looks like she’s just got a bit sick.”

Aunt Isabel afterward closed the shell windows and the graceful shadow could no longer be seen.

Aunt Isabel then closed the shell windows, and the elegant shadow disappeared from view.

The curate walked away from there without seeing the crowd. He was looking at the bust of a beautiful maiden which he had before his eyes, a maiden sleeping and breathing sweetly. Her eyelids were shaded by long lashes, which formed graceful curves like those on Rafael’s virgins. Her small mouth was smiling, and her whole countenance seemed to breathe virginity, purity and innocence. That sweet face of hers on the background of the white draperies of the bed was a vision like the head of a cherubim among the clouds. His impassioned imagination went on and pictured to him.... Who can describe all that a burning brain can conceive? [145]

The curate walked away without noticing the crowd. He was focused on the bust of a beautiful young woman right in front of him, a woman who looked peaceful and was breathing gently. Her eyelids were framed by long eyelashes that created elegant curves like those found in Raphael’s virgins. Her small mouth was slightly smiling, and her entire expression radiated virginity, purity, and innocence. That lovely face set against the white drapes of the bed was a sight like that of a cherub among the clouds. His passionate imagination continued to elaborate... Who can truly capture everything that a fevered mind can envision? [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A popular Spanish song handed down from the time of Riego’s uprising in Spain.

1 A well-known Spanish song passed down from the time of Riego's rebellion in Spain.

2 Volunteer police.

2 Community policing.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXIII.

Two Visitors.

Ibarra found his mind in such a state that it was impossible for him to sleep. So, in order to divert himself and to drive away the gloomy idea which distracted his mind, he began work in his solitary laboratory. Morning came upon him, still at work making mixtures and compounds to the action of which he submitted pieces of cane and other substances, and afterward enclosed them in numbered and sealed flasks.

Ibarra's mind was in such turmoil that he couldn't sleep. To distract himself and push away the dark thoughts that troubled him, he started working in his quiet lab. Morning arrived while he was still busy mixing and combining different elements, testing them with pieces of cane and other materials, and then sealing them in numbered flasks.

A servant entered, announcing the arrival of a peasant.

A servant came in, announcing that a peasant had arrived.

“Let him enter!” said he, without even turning to look.

“Let him in!” he said, without even turning to look.

Elias entered and remained standing in silence.

Elias walked in and stood there quietly.

“Ah! is it you?” Ibarra exclaimed in Tagalog on recognizing him. “Excuse me if I have kept you waiting. I was not aware of your presence. I was making an important experiment.”

“Ah! Is that you?” Ibarra exclaimed in Tagalog upon recognizing him. “Sorry if I made you wait. I didn’t realize you were here. I was working on an important experiment.”

“I do not wish to disturb you!” replied the young pilot. “I have come in the first place, to ask you if you want anything from the province of Batangas, whither I am going now; and, in the second place, to give you some bad news.”

“I don’t want to bother you!” replied the young pilot. “I came first to see if you need anything from the province of Batangas, where I’m headed now; and second, to share some bad news.”

Ibarra looked inquiringly at the pilot.

Ibarra looked curiously at the pilot.

“The daughter of Captain Tiago is ill,” added Elias quietly, “but the illness is not serious.”

“The daughter of Captain Tiago is sick,” Elias added quietly, “but it’s nothing serious.”

“I had already feared it,” responded Ibarra. “Do you know what the illness is?”

“I was already afraid of that,” Ibarra replied. “Do you know what the illness is?”

“A fever. Now, if you have nothing to order——”

“A fever. Now, if you have nothing to order——”

“Thanks, my friend. I wish you a good journey, but before you go, permit me to ask you a question. If it is indiscreet, do not answer me.”

“Thanks, my friend. I wish you a safe trip, but before you leave, can I ask you a question? If it’s too personal, feel free not to answer.”

Elias bowed. [146]

Elias bowed. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“How were you able to quiet the mob last night?” asked Ibarra, fixing his eyes on him.

“How did you manage to calm the crowd last night?” asked Ibarra, locking his gaze on him.

“In a very simple way,” replied Elias, with entire frankness. “At the head of it were two brothers whose father died from the effects of a whipping at the hands of the Civil Guard. One day I had the fortune to save them from the same hands into which their father fell, and for this both are under obligations to me. Last night I went to them, and requested them to dissuade the others from their purpose.”

“In a really straightforward way,” replied Elias, being completely honest. “It was led by two brothers whose father died because he was beaten by the Civil Guard. One day, I was lucky enough to rescue them from the same fate their father faced, and because of that, they owe me. Last night, I went to see them and asked them to talk the others out of their plan.”

“And those two brothers whose father died by being whipped to death?”

“And those two brothers whose dad was whipped to death?”

“They will end their lives in the same way,” replied Elias in a low voice. “When adversity has marked itself once on a family, all the members have to perish. When the lightning strikes a tree, it reduces it all to ashes.”

“They will end their lives the same way,” Elias replied quietly. “Once hardship has touched a family, every member has to suffer. When lightning hits a tree, it turns everything to ashes.”

And Elias, seeing that Ibarra was silent, took his leave.

And Elias, noticing that Ibarra was quiet, said goodbye.

The latter on finding himself alone, lost the serenity of countenance which he had preserved in the presence of the pilot, and grief manifested itself in his face.

The moment he found himself alone, he lost the calm expression he had maintained while with the pilot, and sadness showed on his face.

“I—I have made her suffer,” he muttered.

“I—I made her suffer,” he muttered.

He quickly dressed himself and descended the stairs.

He quickly got dressed and went down the stairs.

A little man, dressed in mourning, with a large scar on his left cheek, meekly saluted him, stopping him on his way.

A little man, wearing black, with a big scar on his left cheek, politely greeted him, stopping him in his tracks.

“What do you wish?” Ibarra asked him.

“What do you want?” Ibarra asked him.

“Señor, my name is Lucas. I am the brother of the man who was killed yesterday during the ceremony when the stone was being laid.”

“Sir, my name is Lucas. I am the brother of the man who was killed yesterday during the ceremony when the stone was being laid.”

“Ah! You have my sympathy—and, well?”

“Ah! I feel for you—and, well?”

“Señor, I wish to know how much you are going to pay my brother’s family.”

“Sir, I would like to know how much you are going to pay my brother's family.”

“How much I am going to pay?” repeated the young man without being able to conceal a bored expression. “We will talk that over. Come back this afternoon, for I am busy to-day.”

“How much am I going to pay?” the young man repeated, unable to hide his bored expression. “We’ll discuss that later. Come back this afternoon, as I'm busy today.”

“Only tell me how much you are going to pay,” insisted Lucas.

“Just tell me how much you’re going to pay,” insisted Lucas.

“I have told you that we would talk about that some other time. I’m too busy to-day,” said Ibarra, impatiently. [147]

“I told you we’d discuss that another time. I’m too busy today,” Ibarra said impatiently. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“You haven’t time now, señor?” asked Lucas with bitterness and putting himself in front of the young man. “You do not have time to occupy yourself about the dead?”

“You don’t have time now, sir?” Lucas asked bitterly, stepping in front of the young man. “You don’t have time to think about the dead?”

“Come this afternoon, my good fellow!” repeated Ibarra, restraining himself. “To-day I have to go and see a sick person.”

“Come this afternoon, my friend!” Ibarra repeated, holding back his emotions. “Today, I need to visit someone who is sick.”

“Ah! and you forget the dead for a sick person? Do you think that because we are poor——”

“Ah! and you forget the dead for someone who's sick? Do you think that just because we're poor——”

Ibarra looked at him and cut off what he was saying.

Ibarra looked at him and interrupted what he was saying.

“Don’t try my patience!” said he, and went on his way. Lucas stood looking at him, with a smile on his face, full of hatred.

“Don’t test my patience!” he said, and continued on his way. Lucas stood there watching him, a smile on his face, filled with hatred.

“You do not know that you are a grandson of the man who exposed my father to the sun!” he muttered between his teeth. “You have the very same blood in your veins!”

“You don’t realize you’re the grandson of the man who put my father in the sun!” he muttered under his breath. “You have the same blood running through your veins!”

And, changing his tone he added:

And, changing his tone, he added:

“But if you pay well, we are friends.” [148]

“But if you pay well, we’re friends.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXIV.

Episode in Espadaña’s Life.

The festival was over. The citizens found, just as every year, that their treasury was poorer, that they had worked, perspired, and stayed up nights without enjoying themselves, without acquiring new friends, and in a word, had paid dearly for the noise and their headaches. But it did not matter. The next year they would do the same thing, and the same for the coming century, just as had always been the custom to the present time.

The festival was over. The townspeople discovered, just like every year, that their treasury was emptier, that they had toiled, sweated, and lost sleep without having any fun, without making new friends, and in short, had paid a heavy price for the noise and their headaches. But it didn’t matter. Next year, they would do it all over again, and the same for the next hundred years, just as it had always been done up until now.

Enough sadness reigned in Captain Tiago’s house. All the windows were closed; the people scarcely made a noise, and no one dared to speak except in the kitchen. Maria Clara, the soul of the house, lay sick in her bed.

Enough sadness filled Captain Tiago’s house. All the windows were shut; the people barely made a sound, and no one dared to speak except in the kitchen. Maria Clara, the heart of the home, lay sick in her bed.

“What do you think, Isabel? Shall I make a donation to the cross of Tunasan or to the cross of Matahong?” asked the solicitous father in a low voice. “The cross of Tunasan grows, but that of Matahong sweats. Which do you think is the most miraculous?”

“What do you think, Isabel? Should I donate to the cross of Tunasan or to the cross of Matahong?” asked the caring father quietly. “The cross of Tunasan is flourishing, but the one at Matahong is perspiring. Which one do you think is more miraculous?”

Isabel thought for a moment, moved her head and murmured: “To grow—to grow is more miraculous than to sweat. We all sweat, but we do not all grow.”

Isabel thought for a moment, tilted her head, and said quietly, “To grow—to grow is more amazing than to sweat. We all sweat, but we don’t all grow.”

“That is true, yes, Isabel, but bear in mind that for wood to sweat when it is made into the leg of a chair is no small miracle. Well, the best thing to do is to give alms to both crosses, so that neither will feel resentful, and Maria Clara will recover more quickly. Are the rooms in good order? You know that a new señor comes with the doctors, a relative of Father Dámaso by marriage. It is necessary that nothing be lacking.”

“That’s true, yes, Isabel, but remember that for wood to sweat when it’s made into a chair leg is no small miracle. Well, the best thing to do is to give donations to both crosses, so that neither will feel resentful, and Maria Clara will recover more quickly. Are the rooms in good shape? You know that a new señor is coming with the doctors, a relative of Father Dámaso by marriage. It’s important that nothing is missing.”

The two cousins, Sinang and Victoria, were at the other end of the dining-room. They had come to keep company with the sick Maria. Andeng was helping them clean up a tea service in order to serve tea. [149]

The two cousins, Sinang and Victoria, were at the far end of the dining room. They had come to keep Maria company while she was sick. Andeng was helping them tidy up a tea set so they could serve tea. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Do you know Doctor Espadaña?” asked Maria Clara’s foster sister, directing her question to Victoria.

“Do you know Dr. Espadaña?” asked Maria Clara’s foster sister, directing her question to Victoria.

“No!” replied the latter. “The only thing that I know about him is that he charges very dearly, according to Captain Tiago.”

“No!” replied the latter. “The only thing I know about him is that he charges a lot, according to Captain Tiago.”

“Then he ought to be very good,” said Andeng. “The one who performed the operation on the stomach of Doña Marta charged a big price, but he was very wise.”

“Then he should be really good,” said Andeng. “The one who operated on Doña Marta's stomach charged a high fee, but he was very skilled.”

“You goose!” exclaimed Sinang. “Not all who charge high prices are wise. Look at Doctor Guevara. He did not know how to aid a woman in childbirth, but after cutting off the child’s head, he collected one hundred pesos from the widower. What he did know was how to charge.”

“You fool!” exclaimed Sinang. “Not everyone who charges high prices is smart. Look at Doctor Guevara. He didn’t know how to help a woman during childbirth, but after he cut off the baby’s head, he charged the widower one hundred pesos. What he really knew was how to bill.”

“What do you know about it?” her cousin asked, giving her a jab with her elbow.

“What do you know about it?” her cousin asked, nudging her with her elbow.

“Why shouldn’t I know about it? The husband, who is a wood-sawyer, after losing his wife, had to lose his house also, for the Alcalde was a friend of the doctor’s and made him pay. Why shouldn’t I know? My father loaned him money so that he could make a trip to Santa Cruz.”

“Why shouldn’t I know about it? The husband, who cuts wood for a living, lost his wife and then also lost his house because the Alcalde was friends with the doctor and made him pay. Why shouldn’t I know? My father lent him money so he could take a trip to Santa Cruz.”

A coach stopped before the house and cut off all the conversation.

A coach pulled up in front of the house and interrupted all the conversation.

Captain Tiago, followed by Aunt Isabel, ran downstairs to receive the new arrivals. They were the doctor, Don Tiburcio de Espadaña, his wife, Doctora Doña Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadaña; and a young Spaniard. The latter had a sympathetic face and a pleasing appearance.

Captain Tiago, followed by Aunt Isabel, rushed downstairs to greet the newcomers. They were the doctor, Don Tiburcio de Espadaña, his wife, Doctora Doña Victorina de los Reyes de Espadaña, and a young Spaniard. The young man had a friendly face and an attractive look.

The doctora wore a silk gown, embroidered with flowers, and on her hat, a large parrot half crushed among trimmings of red and blue ribbons. The dust of the road had mingled with the rice powder on her cheeks, strongly accentuating her wrinkles. She was leaning on the arm of her lame husband.

The doctora wore a silk dress decorated with flowers, and on her hat, a large parrot was partially crushed among red and blue ribbons. The dust from the road had mixed with the rice powder on her cheeks, highlighting her wrinkles. She was leaning on the arm of her disabled husband.

“I have the pleasure to present to you our cousin, Don Alfonso Linares de Espadaña,” said Doña Victorina, pointing toward the young man. “The gentleman is a god-son of a relative of Father Dámaso, and is private secretary to all the ministers.” [150]

“I’m happy to introduce you to our cousin, Don Alfonso Linares de Espadaña,” said Doña Victorina, gesturing toward the young man. “He’s the godson of a relative of Father Dámaso and serves as the private secretary to all the ministers.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The young man bowed gracefully. Captain Tiago almost kissed his hand.

The young man bowed gracefully. Captain Tiago almost kissed his hand.

Doña Victorina was a woman of about forty-five summers, which, according to her arithmetical calculations, was equivalent to thirty-two springs. She had been pretty in her youth, but, raging over her own beauty, she had looked with disdain on many Filipino adorers, for her aspirations were for the other race. She had not cared to entrust her little white hand to anybody, but this not on account of lack of confidence on her part, for she had entrusted rings and jewels of inestimable value to various foreign adventurers.

Doña Victorina was a woman of about forty-five years, which, by her own calculations, was equivalent to thirty-two. She had been attractive in her youth, but obsessed with her own beauty, she looked down on many Filipino admirers, as she aspired to be with someone from another race. She hadn’t wanted to give her delicate white hand to anyone, but not because she lacked confidence; she had freely handed over rings and jewels worth a fortune to various foreign newcomers.

Six months before the time of the happenings of which we are writing, she saw her beautiful dream realized, that dream of her whole life, on account of which she had disdained all manner of flattery and even the promises of love, which had been cooed into her ears, or sung in serenades by Captain Tiago. Late, it is true, she had realized her dream; but she knew well the proverb—“Better late than never,” and consoled herself by repeating it again and again. “There is no complete happiness on this earth,” was her other favorite proverb, but neither of these ever passed her lips in the presence of other people.

Six months before the events we're discussing, she saw her lifelong dream come true, the one that had caused her to dismiss all kinds of flattery and even the sweet promises of love whispered to her by Captain Tiago. It was late, true, but she knew the saying—"Better late than never"—and comforted herself by repeating it over and over. "There's no such thing as complete happiness on this earth," was another favorite saying of hers, but she never voiced either of these in front of others.

Doña Victorina, after passing her first, second, third and fourth youth in fishing in the sea of men for the object of her dreams, had at last to content herself with what fortune cared to give her. The poor little woman, if she, instead of having passed thirty-two springs, had not passed more than thirty-one—the difference according to her arithmetic was very great—would have thrown back the prize which Destiny offered her, and preferred to wait for another more in conformity with her tastes. But, as the man proposed and necessity disposed it so, for she needed a husband very badly, she was compelled to content herself with a poor man, who had been driven by necessity to leave the Province of Estremadura in Spain. He, after wandering about the world for six or seven months, a modern Ulysses, found at last in the island of Luzon, hospitality, money, and a faded Calypso, his better half—but alas! a bitter half. He was known as the unhappy Tiburcio Espadaña, and, although he was [151]thirty-five years old and seemed even older, he was, however, younger than Doña Victorina, who was only thirty-two.

Doña Victorina, after going through her first, second, third, and fourth youth in the pursuit of her dreams among men, had finally to settle for whatever fate would offer her. The poor woman, if she had only turned thirty-one instead of thirty-two—the difference, according to her calculations, was significant—would have rejected the prize that Destiny presented and waited for one that aligned more with her preferences. But since the man proposed and necessity dictated otherwise, as she desperately needed a husband, she was forced to settle for a poor man who had to leave the Province of Estremadura in Spain due to hardship. After wandering for six or seven months, like a modern Ulysses, he eventually found hospitality, money, and a faded Calypso on the island of Luzon—his better half, but unfortunately, a bitter half. He was known as the unfortunate Tiburcio Espadaña, and although he was thirty-five years old and appeared even older, he was, in fact, younger than Doña Victorina, who was only thirty-two.

He had come to the Philippines in the capacity of clerk in the custom house, but after all the sea-sickness of the voyage and after fracturing a leg on the way, he had the bad luck to receive his discharge fifteen days after his arrival. He was left without a single cuarto.

He arrived in the Philippines as a clerk in the customs house, but after dealing with the seasickness from the voyage and breaking his leg on the way, he unfortunately got discharged just fifteen days after he arrived. He was left with not a single cuarto.

Distrusting the sea, he did not wish to return to Spain without having made a fortune. So he decided to devote himself to something. Spanish pride did not permit him to do any manual labor. The poor man would have worked with pleasure to have earned an honorable living, but the prestige of the Spaniard did not permit this, nor did that prestige provide him with the necessities of life.

Distrusting the sea, he didn’t want to go back to Spain without making a fortune. So, he decided to focus on something else. Spanish pride wouldn’t allow him to do any manual work. The poor man would have gladly worked to earn a decent living, but the prestige of being Spanish wouldn’t allow it, and that same prestige didn’t provide him with the essentials he needed.

At first he lived at the expense of some of his countrymen, but, as Tiburcio had some self-respect, the bread was sour to him, and instead of getting fat he grew thin. As he had neither knowledge of any science, money nor recommendations, his countrymen, in order to get rid of him, advised him to go to some of the provinces and pass himself off as a Doctor of Medicine. At first, he did not like the idea, and opposed the plan, for although he had been a servant in the San Carlos Hospital, he had not learned anything about the science of healing, his duty having been to dust off the benches and light the fires, and, even in this work, he had served only a short time. But as necessity was pressing him hard, and as his friends pointed out the vanity of his scruples, he took their advice, went into the provinces and began to visit the sick, charging as much for his services as his conscience permitted. Later on he began to charge dearly and to put a high price on his visits. On this account, he was at once taken to be a great doctor and would probably have made his fortune, had not the attention of the Protective Medical Society of Manila, been called to his exorbitant charges and to his harmful competition.

At first, he relied on some of his fellow countrymen for support, but since Tiburcio had a sense of self-worth, their help felt sour to him, and instead of getting healthier, he grew thinner. Lacking any knowledge of a profession, money, or recommendations, his countrymen suggested he go to some provinces and claim to be a Doctor of Medicine to get rid of him. Initially, he didn't like the idea and resisted it, because even though he had worked as a servant in the San Carlos Hospital, he hadn’t learned anything about healing; his job had been to clean the benches and light the fires, and he had only done that for a short time. But since he was in a tight spot and his friends pointed out the foolishness of his hesitations, he took their advice, went to the provinces, and started visiting the sick, charging as much as his conscience would allow. Soon, he began to raise his fees and put a high price on his visits. Because of this, people started to see him as a great doctor and he likely would have made a fortune if the Protective Medical Society of Manila hadn't noticed his outrageous fees and harmful competition.

Private citizens and professors interceded in his behalf. “Man!” said the zealous Doctor C. in speaking of him. “Let him make his little money. Let him make [152]his little six or seven thousand pesos. He will be able to return to his native land then and live in peace. What does it matter to you? Let him deceive the unwary natives. Then they may become smarter. He is a poor, unhappy fellow. Do not take the bread from his mouth. Be a good Spaniard!”

Private citizens and professors stepped in to support him. “Man!” exclaimed the enthusiastic Dr. C. when discussing him. “Let him earn his little money. Let him make [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]his six or seven thousand pesos. Then he can go back to his homeland and live in peace. What does it matter to you? Let him trick the unsuspecting locals. They might become wiser. He’s just a poor, unhappy guy. Don’t take the food out of his mouth. Be a good Spaniard!”

Doctor C. was a good Spaniard and he winked at the matter. But when the facts reached the ears of the people, they began to lose confidence in him, and little by little Don Tiburcio Espadaña lost his clientage, and found himself almost obliged to beg for bread day by day. Then it was that he learned from a friend of his, who was also a friend of Doña Victorina about the position of that woman, and about her patriotism and good heart. Don Tiburcio saw in her a bit of blue sky and asked to be presented.

Doctor C. was a decent Spaniard and he brushed the issue aside. But when the news got out, people started losing trust in him, and slowly but surely, Don Tiburcio Espadaña lost his clients and found himself nearly begging for food each day. That’s when he learned from a friend of his, who also knew Doña Victorina, about her situation, her patriotism, and her kind heart. Don Tiburcio saw a glimmer of hope in her and asked to be introduced.

Doña Victorina and Don Tiburcio met. Tarde venientibus ossa, he would have exclaimed if he had known Latin. She was no longer passable, she was past. Her abundant hair had been reduced to a wad about the size of an onion top, as the servants were wont to describe it. Her face was full of wrinkles and her teeth had begun to loosen. Her eyes had also suffered, and considerably, too. She had to squint frequently when she cared to look off at a certain distance. Her character was the only thing that had remained unchanged.

Doña Victorina and Don Tiburcio met. Tarde venientibus ossa, he would have exclaimed if he had known Latin. She was no longer attractive; she was well past that. Her once abundant hair had been reduced to a ball about the size of an onion top, as the servants used to say. Her face was lined with wrinkles, and her teeth were starting to loosen. Her eyes had also taken a toll and, quite significantly. She often had to squint when trying to see something at a distance. The only thing about her that hadn't changed was her personality.

At the end of half an hour’s conversation, they came to an understanding and accepted each other. She would have preferred a Spaniard less lame, less of a stammerer, less bald, one with more teeth, one of more rank and social standing, or categoría, as she called it. But this class of Spaniards never came to ask her hand. She had heard, too, more than once that “opportunity is bald,” and she honestly believed that Don Tiburcio was that very opportunity, for on account of his dark days he had prematurely lost his hair. What woman is not prudent at thirty-two?

At the end of half an hour of talking, they reached an understanding and accepted each other. She would have preferred a Spaniard who was less lame, didn’t stutter so much, had more hair, had more teeth, and was of a higher rank and social standing, or categoría, as she put it. But this type of Spaniard never came to ask for her hand. She had also heard more than once that “opportunity is bald,” and she genuinely believed that Don Tiburcio was that opportunity, since he had lost his hair prematurely due to his tough life. What woman isn’t careful at thirty-two?

Don Tiburcio, for his part, felt a vague melancholy when he thought of his honeymoon. He smiled with resignation especially when he called the phantom of hunger to his aid. He had never had ambition or pretensions. [153]His tastes were simple, his thoughts limited; but his heart, untouched till then, had dreamed of a very different divinity. In his youth when, tired by his day’s labor, after a frugal meal, he lay down on a poor bed, he dreamed of a smiling, affectionate image. Afterward, when his sorrows and privations increased, the years passed and his poetical dreams were not fulfilled, he thought merely of a good woman, a willing hand, a worker, who might afford him a small dowry, console him when tired from labor, and quarrel with him from time to time. Yes, he was thinking of the quarrels as a happiness! But when, obliged to wander from country to country, in search no longer of a fortune, but of some commodity to sustain his life for the remainder of his days; when, deluded by the accounts of his countrymen who came from beyond the seas, he embarked for the Philippines—then the vision of a housekeeper gave way to an image of an arrogant mestiza, a beautiful native with large black eyes, draped in silks and transparent garments, loaded with diamonds and gold, offering him her love and her carriages.

Don Tiburcio, for his part, felt a vague sadness when he thought of his honeymoon. He smiled with acceptance, especially when he thought about how hunger was haunting him. He had never had dreams of grandeur or ambitions. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]His tastes were straightforward, his thoughts were limited; but his heart, untouched up to that point, had imagined a very different kind of love. In his youth, when he was tired from a long day’s work, after a simple meal, he would lie down on a humble bed and dream of a smiling, affectionate partner. Later, as his struggles and hardships grew, the years went by and his idealistic dreams went unfulfilled, he thought only of a good woman, a helping hand, a hard worker who could bring him a small dowry, comfort him when he was exhausted from work, and argue with him now and then. Yes, he saw those quarrels as a form of happiness! But when he was forced to travel from place to place, no longer in search of wealth but of anything to keep him alive for the rest of his days; when he was misled by the tales of his fellow countrymen who returned from overseas, he set sail for the Philippines—then the idea of a housekeeper faded into a vision of a proud mestiza, a beautiful native with large black eyes, dressed in silks and sheer fabrics, adorned with diamonds and gold, offering him her love and her carriages.

He arrived in the Philippines and believed that he was about to realize his dream, for the young women who, in silver-plated carriages, frequented the Luneta and the Malecon, Manila’s popular and fashionable drives, looked at him with a certain curiosity. Later, when this curiosity on their part had ceased, the mestiza disappeared from his dreams, and with great labor he formed in his mind a picture of a widow, but an agreeable widow. So it was that when he saw only part of his dream taking on real form, he became sad. But he was somewhat of a philosopher and said to himself: “That was a dream, but in the world one does not live in dreams.” Thus he settled all his doubts; she wasted a lot of rice powder on her cheeks. Pshaw! When they were once married he would make her stop that easily enough; she had many wrinkles in her face, but his coat had more bare spots and patches; she was old, pretentious, and imperious, but hunger was more imperious, and still more pretentious; and then, too, he had a sweet disposition, and, who could tell?—love modifies character; she spoke Spanish [154]very badly, but he himself did not speak it well; at least, the head of the Customs department had so notified him in his discharge from his position, and besides, what did it matter? What if she was old and ridiculous? He was lame, toothless and bald. When some friend jested with him, he would respond: “Give me bread and call me a fool.”

He arrived in the Philippines, convinced that he was about to fulfill his dream, as the young women who rode in silver-plated carriages, often seen at Luneta and Malecon, Manila’s trendy areas, looked at him with a hint of curiosity. Later, when their curiosity faded, the mestiza vanished from his dreams, and he struggled to picture a widow in his mind, but a pleasant widow. So, when he saw only part of his dream taking shape, he felt sad. However, being somewhat of a philosopher, he reassured himself: “That was just a dream, but in reality, we don't live in dreams.” This settled all his uncertainties; she was using too much rice powder on her cheeks. Pshaw! Once they were married, he could easily make her stop that; she had plenty of wrinkles on her face, but his coat had more bare spots and patches. She was old, pretentious, and demanding, but hunger was even more demanding and pretentious. And besides, he had a sweet disposition, and who knows?—love changes character. She spoke Spanish [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]very poorly, but he didn't speak it well either; at least, that’s what the head of the Customs department told him when he let him go from his job, and anyway, what did it matter? So what if she was old and silly? He was lame, toothless, and bald. When a friend joked with him, he would reply: “Give me bread and call me a fool.”

Don Tiburcio was what is vulgarly called a man who would not harm a fly. He was modest and incapable of conceiving an evil thought. He would have made a good missionary had he lived in olden times. His stay in the country had not given him that conviction of his own superiority, of his own worth, and of his high importance, which the larger part of his countrymen acquire in a few weeks in the Philippines. His heart had never been able to conceive hatred for anybody or anything. He had not yet been able to find a revolutionist. He only looked upon the people as unhappy beings whom it was fitting for him to deprive of a little of their wealth in order to prevent himself becoming even more unhappy than they. When they tried to make a case against him for passing as a doctor without a proper license, he did not resent it, he did not complain. He saw the justice of the case, and only replied: “But it is necessary to live!”

Don Tiburcio was what you'd call a guy who wouldn't hurt a fly. He was humble and couldn't even think of doing something bad. He would have made a great missionary in ancient times. Living in the country hadn't made him feel superior, valuable, or important like most of his countrymen who quickly develop that attitude in the Philippines. He couldn't bring himself to hate anyone or anything. He hadn't encountered a revolutionary yet. He only saw people as unfortunate souls from whom he thought he needed to take a bit of their wealth to keep himself from being even more miserable than they were. When they tried to charge him for practicing medicine without a proper license, he didn't take it personally or complain. He understood their point and simply replied, "But you have to live!"

So they were married and went to Santa Aña to pass their honeymoon. But on the night of the wedding Doña Victorina had a bad attack of indigestion. Don Tiburcio gave thanks to God and showed solicitude and care. On the second night, however, he conducted himself like an honorable man, but on the day following, when he looked in the mirror at his bare gums, he smiled with melancholy: he had grown ten years older at least.

So they got married and went to Santa Aña to spend their honeymoon. But on their wedding night, Doña Victorina had a really bad case of indigestion. Don Tiburcio thanked God and was attentive and caring. However, on the second night, he acted like a decent guy, but the next day, when he looked in the mirror at his bare gums, he smiled sadly: he felt like he had aged at least ten years.

Doña Victorina, charmed with her husband, had a good set of front teeth made for him, and had the best tailors in the city dress and equip him. She ordered carriages and calesas, sent to Batangas and Albay provinces for the finest spans of horses, and even obliged him to make two entries in the coming horse races.

Doña Victorina, enchanted by her husband, got him a great set of front teeth and had the best tailors in the city dress him up. She ordered carriages and calesas, sent to Batangas and Albay for the best pairs of horses, and even insisted he enter two races coming up.

In the meantime, while she was transforming her husband, she did not forget her own person. She laid aside the silk saya or Filipino skirt and piña cloth bodice, for [155]a dress of European style. She substituted false curls in front for the simple hair dress of the Filipinos. Her dresses, which fitted her “divinely bad,” disturbed the peace and tranquillity of the entire neighborhood.

In the meantime, as she was changing her husband, she didn’t neglect her own appearance. She set aside the silk saya or Filipino skirt and piña cloth bodice for a dress in European style. She replaced her simple Filipino hairstyle with fake curls in front. Her dresses, which fit her “divinely bad,” disrupted the peace and calm of the entire neighborhood.

The husband never went out of the house afoot—she did not want people to see that he was lame. He always took her for drives through the places most deserted, much to her pain, for she wanted to display her husband on the drives most frequented by the public. But out of respect for their honeymoon, she kept silent.

The husband never left the house on foot—she didn’t want anyone to notice that he was lame. He always drove her through the most deserted areas, which frustrated her because she wanted to show off her husband on the busier routes. But out of consideration for their honeymoon, she stayed quiet.

The last quarter of the honeymoon had just begun when he wanted to stop her from using rice powder on her cheeks, saying to her that it was false and not natural. Doña Victorina frowned and looked squarely at his front set of teeth. He at once became silent, and she learned his weakness.

The last part of the honeymoon was just starting when he wanted to stop her from putting rice powder on her cheeks, telling her it was fake and not natural. Doña Victorina frowned and stared directly at his front teeth. He immediately fell silent, and she realized his weakness.

She soon got the idea that she was to become a mother and made the following announcement to all her friends: “Next month, we, I and de Espadaña are going to the Peñinsula.1 I don’t want to have my son born here and have them call him a revolutionist.”

She quickly realized that she was going to be a mom and told all her friends: “Next month, de Espadaña and I are heading to the Peñinsula.1 I don’t want my son to be born here and be called a revolutionist.”

She added a de to her husband’s name. The de did not cost anything and gave categoría to the name. When she signed herself, she wrote Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadaña. That de de Espadaña was her mania. Neither the lithographer who printed her cards, nor her husband, could get the idea out of her head.

She added a de to her husband’s name. The de didn’t cost anything and added some prestige to the name. When she signed her name, she wrote Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadaña. That de de Espadaña was her obsession. Neither the lithographer who printed her cards nor her husband could change her mind.

“If I do not put more than one de in the name people will think that I haven’t it, fool!” said she to her husband.

“If I don’t put more than one de in the name, people will think I don’t have it, idiot!” she said to her husband.

She was talking continually about her preparations for the voyage to Spain. She learned by memory the names of the points where the steamers called, and it was a pleasure to hear her talk—“I am going to see the sismus of the Suez Canal. De Espadaña thinks that it is the most beautiful, and De Espadaña has seen the whole world.”—“I will probably never return to this land of savages.”—“I was not born to live here. Aden or Port Said would be more suitable for me. I have always [156]thought so since I was a child.” Doña Victorina, in her geography, divided the world into two parts, the Philippines and Spain. In this she differed from the lower class of people in Madrid for they divide it into Spain and America, or Spain and China, America and China being merely different names for the same country.

She kept talking about her preparations for the trip to Spain. She memorized the names of the ports where the steamers stopped, and it was enjoyable to listen to her—“I’m going to see the sismus of the Suez Canal. De Espadaña thinks it’s the most beautiful, and De Espadaña has traveled the whole world.” —“I probably won’t ever come back to this land of savages.” —“I wasn’t meant to live here. Aden or Port Said would be a better fit for me. I've always [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] thought that since I was a child.” Doña Victorina, in her view of geography, split the world into two parts: the Philippines and Spain. This was different from how the lower class in Madrid sees it, dividing it into Spain and America, or Spain and China, with America and China just being different names for the same place.

The husband knew that some of these things were barbarisms, but he kept silent so that she would not mock him and twit him with his stammering. She feigned to be whimsical in order to increase her illusion that she was a mother, and she began to dress herself in colors, adorn herself with flowers and ribbons, and to walk through the Escolta in a wrapper. But oh! what an illusion! Three months passed and the dream vanished. By this time, having no fear that her son would be a revolutionist, she gave up the voyage. She consulted doctors, mid-wives and old women, but all in vain. To the great displeasure of Captain Tiago she made fun of San Pascual Bailon, as she did not care to run to any saint. On account of this a friend of her husband told her:

The husband knew that some of these things were uncivilized, but he stayed quiet so she wouldn’t mock him or tease him about his stuttering. She pretended to be playful to boost her fantasy of being a mother, wearing bright colors, decorating herself with flowers and ribbons, and strolling through the Escolta in a robe. But oh! what a fantasy! Three months went by and the dream faded. At this point, without worrying that her son would become a revolutionary, she canceled the trip. She sought advice from doctors, midwives, and elderly women, but it was all pointless. To Captain Tiago's great annoyance, she poked fun at San Pascual Bailon, as she didn’t want to rely on any saint. Because of this, a friend of her partner told her:

“Believe me, Señora, you are the only espiritu fuerte (strong-minded person) in this country.”

“Trust me, Señora, you’re the only espiritu fuerte (strong-minded person) in this country.”

She smiled without understanding what espiritu fuerte meant, but, at night, when it was time to be sleeping, she asked her husband about it.

She smiled without understanding what espiritu fuerte meant, but at night, when it was time to sleep, she asked her husband about it.

“Daughter,” replied he, “the e—espir—espiritu most fu-fuerte that I know—know about is a—a—ammonia. My fr-fr-friend must have be-been us-using a figure of rhetoric.”

“Daughter,” he replied, “the most powerful spirit that I know of is ammonia. My friend must have been using a figure of speech.”

From that time on, she was always saying, whenever she could, “I am the only ammonia in this country, speaking rhetorically, as Señor N. de N. who is from the Peñinsula and who has much categoría, puts it.”

From that point on, she kept saying whenever she had the chance, “I’m the only ammonia in this country,” speaking metaphorically, like Señor N. de N. from the Peñinsula, who has a lot of categoría.

Whatever she said had to be done. She had come to dominate her husband completely. On his part, he offered no great resistance, and was converted into a little lap dog for her. If he incommoded her she would not let him go out for a drive, and when she became really infuriated, she would snatch out his false teeth and leave [157]him a horrible-looking man for one or more days, according to the offense.

Whatever she said had to be done. She had completely taken control of her husband. He didn’t put up much of a fight and turned into her little lap dog. If he annoyed her, she wouldn’t let him go for a drive, and when she got really angry, she would yank out his dentures, leaving him looking terrible for a day or more, depending on what he did wrong. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

It occurred to her that her husband ought to be a Doctor of Medicine and Surgery, and so she expressed herself to him.

It occurred to her that her husband should be a Doctor of Medicine and Surgery, so she told him.

“Daughter! Do you want them to arrest me?” he said, frightened.

“Daughter! Do you want them to take me in?” he said, scared.

“Don’t be a fool. Let me arrange it!” she replied. “You are not going to attend any one, but I want them to call you a doctor and me a doctora, eh?”

“Don’t be an idiot. Let me handle it!” she replied. “You’re not going to see anyone, but I want them to call you a doctor and me a doctora, right?”

And on the following day Rodoreda, a prominent marble dealer in Manila, received an order for the following engraving on black marble: Dr. De Espadaña, Specialist in All Kinds of Diseases.

And the next day, Rodoreda, a well-known marble dealer in Manila, got an order for the following engraving on black marble: Dr. De Espadaña, Expert in All Types of Diseases.

All of the servants had to give them their new titles, and, in consequence of it all, she increased the number of her curls in front, the layer of rice powder, the ribbons and laces, and looked with more disdain than ever on the poor and less fortunate women of her country, who had less categoría than she. Each day she felt herself more dignified and elevated, and, following along this road, in less than a year she would think herself of divine origin.

All the servants had to give them their new titles, and because of that, she added more curls in front, more rice powder, ribbons, and lace, and looked more disdainfully than ever at the poor and less fortunate women of her country, who had less categoría than she did. Every day, she felt more dignified and elevated, and if she kept going like this, in less than a year she'd think she was of divine origin.

These sublime thoughts, however, did not prevent her from growing more ridiculous and older each day. Every time that Captain Tiago met her in the street and remembered that he had once made love to her in vain, he would go at once to the church and give a peso for a mass as a thank offering for his good luck in not marrying her. In spite of this, Captain Tiago highly respected her husband, on account of his title of “specialist in all kinds of diseases,” and he listened with close attention to the few phrases that he managed to stutter out. In fact, it was on account of this title and the fact that the doctor did not attend everybody, that the Captain chose him to attend his daughter.

These lofty thoughts, however, didn’t stop her from looking more ridiculous and older every day. Whenever Captain Tiago saw her on the street and remembered that he had once tried to woo her without success, he would immediately head to the church and donate a peso for a mass, grateful for his good fortune in not marrying her. Despite this, Captain Tiago held a deep respect for her husband, due to his title as “specialist in all kinds of diseases,” and he listened intently to the few words he managed to stutter. In fact, it was because of this title and the fact that the doctor didn’t treat everyone that the Captain chose him to look after his daughter.

As to the young man Linares, it is a different story. When she was making ready for her voyage to Spain, Doña Victorina thought of having an administrator from the Peñinsula to look after her affairs, for she did not trust Filipinos. Her husband remembered a nephew in [158]Madrid who was studying to become a lawyer, and who was considered the smartest one in his family. They wrote to him, then, sending him in advance money for the passage, and, when the dream was dispelled, the young man was already on his way.

As for the young man Linares, that's a different story. When she was getting ready for her trip to Spain, Doña Victorina thought about hiring an administrator from the Peñinsula to manage her affairs because she didn’t trust Filipinos. Her husband recalled a nephew in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Madrid who was studying to become a lawyer and was considered the smartest in his family. They wrote to him, sending money for his passage in advance, and by the time the dream was over, the young man was already on his way.

These are the three persons who had just arrived.

These are the three people who just arrived.

While they were eating their breakfast, Father Salví arrived, and, as the husband and wife had already met the friar, they presented him to the young Linares, with all his titles. The young man blushed.

While they were having breakfast, Father Salví showed up, and since the husband and wife had already met the friar, they introduced him to young Linares, using all his titles. The young man turned red.

As was natural they spoke of Maria Clara. The young maiden was resting and sleeping. They talked over the voyage. Doña Victorina showed her verbosity by criticising the customs of the provinces, the nipa houses, the bamboo bridges, without forgetting to tell the curate about her friendship with the Commander of the Army, the Alcalde so and so, Judge so and so of the Supreme Court, and with the governor of the province, all persons of categoría, who had much consideration for her.

As was natural, they talked about Maria Clara. The young woman was resting and sleeping. They discussed the trip. Doña Victorina showed off her talent for talking by criticizing the customs of the provinces, the nipa huts, and the bamboo bridges, not forgetting to mention her connections with the Commander of the Army, the Alcalde, such and such, Judge so and so from the Supreme Court, and the governor of the province—important people who held her in high regard.

“If you had come two days before, Dona Victorina,” replied Captain Tiago during a short pause, “you would have met His Excellency, the Governor General. He sat right there.”

“If you had come two days earlier, Dona Victorina,” replied Captain Tiago after a brief pause, “you would have met His Excellency, the Governor General. He was sitting right there.”

“What? How’s that? Was His Excellency here? And in your house? A lie!”

“What? How is that possible? Was His Excellency really here? In your house? That’s a lie!”

“I tell you he sat right there. If you had come two days before——”

“I’m telling you, he was sitting right there. If you had come two days earlier——”

“Ah! What a shame that little Clara did not fall sick before!” exclaimed she, in real sorrow. And directing herself to Linares: “Do you hear, cousin? His Excellency was here! You see De Espadaña was right when he told you that we were not going to the house of a miserable native. For you should know, Don Santiago, that our cousin was a friend of all the Ministers in Madrid and all the Dukes, and he dined in the house of Count del Campanario (belfry).”

“Ah! What a shame that little Clara didn’t get sick earlier!” she exclaimed, genuinely upset. Turning to Linares, she added, “Did you hear that, cousin? His Excellency was here! You see, De Espadaña was right when he told you that we weren’t going to the place of some poor native. You should know, Don Santiago, that our cousin was friends with all the Ministers in Madrid and all the Dukes, and he dined at the house of Count del Campanario.”

“Duke de la Torre (tower), Victorina,” said her husband, correcting her.

“Duke de la Torre (tower), Victorina,” her husband said, correcting her.

“It amounts to the same thing. Do you think you can tell me that——”

“It’s all the same. Do you really think you can tell me that——”

“Would I find Father Dámaso in town to-day?” interrupted [159]Linares, turning to Father Salví. “They have told me that he is near here.”

“Will I find Father Dámaso in town today?” interrupted [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Linares, turning to Father Salví. “I’ve been told he’s close by.”

“He is, precisely, and will come here in a little while,” replied the curate.

“He is, exactly, and he’ll be here soon,” replied the curate.

“How glad I am! I have a letter for him,” exclaimed the young man. “And if it had not been for this happy chance which brought me here, I would have come expressly to visit him.”

“How happy I am! I have a letter for him,” the young man exclaimed. “And if it hadn’t been for this lucky chance that brought me here, I would have come just to see him.”

“The happy chance—that is, Maria Clara—had, in the meantime awakened.”

“The fortunate incident—that is, Maria Clara—had, in the meantime, woken up.”

“De Espadaña!” said Doña Victorina, finishing her breakfast. “Are we going to see little Clara?” And turning to Captain Tiago, “For you only, Don Santiago; for you alone! My husband does not treat anybody except people of categoría, and he even refuses some of them! My husband is not like those about here—in Madrid he only visited people of categoría.”

“From Espadaña!” said Doña Victorina, finishing her breakfast. “Are we going to see little Clara?” And turning to Captain Tiago, “Only for you, Don Santiago; just for you! My husband doesn’t entertain anyone except people of categoría, and he even turns some of them down! My husband isn't like those around here—in Madrid, he only visited people of categoría.”

They passed into the sick room.

They entered the hospital room.

The room was almost dark. The windows were shut for fear of a draught, and the little light which illuminated the room came from the two wax candles which were burning in front of an image of the Virgin of Antipolo.

The room was nearly dark. The windows were closed to avoid a draft, and the only light in the room came from the two wax candles flickering in front of an image of the Virgin of Antipolo.

Her head wrapped up in a handkerchief, saturated in cologne water, her body wrapped in wide folds of white sheets which outlined her virginal form, the sick maiden lay on her bed of kamakon2 among jusi and piña curtains. Her hair, forming a frame around her oval face, increased her transparent paleness, which was animated only by her large eyes full of sadness. At her side were her two friends and Andeng.

Her head wrapped in a handkerchief soaked in cologne, her body covered in loose white sheets that highlighted her innocent form, the sick girl lay on her bed of kamakon2 surrounded by jusi and piña curtains. Her hair framed her oval face, making her pale complexion stand out, which was only brightened by her large, sorrowful eyes. Beside her were her two friends and Andeng.

De Espadaña felt of her pulse, examined her tongue, asked some questions, and shaking his head seriously, said:

De Espadaña checked her pulse, looked at her tongue, asked a few questions, and shaking his head thoughtfully, said:

“Sh-sh-she is si-sick. But we-we-we can cu-cu-cure her.”

“Sh-she is s-sick. But w-we can c-cure her.”

Doña Victorina looked with pride at those around her.

Doña Victorina looked proudly at the people around her.

“A li-lichen in mil-milk in the-the morning; syrup of marsh marsh-mal-mallow, tw-o—two hounds’—hounds’ tongue pi-pills,” ordered De Espadaña. [160]

“A lichen in milk in the morning; syrup of marshmallow, two hounds’ tongue pills,” ordered De Espadaña. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Take courage, little Clara,” said Doña Victorina, approaching her. “We have come to cure you. I am going to present our cousin to you.”

“Come on, little Clara,” said Doña Victorina, walking up to her. “We’re here to help you. I’m going to introduce you to our cousin.”

Linares was absorbed, contemplating those eloquent eyes which seemed to be seeking some one, and he did not hear Doña Victorina call him.

Linares was lost in thought, gazing at those expressive eyes that seemed to be searching for someone, and he didn't hear Doña Victorina calling him.

“Señor Linares,” said the curate, calling him out of his ecstacy. “Here comes Father Dámaso.”

“Mr. Linares,” said the curate, bringing him out of his daze. “Here comes Father Dámaso.”

In fact, Father Dámaso was coming, pale and somewhat sad. On leaving his bed, his first visit was to Maria Clara. He was no longer the Father Dámaso that he had been, so robust and talkative. He now walked along in silence and with unsteady footsteps. [161]

In fact, Father Dámaso was coming, pale and a bit sad. After getting out of bed, his first stop was to see Maria Clara. He was no longer the Father Dámaso he used to be, so strong and chatty. Now he walked silently with shaky steps. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A wrong pronunciation of the Spanish Peninsula meaning Spain.

1 An incorrect pronunciation of the Spanish Peninsula meaning Spain.

2 A costly and rich wood like ebony.

2 An expensive and luxurious wood like ebony.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXV.

Schemes.

Without paying attention to anybody, Father Dámaso went straight to the sick room and took hold of Maria’s hand.

Without paying attention to anyone, Father Dámaso went straight to the sick room and held Maria’s hand.

“Maria!” said he, with indescribable tenderness, as tears dropped from his eyes. “Maria, my child, you are not going to die!”

“Maria!” he said, with unfathomable tenderness, as tears fell from his eyes. “Maria, my child, you are not going to die!”

Maria opened her eyes and looked at him with surprise.

Maria opened her eyes and looked at him in surprise.

None who knew the Franciscan suspected that he ever had such tender thoughts. No one ever supposed that a heart existed under that gross and rude aspect.

None who knew the Franciscan suspected that he ever had such caring thoughts. No one ever imagined that a heart lay beneath that rough and coarse exterior.

Father Dámaso could say no more and left the maiden, weeping like a child. He went out through the room at the head of the stairs, to give free vent to his grief, on Maria Clara’s balcony under her favorite vines.

Father Dámaso couldn't say anything else and left the young woman, crying like a child. He went out through the room at the top of the stairs, wanting to release his grief on Maria Clara’s balcony under her favorite vines.

“How he loves his god-daughter!” thought they all.

“How much he loves his goddaughter!” they all thought.

Father Salví witnessed the scene, immovable and silent, lightly biting his lips.

Father Salví watched the scene, standing still and quiet, lightly biting his lips.

When his grief was somewhat soothed, Father Dámaso was introduced by Doña Victorina to the young Linares, who approached the friar with respect.

When his grief was a bit eased, Doña Victorina introduced Father Dámaso to the young Linares, who approached the friar respectfully.

Father Dámaso gazed at him in silence from head to foot. He took the letter which the young man handed to him and read it apparently without understanding it, for he asked him:

Father Dámaso stared at him in silence from top to bottom. He took the letter that the young man handed to him and read it, seemingly not grasping its meaning, because he asked him:

“And who are you?”

“Who are you?”

“Alfonso Linares, the god-son of your brother-in-law,” stammered the young man.

“Alfonso Linares, your brother-in-law’s godson,” stammered the young man.

Father Dámaso leaned back and examined the young man again. His face brightened up and he rose to his feet.

Father Dámaso leaned back and looked at the young man again. His face lit up, and he stood up.

“And so you are the god-son of little Charles!” he exclaimed. [162]“Come here and let me embrace you. It was some days ago that I received your letter. So it is you! I did not know you—but that is easily explained, for you were not yet born when I left the country. I never knew you.”

“And so you’re Charles’s godson!” he exclaimed. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]“Come here and let me hug you. I got your letter a few days ago. So it’s you! I didn’t recognize you—but that’s easy to understand since you weren’t even born when I left the country. I never had the chance to know you.”

And Father Dámaso stretched out his robust arms to the young man who blushed, either from shame or suffocation. Father Dámaso seemed to have completely forgotten his grief.

And Father Dámaso stretched out his strong arms to the young man, who blushed, either from embarrassment or feeling overwhelmed. Father Dámaso seemed to have completely forgotten his sadness.

After the first moments of effusion had passed, and questions had been asked about Carlicos, as he called little Charles, Father Dámaso asked:

After the initial excitement died down and people had asked questions about Carlicos, as he referred to little Charles, Father Dámaso asked:

“Well. What does Carlicos want me to do for you?”

“Well. What does Carlicos want me to do for you?”

“I believe he says something in the letter,” stammered Linares again.

“I think he mentions something in the letter,” stammered Linares again.

“In the letter? Let us see. ’Tis so! And he wants me to get you a job and a wife! Hm! Employment—employment: that is easy. Do you know how to read and write?”

“In the letter? Let’s take a look. It’s true! And he wants me to get you a job and a wife! Hm! A job—finding you work: that’s easy. Do you know how to read and write?”

“I have graduated in law from the Central University.”

“I graduated with a law degree from Central University.”

Carambas! So you are a pettifogger? Well, you don’t look it—you look more like a young gentleman. But so much the better! But to find you a wife—hm! hm! a wife.”

Wow! So you're a lawyer? Well, you don't look like one—you look more like a young gentleman. But that's even better! But finding you a wife—hm! hm! a wife.”

“Father, I am not in a hurry about it,” said Linares, confused.

“Dad, I’m not in a hurry about it,” said Linares, confused.

But Father Dámaso began to walk from one end of the room to the other, muttering: “A wife! A wife!”

But Father Dámaso started pacing back and forth in the room, mumbling, “A wife! A wife!”

His face by this time was no longer sad, nor was it cheerful. It expressed the greatest seriousness and he seemed to be meditating. Father Salví surveyed the scene from a distance.

His face now held no sadness or happiness. It reflected deep seriousness, and he appeared to be deep in thought. Father Salví observed the situation from afar.

“I did not believe that it could give me such pain,” murmured Father Dámaso in a mournful voice. “But of two evils the lesser.”

“I didn’t think it could hurt me this much,” murmured Father Dámaso in a sad voice. “But between two evils, choose the lesser.”

And raising his voice and approaching Linares, he said:

And raising his voice and walking up to Linares, he said:

“Come here, my boy! We will speak with Santiago.”

“Come here, kid! We’re going to talk to Santiago.”

Linares turned pale and allowed himself to be led along by the priest, who was deep in thought. [163]

Linares went pale and let the priest, who was lost in thought, guide him along. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Then it was Father Salví’s turn to walk up and down the room and he did so, meditating, as was his custom.

Then it was Father Salví’s turn to pace the room, and he did so, reflecting, as was his habit.

A voice bidding him good morning stopped his monotonous tread. He raised his head and his eyes met Lucas, who saluted him humbly.

A voice saying good morning interrupted his dull walk. He lifted his head and his eyes met Lucas, who greeted him politely.

“What do you want?” asked the eyes of the curate.

“What do you want?” the curate's eyes asked.

“Father, I am the brother of the man who was killed on the day of the fiesta,” replied Lucas, in a tearful tone.

“Dad, I'm the brother of the guy who was killed on the day of the fiesta,” Lucas said, his voice breaking with emotion.

Father Salví stepped back.

Fr. Salví stepped back.

“And what of it?” he muttered, in an unintelligible voice.

“And what about it?” he muttered, in a mumble.

Lucas made an effort to weep, and dried his eyes with his handkerchief.

Lucas tried to cry and wiped his eyes with his handkerchief.

“Father,” said he, crying, “I have been to Crisostomo’s house to ask him for indemnity. At first, he received me with kicks, saying that he would not pay anything, since he had run the risk of being killed through the fault of my dear, unfortunate brother. Yesterday, I went to talk with him again, but he had already left for Manila, leaving me for charity’s sake five hundred pesos for my poor brother—five hundred pesos—ah! Father.”

“Dad,” he said, crying, “I went to Crisostomo’s place to ask him for compensation. At first, he greeted me with kicks, saying he wouldn’t pay anything because he was at risk of being killed because of my dear, unfortunate brother. Yesterday, I tried to talk to him again, but he had already left for Manila, leaving me out of kindness five hundred pesos for my poor brother—five hundred pesos—oh! Dad.”

The curate listened to the first part of his story with surprise and attention, but slowly there appeared on his lips a smile—a smile of such contempt and sarcasm at the comedy that was being played, that if Lucas had seen it he would have fled in all haste.

The curate listened to the first part of his story with surprise and interest, but gradually a smile crept onto his lips—a smile of such contempt and sarcasm at the absurdity of the situation that if Lucas had seen it, he would have run away immediately.

“And what do you want now?” he asked, turning his back to him.

“And what do you want now?” he asked, turning away from him.

“Alas! Father, for love of God tell me what I ought to do. Father, you have always given good advice.”

“Please, Father, for the love of God, tell me what I should do. You’ve always given great advice.”

“Who has told you that? You do not live here.”

“Who told you that? You don’t live here.”

“But the whole province knows you, Father!”

“But everyone in the province knows you, Dad!”

Father Salví went up to him with his eyes full of anger and, motioning to the street, said to the frightened Lucas:

Father Salví approached him, his eyes filled with anger, and gesturing toward the street, said to the frightened Lucas:

“Go to your house and give thanks to Don Crisostomo that he has not sent you to jail. Get away from here.”

“Go home and thank Don Crisostomo for not sending you to jail. Just leave this place.”

Forgetting his rôle, Lucas muttered:

Forgetting his role, Lucas muttered:

“Well, I thought——” [164]

“Well, I thought—” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Out of here!” cried Father Salví, in a nervous tone.

“Get out of here!” shouted Father Salví, sounding anxious.

“I want to see Father Dámaso.”

“I want to see Father Dámaso.”

“Father Dámaso is busy. Out of here!” ordered the curate, in an imperative tone, again.

“Father Dámaso is busy. Get out of here!” the curate ordered, in a commanding tone, once again.

Lucas went down the stairs murmuring: “He is another. How poorly he pays! He who pays better....”

Lucas went down the stairs mumbling, “He’s different. He doesn’t pay well! The one who pays better...”

The voice of the curate had reached the ears of all in the house, even Father Dámaso, Captain Tiago and Linares.

The curate's voice was heard by everyone in the house, including Father Dámaso, Captain Tiago, and Linares.

“An insolent beggar who came to ask alms and doesn’t want to work,” said Father Salví, taking his hat and cane and starting toward the convent. [165]

“An arrogant beggar who comes to beg for money and doesn’t want to put in any effort,” said Father Salví, grabbing his hat and cane and heading toward the convent. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXVI.

The Persecuted.

By the dim light which the moon diffused through the thick branches of the trees, a man wandered along the forest trails slowly and cautiously. From time to time, as if to find out where he was, he whistled a particular melody, to which another in the distance responded with the same air. The man listened attentively, and afterward proceeded in the direction of the distant sound.

By the soft light of the moon filtering through the thick branches of the trees, a man slowly and cautiously walked along the forest paths. Occasionally, to get his bearings, he whistled a specific tune, and in the distance, another melody answered with the same tune. The man listened closely and then moved toward the source of the distant sound.

Finally, passing through the thousand difficulties which a virgin forest offers in the night time, he came to a small clearing. High rocks, crowned with trees, surrounded the place, forming a sort of ruined amphitheatre. Recently cut trees, with their charred trunks and enormous rocks, which Nature had covered with her mantle of green foliage, filled the middle of the open space.

Finally, after navigating the countless challenges of a virgin forest at night, he arrived at a small clearing. Tall rocks topped with trees surrounded the area, creating a kind of dilapidated amphitheater. Recently cut trees, with their burned trunks and massive rocks draped in lush green foliage, filled the center of the open space.

Scarcely had the unknown man arrived, when another figure quickly appeared from behind one of the large rocks, advanced and drew a revolver.

Scarcely had the unknown man arrived when another figure quickly emerged from behind one of the large rocks, stepped forward, and pulled out a revolver.

“Who are you?” he asked in Tagalog and, in an imperious voice, as he cocked the hammer of his weapon.

“Who are you?” he asked in Tagalog, his tone commanding as he pulled back the hammer of his gun.

“Is old Pablo among you?” asked the first calmly, without replying to the question or becoming intimidated.

“Is old Pablo here with you?” asked the first one calmly, not answering the question or getting intimidated.

“Do you refer to the Captain? Yes, he is.”

“Are you talking about the Captain? Yeah, he is.”

“Tell him, then, that Elias is looking for him here,” said the man.

“Tell him, then, that Elias is looking for him here,” said the man.

“Are you Elias?” asked the other with a certain respect, and approaching him without lowering his revolver. “Then come.”

“Are you Elias?” asked the other with a bit of respect, and coming up him without lowering his gun. “Then come.”

Elias followed him.

Elias trailed behind him.

They penetrated into a kind of cavern, which was hollowed out in the depths of the earth. The guide, who knew the way, told the pilot when he ought to get down, stoop or crawl. However, it was not long before they came to a [166]sala or room in the cave, miserably illuminated by pitch torches, and occupied by twelve or fifteen armed men. The faces of the men were dirty and their clothes ragged; some were sitting down, others lying down, conversing among themselves in a low tone. Leaning his elbows on a stone which served as a table and contemplating thoughtfully the lamp, which was shedding very little light for the amount of smoke it made, sat an old man. His countenance was sad, and his head wrapped in a bloody rag. If we had not known that the place was a cave of tulisanes, we would have said, on reading the desperation on the face of the old man, that it was the Tower of Hunger on the eve when Ugolino devoured his sons.

They entered a kind of cave that was hollowed out deep underground. The guide, who knew the route, told the pilot when to get low, bend, or crawl. However, it wasn't long before they reached a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]sala or room in the cave, poorly lit by pitch torches, and filled with twelve or fifteen armed men. The men's faces were dirty and their clothes were ragged; some were sitting, others were lying down, talking quietly among themselves. An old man sat with his elbows on a stone that served as a table, thoughtfully looking at the lamp, which was giving off very little light considering the amount of smoke it produced. His face looked sad, and he had a bloody rag wrapped around his head. If we didn't know this was a cave of tulisanes, we would have thought, judging by the desperation on the old man's face, that it was the Tower of Hunger on the eve when Ugolino ate his sons.

At the arrival of Elias and the guide, the men were about to arise, but, at a signal from the guide, they were quieted and contented themselves with examining the pilot, who was entirely unarmed.

At the arrival of Elias and the guide, the men were about to get up, but at a signal from the guide, they settled down and focused on examining the pilot, who was completely unarmed.

The old man turned his head slowly and his eyes met the sturdy figure of Elias. The latter, in turn, with his head uncovered, full of sadness and interest, gazed upon the old man.

The old man turned his head slowly, and his eyes met the strong figure of Elias. Elias, with his head uncovered, full of sadness and interest, looked at the old man.

“Is it you?” asked the old man, his face brightening a little as he recognized the youth.

“Is that you?” asked the old man, his face lighting up a bit as he recognized the young man.

“How badly off you are!” murmured Elias, in an half-intelligible tone of voice.

“How bad off you are!” Elias murmured in a barely understandable tone.

The old man bowed in silence, made a sign to the men, who then arose and left, not, however, without first directing glances at the pilot, measuring his stature and muscles.

The old man bowed quietly, signaled to the men, who then stood up and left, but not before casting looks at the pilot, assessing his height and muscles.

“Yes!” said the old man to Elias as soon as they found themselves alone. “Six months ago, I gave you refuge in my house. Then, it was I who sympathized with you; now, fortune has changed and it is you who pity me. But sit down, and tell me how you came here.”

“Yes!” said the old man to Elias as soon as they were alone. “Six months ago, I took you in at my house. Back then, I was the one who felt sorry for you; now, luck has turned and it's you who feel sorry for me. But sit down and tell me how you got here.”

“Some fifteen days ago they told me of your misfortune,” replied the young man slowly, and in a low voice, looking toward the light. “I at once set out on the road and I have been searching for you from mountain to mountain. I have travelled over the greater part of two provinces.

“About fifteen days ago, I heard about your bad luck,” the young man replied slowly and quietly, glancing toward the light. “I immediately hit the road and have been looking for you from mountain to mountain. I’ve traveled across most of two provinces.

“Rather than spill innocent blood,” said Pablo, “I have [167]had to flee. My enemies are afraid to show themselves and shield themselves behind some unhappy fellows who have never done me the slightest injury.”

“Rather than shed innocent blood,” said Pablo, “I have [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] had to escape. My enemies are too scared to confront me and hide behind some poor people who have never wronged me in the slightest.”

Then, after a short pause, of which Elias took advantage to read the thoughts in that melancholy countenance, he replied:

Then, after a brief pause, during which Elias took the opportunity to read the thoughts on that sad face, he replied:

“I have come to make a proposition. Having searched in vain for some member of the family which has caused me my misfortunes, I have decided to leave the province where I am living and to emigrate to the north and live there among the heathen and independent tribes. Do you want to leave this life and go with me? I will be your son, since you have lost those whom you had, and I, who have no family, will take you as my father.”

“I have a proposal to make. After looking everywhere for a member of the family responsible for my troubles, I’ve decided to leave the area I’m in and move up north to live among the uncivilized and independent tribes. Do you want to leave this life and come with me? I’ll be your son since you’ve lost your own, and since I have no family, I’ll take you as my father.”

The old man shook his head and said:

The old man shook his head and said:

“At my age, when a person makes a desperate resolution it is because there is no other course open. A man who, like me has passed his youth and the best years of his life working for his own future and for the future of his sons, a man who has been submissive to all the wishes of his superiors, who has discharged conscientiously all his duties, suffered everything in order to live in peace and in tranquillity; when such a man, whose blood has been chilled by Time, renounces all his past and all his future, on the very edge of his grave—when a man does this, it is because he has decided with mature judgment that peace does not exist, and that there is no Supreme Good. What use is there in living a few miserable days in a foreign land? I had two sons, a daughter, a fireside, a fortune. I enjoyed consideration and esteem. Now I am like a tree that has been stripped of its branches; a wandering fugitive, hunted like a wild beast in the forest, and all—why? Because a man dishonored my daughter, because her brothers wanted to make that man account for his infamous deed, and because that man is placed above all others with a title of Minister of God. But despite it all, I, a father, I, dishonored in my old age, pardoned the injury, for I was indulgent with the passions of youth and the weakness of the flesh, and, as the evil was irreparable, I wanted to save what still remained to me. But the criminal, afraid that vengeance was near at hand, [168]sought the destruction of my sons. What did he do? You do not know? Do you know how they feigned that there had been a robbery in the convent and how one of my sons figured among the accused? The other son they could not include because he was away. Do you know the tortures to which they were submitted? You know them because they are like those in other towns. I saw my son hung by the hair, I heard his cries, I heard him call me, and, coward that I was, and, accustomed to peace, I was not brave enough to kill or be killed. Do you know that the robbery was not proved, that it was seen that it was a calumny, that the curate was transferred to another town and that my son died from the result of his tortures? The other boy, who was still left for me, was not a coward like his father. The executioner was afraid that this son would take revenge for the death of his brother and so, under pretense of his not having a cedula,1 which for the moment had been forgotten, he was imprisoned by the Civil Guard, maltreated, irritated and provoked by force and injuries until he was driven to suicide. And I have survived after such a disgrace. But, if I had not the courage of a father to defend his sons, I have left a heart to take vengeance and I shall be revenged! The discontented are uniting under my command, my enemies increase my camp, and on that day when I consider myself strong enough I will go down into the plain and extinguish in fire both my vengeance and my own existence. And that day will come or there is no God!”

“At my age, when someone makes a desperate decision, it's usually because there are no other options left. A man like me, who has spent his youth and the best years of his life working for his own future and for the future of his children, a man who has obeyed all the wishes of his superiors, who has diligently fulfilled all his duties, and who has endured everything just to live in peace and tranquility—when such a man, whose blood has been numbed by time, renounces his past and future on the brink of his grave—when a man does this, it’s because he has come to the sober realization that peace doesn’t exist and that there is no ultimate good. What’s the point of living a few miserable days in a foreign land? I had two sons, a daughter, a home, a fortune. I had respect and esteem. Now I am like a tree stripped of its branches; a wandering fugitive, hunted like a wild animal in the forest, and all—why? Because a man dishonored my daughter, because her brothers wanted to hold that man accountable for his despicable act, and because that man is placed above all others with a title of Minister of God. But despite all, I, a father, shamed in my old age, forgave the injury, for I was lenient with the youthful passions and the weakness of the flesh, and since the damage was irreversible, I wanted to save what little I had left. But the criminal, fearing that revenge was imminent, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] sought to destroy my sons. Do you know what he did? You don’t know? Do you know how they pretended there had been a robbery in the convent and how one of my sons was accused? They couldn’t include the other son because he was away. Do you know the torments they endured? You know them because they’re just like those in other towns. I saw my son hanging by his hair, I heard his cries, I heard him call my name, and, coward that I was, used to a peaceful life, I wasn’t brave enough to kill or be killed. Do you know that the robbery was never proven, that it was shown to be a slander, that the curate was transferred to another town, and that my son died from the effects of his torture? The other son, who was still with me, wasn’t a coward like his father. The executioner feared this son would seek revenge for his brother’s death, so under the pretense of him not having a cedula,1 which had been forgotten for the moment, he was imprisoned by the Civil Guard, mistreated, provoked, and tortured until he was driven to suicide. And I have survived after such disgrace. But if I lacked the courage of a father to defend his sons, I have a heart that seeks vengeance, and I will be avenged! The discontented are rallying under my command; my enemies are bolstering my ranks, and the day I feel strong enough, I will go down into the plains and extinguish both my vengeance and my own existence in fire. And that day will come, or there is no God!”

The old man rose to his feet deeply agitated. With his eyes sparkling like fire and, in a hollow voice, he added, tearing his long hair:

The old man got to his feet, visibly upset. His eyes sparkled like flames, and in a hollow voice, he added, pulling at his long hair:

“Curses upon me, curses upon me for having restrained the avenging hand of my sons. I have assassinated them! Had I allowed them to kill the criminal; had I had less faith in the justice of God and of men, I would now have my sons; perhaps they would have been fugitives, but I would have them and they would not have died in torture. I was not born to be a father! For that reason, I [169]haven’t them with me now! Curses upon me for not having learned, with all my years, in what age we live! But in blood and fire, and in my own death, I will know how to take vengeance for them!”

“Curses on me, curses on me for holding back my sons from taking revenge. I’ve killed them! If I had let them kill the criminal; if I had had more faith in justice, both divine and human, I would still have my sons. They might have been fugitives, but they wouldn’t have died in agony. I wasn’t meant to be a father! That’s why I [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] don’t have them with me now! Curses on me for not realizing, after all these years, what age we live in! But through blood and fire, and with my own death, I will find a way to get revenge for them!”

The unfortunate father, in the paroxysm of his grief, had taken off the bandage from his head, opening up a wound which he had on the forehead and from which the blood oozed out.

The unfortunate father, in the height of his grief, had removed the bandage from his head, exposing a wound on his forehead from which blood was oozing.

“I respect your grief,” replied Elias, “and I understand your desire for vengeance. I, too, am like you, but, for fear of harming an innocent one, I prefer to forget my misfortunes.”

“I respect your grief,” replied Elias, “and I understand your need for revenge. I’m also like you, but out of fear of hurting an innocent person, I choose to forget my misfortunes.”

“You can forget them because you are young, and because you have not lost your son, have not lost your last hope! But, I assure you, I will not harm an innocent person. Do you see that wound? I allowed myself to receive that in order not to kill a poor cuaderillero who was fulfilling his duty.”

“You can overlook that because you’re young and because you haven’t lost your son, haven’t lost your last hope! But I promise you, I won’t hurt an innocent person. Do you see that wound? I let myself get that in order to avoid killing a poor cuaderillero who was just doing his job.”

“But see!” said Elias, after a moment’s silence. “See what frightful destruction you will bring upon our unfortunate country. If you seek revenge by your own hand your enemies will retaliate, not against you, not against those who are armed, but against the people, who are always accused, and then how many more injustices!”

“But look!” said Elias, after a brief silence. “Look at the terrible destruction you’re going to bring to our unfortunate country. If you seek revenge on your own, your enemies will strike back—not at you or those who are armed, but at the people, who always bear the blame. And then, how many more injustices will follow?”

“Let the people learn to defend themselves. Let each learn to defend himself.”

“Let people learn to defend themselves. Let everyone learn to defend themselves.”

“You know that that is impossible. Señor, I have known you in other times when you were happy, then you gave me wise advice. Will you permit me...?”

“You know that’s impossible. Sir, I’ve known you at happier times when you offered me good advice. Will you allow me...?”

The old man crossed his arms and seemed to meditate upon what he was going to say.

The old man crossed his arms and appeared to ponder what he was about to say.

“Señor,” continued Elias, measuring his words well, “I have had the fortune to be of service to a young man, rich, of good heart, noble, and a lover of his country’s welfare. They say that this young man has friends in Madrid. I do not know it, but I can positively assure you that he is a friend of the Governor General. What do you say if we make him the bearer of the people’s complaints, if we can interest him in the cause of the unhappy?”

“Sir,” Elias continued, choosing his words carefully, “I’ve had the luck to help a young man who is wealthy, kind-hearted, noble, and cares about the welfare of his country. They say he has friends in Madrid. I can’t confirm that, but I can definitely tell you he’s a friend of the Governor General. What do you think about having him carry the people’s complaints, if we can get him to care about the plight of the unfortunate?”

The old man shook his head.

The old man shook his head.

“Do you say that he is a rich man? The rich think of [170]nothing but to increase their riches. Pride and pomp blind them, and, since they are generally well off, especially if they have powerful friends, none of them ever troubles himself about the unfortunates. I know it all, for I was once rich myself.”

“Do you call him a rich man? The wealthy only care about growing their wealth. Their pride and luxury blind them, and since they are usually comfortable—especially if they have influential friends—none of them ever bother to think about those who are less fortunate. I know this well because I was once rich myself.”

“But the man of whom I am speaking does not seem to be like the others. He is a son who would not allow the memory of his father to be dishonored. He is a young man who thinks about the future—thinks of a good future for his sons, for he may in a short time have a family of his own.”

“But the man I'm talking about doesn’t seem to be like the others. He’s a son who wouldn’t let his father’s memory be disrespected. He’s a young man who thinks about the future—envisions a good future for his sons, as he might soon have a family of his own.”

“Then he is a man who is going to be happy. Our cause is not a cause for happy men.”

“Then he’s a man who’s going to be happy. Our cause isn’t one for happy people.”

“But it is a cause for men of good hearts.”

“But it's a cause for good-hearted people.”

“That may be,” replied the old man sitting down. “Suppose that he consented to carry our complaints to the Governor General. Suppose that he finds in the court those who will argue for us. Do you think we will get justice?”

“That might be,” said the old man as he sat down. “What if he agrees to take our complaints to the Governor General? What if he finds people in the court who will advocate for us? Do you think we’ll get justice?”

“Let us try it before resorting to bloody measures,” replied Elias. “It must seem strange to you that I, another unfortunate, young, robust—that I should propose to you old and weak—peaceful measures. But it is because I have seen so many miseries caused by us similar to those caused by tyrants. The unarmed is the one who suffers.”

“Let’s give it a shot before we go for violent solutions,” replied Elias. “It might seem weird to you that I, another unfortunate, young, and strong person, would suggest peaceful measures to you, who are old and frail. But I’ve witnessed so much suffering caused by people like us that mirrors what tyrants do. It’s the defenseless who end up suffering.”

“And if we do not accomplish anything?”

“And what if we don't accomplish anything?”

“Something will be accomplished, believe me! Not all who govern are unjust. And if we do not accomplish anything, if our voice is not listened to, if the man turns a deaf ear to the grief of his fellow men, then we will put ourselves under your orders.”

"Something will be accomplished,"

The old man, full of enthusiasm, embraced the young man.

The old man, full of excitement, hugged the young man.

“I accept your proposition, Elias. I know that you will keep your word. You come to me and I will help you take vengeance for your father. You will help me to take vengeance for my sons—my sons who were like you!”

“I accept your proposal, Elias. I trust that you will stay true to your word. Come to me, and I will assist you in avenging your father. You will help me seek revenge for my sons—my sons who were just like you!”

“In the meantime, Señor, avoid all violent measures.”

“In the meantime, Sir, avoid all violent actions.”

“You can expound the complaints of the people. You certainly know them. When will we know the answer?”

“You can explain the people's complaints. You definitely know them. When will we get an answer?”

“Within four days send a man to meet me on the beach at San Diego and I will tell him what the person [171]in whom I have hope says. If he accepts, we will get justice, and if he does not accept, I will be the first to fall in the fight which we will begin.”

“Within four days, send someone to meet me on the beach at San Diego, and I'll tell him what the person [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] I have hope in says. If he agrees, we'll get justice; if he doesn't agree, I'll be the first to fall in the fight we’re about to start.”

“Elias will not die. Elias will be chief, when Captain Pablo falls, satisfied in his revenge,” said the old man. [172]

“Elias won’t die. Elias will be the chief when Captain Pablo falls, satisfied in his revenge,” said the old man. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Certificate of identification required of all Filipinos under Spanish domination.

1 Identification certificate required for all Filipinos during Spanish rule.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXVII.

The Cock Fight.

In order to keep the Sabbath holy in the Philippines the people generally go to the cock fight, just as in Spain they go to the bull fight. Cock fighting, a passion introduced into the country and exploited for a century, is one of the vices of the people, more deeply rooted than the opium vice among the Chinese. The poor go there to risk what little they have, desirous of making money without working; the rich go there to amuse themselves, using the money which they have left over from their feasts and thanksgiving masses. The cock is educated with great care, with more care, perhaps, than the son who is to succeed his father in the cock-pit. The Government permits it and almost recommends it, for it decrees that the fight shall only be held in the public plazas and on holidays from after high mass till dark—eight hours.

To keep the Sabbath holy in the Philippines, people typically go to cockfights, similar to how folks in Spain attend bullfights. Cockfighting, a passion brought to the country and taken advantage of for a century, is one of the vices of the people, more ingrained than the opium addiction among the Chinese. The poor attend to gamble what little they have, hoping to make money without working; the wealthy go for entertainment, using the money they have leftover from their feasts and thanksgiving masses. The roosters are trained with great care, perhaps even more than the son who will take over for his father in the cockpit. The government allows it and almost encourages it, as it mandates that the fights can only take place in public squares and on holidays, from after high mass until dark—eight hours.

The San Diego cock-pit does not differ from others which are found in all the towns. It consists of three parts: The first, or entrance, is a large rectangle, some twenty meters in length and fourteen in breadth. On one side is the door, generally guarded by a woman who collects the entrance fee. From the contribution which each one makes the Government receives a part, some hundred thousands of pesos each year. They say that with this money, which gives license to the vice, magnificent schools are raised, bridges and roadways constructed, and rewards offered for the encouragement of agriculture and commerce. Blessed be the vice which produces such good results! In this first precinct are the vendors of betel nut, cigars and tobacco, delicacies and refreshments. There the small boys, who accompany their fathers or uncles, are carefully initiated into the secrets of life.

The San Diego cock-pit is no different from others found in towns everywhere. It has three parts: The first area, the entrance, is a large rectangle, about twenty meters long and fourteen wide. There's a door on one side, usually watched over by a woman who collects the entrance fee. From the contributions made by everyone, the Government takes a cut, amounting to hundreds of thousands of pesos each year. They say that with this money, which allows the vice to continue, impressive schools are built, bridges and roads are constructed, and rewards are given to promote agriculture and commerce. Praise be to the vice that brings about such good results! In this first section, you'll find the suppliers selling betel nut, cigars, tobacco, snacks, and drinks. It's where the young boys who come with their fathers or uncles are carefully introduced to the realities of life.

This precinct communicates with another of slightly [173]larger dimensions, a sort of vestibule, where the people gather before the fight. There, one sees most of the cocks, tied by a cord to a bone driven into the ground like a nail; there, are the bettors, the lovers of the sport, the man skilled in fastening the gaffs or spurs to the cock’s legs; there, bargains are made, the situation discussed, money borrowed, and people curse, swear and laugh boisterously. In one place, some one is caressing his game cock, passing his hand over his brilliant plumage; in another, a man examines and counts the number of scales on the rooster’s legs, for that, they say, is a sign of valor. The battles of the heroes are related. There, too, you will see many a disappointed owner, with a sour face carrying out by the legs, a dead rooster, stripped of its plumage—the animal which was a favorite for months, petted, cared for day and night, and on which flattering hopes had been founded: now, nothing more than a dead fowl, to be sold for a peseta, stewed in ginger and eaten that very night. Sic transit gloria mundi! The loser returns to his fire-side, where an anxious wife and ragged children await him, without his little capital, without his rooster. From all that gilded dream, from all the care of months, from daybreak to sunset, from all those labors and fatigue, from all that, results a peseta, the ashes left from so much smoke.

This area connects to another one that’s a bit [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]larger, like a waiting room, where people gather before the fight. You can see most of the roosters tied by a string to a stake driven into the ground like a nail; there are the bettors, the fans of the sport, the guy who expertly attaches the gaffs or spurs to the roosters’ legs; it’s where deals are made, the latest news is shared, money is borrowed, and people curse, swear, and laugh loudly. In one spot, someone is petting their fighting rooster, running their hand over its bright feathers; in another, a man is checking and counting the scales on a rooster's legs because that’s said to show its bravery. Stories of past battles are told. You’ll also spot many disappointed owners with grim faces, dragging out a dead rooster by its legs, stripped of its feathers—the bird that was a favorite for months, pampered and cared for day and night, now reduced to nothing more than a dead bird, to be sold for a peseta, cooked with ginger and eaten that very night. Sic transit gloria mundi! The loser heads back home to where an anxious wife and ragged kids are waiting, empty-handed, without his little investment, without his rooster. From that gilded dream, from all the care over months, from dawn to dusk, from all that effort and exhaustion, what’s left is a peseta, the ashes remaining from all that smoke.

In this foyer, or vestibule, the most ignorant discuss the coming contests; the most trifling, examine conscientiously the bird, weigh it, contemplate it, extend its wings, feel of its muscles. Some of the people are very well dressed, and are followed and surrounded by the backers of their game cocks. Others, dirty, with the seal of vice imprinted on their squalid faces, anxiously follow the movements of the rich and watch their betting, for the pocketbook can be emptied and the passion still be unsatisfied. There you see no face that is not animated, no indolent Filipino; none apathetic, none silent. All is movement, passion, eagerness.

In this foyer, or lobby, the most clueless people talk about the upcoming contests; the most trivial examine the bird closely, weigh it, look at it, feel its muscles. Some folks are really well-dressed and are surrounded by supporters of their game cocks. Others are dirty, with the mark of vice clear on their grimy faces, anxiously following the rich and watching their bets, knowing that a wallet can be emptied and desire can still be unfulfilled. You won't see a face that isn't lively, no lazy Filipinos here; none indifferent, none quiet. Everything is in motion, filled with passion and eagerness.

From this place, one passes into the arena or rueda, as it is called. The floor, inclosed by bamboos, is generally elevated higher than the floor of the other two parts of the cock-pit. Running up from the floor and almost touching [174]the roof, are rows of seats for the spectators or gamblers—they come to be the same. During the combat these seats are filled with men and children who cry, shout, perspire, quarrel, and blaspheme. Fortunately, scarcely any women visit the cock-pit. In the rueda are the prominent men, the rich class, the bettors, the bookmaker, and the referee. The cocks fight on the ground, which is beaten down perfectly smooth, and there Destiny distributes to families laughter or tears, feasts or hunger.

From this spot, you step into the arena or rueda, as it’s called. The floor, surrounded by bamboo, is usually raised higher than the floors of the other two sections of the cock-pit. Running up from the floor and nearly reaching [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the ceiling are rows of seats for spectators or gamblers—they end up being the same crowd. During the fight, these seats are filled with men and children who cheer, shout, sweat, argue, and curse. Luckily, very few women come to the cock-pit. In the rueda are the leading men, the wealthy class, the bettors, the bookmaker, and the referee. The cocks fight on the ground, which is packed perfectly smooth, where Destiny gives families laughter or tears, feasts or hunger.

As we enter, we can see the gobernadorcillo, Captain Pablo, Captain Basilio, and Lucas, the man with the scar on his face who was so disconsolate over the death of his brother.

As we walk in, we can see the gobernadorcillo, Captain Pablo, Captain Basilio, and Lucas, the guy with the scar on his face who was really upset about his brother's death.

Captain Basilio approaches one of those present and asks him:

Captain Basilio approaches one of the people there and asks him:

“Do you know what cock Captain Tiago is going to bring?”

“Do you know what Captain Tiago is going to bring?”

“I do not know, Señor. This morning two arrived, one of them the lásak (black sprinkled with white) which whipped the Consul’s talisain (red, sprinkled with black).”

“I don’t know, Sir. This morning two came in, one of them the lásak (black with white spots) that whipped the Consul’s talisain (red with black spots).”

“Do you think that my bulik (black, red and white), can beat him?”

“Do you think my bulik (black, red, and white) can beat him?”

“Yes, I surely do. I’ll stake my house and shirt on him!

“Yes, I absolutely do. I’ll bet my house and shirt on him!

At that moment Captain Tiago arrived. He was dressed, like the big gamblers, in a camisa of Canton linen, woolen pantaloons, and a panama-straw hat. Behind him came two servants, carrying the lásak and a white cock of colossal proportions.

At that moment, Captain Tiago arrived. He was dressed, like the high-rollers, in a camisa made of Canton linen, woolen pants, and a Panama straw hat. Behind him were two servants, carrying the lásak and a massive white rooster.

“Sinang tells me that Maria Clara is improving steadily,” said Captain Basilio.

“Sinang tells me that Maria Clara is getting better slowly but surely,” said Captain Basilio.

“She no longer has any fever, but she is still weak.”

“She doesn’t have a fever anymore, but she’s still weak.”

“Did you lose last night?”

“Did you lose last night?”

“A little. I heard that you won.... I am going to see if I can win back my money.”

“A bit. I heard you won.... I'm going to see if I can win my money back.”

“Do you want to fight your lásak?” asked Captain Basilio, looking at the rooster.

“Do you want to fight your lásak?” asked Captain Basilio, looking at the rooster.

“That depends on whether there is any money up.”

“That depends on whether there's any money available.”

“How much will you stake?”

“How much are you betting?”

“I don’t play less than two thousand.” [175]

“I don’t play for anything less than two thousand.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Have you seen my bulik?” asked Captain Basilio, and then called a man to bring a small rooster.

“Have you seen my bulik?” asked Captain Basilio, then he called a man to bring a small rooster.

Captain Tiago examined it, and after weighing it in his hand, and examining its scales, he handed it back.

Captain Tiago looked it over, weighed it in his hand, and checked its scales before handing it back.

“What do you put up?” he asked.

“What are you putting up?” he asked.

“Whatever you say.”

"Whatever you say."

“Two thousand five hundred?”

"2500?"

“Make it three?”

"Make it three?"

“Three.”

"3."

“Let her go!”

“Let her go!”

The circle of curious people and gamblers learn that the two celebrated cocks are to be fought. Both the roosters have made a history for themselves; both have a reputation. All want to see and examine the two celebrities. Opinions are expressed, and prophecies made.

The group of curious onlookers and bettors discover that the two famous roosters are set to fight. Both birds have built a reputation for themselves; each has its own legacy. Everyone is eager to see and check out the two stars. Opinions are shared, and predictions are made.

In the meantime the voices grow louder, the confusion is augmented, the rueda fills up and a rush is made for the seats. The soltadores bring two cocks to the ring for a preliminary contest. One of the roosters is blanco (white), the other rojo (red). They are already spurred, but the gaffs are not yet unsheathed. Cries of “Al blanco! al blanco!” are heard. Some one else shouts, “Al rojo!” The blanco is the favorite.

In the meantime, the voices get louder, the confusion increases, the rueda fills up, and everyone rushes for the seats. The soltadores bring two roosters to the ring for a preliminary match. One rooster is blanco (white), and the other is rojo (red). They’re already spurred, but the gaffs aren’t unsheathed yet. Cries of “Al blanco! al blanco!” can be heard. Someone else shouts, “Al rojo!” The blanco is the favorite.

Civil Guards circulate among the crowd. They are not wearing the uniform of their body, nor do they wear the costume of the native. Pantaloons of guingon with a red fringe, a blue-spotted blouse shirt, and the cuartel cap—you have here their disguise, in harmony with their deportment; watching and betting, making disturbance and talking of maintaining the peace.

Civil Guards move around the crowd. They're not dressed in their official uniforms, nor are they in traditional native attire. With pants made of guingon featuring a red fringe, a blue polka-dotted blouse, and the cuartel cap, this is their disguise, fitting seamlessly with their behavior; observing and gambling, causing trouble, and discussing how to keep the peace.

While the shouting is going on and men are jingling money in their hands; while the people are going down in their pockets for the last cuarto, or, if that is wanting, pledging their word, promising to sell their carabao, or their next harvest, two young men, apparently brothers, follow the gamblers with envious eyes. They approach, timidly murmur words which nobody catches, and each time become more and more melancholy, and look at each other with disgust and indignation. Lucas observes them, smiles malignantly, rattles some silver pesos, passes near to the two brothers, and looks toward the rueda, shouting: [176]

While the shouting is happening and people are jingling money in their hands; while others dig into their pockets for their last cuarto, or, if they don’t have that, promising to sell their carabao or their next harvest, two young men, who look like brothers, watch the gamblers with envy. They approach, timidly whispering words that no one hears, and each time they become more melancholy, looking at each other with disgust and anger. Lucas watches them, smiles slyly, shakes some silver pesos, walks close to the two brothers, and glances at the rueda, shouting: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“I am betting fifty, fifty against twenty on the white!”

“I’m betting fifty, fifty against twenty on the white!”

The two brothers exchanged looks.

The two brothers exchanged glances.

“I told you,” murmured the older, “not to bet all your money. If you had obeyed me, we would have it now to put on the red.”

“I told you,” murmured the older man, “not to bet all your money. If you had listened to me, we would have it now to put on the red.”

The younger one approached Lucas timidly and touched him on the arm.

The younger one walked up to Lucas nervously and touched his arm.

“Is it you?” exclaimed the latter turning around and feigning surprise. “Does your brother accept my proposition or did you come to bet?”

“Is that you?” the other person exclaimed, turning around and pretending to be surprised. “Does your brother agree to my offer, or did you come to place a bet?”

“How can we bet when we have lost all?”

“How can we place a bet when we’ve lost everything?”

“Then you accept?”

"Do you accept now?"

“He does not want to! If you could lend us something: you have already said that you knew us....”

“He doesn’t want to! If you could lend us something: you’ve already said that you know us....”

Lucas scratched his head, pulled down his camisa and replied:

Lucas scratched his head, adjusted his shirt, and replied:

“Yes, I know you. You are Tarsilo and Bruno, both young and strong. I know that your brave father died from the result of the hundred lashes which the soldiers gave him. I know that you do not think of avenging him.”

“Yes, I know you. You’re Tarsilo and Bruno, both young and strong. I know that your brave father died as a result of the hundred lashes the soldiers gave him. I know that you don’t think about avenging him.”

“You need not meddle in our history,” interrupted Tarsilo, the older. “That is a disgrace. If we did not have a sister, we would have been hanged long ago.”

“You shouldn’t interfere in our history,” interrupted Tarsilo, the older. “That’s shameful. If we didn’t have a sister, we would have been hanged a long time ago.”

“Hanged? They only hang cowards, or some one who has no money or protection. Certainly the mountains are near.”

“Hanged? They only hang cowards or someone who has no money or protection. The mountains are definitely close.”

“A hundred against twenty on the blanco,” cried one as he passed the group.

“A hundred against twenty on the blanco,” shouted one as he walked by the group.

“Loan us four pesos ... three ... two,” begged the younger brother. “Presently I will return it to you doubled. The fight is going to begin.”

“Loan us four pesos ... three ... two,” begged the younger brother. “I’ll pay you back double in a bit. The fight is about to start.”

Lucas scratched his head again.

Lucas scratched his head again.

“Tst! This money is not mine. Don Crisostomo has given it to me for those who want to serve him. But I see that you are not like your father. He was really courageous.”

“Tst! This money isn't mine. Don Crisostomo gave it to me for those who want to serve him. But I can see that you're not like your father. He was truly brave.”

And, saying this, he went away from them, although not far.

And after saying this, he walked away from them, but not too far.

“Let us accept. What does it matter?” said Bruno to his brother. “It amounts to the same thing whether you [177]are hanged or shot down. We poor serve for nothing else.”

“Let’s just accept it. What difference does it make?” said Bruno to his brother. “It’s basically the same whether you [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]are hanged or shot. We’re just here for that.”

“You are right, but think of our sister.”

“You're right, but think about our sister.”

In the meantime, the circle around the ring had been dispersed; the fight was going to commence. The voices began to die away, and the two soltadores and the skilled gaff fitter, were alone in the middle of the rueda. At a signal from the referee, the sheaths were removed from the razor-like knives on the cocks’ legs, and the fine blades glistened in a menacing way.

In the meantime, the crowd around the ring had scattered; the fight was about to begin. The voices started to fade, and the two soltadores and the skilled gaff fitter were left alone in the center of the rueda. At a signal from the referee, the sheaths were taken off the razor-sharp knives on the cocks’ legs, and the fine blades glimmered threateningly.

The two brothers, gloomy and silent, approached the ring and, resting their faces against the bamboo railing, watched the preparations. A man approached them and said in their ears: “Hundred to ten on the blanco!”

The two brothers, dark and quiet, walked up to the ring and, resting their faces against the bamboo railing, watched the setup. A man came up to them and whispered in their ears, “Hundred to ten on the blanco!”

Tarsilo looked at him stupidly. Bruno elbowed his brother, who responded with a grunt.

Tarsilo stared at him blankly. Bruno nudged his brother, who just grunted in response.

The soltadores handle the roosters with masterly skill, taking great care not to wound them. A deep silence reigns throughout the pit. You would think that those present, with the exception of the two soltadores, were horrible wax figures. The two roosters are brought close together and allowed to pick at each other and thus become irritated. Then they allow them to look at each other, so that the poor little birds may know who has plucked out their feathers, and with whom they should fight. The feathers around the neck stand up; they look at each other fixedly; flashes of wrath escape from their little, round eyes. The moment has come. The birds are placed on the ground in the ring at a certain distance from each other.

The soltadores expertly handle the roosters, making sure not to injure them. A deep silence fills the pit. You might think that everyone there, except for the two soltadores, were creepy wax figures. The two roosters are brought close together and allowed to peck at each other, which irritates them. Then they are allowed to stare at each other, so the poor little birds can see who has plucked their feathers and who they should fight. The feathers around their necks bristle; they glare at each other intensely; flashes of anger flicker in their small, round eyes. The moment has arrived. The birds are placed on the ground in the ring at a certain distance from each other.

The cocks advance slowly. Their little steps are heard upon the hard floor. Nobody speaks; nobody breathes. Lowering and raising their heads, as if measuring each other with a look, the two roosters mutter sounds, perhaps of threat or contempt. They have perceived the shining blades. Danger animates them, and they turn toward each other decided, but they stop at a short distance, and, as they look at each other, they bow their heads and again raise their feathers on end. With their natural valor, they rush at each other impetuously; they [178]strike beak against beak; breast against breast, blade against blade, and wing against wing. The blows have been stopped with dexterity and skill, and only a few feathers have fallen. They again measure each other! Suddenly the blanco turns and, raising himself in the air, flashes his death-dealing knife, but the rojo has already doubled up his legs, ducked his head and the blanco has only cut the air. Then, on touching the ground, to avoid being wounded from behind, he turns quickly and faces the other. The red attacks him with fury, but he defends himself with coolness. Not without reason was he the favorite of the crowd. All, trembling and anxious, follow the movements of the battle, now this one and now that one giving an involuntary shout. The ground is being covered with red and white feathers, tinged with blood. But the duel does not go to the one who draws first blood. The Filipino here follows the laws laid down by the Government, which say that the cock which is killed or flees loses the fight. The blood now wets the ground; the blows are repeated, but the victory is still undecided. Finally, making a supreme effort, the blanco throws himself forward to give a last blow; he drives his knife into the wing of the rojo and buries it among the bones. But the blanco has been wounded in the breast, and both, weak from loss of blood, and panting, fastened together, remain immovable until the blanco falls, bleeds through his neck, kicks violently and is in the agony of death. The rojo, pinned by his wing, is held to the other’s side; and little by little he doubles up his legs and slowly closes his eyes.

The roosters advance slowly, their small steps audible on the hard floor. Nobody speaks; nobody breathes. Lowering and raising their heads as if sizing each other up, the two roosters mutter sounds that might be threats or expressions of contempt. They sense the shiny blades. The danger fuels their energy, and they face each other with determination, but they pause at a short distance. As they stare each other down, they bow their heads and fluff up their feathers again. With their natural bravery, they charge at each other fiercely, striking beak against beak, breast against breast, blade against blade, and wing against wing. The blows are skillfully blocked, and only a few feathers fall. They size each other up once more. Suddenly, the white rooster turns, lifting himself into the air, flashing his sharp knife, but the red rooster has already crouched down to dodge, and the white has only managed to slice through the air. When he hits the ground, to avoid a rear attack, he quickly pivots and faces the other. The red rooster attacks furiously, but the white defends himself calmly. He was always the crowd's favorite for good reason. Everyone, anxious and on edge, follows the battle's movements, letting out involuntary shouts as one gains the upper hand and then the other. The ground is now littered with red and white feathers, stained with blood. But the duel isn’t won by drawing first blood. Here, the Filipino observes the rules set by the Government, stating that the rooster that is killed or flees loses. Blood now seeps into the ground; the blows continue, but victory remains uncertain. Finally, gathering all his strength, the white rooster lunges forward to land a final blow; he drives his knife into the red rooster’s wing, burying it deep. But the white has been wounded in the chest, and both, weak from blood loss and panting, remain locked together, immobile until the white falls, bleeding from his neck, kicking violently in death. The red, pinned by his wing, remains tethered to the other’s side and gradually curls up his legs, slowly closing his eyes.

Then the referee, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by the Government, declares the rojo the winner. A wild and prolonged outcry greets the decision, an outcry which is heard throughout the town. He, who, from afar, hears the cry, understands that the dejado has beaten the favorite, for otherwise the outcry would not have lasted so long. So it happens among nations: when a small nation succeeds in gaining a victory over a greater one, the song and story of it last through centuries.

Then the referee, following the rules set by the Government, declares the rojo the winner. A loud and prolonged cheer erupts in response to the decision, echoing throughout the town. Anyone who hears the excitement from afar realizes that the dejado has beaten the favorite, or else the cheer wouldn't have gone on for so long. This is how it is with nations: when a smaller nation manages to defeat a larger one, the tale and celebration of that victory endure for centuries.

“Do you see?” said Bruno, with indignation, to his [179]brother, “if you had taken my advice to-day, we would have had one hundred pesos. On your account we are without a cuarto.”

“Do you see?” Bruno asked angrily, looking at his [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]brother, “if you had listened to my advice today, we would have had one hundred pesos. Because of you, we don't have a single cuarto.”

Tarsilo did not reply, but, with wide-open eyes, looked around him as if in search of some one.

Tarsilo didn’t respond but looked around him with wide-open eyes as if he was searching for someone.

“There he is talking with Pedro,” added Bruno. “He is giving him money—what a lot of money!”

“There he is talking with Pedro,” Bruno added. “He’s giving him cash—so much cash!”

Tarsilo remained silent and thoughtful. With the arm of his camisa, he wiped away the sweat which formed in drops on his forehead.

Tarsilo stayed quiet and deep in thought. He used the sleeve of his camisa to wipe the sweat that was pooling in drops on his forehead.

“Brother,” said Bruno, “I am decided, even if you are not. The lásak ought to win and we ought not to lose the opportunity. I want to bet on the next fight. What does it matter? Thus, we will avenge our father.”

"Brother," said Bruno, "I've made up my mind, even if you haven't. The lásak should win, and we can't let this chance slip by. I want to place a bet on the next fight. What difference does it make? This way, we can get back at our father."

“Wait!” said Tarsilo to him, and looked him in the eyes. Both were pale. “I am with you. You are right. We will avenge our father.”

“Wait!” Tarsilo said to him, looking him in the eyes. Both were pale. “I’m with you. You’re right. We’ll avenge our father.”

He stopped, however, and again wiped away the perspiration.

He paused, though, and wiped the sweat off his forehead again.

“Why do you stop?” asked Bruno impatiently.

“Why are you stopping?” asked Bruno impatiently.

“Do you know what fight is the next one? Is it worth the trouble?”

“Do you know what the next fight is? Is it worth the hassle?”

“What! Haven’t you heard? Captain Tiago’s lásak against Captain Basilio’s bulik. According to the run of luck, the lásak ought to win.”

“What! Haven’t you heard? Captain Tiago’s lásak against Captain Basilio’s bulik. According to the odds, the lásak should win.”

“Ah! The lásak. I would bet ... but let us make sure first.”

“Ah! The lásak. I’d bet ... but let’s make sure first.”

Bruno made a gesture of impatience, but followed his brother. The latter looked the rooster over carefully, thought about it, debated with himself and asked a few questions. The unfortunate fellow was in doubt. Bruno was nervous and looked at him angrily.

Bruno huffed in frustration but followed his brother. The latter examined the rooster closely, pondered it, wrestled with his thoughts, and asked a few questions. The poor guy was uncertain. Bruno was on edge and shot him an angry look.

“Why, don’t you see that wide scale which he has there near the spur? Do you see those feet? What more do you want? Look at those legs. Stretch out his wings. And that broken scale on top of that wide one, and that double one?”

“Why don’t you see that big scale he has there near the spur? Do you see those feet? What else do you want? Look at those legs. Spread out his wings. And that broken scale on top of that big one, and that double one?”

Tarsilo did not hear him, he kept on examining the cock. The rattle of silver coins reached his ears.

Tarsilo didn’t hear him; he continued to look at the rooster. The sound of silver coins caught his attention.

“Let us see the bulik now,” said he, in a choking voice. [180]

“Let’s see the bulik now,” he said, his voice breaking. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Bruno stamped the ground with his feet, grated his teeth, but obeyed his brother.

Bruno stomped on the ground, clenched his teeth, but did what his brother said.

They approached the other group. There they were arming the cock, they were selecting gaffs for him, and the expert, in fitting them to the rooster’s legs, was preparing a piece of red silk. He waxed it and rubbed it over his knee a number of times.

They walked over to the other group. There, they were getting the rooster ready, choosing gaffs for him, and the expert, while attaching them to the rooster’s legs, was preparing a piece of red silk. He waxed it and rubbed it over his knee several times.

Tarsilo gazed at the bird with a sombre air. It seemed that he was not looking at the cock, but at something in the future. He passed his hand over his forehead.

Tarsilo stared at the bird with a grim expression. It felt like he wasn't really seeing the rooster but was focused on something ahead. He ran his hand across his forehead.

“Are you ready?” he asked his brother, his voice scarcely perceptible.

“Are you ready?” he asked his brother, his voice barely audible.

“I? Long ago. Without having to see them.”

“I? A long time ago. Without having to see them.”

“It is our poor sister——”

“It’s our poor sister—”

“Bah! Didn’t they tell you that the leader is Don Crisostomo? Have you not seen him walking with the Governor General? What danger will we run?”

“Bah! Didn’t they tell you that the leader is Don Crisostomo? Haven’t you seen him walking with the Governor General? What danger are we in?”

“And if we are killed?”

“What if we get killed?”

“What does it matter? Our father died from being whipped to death.”

“What does it matter? Our dad died from being beaten to death.”

“You are right.”

"You're right."

Both brothers sought Lucas in the crowd.

Both brothers looked for Lucas in the crowd.

As soon as they caught sight of him, Tarsilo stopped.

As soon as they saw him, Tarsilo stopped.

“No! Let us go away from here! We are going to lose,” he exclaimed.

“No! Let’s get out of here! We’re going to lose,” he exclaimed.

“Go if you wish. I am going to accept.”

"Go if you want. I’m going to accept."

“Bruno!”

"Bruno!"

Unfortunately, a man approached them and said:

Unfortunately, a man walked up to them and said:

“Are you betting? I am backing the bulik.”

“Are you placing a bet? I'm supporting the bulik.”

The two brothers did not reply.

The two brothers stayed silent.

“I’ll give you odds.”

“I'll give you the odds.”

“How much?” asked Bruno.

“How much?” Bruno asked.

The man counted out four peso pieces. Bruno looked at him, breathless.

The man counted out four peso coins. Bruno stared at him, out of breath.

“I have two hundred. Fifty to forty.”

“I have two hundred. Fifty to forty.”

“No,” said Bruno promptly. “Make it ...”

“No,” Bruno replied quickly. “Make it ...”

“All right! fifty to thirty.”

“Alright! Fifty to thirty.”

“Double it if you wish!”

“Double it if you want!”

“Well! The bulik is my winning color and I have just won. Hundred against sixty!”

“Well! The bulik is my winning color and I've just won. A hundred to sixty!”

“That’s a go! Wait till I go and get my money.” [181]

"That's a deal! Just wait until I grab my money." [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“But I will be the stake-holder,” said the other, in whom the manner of Bruno inspired little confidence.

“But I will be the stake-holder,” said the other, whose demeanor didn’t inspire much confidence.

“It’s all the same to me!” responded the latter, trusting in the strength of his fists.

“It doesn’t matter to me!” replied the latter, confident in the power of his fists.

And, turning to his brother, he said:

And, turning to his brother, he said:

“Go away, if you wish; I’m going to stay.”

“Go ahead and leave if you want; I’m staying.”

Then Tarsilo reflected. He loved his brother and the game. He could not leave him alone, and he murmured. “Let it be so!”

Then Tarsilo thought about it. He loved his brother and the game. He couldn't leave him by himself, and he whispered, “So be it!”

They approached Lucas. The latter saw them coming and smiled.

They walked up to Lucas. He noticed them coming and smiled.

“Eh! there!” said Tarsilo.

“Hey there!” said Tarsilo.

“What is it?”

"What's that?"

“How much do you give?” asked the two brothers.

“How much do you give?” asked the two brothers.

“I have already told you. If you want to find some others to help us surprise the cuartel, I will give you thirty pesos apiece, and ten pesos for each companion you get. If all comes out well, each will receive one hundred pesos and you two, double that amount. Don Crisostomo is rich.”

“I’ve already mentioned it. If you want to find more people to help us surprise the cuartel, I’ll give you thirty pesos each, plus ten pesos for every person you bring along. If everything goes well, each will get one hundred pesos, and you two will get double that. Don Crisostomo is wealthy.”

“Accepted,” exclaimed Bruno. “Hand over the money.”

“Deal,” Bruno exclaimed. “Give me the money.”

“I knew well that you were brave, like your father. Come! Don’t let them hear us or they will kill us,” said Lucas, pointing to the Civil Guards.

“I knew you were brave, just like your dad. Come on! Don’t let them hear us, or they’ll kill us,” said Lucas, pointing to the Civil Guards.

And taking them into a corner, he told them, as he counted out the money to them:

And taking them into a corner, he told them as he handed over the money:

“To-morrow Don Crisostomo will arrive and bring arms. Day after to-morrow, about eight o’clock at night, come to the cemetery. I will tell you about the final arrangements. You have time to find some other companions.”

“Tomorrow, Don Crisostomo will arrive and bring weapons. The day after tomorrow, around eight o’clock in the evening, meet me at the cemetery. I’ll fill you in on the final plans. You have time to gather some other friends.”

They took leave of each other. Now the two brothers seemed to have changed their rôles. Tarsilo was calm; Bruno, pale. [182]

They said goodbye to each other. Now the two brothers seemed to have swapped their roles. Tarsilo was calm; Bruno looked pale. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXVIII.

The Two Señoras.

While Captain Tiago was fighting his lásak against the bulik, Doña Victorina took a walk through the town, with the intention of seeing the condition of the indolent natives, and of their houses and fields. She had dressed as elegantly as she could, putting all her ribbons and flowers on her silk gown, in order to impress the provincials, and make them see how great a distance was between them and her sacred person. Giving her arm to her lame husband, she fluttered through the streets of the town, among the stupefied and wondering inhabitants. Cousin Linares had remained in the house.

While Captain Tiago was battling his lásak against the bulik, Doña Victorina strolled through the town, intending to observe the state of the lazy locals, along with their homes and fields. She had dressed as elegantly as possible, adorning her silk gown with all her ribbons and flowers, to impress the locals and show them how much higher she was than them. Linking arms with her disabled husband, she floated through the town’s streets, surrounded by the astonished and curious residents. Cousin Linares stayed behind in the house.

“What ugly houses these natives have,” began Doña Victorina, making a grimace. “I don’t know how they can live there: one must be a native to do it. They meet us and don’t uncover their heads! Hit them over the head as the curates and tenientes of the Guardia Civil do when they don’t take off their hats. Teach them manners.”

“What ugly houses these locals have,” started Doña Victorina, making a face. “I don’t know how they can live there; you must be a local to handle it. They see us and don’t take off their hats! Bash them on the head like the priests and tenientes of the Guardia Civil do when they don’t remove their hats. Teach them some manners.”

“And if they hit me?” asked Dr. de Espadaña.

“And what if they hit me?” asked Dr. de Espadaña.

“Aren’t you a man?”

“Aren’t you a guy?”

“Bu—bu—but, I am la—la—lame.”

"Bu—but, I am lame."

Doña Victorina was becoming bad-humored. The streets were not paved, and the train of her gown was covered with dust. Besides, they met many young women, who, on passing her, cast down their eyes and did not admire her lavish dress as they should have done. Sinang’s coachman, who was driving her and her cousin in an elegant carriage, had the impudence to call out tabi1 to them in such a warning voice that she had to get out of the way, and was only able to exclaim, “Look at that brute of a coachman! I am going to tell his master that he should educate his servants better!” [183]

Doña Victorina was getting in a bad mood. The streets weren’t paved, and the train of her gown was covered in dust. On top of that, they passed several young women who looked down instead of admiring her extravagant dress like they should have. Sinang’s coachman, who was driving her and her cousin in a fancy carriage, had the audacity to shout tabi1 at them in such a loud voice that she had to move aside. All she could say was, “Look at that rude coachman! I’m going to tell his boss that he needs to train his staff better!” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Let us go back to the house,” she ordered her husband.

“Let’s go back to the house,” she told her husband.

He, fearing that there was going to be a storm, turned on his heels and obeyed the command.

He, worried that a storm was coming, turned on his heels and followed the order.

They met the alferez on the way back and greeted him. He increased the discontent of Doña Victorina, for he not only failed to compliment her on her dress, but surveyed it almost with a mocking manner.

They ran into the alferez on their way back and said hello to him. He made Doña Victorina even more upset because he not only didn’t compliment her on her dress but also looked at it in a way that seemed mocking.

“You ought not to extend your hand to a simple alferez,” said she to her husband as soon as they were some distance away. “He scarcely touches his helmet, and you take off your hat. You don’t know how to maintain your rank.”

“You shouldn’t lower yourself to shake hands with a mere alferez,” she told her husband once they were a bit away. “He barely even touches his helmet, and you take off your hat. You don’t know how to uphold your status.”

“He is ch—ch—chief here!”

“He is the chief here!”

“And what does that matter to us? Are we, perchance, natives?”

“And what does that matter to us? Are we, perhaps, locals?”

“You are right,” replied he, not wishing to quarrel.

“You’re right,” he replied, not wanting to argue.

They passed by the officer’s house. Doña Consolacion was in the window, as usual, dressed in her flannel outfit and smoking her cigar. As the house was rather low, they could see each other as they passed, and Doña Victorina could distinguish her very well. The Muse of the Guardia Civil examined her with tranquillity from head to foot, and, afterward, sticking out her lower lip, spit, turning her face to the other side. That put an end to Doña Victorina’s patience, and, leaving her husband without any support, she squared herself in front of the alfereza, trembling with rage, and unable to speak. Doña Consolacion turned her head slowly, looked her over again, and then spit again, but with still greater disdain.

They walked past the officer’s house. Doña Consolacion was at the window, as usual, wearing her flannel outfit and smoking her cigar. Since the house was fairly low, they could see each other clearly as they passed, and Doña Victorina recognized her easily. The Muse of the Guardia Civil casually assessed her from head to toe, then stuck out her lower lip and spat, turning her face away. This was the last straw for Doña Victorina, and leaving her husband without support, she squared off in front of the alfereza, trembling with rage and unable to speak. Doña Consolacion slowly turned her head, looked her up and down again, and then spat again, this time with even greater disdain.

“What is the matter with you, Doña?” said the alfereza.

“What’s wrong with you, Doña?” asked the alfereza.

“Can you tell me, Señora, why you look at me so? Are you envious?” Doña Victorina finally succeeded in saying.

“Can you tell me, ma'am, why you’re looking at me like that? Are you jealous?” Doña Victorina finally managed to say.

“I envious of you?” said the Medusa with scorn. “O, yes! I envy those curls.”

“I’m envious of you?” said the Medusa with contempt. “Oh, yes! I envy those curls.”

“Come, wife!” said the doctor. “Do—don’t take no—no—notice of her!”

“Come on, wife!” said the doctor. “D- don’t pay any attention to her!”

“Let me give this shameless common person a lesson!” replied the woman, giving her husband a push. He nearly fell to the ground. Turning to Doña Consolacion, she continued:

“Let me teach this shameless commoner a lesson!” replied the woman, shoving her husband. He almost toppled over. Turning to Doña Consolacion, she continued:

“Look how you treat me! Don’t think that I am a provincial, or a soldiers’ querida! In my house in Manila [184]alferezas never are allowed to come in. They wait at the door.”

“Look how you treat me! Don’t think that I’m just some provincial girl or a soldier’s querida! In my house in Manila, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]alferezas are never allowed inside. They wait at the door.”

“Oh-oh! Most Excellent Señora! Alferezas don’t enter, but invalids like that out there. Ha, ha, ha!”

“Oh-oh! Most Excellent Señora! Alferezas don’t come in, but invalids like that out there. Ha, ha, ha!”

If it hadn’t been for all the paint on her face, one could have seen Doña Victorina blush. She wanted to throw herself upon her enemy, but the sentry stopped her. In the meantime, the street was filling up with curious people.

If it hadn’t been for all the makeup on her face, you could have seen Doña Victorina blush. She wanted to rush at her enemy, but the guard held her back. Meanwhile, the street was getting crowded with onlookers.

“Listen! I lower myself talking with you. People of categoría ... Do you want my clothes to wash? I will pay you well. Do you think that I don’t know that you are a washerwoman?”

“Listen! I'm putting myself down by talking to you. People of categoría ... Do you want me to pay you to wash my clothes? I’ll pay you well. Do you really think I don’t know that you’re a washerwoman?”

Doña Consolacion became furious. The reference to her being a washerwoman wounded her.

Doña Consolacion got really angry. The mention of her being a washerwoman hurt her feelings.

“Do you think that we do not know what you are? Get out! My husband has already told me. Señora, I, at least, have not belonged to more than one man, but you? One must be pretty hard up to take the leavings.”

“Do you really think we don’t know who you are? Leave! My husband has already informed me. Ma’am, I, at least, have only been with one man, but you? You must be desperate to settle for the leftovers.”

This shot struck Doña Victorina square in the breast. She rolled up her sleeves, clenched her fists, and, gnashing her teeth, began:

This shot hit Doña Victorina right in the chest. She rolled up her sleeves, clenched her fists, and, gritting her teeth, started:

“Come down here, you nasty old thing, that I may smash your filthy mouth.”

“Come down here, you filthy old thing, so I can smash your dirty mouth.”

The Medusa disappeared quickly from the window, but was soon seen coming down the stairs on a run, swinging her husband’s whip.

The Medusa quickly vanished from the window but was soon spotted rushing down the stairs, swinging her husband's whip.

Don Tiburcio interposed, pleading with them, but they would have come to blows if the alferez had not arrived.

Don Tiburcio stepped in, pleading with them, but they would have come to blows if the alferez hadn't arrived.

“But, señoras!... Don Tiburcio!”

“But, ladies!... Don Tiburcio!”

“Teach your woman better; buy her better clothes. If you haven’t the money, rob the people. You have your soldiers for that!” shouted Doña Victorina.

“Teach your woman better; buy her nicer clothes. If you don’t have the money, steal from people. You have your soldiers for that!” shouted Doña Victorina.

“Señora,” said the alferez furiously. “Thank yourself that I don’t forget that you are a woman; for if you were not, I would kick you to pieces, with all your curls and ribbons.”

“Ma'am,” said the alferez furiously. “Be glad I remember you're a woman; if you weren't, I'd kick you to pieces, curls and ribbons and all.”

“Se—se—señor al—alferez!” said Don Tiburcio.

“Si—si—senor alférez!” said Don Tiburcio.

“Go ahead! Kill us! You don’t wear big enough trousers, you quack.”

“Go ahead! Kill us! You don’t have the guts, you fraud.”

And so the battle waged: words, gestures, cries, insults, and injuries. They brought out all the nasty things they [185]could think of, all four speaking at the same time, and, saying so many things and bringing to light so many truths, that we will not relate here all that was said. The people who had gathered around to satisfy their curiosity, if they understood all the remarks, must have enjoyed themselves not a little. They were all waiting to see them come to blows. Unfortunately for the spectators, the curate came along and pacified them.

And so the battle went on: words, gestures, shouts, insults, and wounds. They brought out all the mean things they [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]could think of, all four talking at the same time, saying so much and revealing so many truths that we can’t recount everything that was said. The crowd that had gathered out of curiosity, if they understood all the comments, must have had a great time. They were all waiting to see a fight break out. Unfortunately for the onlookers, the curate came along and calmed them down.

“Señoras! señoras! What a shame. Señor alferez.”

“Ladies! Ladies! What a shame. Mr. lieutenant.”

“What are you meddling in these matters for, you hypocrite, you Carlist?”

“What are you getting involved in these issues for, you hypocrite, you Carlist?”

“Don Tiburcio, take away your wife! Señora, hold your tongue!”

“Don Tiburcio, take your wife away! Ma'am, keep quiet!”

“Tell that to those robbers of the poor!”

“Tell that to those thieves who take advantage of the poor!”

Finally, the dictionary of epithets was exhausted. The review of the disgraces of each couple was ended, and little by little they were separated, threatening and insulting each other. Father Salví kept going from one side to the other, adding life to the scene.

Finally, the list of insults was used up. The review of the embarrassing moments for each couple was over, and little by little they began to break apart, threatening and insulting each other. Father Salví kept moving back and forth, bringing energy to the scene.

“This very day we will go to Manila and we will present ourselves to the Governor General,” said Doña Victorina, in fury to her husband. “You are not a man. It is a shame that you spend money for trousers.”

“This very day we will go to Manila and we will present ourselves to the Governor General,” Doña Victorina said angrily to her husband. “You are not a man. It’s a shame that you waste money on trousers.”

“B—b—but, wife, and the Guardia Civil? I—I—am lame.”

“B—but, honey, what about the Guardia Civil? I—I—can't walk properly.”

“You must challenge him to a duel with pistol or sword or, or——”

“You need to challenge him to a duel with a pistol or a sword or, or——”

And Doña Victorina looked at his false teeth.

And Doña Victorina looked at his dentures.

“Daughter, I never have used——”

“Daughter, I’ve never used——”

Doña Victorina did not let him finish. With a sublime movement she jerked out his false teeth in the middle of the street, and throwing them to the ground stepped on them. He, half crying, and she sputtering away, arrived at the house. At that time, Linares was talking with Maria Clara, Sinang, and Victoria, and, as he knew nothing about the quarrel, the sudden arrival of his cousins gave him a shock. Maria Clara was lying on a sofa among pillows and blankets, and was not a little surprised at the doctor’s new physiognomy.

Doña Victorina didn’t let him finish. With a dramatic move, she yanked out his false teeth right in the street, threw them to the ground, and stepped on them. He was half crying, and she was fuming as they made their way to the house. At that moment, Linares was chatting with Maria Clara, Sinang, and Victoria, and he was caught off guard by the sudden arrival of his cousins since he had no idea about the argument. Maria Clara was lying on a sofa surrounded by pillows and blankets, and she was quite surprised by the doctor’s new facial features.

“Cousin,” said Doña Victorina, “you have got to challenge the alferez immediately to a duel, or——” [186]

“Cousin,” said Doña Victorina, “you need to challenge the alferez to a duel right away, or——” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“And why? what for?” asked Linares, surprised.

“And why? What for?” asked Linares, surprised.

“You challenge him right off, or I will tell them all who you are.”

“You call him out right away, or I’ll letting everyone know who you are.”

“But, Doña Victorina!”

“But, Doña Victorina!”

The three young women looked at one another.

The three young women glanced at each other.

“The alferez has insulted us. The old witch came down with her whip, and that thing there allowed it all. A man!”

“The alferez has disrespected us. The old witch came down with her whip, and that thing there let it all happen. A man!”

“Pshaw!” said Sinang. “They have been fighting and we haven’t seen it.”

“Pshaw!” Sinang said. “They've been fighting, and we haven't seen it.”

“The alferez has broken the doctor’s teeth,” added Victoria.

“The alferez has knocked out the doctor’s teeth,” added Victoria.

“This very day we are going to Manila. You stay here to challenge him to a duel, and, if you don’t, I’ll tell Don Santiago that all that you have told him is a lie. I will tell him——”

“This very day we are going to Manila. You stay here to challenge him to a duel, and if you don’t, I’ll tell Don Santiago that everything you’ve told him is a lie. I will tell him——”

“But, Doña Victorina! Doña Victorina!” interrupted Linares, pale and going closer to her. “You keep quiet. Don’t make me call to mind”——and he added in a low voice—“Don’t be imprudent, especially just now.”

“But, Doña Victorina! Doña Victorina!” interrupted Linares, pale and moving closer to her. “You need to be quiet. Don’t make me remember”—and he added in a low voice—“Don’t be reckless, especially right now.”

Just at that time, when this was going on, Captain Tiago arrived home from the cock-pit. He was downhearted. He had lost his lásak.

Just then, while this was happening, Captain Tiago got home from the cock-fight. He was feeling down. He had lost his lásak.

But Doña Victorina did not give him much time to sigh. In a few words, and with many insults, she related to him what had passed, she, of course, trying to put herself in a good light.

But Doña Victorina didn’t give him much time to sigh. In a few words, and with many insults, she told him what had happened, of course, trying to make herself look good.

“Linares is going to challenge him. Do you hear? If he don’t, I won’t let him marry your daughter. Don’t you permit it. If he has no courage, he does not merit Clarita.”

“Linares is going to challenge him. Do you hear? If he doesn’t, I won’t let him marry your daughter. Don’t allow it. If he has no courage, he doesn’t deserve Clarita.”

“Then you are going to marry this gentleman?” asked Sinang, with her jolly eyes full of tears. “I knew that you were discreet, but I did not think you so fickle.”

“Are you really going to marry this guy?” asked Sinang, her cheerful eyes filled with tears. “I knew you were careful, but I didn’t think you’d be so changeable.”

Maria Clara, pale as wax, raising herself half up, looked at her father with frightened eyes, and then at Doña Victorina and Linares. The latter turned red in the face, Captain Tiago looked down, and the señora added:

Maria Clara, pale as a ghost, propped herself up a bit and stared at her father with scared eyes, then glanced at Doña Victorina and Linares. Linares's face turned red, Captain Tiago looked away, and the señora added:

“Clarita, bear it in mind, and never marry a man who does not wear trousers. You expose yourself to insults like a dog, if you do.” [187]

“Clarita, remember this: never marry a man who doesn’t wear pants. You’ll expose yourself to insults like a dog if you do.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

But the young maiden did not reply and said to her friends:

But the young woman didn't respond and said to her friends:

“Take me to my room, for I cannot go alone.”

“Please take me to my room, as I can’t go by myself.”

They helped her to her feet, and, leaning her marble-like head on pretty Sinang’s shoulder, and, with the arms of her friend around her waist, she went to her bedroom.

They helped her up, and, resting her marble-like head on pretty Sinang’s shoulder, with her friend's arms around her waist, she walked to her bedroom.

That night the doctor and his wife collected their things together, submitted their account to Captain Tiago—which amounted to several thousand pesos—and very early on the following day, left for Manila in the Captain’s carriage. To timid Linares they intrusted the rôle of the avenger. [188]

That night, the doctor and his wife gathered their belongings, presented their bill to Captain Tiago—which came to several thousand pesos—and very early the next day, departed for Manila in the Captain's carriage. They entrusted the role of the avenger to timid Linares. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Warning cry of a coachman, meaning “turn.”

1 Warning shout of a driver, meaning “turn.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXIX.

The Enigma.

As Lucas had announced, Ibarra arrived the next day. His first visit was to the family of Captain Tiago, with the object of seeing Maria Clara and telling her that His Most Illustrious Greatness had already reconciled him with the Church. He brought a letter of recommendation to the curate, written by the hand of the Archbishop himself. Aunt Isabel was not a little delighted over it, for she liked the young man and did not look favorably upon the marriage of her niece with Linares. Captain Tiago was not at home.

As Lucas had said, Ibarra showed up the next day. His first stop was at Captain Tiago's house, aiming to see Maria Clara and let her know that His Most Illustrious Greatness had already made peace with the Church. He brought a letter of recommendation for the curate, written by the Archbishop himself. Aunt Isabel was quite pleased about it, as she liked the young man and didn't approve of her niece marrying Linares. Captain Tiago wasn’t home.

“Come in,” said the aunt in her half-Castellano language. “Maria, Don Crisostomo is again in the grace of God. The Archbishop has dis-excommunicated him.”

“Come in,” said the aunt in her mixed Spanish. “Maria, Don Crisostomo is back in the grace of God. The Archbishop has lifted his excommunication.”

But the young man could not advance. His smile froze on his lips, and words fled from his mind. Linares was standing next to Maria Clara on the balcony, interweaving nosegays with the flowers and leaves on the climbing plants. On the floor, were scattered roses and sampagas. Maria Clara was leaning back on a sofa, pale, pensive, her look sad, playing with her ivory fan. But the fan was not as white as her poor fingers.

But the young man couldn't move forward. His smile froze on his lips, and his words vanished from his mind. Linares was standing beside Maria Clara on the balcony, weaving nosegays with the flowers and leaves from the climbing plants. Scattered on the floor were roses and sampagas. Maria Clara was leaning back on a sofa, looking pale and thoughtful, her gaze filled with sadness as she played with her ivory fan. But the fan was not as white as her poor fingers.

At the presence of Ibarra, Linares turned pale and Maria Clara’s cheeks were tinged with carmine. She tried to rise, but her strength failing her, she cast her eyes upon the floor, and let fall her fan.

At Ibarra's presence, Linares went pale, and Maria Clara's cheeks turned a deep red. She attempted to stand, but feeling weak, she looked down at the floor and dropped her fan.

An embarrassing silence reigned for several seconds. Finally, Ibarra was able to advance, and tremblingly murmured:

An awkward silence lingered for several seconds. Finally, Ibarra managed to move forward and nervously whispered:

“I have just arrived and have hastened to see you.... I find that you are better than I thought.”

“I just got here and rushed to see you.... I see that you’re better than I expected.”

Maria Clara seemed to have turned dumb. She could [189]not pronounce a single word, and continued to keep her eyes on the floor.

Maria Clara seemed to have gone silent. She could [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]not say a word and kept her eyes fixed on the floor.

Ibarra surveyed Linares with a look which the modest young man bore with considerable haughtiness.

Ibarra looked at Linares in a way that the modest young man accepted with a fair amount of pride.

“Well, I see that my arrival was not expected,” he said slowly. “Maria, pardon me for not having announced my coming. Some other day I will be able to explain to you my conduct.”

“Well, I can see that my arrival was unexpected,” he said slowly. “Maria, I'm sorry for not letting you know I was coming. Another day, I'll be able to explain my behavior to you.”

These words were accompanied with a look at Linares. The maiden raised her eyes to Ibarra, those beautiful eyes, full of purity and melancholy, so supplicating and sweet that Ibarra stopped confused.

These words were accompanied by a look at Linares. The young woman lifted her eyes to Ibarra, those beautiful eyes, full of purity and sadness, so pleading and sweet that Ibarra paused, feeling confused.

“May I come to-morrow?”

“Can I come tomorrow?”

“You know that on my part you are always welcome,” replied she, scarcely able to pronounce the words.

“You know you’re always welcome here,” she replied, barely able to get the words out.

Ibarra walked away, apparently tranquil; but a tempest raged in his mind, and his heart was chilled. What he had just seen and felt was incomprehensible. What was it? Doubt, apathy or treason?

Ibarra walked away, looking calm on the outside, but inside, a storm was brewing in his mind, and his heart felt cold. What he had just witnessed and experienced was beyond understanding. What was it? Doubt, indifference, or betrayal?

“Oh, woman!” he murmured.

“Oh, wow!” he murmured.

He arrived, without noticing it, at the place where the school house was being constructed. The work was well along. Ñor Juan, with his yard stick and plumb-line, was going to and fro among the numerous workmen. On seeing the young man approach, he ran to meet him.

He arrived, without realizing it, at the site where the schoolhouse was being built. The work was well underway. Ñor Juan, with his yardstick and plumb line, was moving back and forth among the many workers. When he saw the young man coming, he rushed to greet him.

“Don Crisostomo,” said he, “you have arrived at last. We were all expecting you. Just see how the walls are rising. They are already a meter and ten centimeters high. Within two days, they will be as high as a man. I have not allowed them to use anything but the best of wood. Do you want to look at the cellar?”

“Don Crisostomo,” he said, “you finally made it. We were all waiting for you. Just look at how the walls are coming up. They’re already a meter and ten centimeters tall. In just two days, they’ll be as high as a person. I’ve made sure they’re only using the best wood. Do you want to check out the cellar?”

The workmen saluted him respectfully.

The workers greeted him respectfully.

“Here is the system of drainage which I have taken the liberty to add,” said Ñor Juan. “These underground canals lead to a cesspool about thirty feet off. It will serve to fertilize the garden. This was not in the plans. Do you object to it?”

“Here is the drainage system that I took the liberty to add,” said Ñor Juan. “These underground canals lead to a cesspool about thirty feet away. It will help fertilize the garden. This wasn’t in the original plans. Do you mind?”

“Quite on the contrary, I approve of it and I congratulate you on your idea. You are a true architect. From whom did you learn the profession?”

“Actually, I think it's great and I congratulate you on your idea. You’re a true architect. Who taught you the trade?”

“From myself, señor,” replied the modest old man. [190]

“From me, sir,” replied the humble old man. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“O, yes! Before I forget it: let the scrupulous people know (for some may fear to speak to me) that I am no longer excommunicated. The Archbishop invited me to dine with him.”

“O, yes! Before I forget: let the overly careful people know (for some might hesitate to talk to me) that I am no longer excommunicated. The Archbishop invited me to dinner.”

“Pshaw! señor! We don’t take any notice of excommunications. We are all excommunicated. Dather Dámaso is himself; however, he goes on, as fat as ever.”

“Pshh! Sir! We don’t pay any attention to excommunications. We’re all excommunicated. Father Dámaso is still the same; he keeps going on, as heavy as ever.”

“How’s that?”

“Does that work?”

“I feel sure about it. A year ago he gave the coadjutor a blow with his cane, and the coadjutor is as much a priest as he. Who takes any notice of excommunications, señor?”

“I’m sure of it. A year ago, he hit the coadjutor with his cane, and the coadjutor is just as much a priest as he is. Who pays attention to excommunications, sir?”

Ibarra caught sight of Elias among the workmen. He saluted him like the others, but with a look that gave Ibarra to understand that he wanted to speak with him.

Ibarra noticed Elias among the workers. He greeted him like everyone else, but his expression made it clear to Ibarra that he wanted to talk.

“Ñor Juan,” said Ibarra, “will you bring me a list of the workmen?”

“Mr. Juan,” Ibarra said, “can you bring me a list of the workers?”

Ñor Juan disappeared and Ibarra approached Elias, who was alone, raising a large stone and loading it in a cart.

Ñor Juan disappeared, and Ibarra went up to Elias, who was by himself, lifting a big stone and loading it onto a cart.

“If you are able, señor, to grant me some hours of conversation, come this afternoon to the shore of the lake and embark in my banca, for I want to talk with you about some serious matters,” said Elias. Ibarra gave a nod of assent and went away.

“If you can, sir, please give me a few hours to talk. Come to the lake shore this afternoon and get in my banca because I need to discuss some important matters with you,” said Elias. Ibarra nodded in agreement and left.

Ñor Juan brought the list, but Ibarra read it in vain. The name of Elias was not on it. [191]

Ñor Juan brought the list, but Ibarra read it in vain. Elias's name wasn't on it. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXX.

The Voice of the Persecuted.

Before the sun went down, Ibarra put his foot into Elias’s banca on the shore of the lake. He seemed displeased about something, as though he had been opposed or contradicted.

Before the sun set, Ibarra stepped into Elias’s banca on the lake's shore. He looked unhappy about something, as if he had faced opposition or disagreement.

“Pardon me, señor,” said Elias on seeing him. “Pardon me for having ventured to make this appointment with you. I would like to speak with you freely, and here we have no witnesses. We can return within an hour.”

“Excuse me, sir,” said Elias upon seeing him. “I’m sorry for arranging this meeting with you. I’d like to talk openly, and here we have no one watching. We can be back in an hour.”

“You are mistaken, friend Elias,” replied Ibarra, trying to smile. “You will have to take me to that town over there, where you see that belfry. Fate obliges me to go there.”

“You're mistaken, friend Elias,” Ibarra replied, trying to smile. “You’ll need to take me to that town over there, where you can see that belfry. Destiny is forcing me to go there.”

“Fate?”

“Destiny?”

“Yes; on my way here, I met the alferez. He insisted upon accompanying me. I thought about you, and knew that he would recognize you, and, in order to get rid of him, I told him that I was going to that town. Now I will have to remain there all day to-morrow, for the man whom I am going to see will not look for me till to-morrow afternoon.”

“Yes; on my way here, I ran into the alferez. He insisted on walking with me. I thought about you and knew he would recognize you, so to shake him off, I told him I was heading to that town. Now I have to stay there all day tomorrow because the person I’m meeting won’t look for me until tomorrow afternoon.”

“I am obliged to you for your thoughtfulness, but you might have simply told him to accompany you,” replied Elias with naturalness.

“I appreciate your thoughtfulness, but you could have just told him to come with you,” Elias replied casually.

“How’s that? And what about you?”

"How's that? What about you?"

“He would never have recognized me. The only time that he ever saw me, I don’t believe that he thought to take down a description of me.”

“He would never have recognized me. The only time he ever saw me, I don’t think he even considered writing down a description of me.”

“I am in hard luck!” sighed Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara. “What have you to say to me?”

“I have such bad luck!” sighed Ibarra, thinking about Maria Clara. “What do you have to tell me?”

Elias looked around him. They were far from the shore. The sun had already sunk below the horizon, and, as the twilight in these latitudes is very short, the darkness was [192]falling over the earth, and the disk of the full moon was already shining.

Elias looked around. They were far from the shore. The sun had already set, and since twilight in this region is brief, darkness was [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]quickly covering the land, while the full moon was already shining.

“Señor,” replied Elias, in a grave voice, “I am the spokesman of many unfortunate people.”

“Sir,” replied Elias, in a serious tone, “I am the spokesperson for many unfortunate individuals.”

“Unfortunate people. What do you mean?”

“Unlucky folks. What do you mean?”

In a few words, Elias referred to the conversation which he had had with the chief of the tulisanes, but omitted saying anything about the doubts which the chief entertained, or the threats. Ibarra listened attentively, and, when Elias concluded his story, a long silence reigned. Ibarra was the first to break the spell.

In just a few words, Elias mentioned the conversation he had with the leader of the tulisanes, but he didn’t say anything about the doubts the leader had or the threats. Ibarra listened closely, and when Elias finished his story, there was a long silence. Ibarra was the first to break the silence.

“So that they desire——?”

“So they want——?”

“Radical reforms in the armed forces, in the religious matters, and in the administration of justice. That is to say, they ask for paternal care on the part of the Government.”

“Major changes in the military, in religious matters, and in the justice system. In other words, they want the Government to take care of them.”

“Reforms? In what sense?”

"Reforms? What do you mean?"

“For example: more respect for human dignity; more security for the individual; less power in the hands of the forces already armed; fewer privileges for that body which easily abuses them.”

“For example: more respect for human dignity; more security for individuals; less power in the hands of armed forces; fewer privileges for those who easily abuse them.”

“Elias,” replied the young man, “I don’t know who you are, but I believe that you are not an ordinary man. You think and work differently from the others. You will understand me if I say to you that, even if it is true that the present state of affairs is defective, there will be a worse state if there is a change. I could arrange to get the assistance of my friends in Madrid, by paying them. I could speak to the Governor General, but all of that would accomplish nothing. He has not enough power to introduce reforms, nor would I ever take a step in that direction, for I know very well that, if it is true that these religious corporations have their defects, they are now necessities. They are what you might call a necessary evil.”

“Elias,” the young man replied, “I don’t know who you are, but I feel like you’re not just an average person. You think and act differently from everyone else. You’ll get what I mean when I say that, even if the current situation has its flaws, changing things could make it worse. I could get my friends in Madrid to help by paying them. I could talk to the Governor General, but that wouldn’t change anything. He doesn’t have the power to make reforms, and I wouldn’t even consider it because I know that, while these religious groups have their problems, they’re still necessary. You could call them a necessary evil.”

Elias raised his head and looked astonished.

Elias lifted his head and looked amazed.

“Do you believe, señor, in necessary evils?” he asked, his voice slightly trembling. “Do you believe that in order to do good it is necessary to do evil?”

“Do you believe, sir, in necessary evils?” he asked, his voice a bit shaky. “Do you think that to do good, it’s necessary to do evil?”

“No. I look upon it as a violent remedy which we have to make use of to cure an illness. To illustrate further, the country is an organism which is suffering from a [193]chronic illness, and, in order to cure it, the Government finds itself compelled to use medicines, hard and violent, if you wish, but useful and necessary.”

“No. I see it as a harsh solution that we have to use to treat a sickness. To put it another way, the country is like a body that is suffering from a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]chronic illness, and in order to heal it, the Government has no choice but to administer tough and forceful treatments, if you want to call them that, but they are essential and necessary.”

“He is a bad doctor, señor, who seeks to cure the symptoms and suppress them without trying to find the origin of the illness, or knowing it, fears to attack it. The Guardia Civil has no other end than this: the suppression of crime by terror and force. This end it neither fulfills nor carries out except in chance instances. And you have to take into account that society can be severe with individuals only after she has furnished all means necessary for their perfect morality. In our country, since there is no society, since the people and the Government do not form a unity, the latter ought to be indulgent, not only because indulgence is necessary, but because the individual, neglected and abandoned by Government, has less self responsibility than if he had been enlightened. Besides, following out your comparison, the medicine applied to the evils of the country is so much of a destroyer that its effect is only felt on the sane parts of the organism. These it weakens and injures. Would it not be more reasonable to fortify and strengthen the infirm organism and minimize a little the violence of the medicine?”

“He is a bad doctor, sir, who aims to treat the symptoms and suppress them without trying to find the source of the illness, or who, knowing it, is afraid to confront it. The Guardia Civil has no other goal than this: to eliminate crime through fear and force. This goal is neither fulfilled nor executed except in random cases. You also have to consider that society can only be tough on individuals once it has provided all the necessary means for their complete morality. In our country, since there is no society, and since the people and the Government do not form a whole, the latter should be lenient, not only because leniency is essential, but because the individual, neglected and abandoned by the Government, has less personal responsibility than if they had been informed. Additionally, following your comparison, the treatment applied to the country's problems is so destructive that its effects are only felt in the healthy parts of the body. These it weakens and harms. Wouldn’t it be more sensible to strengthen and support the weak system and reduce the severity of the treatment?”

“To weaken the Guardia Civil would be to put the security of the towns in danger.”

“To weaken the Guardia Civil would put the safety of the towns at risk.”

“The security of the towns!” exclaimed Elias with bitterness. “The towns have had the Guardia Civil for nearly fifteen years and what is the result? We still have tulisanes, we still hear of them sacking towns, and they still make their attacks on people on the roads. Robberies continue and the robbers are not punished. Crime exists and the real criminal goes free, but not so with the peaceful inhabitants of the town. Ask any honorable citizen if he looks upon this institution as a good, as a protection by the Government, or as an imposition, a despotism whose excesses do more harm than the violence of the criminals. Communication between people is paralyzed, for they fear to be maltreated for trifling causes. More importance is attached to the formality of the law than to the basal principle of it,—the first symptom of incapacity in government. The heads of the organization consider it their [194]first duty to make people salute them, either of their own will or by force, even in the darkness of night. In this, their inferior officers imitate them and maltreat and fleece the poor countrymen. There is no such thing as sacredness of the fireside. There is no security for the individual. What have the people accomplished by overcoming their wrath and by waiting for justice at the hands of others? Ah! señor, if you call that preserving the order——”

“The safety of the towns!” Elias exclaimed bitterly. “The towns have had the Guardia Civil for almost fifteen years, and what’s the outcome? We still have tulisanes, we still hear about them pillaging towns, and they continue to attack people on the roads. Robberies go on, and the criminals face no consequences. Crime persists, and the real offenders remain free, but not the peaceful residents of the town. Ask any honorable citizen if they see this institution as a benefit, as protection from the Government, or as an imposition, a tyranny whose abuses cause more harm than the violence of the criminals. Communication among people is frozen because they fear being mistreated for minor issues. More importance is placed on the formalities of the law than on its fundamental principles—the first sign of government failure. The leaders of the organization see it as their [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]primary duty to make people salute them, either willingly or through force, even in the dark of night. Their subordinates imitate this behavior, mistreating and exploiting the poor villagers. There’s no such thing as the sanctity of the home. There’s no safety for individuals. What have people achieved by suppressing their anger and waiting for justice from others? Ah! Señor, if you call that maintaining order——”

“I agree with you that there are evils,” replied Ibarra. “But we have to accept those evils for the good which accompanies them. This institution may be imperfect, but believe me, by the terror which it inspires, it prevents the number of criminals from increasing.”

“I agree with you that there are certainly problems,” replied Ibarra. “But we have to accept those problems for the good that comes with them. This institution might not be perfect, but believe me, the fear it instills helps keep the number of criminals from rising.”

“You might better say that by that terror it increases the number of criminals,” said Elias, correcting him. “Before this body was created, almost all the evildoers, with the exception of a very few, were criminals because of their hunger. They pillaged and robbed in order to live. That famine once passed over and hunger once satisfied, the roads were again free from criminals. It was sufficient to have the poor but valiant cuaderilleros chase them, with their imperfect arms—that body of men so often calumniated by those who have written upon our country, those men who have three legal rights, to do their duty, to fight and to die. And for all that, a jest as recompense. Now there are tulisanes who will be tulisanes all their lives. A crime inhumanly punished, resistance against the excesses of the power which inflicts such punishment, and fear that other atrocities may be inflicted—these make them forever members of that society who are bound by oath to kill and die1. The terrorism of the Guardia Civil impressed upon them closes forever the doors to repentance. And as a tulisan fights and defends himself in the mountains better than a soldier, whom he scorns, the result is that we are incapable of abating the evil which we have created. Call to mind what the prudent Governor General de la Torre did. The amnesty which he granted to these unhappy people has proved that in these mountains the hearts of [195]men still beat, and only await pardon. Terrorism is useful only when the people are enslaved, when the mountains have no caverns, when the governing power can station a sentry behind every tree, and when the slave has in his body nothing but a stomach. But when the desperado who fights for his life feels the strong arm of that power, then his heart beats and his being fills with passion. Can terrorism put out the fire which——”

“You might as well say that the terror actually increases the number of criminals,” Elias corrected him. “Before this group was formed, almost all the wrongdoers, except for a very few, turned to crime out of hunger. They looted and stole just to survive. Once that famine passed and hunger was satisfied, the roads were free of criminals again. It was enough to have the brave but under-equipped cuaderilleros chase them away, those men often wrongly criticized by those who have written about our country, who have three legal rights: to do their duty, to fight, and to die. And all for just a joke in return. Now there are tulisanes who will be tulisanes for life. A crime punished inhumanely, resistance against the abuses of the power that inflicts such punishment, and the fear that worse atrocities may happen—these trap them forever in a society bound by oaths to kill and die1. The terror from the Guardia Civil that they faced shuts the door on any chance of repentance. And since a tulisan fights and defends himself in the mountains better than a soldier—whom he looks down on—this results in our inability to reduce the evil we have created. Remember what the wise Governor General de la Torre did. The amnesty he offered these unfortunate people showed that in these mountains the hearts of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]men still beat, just waiting for forgiveness. Terrorism is only effective when the people are enslaved, when the mountains have no caves, when the governing power can place a guard behind every tree, and when the slave has nothing in his body but a stomach. But when the desperate person fighting for his life feels the strong grip of that power, then his heart races, and his being is filled with passion. Can terrorism extinguish the fire which——”

“It confuses me, Elias, to hear you talk so. I would believe that you were right if I did not have my own convictions. But note this point—and do not be offended, for I do not include you—I look upon you as an exception—consider who those are who ask for this reform. Almost all are criminals or people who are in the way of becoming such.”

“It confuses me, Elias, to hear you speak like that. I would think you were correct if I didn't have my own beliefs. But keep this in mind—and don’t take it personally, because I’m not including you—I see you as an exception—think about who is asking for this reform. Most of them are criminals or people who are on the path to becoming one.”

“Criminals or future criminals; but why are they so? Because their peace has been disturbed, their happiness taken away from them, their dearest affections wounded, and, after asking protection from Justice, they have been convinced that they can secure it only by their own hands, by their own efforts. But you are mistaken, señor, if you believe that only criminals ask for it. Go from town to town, from house to house. Listen to the secret sighings of the family and you will be convinced that the evils which the Guardia Civil causes are equal to if not greater than those which it corrects. Would you conclude then that all the citizens are criminals? Then, why defend them from the others? Why not destroy them?”

“Criminals or potential criminals; but why is that? Because their peace has been disrupted, their happiness has been stripped away, their closest relationships have been hurt, and after seeking protection from Justice, they’ve come to believe that they can only achieve it through their own hands and efforts. But you’re wrong, sir, if you think only criminals seek it. Go from town to town, from house to house. Listen to the quiet sighs of families, and you’ll see that the harm caused by the Guardia Civil is just as bad, if not worse, than the harm it tries to fix. So, would you then say that all citizens are criminals? Then, why protect them from the others? Why not just eliminate them?”

“There is some flaw in your reasoning which escapes me now. In Spain, the Mother Country, this body lends and has lent very useful services.”

“There's some issue with your reasoning that I can't quite grasp right now. In Spain, the Mother Country, this organization has provided and continues to provide very useful services.”

“I do not doubt it. Perhaps there it is better organized; the personnel more select. Perhaps, too, Spain needs such a body, but the Philippines do not. Our customs, our mode of living, which are always cited when any one wants to deny us a right, are totally forgotten when some one wants to impose something on us. And tell me, señor, why have not other nations adopted this institution, other nations which resemble Spain more than do the Philippines? Is it due to the efforts of such an institution that other nations have fewer robberies of the railways, fewer [196]riots, fewer assassinations, and less hand-to-hand fighting in their great capitals?”

“I have no doubt about it. Perhaps it's better organized there; the staff is more elite. Maybe Spain needs such an organization, but the Philippines don’t. Our customs and way of life, which are always referenced when someone wants to deny us a right, are completely overlooked when someone tries to impose something on us. And tell me, sir, why haven’t other countries adopted this system, countries that are more similar to Spain than the Philippines? Is it because of such an organization that other nations have fewer railway robberies, fewer [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]riots, fewer murders, and less fighting in their major cities?”

Ibarra bowed his head in meditation. Afterward he raised it and replied:

Ibarra lowered his head in thought. After a moment, he lifted it and said:

“That question, my friend, needs serious study. If my investigations tell me that these complaints are well founded, I will write to my friends in Madrid, since we have no deputies to represent us. In the meantime, believe me, the Government needs a body like the Guardia Civil, which has unlimited power, in order to make the people respect its authority and the laws imposed.”

“That question, my friend, needs serious consideration. If my research shows that these complaints are valid, I will reach out to my friends in Madrid, since we have no representatives to speak for us. In the meantime, trust me, the government needs a force like the Guardia Civil, which has broad authority, to ensure that people respect its power and the laws in place.”

“That would be all right, señor, if the Government were at war with the country; but, for the good of the Government, we ought not to make the people believe that they are in opposition to the law. Furthermore, if that were the case, if we preferred force to prestige, we ought to look well to whom we give this unlimited force or power, this authority. Such great power in the hands of men, and ignorant men at that, men full of passion, without moral education, without tested honor—such a thing is a weapon in the hands of a maniac in a multitude of unarmed people. I grant and I will agree with you that the Government needs this weapon, but let it choose that weapon well; let it choose the most worthy men to bear it.”

“That's fine, sir, if the government is at war with the country; but for the sake of the government, we shouldn't make the people think they're opposing the law. Besides, if that were true, and we favored force over respect, we'd need to be careful about who we give this unlimited power to. Having such great power in the hands of people, especially uneducated ones, full of passion and lacking moral training or proven integrity—it's like giving a weapon to a madman in a crowd of unarmed people. I agree that the government needs this power, but it should choose its representatives wisely; it should select the most deserving individuals to wield it.”

Elias was speaking with enthusiasm and with fervor. His eyes glistened and his voice vibrated. Then followed a solemn pause. The banca, no longer propelled by the paddle, floated tranquilly on the waves. The moon was shining majestically from a sapphire sky. Some lights were glimmering on the shore.

Elias was talking with excitement and passion. His eyes sparkled and his voice resonated. Then there was a serious pause. The banca, no longer powered by the paddle, floated peacefully on the waves. The moon was shining beautifully in a deep blue sky. Some lights twinkled on the shore.

“And what more do they ask?” said Ibarra.

“And what else do they want?” said Ibarra.

“Reforms in the priesthood,” responded Elias, in a discouraged and sad tone of voice. “The unfortunates ask more protection against——”

“Reforms in the priesthood,” replied Elias, sounding discouraged and sad. “The unfortunate ones are asking for more protection against——”

“Against the religious orders?”

"Against the religious groups?"

“Against their oppressors, señor.”

“Against their oppressors, sir.”

“Have the Filipinos forgotten what they owe to these orders? Have they forgotten the immense debt of gratitude they owe to them for having saved them from error and given them the Faith? What they owe to them for protection against the civil power? Here is one of the [197]evils which result from not teaching the history of the country in our schools.”

“Have the Filipinos forgotten what they owe to these groups? Have they forgotten the huge debt of gratitude they have for saving them from error and providing them with Faith? What about what they owe for protection against the civil authority? Here is one of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]issues that arise from not teaching the history of the country in our schools.”

Elias, surprised, could scarcely give credit to what he heard.

Elias, surprised, could hardly believe what he heard.

“Señor,” he replied in a grave voice. “You accuse the people of ingratitude: permit me, one of those who suffer, to defend the people. Favors, in order to be recognized as such, must be done by persons with disinterested motives. Let us consider in a general way the mission of the orders, of Christian charity, that threadbare subject. Let us lay history aside. Let us not ask what Spain did with the Jews, who gave all Europe a Book, a religion and a God! Let us not ask what Spain has done with the Arabic people who gave her culture, who were tolerant in religion and who reawakened in her a pure national love, fallen into lethargy and almost destroyed by the domination of Romans and Goths. Let us omit all that. Do you say that these orders have given us the Faith and have saved us from error? Do you call those outward ceremonies, faith? Do you call that commerce in straps and scapularies religion? Do you call those miracles and stories which we hear every day truth? Is that the law of Jesus Christ? To teach such a faith as this it was not at all necessary that a God should allow himself to be crucified. Superstition existed long before the friars came here; it was only necessary to perfect it and to raise the price of the traffic. Will you tell me that although our religion of to-day is imperfect, it is better than that which we had before? I will agree with you in that and grant it; but we have purchased it at too high a price if we have had to renounce our nationality and independence for it; when for it, we have given to the priests our best towns, our fields, and still give them our little savings in order to buy religious objects. A foreign industry has been introduced among us; we pay well for it, and are in peace. If you speak of the protection they have afforded us against the civil governors of the provinces, I would reply that through them we fall under the power of these governors. However, I recognize that a true Faith, and a true love for humanity guided the first missionaries who came to our shores. I recognize the debt of gratitude which is due those noble hearts. I know that [198]in those days Spain abounded in heroes of all kinds, as well in religion as in politics, as well in civil life as in military. But because the forefathers were virtuous, should we consent to the abuses practiced by their degenerate descendants? Because a great good has been done for us, are we guilty if we prevent ourselves from being harmed? The country does not ask for abolition of the priesthood; it only asks for reforms which new circumstances and new needs require.”

“Sir,” he replied in a serious tone. “You accuse the people of ingratitude: allow me, as one who suffers, to defend them. For favors to be recognized as such, they must come from those with selfless intentions. Let’s generally consider the mission of the orders and Christian charity, that well-worn topic. Let’s set history aside. Let’s not ask what Spain did to the Jews, who gave all of Europe a Book, a religion, and a God! Let’s not question what Spain has done to the Arabic people, who contributed their culture, who were tolerant in religion, and who reignited in her a pure national pride, which had fallen into lethargy and was nearly destroyed by Roman and Gothic domination. Let’s leave all that out. Do you claim that these orders have given us the Faith and saved us from error? Do you call those outward ceremonies faith? Do you believe that commerce in religious artifacts is true religion? Do you regard those miracles and stories we hear every day as truth? Is that the law of Jesus Christ? To teach a faith like this, it wasn’t necessary for God to allow Himself to be crucified. Superstition existed long before the friars arrived; it just needed to be refined and the price of the trade raised. Will you tell me that although our current religion is flawed, it’s better than what we had before? I’ll agree with you there; but we’ve paid too high a price if it meant renouncing our identity and independence for it; when we’ve given our best towns, our fields, and continue to give our savings to buy religious items. A foreign industry has been introduced among us; we pay a lot for it and remain calm. If you speak about the protection they’ve provided us against the civil governors of the provinces, I’d respond that through them we fall under the authority of these governors. However, I acknowledge that true Faith and genuine love for humanity guided the first missionaries who reached our shores. I recognize the debt of gratitude owed to those noble hearts. I know that in those days Spain was rich in heroes of all kinds, in religion and politics, in civil life and military matters. But just because our forefathers were virtuous, should we accept the abuses carried out by their corrupt descendants? Just because a great good has been done for us, are we to blame if we try to avoid harm? The country isn’t asking for the abolition of the priesthood; it only requests reforms that new circumstances and new needs demand.”

“I love our country as you love it, Elias. I understand to some extent what you desire. I have heard with attention what you have said; yet, despite all of that, my friend, I believe we are looking upon it with a little prejudice. Here, less than in other things, I see the necessity of reforms.”

“I love our country just as you do, Elias. I get, to some degree, what you want. I’ve listened carefully to what you’ve said; still, my friend, I think we’re viewing it with some bias. In this case, more than in other matters, I see the need for reforms.”

“Can it be possible, señor,” said Elias, discouraged and stretching out his hands. “Do you not see the necessity of reforms, you whose family——”

“Is it really possible, sir,” said Elias, feeling discouraged and extending his hands. “Can’t you see the need for reforms, you whose family——”

“Ah! I forget myself and I forget my own injuries for the sake of the security of the Philippines, for the sake of the interests of Spain,” interrupted Ibarra eagerly. “To preserve the Philippines it is necessary that the friars continue as they are, and in union with Spain lies the welfare of our country.”

“Ah! I lose track of myself and my own pains for the sake of the safety of the Philippines, for the interests of Spain,” Ibarra interrupted eagerly. “To protect the Philippines, we need the friars to stay as they are, and our country's well-being is tied to our connection with Spain.”

Ibarra had ceased speaking, but Elias continued to listen. His face was sad, his eyes had lost their brilliancy.

Ibarra had stopped talking, but Elias kept listening. His face was somber, and his eyes had lost their shine.

“The missionaries conquered the country, it is true,” he said. “Do you think that Spain will be able to keep the Philippines through the instrumentality of the friars?”

“The missionaries took over the country, it’s true,” he said. “Do you really think that Spain will be able to hold onto the Philippines with the help of the friars?”

“Yes, only through the friars. This is the belief held by all who have written on the Philippines.”

“Yes, only through the friars. This is the belief shared by everyone who has written about the Philippines.”

“Oh!” exclaimed Elias, discouraged and throwing his paddle into the bottom of the banca. “I did not think that you had so poor a conception of the Government and of the country.”

“Oh!” Elias exclaimed, feeling defeated as he tossed his paddle inside the bottom of the banca. “I didn’t realize you had such a low opinion of the Government and this country.”

Ibarra replied: “I love our country, not only because it is the duty of all men to love the country to which they owe their being, not only because my father taught me so; but also because my mother was a native, an Indian, and because all my most beautiful memories live in these [199]islands. I love it too, because I owe it my happiness and will continue to do so.”

Ibarra replied, “I love our country, not just because it's the duty of everyone to cherish the place they come from, and not just because my father taught me that; but also because my mother was from here, an indigenous woman, and all my happiest memories are tied to these [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]islands. I love it because it has given me happiness, and I will always feel that way.”

“And I, I love it because I owe to it my misfortunes,” said Elias.

“And I, I love it because it’s responsible for my misfortunes,” said Elias.

“Yes, my friend, I know that you are suffering, that you are unfortunate, and that this makes you see a dark future and influences your way of thinking. For this reason, I make allowance for your complaints. If I were able to appreciate the motives, if I had known part of that past——”

“Yes, my friend, I understand that you’re going through a tough time, that you’re having bad luck, and that it makes you pessimistic about the future and affects how you think. Because of this, I’m willing to be patient with your complaints. If I could understand the reasons behind it all, if I had known some of that history——”

“My misfortunes have another source. If I had known that they would have been of usefulness, I would have related them, for aside from that, I make no secret of them. They are well enough known by many.”

“My misfortunes come from another place. If I had known they would be useful, I would have shared them, because besides that, I don’t keep them a secret. Many people are aware of them.”

“Perhaps knowing them would rectify my opinions. You know I do not rely much upon theories; facts are better guides.”

“Maybe getting to know them would change my views. You know I don’t depend on theories much; facts are better guides.”

Elias remained pensive for some moments.

Elias stayed deep in thought for a few moments.

“If that is the case, señor,” he replied, “I will relate briefly the history of my misfortunes.” [200]

“If that’s the case, sir,” he replied, “I will briefly share the story of my misfortunes.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Author here shows difficulty in establishing American sovereignty over islands by military forces.

1 The author highlights the challenges of asserting American control over the islands through military power.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXI.

Elias’s Family.

“Some sixty years ago my grandfather lived in Manila and kept books for a Spanish merchant. My grandfather was then very young, but was married and had a son. One night, without any one knowing the cause, the store-house was burned. The fire spread to the store and from the store to many others. The losses were very heavy. Search was made for the incendiary, and the merchant accused my grandfather. In vain he protested and, as he was poor and could not pay celebrated lawyers, he was condemned to be whipped publicly and to be led through the streets of Manila. It was not a great while ago that this infamous punishment was still in use here. It was a thousand times worse than death itself. My grandfather, abandoned by everybody except his wife, was tied to a horse and, followed by a cruel multitude, was whipped on every corner, in the sight of men, his brothers, and in the vicinity of the numerous temples of the God of Peace. When the unfortunate man, disgraced forever, had satisfied the punishment by his blood, his tortures and his cries, they untied him from the horse, for he had become unconscious. Would to God he had died! As a refined cruelty, they gave him liberty. His wife, embarrassed with a child at the time, begged in vain from door to door for work or alms that she might care for her sick husband and the poor son. But who would have confidence in the wife of an infamous man guilty of arson? The wife, then, had to give herself up to prostitution.”

“About sixty years ago, my grandfather lived in Manila and worked as a bookkeeper for a Spanish merchant. He was quite young at the time but was already married and had a son. One night, for reasons no one knew, the storehouse caught fire. The flames spread to the store and then to many others. The losses were significant. They searched for the arsonist, and the merchant accused my grandfather. Despite his protests, and since he was poor and couldn't afford well-known lawyers, he was sentenced to be publicly whipped and paraded through the streets of Manila. It wasn't too long ago that this cruel punishment was still practiced here. It was a thousand times worse than death itself. My grandfather, abandoned by everyone except his wife, was tied to a horse and, followed by a jeering crowd, was whipped at every corner, in view of men, his brothers, and near the many temples of the God of Peace. After he had suffered through his punishment and lost consciousness, they untied him from the horse. I wish he had died! As a final act of cruelty, they set him free. His wife, burdened with a child at the time, begged in vain from door to door for work or charity to care for her ill husband and their poor son. But who would trust the wife of a disgraced man accused of arson? Ultimately, she had no choice but to turn to prostitution.”

Ibarra started from his seat.

Ibarra got up from his seat.

“Oh! do not be disturbed! Prostitution was not the only dishonor which she and her husband suffered. Honor and shame no longer existed for them. The husband cured his wounds, and, with his wife and son, hid in the mountains of this province. Here the woman brought [201]forth a still-born child, deformed and full of disease. In the mountains, they lived for several months, miserable, isolated, hated and fleeing from all. Unable to endure the misery, less valorous than his wife, and growing desperate at seeing her ill and deprived of all aid and comfort, my grandfather hanged himself. The body rotted in the sight of the son, who was now scarcely able to take care of his sick mother. The bad odor of the rotting corpse disclosed it to Justice. My grandmother was accused and condemned for not having given notice. The death of her husband was attributed to her and people believed it. For, what is a wife of a wretch not capable of doing after having prostituted herself? If she took oath, they said she perjured herself; if she wept, they said that it was false; and if she invoked God, they said she blasphemed. However, they had some consideration for her and waited for her to give birth to a child before whipping her. You know that the friars spread the belief that the only way to deal with the natives is with the whip. Read what Father Gaspar de San Augustin says.

“Oh! don't be disturbed! Prostitution wasn't the only disgrace that she and her husband faced. Honor and shame no longer meant anything to them. The husband treated his wounds, and, with his wife and son, they hid in the mountains of this province. Here, the woman gave birth to a stillborn child, deformed and riddled with disease. In the mountains, they lived for several months, miserable, isolated, hated, and on the run from everyone. Unable to bear the misery, less courageous than his wife, and growing desperate seeing her sick and without any help or comfort, my grandfather hanged himself. His body decomposed in view of the son, who was now barely able to care for his ill mother. The stench of the rotting corpse led Justice to discover it. My grandmother was accused and condemned for not reporting it. Her husband’s death was blamed on her, and people believed it. For, what is a wife of a wretch capable of after having prostituted herself? If she swore an oath, they said she was lying; if she cried, they called it fake; and if she called upon God, they said she was blaspheming. However, they showed her some consideration and waited for her to give birth to a child before whipping her. You know that the friars promoted the idea that the only way to deal with the natives is with a whip. Read what Father Gaspar de San Augustin says.”

“Thus condemned, the woman cursed the day when she would give birth to the child, and this not only prolonged her punishment, but violated her maternal sentiments. The woman delivered the child, and unfortunately the child was born robust. Two months later the sentence of whipping which had been imposed upon her was carried out, to the great satisfaction of the people, who thought that in this way they were fulfilling their duty. No longer able to be at peace in these mountains she fled with her two sons to a neighboring province and there they lived like wild beasts: hating and hated. The older boy, remembering his happy infancy and its contrast with such great misery, became a tulisan as soon as he had sufficient strength. Before long the bloody name of Bálat extended from province to province; it was the terror of the towns and the people, for he took his revenge with fire and blood. The younger boy, who had received from Nature a good heart, resigned himself to his lot at his mother’s side. They lived on what the forests afforded them; they dressed in the rags that travellers threw away. The mother had lost her good name, she was now [202]known only by such titles as the ‘criminal,’ the ‘prostitute,’ and the ‘horse-whipped woman.’ The younger brother was known only as the son of his mother, because he had such a pleasant disposition that they did not believe him to be the son of the incendiary. Finally the famous Bálat fell one day into the hands of Justice. Society had taught him no good, but he was asked to account for his crimes. One morning as the younger boy was looking for his mother, who had gone to gather mushrooms from the forest, and had not yet returned, he found her lying on the ground by the roadside, under a cotton-tree. Her face was turned toward the sky, her eyes were torn from their sockets, and her rigid fingers were buried in the blood-stained earth. It occurred to the young man to raise his eyes and follow the direction in which his mother had been looking, and there from a limb of a tree he saw a basket, and in that basket the bloody head of his brother.”

"Condemned, the woman cursed the day she gave birth to her child, which only prolonged her suffering and went against her maternal instincts. The woman had her child, and unfortunately, it was a healthy baby. Two months later, the punishment of whipping that had been imposed on her was carried out, much to the delight of the townspeople, who believed they were fulfilling their duty. Unable to find peace in those mountains, she fled with her two sons to a nearby province, where they lived like wild animals: filled with hatred and being hated. The older boy, recalling his happy childhood and the sharp contrast of their misery, became a tulisan when he was strong enough. Soon, the infamous name of Bálat spread from province to province; he became a terror to towns and people, taking his revenge with fire and blood. The younger boy, who had a kind heart, accepted their fate at his mother's side. They survived on what the forests provided, wearing rags tossed away by travelers. The mother had lost her reputation, now known only by derogatory names like ‘criminal,’ ‘prostitute,’ and ‘whipped woman.’ The younger brother was simply known as his mother’s son, as his sweet nature led people to doubt he could be the child of the arsonist. Eventually, the notorious Bálat fell into the hands of Justice. Society hadn’t taught him anything good, but he was still confronted with his crimes. One morning, as the younger boy searched for his mother, who had gone to pick mushrooms in the forest and hadn’t returned, he found her lying on the ground by the roadside, under a cotton tree. Her face was turned to the sky, her eyes were missing, and her stiff fingers were buried in the blood-soaked earth. The young man looked up, following the direction his mother had been gazing, and there, from a branch of a tree, he saw a basket containing the bloody head of his brother."

“My God!” exclaimed Ibarra.

“Oh my God!” exclaimed Ibarra.

“That is what my father must have exclaimed,” continued Elias, coldly. “The men had cut the highwayman into quarters and buried him in a trunk of a tree. But the limbs were saved, and were hung up in different towns. If you go some time from Calamba to Santo Tomás you will still find the rotting leg of my uncle hanging from a lomboy tree. Nature has cursed the tree and it neither grows nor gives fruit. They did the same thing with the other members of his body, but the head, the head, as the best part of the man and that part which can be most easily recognized, they hung before the mother’s cabin.”

“That’s what my father must have shouted,” Elias continued coldly. “The men had chopped the highwayman into pieces and buried him in a tree trunk. But they saved the limbs and hung them up in different towns. If you travel from Calamba to Santo Tomás, you’ll still see my uncle’s rotting leg hanging from a lomboy tree. Nature has cursed that tree; it neither grows nor bears fruit. They did the same with the other parts of his body, but the head, the head, being the most recognizable part of a man, they hung in front of the mother’s cabin.”

Ibarra bowed his head.

Ibarra lowered his head.

“The young man fled like one that is accursed,” continued Elias. “He fled from town to town, through mountains and valleys, and when at last he thought he was not recognized by any one, he began to work in the store of a rich man in the province of Tayabas. His activity, his agreeable disposition, won for him the esteem of those who did not know his past life. By working and saving he managed to make a little capital, and, as the misery had passed away, and, as he was young, he thought that he would be happy. His good appearance, his youth, and [203]his quite unencumbered position won for him the love of a girl in the town, but he did not dare to ask for her hand, for fear that she might learn of his past. But love became too strong and both erred. The man, in order to save the honor of the woman, risked all; he asked her to marry him, the papers were looked up and all was disclosed. The girl’s father was rich and began to prosecute the man. The latter, however, did not try to defend himself, admitted it all and was sent to jail. The young woman gave birth to a boy and a girl. They were brought up in seclusion and made to believe that their father was dead. This was not difficult, for while the children were still young they saw their mother die, and they thought little about investigating their genealogy. As our grandfather was very rich, our youth was happy. My sister and I were educated together, we loved each other as only twins can when they know no other love. While very young, I went to study in the Jesuit College, and my sister, in order that we might not be entirely separated, went to the Concordia boarding school. Our short education having been ended, for we only wished to be farmers, we returned to the town to take possession of the inheritance which was left us by our grandfather. We lived happily for some time; the future smiled on us; we had many servants; our fields bore good crops; and my sister was on the eve of being married to a young man who loved her and to whom she was well suited. On account of some pecuniary questions, and, because my character was then haughty, I lost the good will of a distant relative, and he threw in my face one day my dark birth and my infamous ancestry. I thought it a calumny and demanded satisfaction. The tomb in which so much grief was sleeping was opened again and the truth came out. I was confounded. To make the misfortune greater, we had had for some years an old servant who had always suffered all my caprices without ever leaving us. He contented himself by weeping and crying while the other servants jested with him. I do not know how my relative found it out; the fact is that he summoned this old man before the court and made him tell the truth. The old servant was my father, who had stuck fast to his dear children and whom I had maltreated [204]many times. Our happiness disappeared: I renounced our fortune; my sister lost her lover; and with our father we abandoned the town to go to some other point. The thought of having contributed to our disgrace and misfortune, cut short the life of the old man, from whose lips was learned all the sorrowful past. My sister and I were left alone.

“The young man fled like someone who is cursed,” continued Elias. “He ran from town to town, through mountains and valleys, and when he finally thought nobody recognized him, he started working in a store owned by a wealthy man in Tayabas. His hard work and friendly nature earned him the respect of those who didn’t know his past. By working and saving, he managed to build a small fortune, and since the misery had passed and he was young, he believed he would find happiness. His good looks, youth, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]his completely unburdened position captured the affection of a girl in town, but he didn’t dare to ask for her hand for fear she might discover his past. However, love became too powerful, and both made mistakes. To protect the woman’s honor, he risked everything; he proposed to her, and once they looked up the papers, everything came to light. The girl’s father was wealthy and began to take legal action against him. Nevertheless, he did not try to defend himself, admitted everything, and ended up in jail. The young woman gave birth to a boy and a girl. They were raised in isolation and led to believe their father was dead. This wasn’t hard, as while the children were still young, they witnessed their mother’s death and thought little about digging into their family history. Since our grandfather was very wealthy, our childhood was happy. My sister and I were educated together; we loved each other as only twins can when they know no other love. At a young age, I went to study at the Jesuit College, and my sister, so we wouldn’t be entirely separated, attended the Concordia boarding school. After our brief education, as we only wanted to be farmers, we returned to town to claim the inheritance left to us by our grandfather. We lived happily for a while; the future looked bright for us; we had many servants; our fields yielded good crops; and my sister was about to marry a young man who loved her and was well suited to her. Due to some financial issues, and because I had a haughty character at the time, I lost the goodwill of a distant relative. One day, he threw my dark heritage and infamous ancestry in my face. I saw it as slander and demanded satisfaction. The grave that held so much sorrow was opened again, and the truth emerged. I was shocked. To add to our misfortune, we had an old servant who had endured all my whims without ever leaving us for some years. He resigned himself to weeping as the other servants joked with him. I don’t know how my relative discovered it; the fact is, he brought this old man before the court and forced him to tell the truth. The old servant was my father, who had stuck by his dear children, whom I had mistreated [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]many times. Our happiness vanished: I renounced our fortune; my sister lost her fiancé; and with our father, we left town to go somewhere else. The thought of having contributed to our disgrace and misfortune cut the old man’s life short, revealing all the painful past. My sister and I were left alone.

“She wept a great deal, but, amid such grief as they piled upon us, she could not forget her love. Without complaining, without saying a word, she saw her old lover marry another girl, and I saw her a little later gradually become ill, without being able to console her. One day she disappeared. In vain I searched for her everywhere; in vain I asked for her for six months. Afterward I learned that during the time while I was searching for her, one day when the water had risen in the lake, there had been found on the beach at Calamba the body of a girl, either drowned or assassinated. She had, they say, a knife piercing her breast. The authorities of Calamba published the fact in the neighboring towns. Nobody presented himself to claim the body; no young woman had disappeared. From the description which they gave me afterward, from the dress, the rings, the beauty of her face and her very abundant hair, I recognized her as my poor sister. From that time, I have been wandering from province to province. My fame and history are in the mouths of many people; they attribute all sorts of deeds to me; at times they calumniate me; but I take no notice of men and continue on my way. I have here briefly related my history, and that of a judgment at the hands of mankind.”

“She cried a lot, but with all the grief piled on us, she couldn't forget her love. Without complaining or saying a word, she watched her old boyfriend marry someone else, and soon after, I saw her start to get sick, unable to find a way to comfort her. One day, she disappeared. I searched everywhere for her in vain; I asked about her for six months without any luck. Later, I found out that while I was looking for her, one day when the water level rose in the lake, they had discovered a girl’s body on the beach in Calamba—either drowned or murdered. They said she had a knife sticking out of her chest. The authorities of Calamba announced this in the nearby towns. No one came forward to claim the body; no young woman had gone missing. From the description they later gave me—her clothing, the rings, the beauty of her face, and her long hair—I recognized her as my poor sister. Since then, I have been wandering from province to province. People talk about my life and story; they attribute all kinds of deeds to me; sometimes they slander me, but I ignore them and keep moving forward. I have briefly shared my story and the judgment passed by society.”

Elias became silent and continued rowing.

Elias went quiet and kept rowing.

“I believe that you are not wrong,” murmured Ibarra, in a low voice, “when you say that justice ought to procure the welfare of the people by lifting up the criminals and by raising the standard of their morality. Only ... that is impossible—a Utopia. And then, where is the money for so many new employees to come from?”

“I think you’re not wrong,” Ibarra said softly, “when you say that justice should promote the welfare of the people by uplifting the criminals and improving their morality. It’s just... that’s impossible—a utopia. And where would the funds for so many new employees even come from?”

“And what are the priests for, the priests who proclaim peace and charity as their mission? Is it more meritorious for a priest to wet the head of a child, to give [205]it salt to eat, than to awaken in the darkened conscience of a criminal that spark, given by God to every man, that he may seek to do good? Is it more human to accompany a criminal to the gallows than to accompany him through the difficult path which leads from vice to virtue? Are not spies, executioners and Guardias Civiles paid? The latter institution, besides being an evil, also costs money.”

“And what are the priests for, the priests who claim that peace and charity are their missions? Is it more honorable for a priest to sprinkle water on a child's head, to give [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] them salt to eat, than to ignite in the darkened conscience of a criminal that spark given by God to every person, encouraging them to seek good? Is it more humane to lead a criminal to the gallows than to support them on the challenging journey from vice to virtue? Aren't spies, executioners, and Guardias Civiles all paid? The latter also represents a wrongdoing and comes at a cost.”

“My friend, neither you nor I, although we wish it, can accomplish it.”

“My friend, neither you nor I, even though we want to, can make it happen.”

“Alone we are nothing, it is true. Take up the cause of the people, unite them, listen to their voices, give others an example to follow, give them the idea of what is called a fatherland, a patria!”

“Alone we are nothing, it's true. Take up the cause of the people, unite them, listen to their voices, set an example for others to follow, give them the idea of what’s called a homeland, a patria!”

“What the people ask for is impossible. We must wait.”

“What the people are asking for is impossible. We need to wait.”

“To wait, to wait, is equivalent to suffering!”

“To wait, to wait, is the same as suffering!”

“If I should ask it, they would laugh at me.”

“If I asked, they would laugh at me.”

“And if the people should sustain you?”

“And what if the people support you?”

“Never! I would never be the one to lead the multitude and accomplish by force what the Government does not believe is opportune. No! If I ever saw the multitude armed for such a purpose, I would put myself on the side of the Government. And I would fight it, for in such a mob I would not see my country. I wish for its welfare: that is the reason that I am erecting the school-house. I look for it through means of instruction, education and progress. Without light there is no road.”

“Never! I would never be the one to lead the crowd and achieve through force what the Government thinks is unwise. No! If I ever saw people armed for that purpose, I would side with the Government. And I would fight against the mob because I wouldn’t see my country in that chaos. I want what's best for it; that’s why I'm building the schoolhouse. I believe in achieving this through instruction, education, and progress. Without knowledge, there is no path forward.”

“Nor without fighting is there liberty,” replied Elias.

“There's no freedom without a fight,” Elias replied.

“I do not care for that kind of liberty.”

“I don't care for that kind of freedom.”

“Without liberty there is no light,” replied the pilot with enthusiasm. “You say that you know very little about our country. I believe it. You do not see the fight that is impending. You do not see the cloud on the horizon. The combat begins in the sphere of ideas, and then descends to the arena to tinge it with blood. I hear the voice of God. Woe to them who resist it. History has not been written for them.”

“Without freedom, there’s no light,” the pilot replied passionately. “You say you don’t know much about our country. I believe you. You can’t see the looming battle. You don’t notice the dark cloud on the horizon. The fight begins in the realm of ideas and then spills into the arena, staining it with blood. I hear the voice of God. Woe to those who oppose it. History has not been written for them.”

Elias was transformed. As he stood up, his head uncovered, his manly face illumined by the moonlight, there was something extraordinary about him. He shook his long hair and continued: [206]

Elias was transformed. As he stood up, his head bare, his handsome face lit by the moonlight, there was something remarkable about him. He shook his long hair and continued: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Do you not see how all is awakening? Sleep has lasted for centuries, but one day a thunderbolt will fall and new life will be called forth. New tendencies are animating the spirits, and these tendencies to-day separated, will be united some day, and will be guided by God. God has not failed other peoples, nor will he fail ours. Their cause is liberty.”

“Do you not see how everything is coming to life? Sleep has lasted for centuries, but one day a thunderbolt will strike, and new life will emerge. New ideas are inspiring people's spirits, and these ideas, which are separate today, will eventually come together and be guided by God. God has not let down other nations, and He will not let down ours. Their cause is freedom.”

A solemn silence followed these words. In the meantime, the banca carried along imperceptibly by the waves, neared the shore. Elias was the first to break the silence.

A serious silence followed these words. Meanwhile, the banca, gently swayed by the waves, approached the shore. Elias was the first to speak up.

“What have I to say to those who have sent me?” he asked, changing the tone of his voice.

“What should I say to those who sent me?” he asked, changing the tone of his voice.

“I have already told you that I greatly deplore their condition, but for them to wait, since evils are not cured by other evils. In our misfortune, we are all at fault.”

“I’ve already told you that I really regret their situation, but they need to be patient, since problems aren’t solved by creating more problems. In our struggles, we all share the blame.”

Elias did not insist further. He bowed his head, continued rowing and, bringing the banca up to the shore, took leave of Ibarra saying:

Elias didn’t push the issue anymore. He lowered his head, kept rowing, and, when he brought the banca to the shore, he said goodbye to Ibarra, stating:

“I thank you, Señor, for your condescension. For your own interests I ask you in the future to forget me, and never to recognize me in whatever place you may meet me.”

“I appreciate your kindness, Sir. For your own sake, I ask that you forget me in the future and never acknowledge me wherever you might see me.”

And saying this, he turned his banca and rowed in the direction of a dense thicket on the beach. He seemed to observe only the millions of diamonds which his paddle lifted and which fell back into the lake, where they soon disappeared in the mystery of the blue waves.

And saying this, he turned his banca and paddled toward a thick patch of bushes on the beach. He appeared to notice only the millions of diamonds that his paddle raised, which then fell back into the lake, quickly vanishing in the mystery of the blue waves.

Finally, he arrived at the place toward which he had been rowing. A man came out of the thicket and approached him:

Finally, he reached the spot he had been rowing towards. A man stepped out from the bushes and walked up to him:

“What shall I tell the captain?” he asked.

“What should I tell the captain?” he asked.

“Tell him that Elias, if he does not die before, will fulfill his word,” he replied gloomily.

“Tell him that Elias, if he doesn't die first, will keep his promise,” he replied darkly.

“Then when will you meet us?”

“Then when will you meet us?”

“When your captain thinks that the hour of danger has come.”

“When your captain believes that the time of danger has arrived.”

“All right. Good-bye!”

“Okay. Bye!”

“If I do not die before,” murmured Elias. [207]

“If I don’t die before,” murmured Elias. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXII.

Changes.

The modest Linares was serious and very uneasy. He had just received a letter from Doña Victorina which, translated from the most illiterate Spanish, and omitting its many errors in spelling and punctuation, was as follows:

The humble Linares was serious and quite anxious. He had just gotten a letter from Doña Victorina that, when translated from the very unrefined Spanish and ignoring its numerous spelling and punctuation mistakes, read as follows:

Esteemed Cousin:—Within three days I want to know from you if you have killed the alferez or he you. I don’t want another day to pass without this animal being punished. If this length of time passes and still you have not challenged him, I will tell Don Santiago that you never were secretary and that you never joked with Canovas or with General Martinez. I will tell Clarita that it is all a lie and I will not give you another cuarto. If you challenge him, I promise you all that you wish. If you do not challenge him, I will accept no excuses or reasons.

Hey Cousin:—In three days, I need to know if you’ve killed the alferez or if he’s killed you. I don’t want another day to go by without this animal facing consequences. If that time passes and you still haven’t challenged him, I’ll tell Don Santiago that you were never the secretary and that your jokes with Canovas or General Martinez were all false. I’ll inform Clarita that everything is a lie, and I won’t give you another cuarto. If you challenge him, I promise you everything you desire. If you don’t challenge him, I won’t accept any excuses or reasons.”

“Your cousin who loves you in her heart.
Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadaña.
“Sampalog, Monday Eve, 7 o’clock.”

“Your cousin who loves you in her heart.
Victorina de los Reyes de Espadaña.
“Sampalog, Monday Night, 7 o’clock.”

It was a serious matter. Linares knew Doña Victorina’s character and knew what she was capable of doing. To reason with her was out of the question; to beg was useless; to deceive her worse. There was no other remedy than to challenge.

It was a serious issue. Linares understood Doña Victorina’s personality and knew what she was capable of. Trying to reason with her was pointless; begging was futile; deceiving her was even worse. The only solution was to issue a challenge.

“But what can I do?” he said to himself, as he was walking alone. “If he receives me harshly? If I meet his wife? Who would want to be my second? The curate? Captain Tiago? Cursed be the hour in which I gave ear to her advice! What will this señorita say about me? Now I am sorry to have been secretary to all the ministers.” [208]

“But what can I do?” he muttered to himself as he strolled alone. “What if he treats me badly? What if I run into his wife? Who would want to back me up? The curate? Captain Tiago? Damn the hour I listened to her advice! What will this young lady think of me? Now I regret being secretary to all the ministers.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The good Linares was in this sad soliloquy when Father Salví arrived. The Franciscan was certainly thinner and paler than usual, but his eyes shone with a peculiar light and a strange smile was seen on his lips.

The good Linares was in this sad soliloquy when Father Salví arrived. The Franciscan was definitely thinner and paler than usual, but his eyes sparkled with a strange light, and a peculiar smile was on his lips.

“Señor Linares, all alone?” saluted the priest and directed his steps to the sala, through the half open door of which notes of the piano were heard.

“Mr. Linares, all by yourself?” greeted the priest as he walked toward the sala, through the half-open door where piano music could be heard.

Linares restrained a smile.

Linares held back a smile.

“And Don Santiago?” added the curate.

“And what about Don Santiago?” the curate added.

Captain Tiago presented himself at that moment, kissed the curate’s hand, took the Father’s hat and cane and smiled like one who had been blessed.

Captain Tiago stepped in at that moment, kissed the curate's hand, took the Father’s hat and cane, and smiled like someone who had just received a blessing.

“Well, well!” said the curate, going into the sala, followed by Linares and Captain Tiago. “I have good news from Manila which you will all enjoy. I have received letters from Manila which confirm the one which Señor Ibarra brought me yesterday—so that, Don Santiago, the impediment is removed.”

“Well, well!” said the curate, entering the sala, followed by Linares and Captain Tiago. “I have great news from Manila that you’ll all appreciate. I’ve received letters from Manila that confirm what Señor Ibarra told me yesterday—so, Don Santiago, the obstacle is gone.”

Maria Clara was seated at the piano between her two girl friends. She half rose to her feet at this remark, but her strength failed her and she sat down again. Linares turned pale and looked at Captain Tiago, who turned his eyes to the floor.

Maria Clara was sitting at the piano with her two girlfriends. She partially stood up at this comment, but her strength gave out and she sat back down. Linares turned pale and glanced at Captain Tiago, who looked down at the floor.

“This young man really seems to me a very nice fellow,” continued the curate. “At first, I judged him bad—he is a little quick-tempered. But he knows so well how to atone for his faults afterward, that one cannot hold any grudge against him. If it were not for Father Dámaso....” And the curate directed a quick glance at Maria Clara. She was listening to all that was going on but without taking her eyes off the music—in spite of the concealed pinches which Sinang gave her to express her joy. Had she been alone, she would have danced.

“This young man really seems like a great guy to me,” continued the curate. “At first, I thought he was bad—he can be a bit quick-tempered. But he knows how to make up for his mistakes afterward, so it’s hard to hold a grudge against him. If it weren’t for Father Dámaso....” And the curate shot a quick glance at Maria Clara. She was listening to everything happening around her, but she didn’t take her eyes off the music, despite the hidden pinches that Sinang kept giving her to show her excitement. If she had been alone, she would have danced.

“Father Dámaso?” asked Linares without finishing the sentence.

“Father Dámaso?” Linares asked, not finishing his sentence.

“Yes,” continued the curate. “Father Dámaso has said that as ... godfather he could not permit ... but I believe that if finally, Señor Ibarra asks pardon, which I do not doubt he will do, all will be arranged.”

“Yeah,” continued the curate. “Father Dámaso has said that as ... the godfather he couldn’t allow ... but I believe that if Señor Ibarra eventually asks for forgiveness, which I’m sure he will, everything will be resolved.”

Maria Clara arose, made an excuse and retired to her room, accompanied by Victoria. [209]

Maria Clara got up, made an excuse, and went to her room, followed by Victoria. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“And if Father Dámaso does not pardon him?” asked Captain Tiago, in a low voice.

“And what if Father Dámaso doesn’t forgive him?” asked Captain Tiago quietly.

“Then Maria Clara will see that Father Dámaso is her spiritual father. But I believe that they will come to an understanding.”

“Then Maria Clara will realize that Father Dámaso is her spiritual father. But I think they will reach an understanding.”

At that moment, steps were heard and Ibarra appeared, followed by Aunt Isabel. His presence on the scene produced a varied effect. He saluted Captain Tiago affably, the latter not knowing whether to smile or to weep; to Linares he bowed profoundly. Father Salví arose and extended his hand to him so affectionately that Ibarra could not suppress a look of surprise.

At that moment, footsteps were heard and Ibarra showed up, followed by Aunt Isabel. His arrival had a mixed effect on everyone present. He greeted Captain Tiago warmly, leaving the captain unsure whether to smile or cry; he gave a deep bow to Linares. Father Salví stood up and reached out his hand to Ibarra with such warmth that Ibarra couldn’t help but show a look of surprise.

“Do not think it strange,” said Father Salví. “I was just paying you a compliment.”

“Don’t think it’s odd,” said Father Salví. “I was just giving you a compliment.”

Ibarra thanked him and approached Sinang.

Ibarra thanked him and walked over to Sinang.

“Where have you been all day?” she asked, with a childish laugh. “We have been asking each other, ‘Where could this soul redeemed from purgatory have gone?’ Each one of us gave a different answer.”

“Where have you been all day?” she asked, laughing like a child. “We've been wondering, ‘Where could this soul redeemed from purgatory have gone?’ Each of us had a different theory.”

“And will you not tell what you said?”

“And won't you share what you said?”

“No, that is a secret; but I will surely tell you in private. Now tell us where you have been so that we can see who has been able to guess it.”

“No, that’s a secret; but I’ll definitely tell you in private. Now, tell us where you’ve been so we can see who guessed it right.”

“No, that also is a secret; but I will tell you alone, if the señores will permit.”

“No, that’s also a secret; but I’ll tell you privately if the gentlemen allow it.”

“Certainly, certainly!” said Father Salví.

"Definitely, definitely!" said Father Salví.

Sinang took Crisostomo to one end of the hall. She was very happy with the idea of knowing a secret.

Sinang led Crisostomo to one side of the hall. She felt thrilled about having a secret.

“Tell me, my little friend,” said Ibarra, “Is Maria angry with me?”

“Tell me, my little friend,” Ibarra said, “Is Maria upset with me?”

“I do not know, but she says that it is better that you should forget her and then begins to cry. Captain Tiago wants her to marry that gentleman; Father Dámaso also wishes it; but she says neither yes nor no. This morning when we were asking for you, I said: ‘What if he has gone to make love to some one else?’ She replied to me: ‘Would to God that he had!’ and then began to cry.”

“I don’t know, but she says it’s better if you forget her, and then she starts to cry. Captain Tiago wants her to marry that guy; Father Dámaso wants it too; but she doesn’t say yes or no. This morning when we were asking about you, I said, ‘What if he’s gone to flirt with someone else?’ She replied, ‘I wish he had!’ and then started to cry.”

Ibarra was serious.

Ibarra was serious.

“Tell Maria that I want to speak with her alone.”

“Tell Maria that I want to talk to her alone.”

“Alone?” asked Sinang, knitting her eyebrows and looking at him. [210]

“Alone?” Sinang asked, furrowing her brows and looking at him. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Entirely alone, no. But so that we may not be seen by that other señor.”

“Completely alone, no. But so we aren't noticed by that other guy.”

“It is difficult, but don’t worry. I will tell her.”

“It’s tough, but don’t worry. I’ll let her know.”

“And when will I know the answer?”

“And when will I know the answer?”

“To-morrow come to the house early. Maria never wants to be alone. We keep her company. Victoria sleeps by her side one night, and I the next. To-morrow night it is my turn. But listen: What is the secret? You are going without telling me the principal thing.”

“To-morrow come to the house early. Maria never wants to be alone. We keep her company. Victoria sleeps by her side one night, and I the next. To-morrow night it is my turn. But listen: What is the secret? You are going without telling me the main thing.”

“That is true. I was in the town of Los Baños. I went up there to do some business in cocoanut trees, since I am thinking of building a factory. Your father will be my partner.”

"That's right. I was in the town of Los Baños. I went there to handle some business with coconut trees because I'm considering building a factory. Your dad will be my partner."

“Nothing more than that? Give us the secret!” exclaimed Sinang in a loud voice and in the tone of a defrauded usurer. “I thought——”

“Is that all? Share the secret with us!” Sinang shouted, her voice loud and sounding like a cheated moneylender. “I thought——”

“Take care. I don’t want you to tell it.”

“Be careful. I don’t want you to say anything about it.”

“I have no desire to!” replied Sinang, sticking up her nose. “If it were something more important, I would tell it to my friends. But to buy cocoanuts! cocoanuts! Who is interested in cocoanuts?”

“I have no desire to!” replied Sinang, pouting. “If it were something more important, I would tell my friends. But to buy coconuts! Coconuts! Who cares about coconuts?”

And she went away in haste to find her girl friends.

And she quickly left to find her girlfriends.

A few moments afterward, Ibarra seeing that the conversation was lagging, took leave of the gathering. Captain Tiago’s expression was between sweet and sour; Linares was silent and observing; and the curate, feigning to be joyful, was telling stories. None of the girls had returned. [211]

A few moments later, Ibarra noticed that the conversation was going nowhere, so he said goodbye to the group. Captain Tiago looked both pleased and annoyed; Linares was quiet and watching; and the curate, pretending to be happy, was sharing stories. None of the girls had come back. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXIII.

Playing Cards with the Shades.

A cloudy sky hides the moon, and a cold wind, the omen of approaching December, whirls the dry leaves and dust in the narrow path leading to the cemetery.

A cloudy sky covers the moon, and a cold wind, a sign of the upcoming December, whirls the dry leaves and dust along the narrow path to the cemetery.

Under the gate, three forms are conversing in a low tone.

Under the gate, three figures are talking quietly.

“Have you spoken to Elias?” asked a voice.

“Have you talked to Elias?” asked a voice.

“No; you know he is very odd and discreet. But he ought to be with us. Don Crisostomo saved his life.”

“No; you know he’s very strange and reserved. But he should be with us. Don Crisostomo saved his life.”

“I accepted the offer for the same reason,” said the first voice. “Don Crisostomo is having my wife treated at a doctor’s house in Manila. I have agreed to take charge of the convent in the attack, so that I can settle my accounts with the curate.”

“I took the offer for the same reason,” said the first voice. “Don Crisostomo is getting my wife care at a doctor’s place in Manila. I’ve agreed to oversee the convent during the attack so I can settle my issues with the curate.”

“And we, we will have charge of the attack on the cuartel, so that we can say to the members of the Guardia Civil that our father had sons.”

“And we, we will lead the attack on the cuartel, so that we can tell the members of the Guardia Civil that our father had sons.”

“How many will there be of you?”

“How many of you will there be?”

“Five! Five will be enough. Don Crisostomo’s servant says that there will be twenty in all.”

“Five! Five will be enough. Don Crisostomo’s servant says there will be a total of twenty.”

“And if things don’t turn out well?”

“And what if things don’t go well?”

“St!” said one, and they all became silent.

“Shh!” said one, and they all went quiet.

In the semi-darkness, a form could be seen crawling along the fence. From time to time it stopped, as if to look behind.

In the dim light, a figure could be seen crawling along the fence. Every now and then, it paused as if to glance back.

And it did so not without reason. Behind, at some twenty paces, came another form. This one was taller and seemed to be darker than the first. Each time that the first stopped this second one would disappear as if the earth had swallowed it.

And it did so for a reason. Behind, about twenty steps back, came another figure. This one was taller and appeared to be darker than the first. Every time the first one stopped, this second one would vanish as if the ground had swallowed it.

“They are following me,” murmured the one ahead. “Is it a Guardia Civil? Has the sacristan lied?”

“They're following me,” whispered the person in front. “Is it a Guardia Civil? Did the sacristan lie?”

“It appears that the appointment is here,” said the second, [212]in a low voice. “They are up to something bad, when the two brothers hide it from me.”

“It looks like the appointment is here,” said the second, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]in a low voice. “They’re up to something bad if the two brothers are keeping it from me.”

The first form finally arrived at the gate of the cemetery. The three who were already there advanced.

The first group finally reached the entrance of the cemetery. The three people who were already there moved forward.

“Is it you?”

"Is that you?"

“Is it you?”

“Is that you?”

“Let us separate. Some one is following me. To-morrow we will have the arms and to-morrow night will be our time. The cry is ‘Viva Don Crisostomo!’ Begone!”

“Let’s split up. Someone is following me. Tomorrow we’ll get the weapons, and tomorrow night will be our time. The shout is ‘Long live Don Crisostomo!’ Now go!”

The three persons disappeared behind the wall. The recent arrival hid himself in the hollow of the gate and waited silently.

The three people vanished behind the wall. The newcomer concealed himself in the recess of the gate and waited quietly.

“Let’s see who is following me!” he murmured.

“Let’s see who’s following me!” he whispered.

The second person came along very cautiously, and stopped to look around.

The second person approached slowly and paused to take a look around.

“I have arrived late!” said he in a half intelligible voice. “But perhaps they will return.”

“I've arrived late!” he said in a half-understandable voice. “But maybe they’ll come back.”

And, as a fine rain began to fall and threatened to continue, he took refuge under the gate. Naturally, he met the other.

And, as a light rain started to fall and seemed like it would keep going, he took shelter under the gate. Naturally, he ran into the other person.

“Ah! who are you?” asked the one who had just come up, in a manly voice.

“Ah! who are you?” asked the newcomer, in a strong voice.

“And who are you?” replied the other tranquilly.

“And who are you?” the other replied calmly.

There was a moment’s pause. Each tried to recognize the other by the tone of his voice and to distinguish the other’s features.

There was a brief pause. Each one tried to identify the other by the sound of his voice and to make out the other’s features.

“What are you waiting here for?” asked the one with the heavy voice.

“What are you waiting here for?” asked the one with the deep voice.

“Till the clock strikes eight, so as to have a game of cards with the dead. I want to win some money to-night,” replied the other, in an ordinary tone. “And you: what do you come here for?”

“Until the clock strikes eight, so we can have a card game with the dead. I want to win some money tonight,” replied the other in a casual tone. “And you: what are you here for?”

“A—a—for the same thing.”

“A—for the same thing.”

“Well! I am glad. So I will not be without a companion. I have brought some cards. At the first stroke of the bell, I put down the albur (the first two cards put on the board in monte). At the second stroke, I put down the gallo (the second pair). The cards which move after I have put them down, are those which the dead choose for themselves. Did you also bring some cards?”

“Well! I'm glad. So I won't be alone. I brought some cards. At the first strike of the bell, I place down the albur (the first two cards put on the board in monte). At the second strike, I put down the gallo (the second pair). The cards that move after I've placed them down are those that the dead choose for themselves. Did you bring any cards too?”

“No.” [213]

“No.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Then?”

"What's next?"

“It is simple. Just as you act as ‘banker’ for them, so I hope that they will ‘bank’ for me.” (In monte the banker deals the cards and bets that one of the cards in either the albur or gallo is turned up by dealing off the pack, before the card chosen by the other person is turned up. A banker can play against two others.)

“It’s straightforward. Just as you play the ‘banker’ for them, I hope they’ll play ‘banker’ for me.” (In monte, the banker deals the cards and bets that one of the cards in either the albur or gallo will be revealed by dealing from the pack before the chosen card of the other player is shown. A banker can compete against two others.)

“And if the shades do not care to ‘bank’?”

“And if the spirits don't want to 'bank'?”

“What can be done? The game is not obligatory upon the dead.”

“What can be done? The game isn’t mandatory for the dead.”

There was a moment’s silence.

There was a moment of silence.

“Did you come armed? What if you have to fight with the shades of the dead?”

“Did you come prepared? What if you have to battle the spirits of the dead?”

“I’ll use my fists,” replied the taller of the two.

“I’ll use my fists,” said the taller one.

“Ah! The devil! Now, I remember! The dead do not bet when there is more than one live person around. There are two of us.”

“Ah! The devil! Now I remember! The dead don’t gamble when there’s more than one living person around. There are two of us.”

“Is that true? Well, I don’t want to go away.”

“Is that true? Well, I don’t want to leave.”

“Nor I. I need some money,” replied the smaller one. “But let us do this: We will decide by the cards which one shall go away.”

“Me neither. I need some cash,” replied the smaller one. “But how about this: Let’s leave it up to the cards to see who gets to leave.”

“All right!” replied the other, showing a certain amount of displeasure.

“All right!” replied the other, not hiding their displeasure.

“Then let us go in. Have you any matches?”

“Then let’s go in. Do you have any matches?”

They entered the cemetery and in the obscurity they searched for a place where they might decide the question with the cards. They soon found a niche upon which they sat down. The shorter one took from his hat some playing cards and the other lighted a match.

They walked into the cemetery, searching in the dim light for a spot where they could settle the question with cards. Soon, they found a small alcove and sat down. The shorter one took some playing cards out of his hat, while the other struck a match to light the area.

Each one looked at the other in the light which the match made, but, judging from the expression on their faces, they did not recognize each other. However, we can recognize in the taller one, the one with the manly voice, Elias; and in the smaller one, Lucas, with the scar on his cheek.

Each one looked at the other in the light created by the match, but, judging by the expressions on their faces, they didn’t recognize one another. However, we can identify the taller one, the one with the deep voice, as Elias; and the smaller one, Lucas, who has a scar on his cheek.

“Cut the cards!” said the latter, without ceasing to look at the other.

“Shuffle the cards!” said the latter, keeping his gaze on the other.

He pushed aside some bones which were found on the niche and turned up an ace and a jack for the albur. Elias lighted one match after another.

He pushed aside some bones that were in the niche and uncovered an ace and a jack for the albur. Elias lit one match after another.

“On the jack!” said he and, in order to show which of [214]the cards he was betting on, he placed upon it a piece of vertebræ.

“On the jack!” he said and, to indicate which of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the cards he was betting on, he placed a piece of vertebra.

“I deal!” said Lucas and, after turning up four or five cards, an ace came up.

“I'll take that deal!” said Lucas and, after flipping over four or five cards, an ace turned up.

“You have lost,” he added. “Now leave me alone so that I may win some money.”

“You've lost,” he said. “Now leave me alone so I can win some money.”

Elias, without saying a word, disappeared in the darkness.

Elias silently vanished into the shadows.

Some minutes afterward, the clock in the church struck eight and the bell announced the hour of prayer. But Lucas did not invite anybody to play with him. He did not call out the shades, as superstition demanded. Instead, he uncovered his head, murmured some prayers and crossed himself with the same fervor as the chief of the Brotherhood of the Most Sacred Rosary would have done at that moment.

Some minutes later, the clock in the church struck eight, and the bell signaled the hour of prayer. But Lucas didn’t invite anyone to play with him. He didn’t call out to the spirits, as superstition suggested. Instead, he took off his hat, whispered some prayers, and made the sign of the cross with the same devotion as the head of the Brotherhood of the Most Sacred Rosary would have at that moment.

The drizzling rain continued all night. At nine o’clock the streets were dark and lonely. The little cocoanut oil lanterns, which each citizen had to hang out in front of his house gave light scarcely a meter around. It seemed as though they had been lighted so one might see the darkness.

The light rain kept falling all night. By nine o’clock, the streets were dim and deserted. The small coconut oil lanterns that every homeowner was required to hang outside their house provided barely enough light to illuminate the area just a few feet around. It felt like they were lit just so people could see how dark it was.

Two Civil Guards were walking from one side of the street to the other near the church.

Two Civil Guards were crossing the street near the church.

“It is cold,” said one in Tagalog with a Visayan accent. “We aren’t catching any sacristans. There is nobody to clean out the alferez’s hen yard and we ought to catch some sacristan and make him do it. Since that one was killed, they have taken warning. I am getting tired of this.”

“It’s cold,” said one in Tagalog with a Visayan accent. “We’re not catching any sacristans. There’s no one to clean out the alferez’s hen yard, and we should catch a sacristan and make him do it. Ever since that one was killed, they’ve been cautious. I’m getting tired of this.”

“So am I,” replied the other. “Nobody commits any robbery; no one disturbs the peace; but, thank God, they say that Elias is in town. The alferez says that the one who catches him will be free from whippings for three months.”

“Same here,” replied the other. “No one is robbing anyone; no one is causing trouble; but, thank God, they say Elias is in town. The alferez says that whoever catches him will be free from whippings for three months.”

“Ah! Do you know his identification marks?” asked the Visayan.

“Hey! Do you know his identification marks?” asked the Visayan.

“I certainly do! Stature, tall, according to the alferez’s description; ordinary, according to the description of Father Dámaso; color, brunette; eyes, black; nose, regular; mouth, regular; beard, none; hair, black.”

“I definitely do! Height, tall, based on the alferez’s description; average, based on Father Dámaso's description; skin tone, brown; eyes, black; nose, normal; mouth, normal; beard, none; hair, black.”

“Ah! And particular marks?” [215]

“Ah! And specific signs?” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Camisa, black; pantaloons, black; a wood-cutter——”

Shirt, black; pants, black; a woodcutter——”

“Ah! He will not escape. I think I see him already.”

“Ah! He won't get away. I think I can see him now.”

“I don’t confuse him with anybody else, although you might think so.”

“I don’t mix him up with anyone else, even though you might think I do.”

Both soldiers continued their beats.

Both soldiers kept patrolling.

By the light of the lantern two forms could again be seen, one following the other cautiously. A forcible “Quien vive?” stops them both. The first one replied “España,” in a trembling voice.

By the light of the lantern, two figures could again be seen, one cautiously following the other. A forceful “Quien vive?” stopped them both. The first replied, “España,” in a trembling voice.

The two soldiers drag him along and bring him up to the light, to recognize him. It was Lucas, but the soldiers were in doubt and questioned each other with a glance.

The two soldiers pull him along and bring him into the light to identify him. It was Lucas, but the soldiers were uncertain and exchanged questioning looks.

“The alferez said nothing about his having a scar,” said the Visayan in a low voice. “Where are you going?”

“The alferez didn’t mention anything about having a scar,” the Visayan said quietly. “Where are you headed?”

“To order a mass for to-morrow.”

“To request a mass for tomorrow.”

“Have you not seen Elias?”

“Have you seen Elias?”

“I do not know him, señor,” replied Lucas.

“I don’t know him, sir,” replied Lucas.

“You dunce! I am not asking if you know him. Nor do we know him. I am asking you if you have seen him.”

“You idiot! I’m not asking if you know him. We don’t know him either. I’m asking if you’ve seen him.”

“No, señor.”

“No, sir.”

“Listen closely. I will give you his description. Stature, at times tall, at times regular; skin and eyes, black; all the others are regular,” said the Visayan. “Do you know him now?”

“Listen closely. I will give you his description. Sometimes tall, sometimes average height; black skin and eyes; everything else is pretty normal,” said the Visayan. “Do you know him now?”

“No, señor,” replied Lucas, frightened.

“No, sir,” replied Lucas, frightened.

“Then, sulung! (Go along). You brute! You ass!” And they gave him a shove.

“Then, sulung! (Go along). You brute! You jerk!” And they pushed him.

“Do you know why Elias is tall, according to the alferez, and why he is short, according to the curate?” asked the Tagalog of the other.

“Do you know why Elias is tall, according to the alferez, and why he is short, according to the curate?” asked the Tagalog of the other.

“No.”

“No.”

“Because the alferez was stuck in a mud hole when he observed him, and the curate was on foot when he saw him.”

“Because the alferez was stuck in a mud hole when he saw him, and the curate was on foot when he noticed him.”

“That’s right!” exclaimed the Visayan. “You are bright. Why are you a Guardia Civil?”

“That’s right!” exclaimed the Visayan. “You’re sharp. Why are you in the Guardia Civil?”

“I haven’t been always. I was a smuggler at one time,” replied the Tagalog boastingly.

“I haven’t always been this way. I used to be a smuggler,” the Tagalog replied proudly.

But another form attracted their attention. They called out “Quien Vive?” and brought him up to the light. This time it was Elias himself. [216]

But another form caught their attention. They shouted, “Quien Vive?” and brought him into the light. This time it was Elias himself. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Where are you going?”

“Where are you headed?”

“I am pursuing, señor, a man who has whipped and threatened my brother. He has a scar on his face and his name is Elias——”

“I’m tracking down a guy, sir, who has beaten and threatened my brother. He has a scar on his face and his name is Elias——”

“Ha?” exclaimed the two, and looked at each other frightened.

“Ha?” exclaimed the two, looking at each other in fear.

And at once they started on a run toward the church, where a few minutes before Lucas had disappeared. [217]

And immediately they took off running toward the church, where Lucas had vanished just a few minutes earlier. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXIV.

The Discovery.

The bell announces the hour of evening prayer. On hearing the religious sound, all stop, leave their work and uncover their heads; the laborer, coming from the fields on the carabao’s back, suspends the song to which the animal keeps step, and prays; the women in the middle of the street make the sign of the cross, and move their lips with affectation so that no one may doubt their devotion: the man stops fondling his game-cock and recites the Angelus so that he may have good luck; in the houses, they pray in a loud voice ... every sound which is not a part of the Ave Maria is dissipated, silenced.

The bell rings to signal the hour for evening prayer. Upon hearing the sacred sound, everyone pauses, sets aside their work, and uncovers their heads; the laborer, riding on the back of the carabao after coming from the fields, stops singing in rhythm with the animal and starts to pray; the women in the middle of the street make the sign of the cross and move their lips dramatically so no one questions their devotion: the man, who was petting his game-cock, recites the Angelus for good luck; inside the houses, they pray out loud ... every other sound that isn't part of the Ave Maria fades away, silenced.

However, the curate, without his hat, hastily crosses the street, scandalizing many old women. And still more scandalous, he directs his steps towards the alferez’s house. The devout women think that it is time for them to stop the movement of their lips and to kiss the curate’s hand, but Father Salví takes no notice of them. To-day he finds no pleasure in placing his bony hand under a Christian’s nose. Some important business must be occupying him that he should so forget his own interests and those of the Church!

However, the curate, without his hat, quickly crosses the street, shocking many old women. Even more shocking, he heads toward the alferez’s house. The devout women think it’s time to stop talking and kiss the curate’s hand, but Father Salví ignores them. Today, he isn't interested in placing his bony hand in front of a Christian’s face. He must have something important on his mind to be so neglectful of his own interests and those of the Church!

He goes up the stairs and knocks impatiently at the alferez’s door. The latter appears, his eyebrows knit and followed by his better half, who smiles malignantly.

He climbs the stairs and knocks impatiently on the alferez’s door. The officer appears, his eyebrows furrowed, followed by his partner, who smiles maliciously.

“Ah, Father Curate! I was just going to see you. Your he-goat....”

“Ah, Father Curate! I was just about to see you. Your male goat....”

“I have a most important matter....”

“I have a very important matter....”

“I can’t allow your goat to go on breaking down my fence.... I’ll shoot him if he gets in there again.”

“I can’t let your goat keep breaking down my fence... I’ll shoot him if he goes in there again.”

“That is if you are alive to-morrow,” said the curate, breathless, and directing himself toward the sala.

“That is if you’re alive tomorrow,” said the curate, breathless, and heading toward the sala.

“What! do you think that that seven-months-old puppy will kill me? I’ll kick him to pieces.” [218]

“What! Do you really think that seven-month-old puppy will kill me? I’ll kick him to bits.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Father Salví stepped back and looked instinctively at the feet of the alferez.

Father Salví stepped back and instinctively looked at the feet of the alferez.

“Whom are you talking about?” asked he, trembling.

“Who are you talking about?” he asked, shaking.

“Of whom could I be talking but that big blockhead who proposes to challenge me to a duel with revolvers at one hundred paces?”

“Who else could I be talking about but that big idiot who wants to challenge me to a duel with revolvers at one hundred paces?”

“Ah!” sighed the curate, and added: “I have come to speak about a most urgent matter which seriously concerns the life of all of us.”

“Ah!” sighed the curate, and added: “I’ve come to talk about a really urgent issue that seriously affects all our lives.”

“Seriously!” repeated the alferez, turning pale in turn. “Does this young fellow shoot well...?”

“Seriously!” repeated the alferez, turning pale himself. “Does this young guy shoot well...?”

“I am not speaking about him.”

"I'm not discussing him."

“Then?”

“What's next?”

The friar pointed to the door which the alferez shut in his customary manner, by a kick. The alferez usually found his hands superfluous. An imprecation and a groan from without were heard.

The friar pointed to the door that the alferez kicked shut in his usual way. The alferez typically found his hands unnecessary. An insult and a groan came from outside.

“You brute. You have cut open my head!” cried his wife.

“You monster. You’ve sliced open my head!” cried his wife.

“Now unbosom yourself,” said he to the curate in a quiet manner. The latter looked at him for some time. Afterward he asked, in that nasal and monotonous priest’s voice:

“Now open up,” he said to the curate in a calm tone. The curate stared at him for a while. Then he asked, in that nasal and monotonous voice typical of priests:

“Did you see how I came running?”

“Did you see me running over?”

“Umph! I thought something was the matter with you.”

“Ugh! I thought there was something wrong with you.”

“When I leave my duties in this manner there are grave motives.”

“When I step away from my responsibilities like this, there are serious reasons.”

“And what is it?” asked the other, stamping his foot on the floor.

“And what is it?” asked the other, stamping his foot on the floor.

“Calm yourself!”

"Chill out!"

“Then, why did you come in such a hurry?”

“Then, why did you come in so quickly?”

The curate approached him and asked in a mysterious way:

The curate walked up to him and asked in a mysterious tone:

“Don’t—you—know—anything—new?”

"Don't you know anything new?"

The alferez shrugged his shoulders.

The lieutenant shrugged his shoulders.

“You confess that you know absolutely nothing?”

“You admit that you don’t know anything at all?”

“What! do you mean to tell me about Elias, whom your sacristan mayor hid last night?” he asked.

“What! Are you seriously telling me about Elias, the one your mayor's sacristan hid last night?” he asked.

“No, no! I don’t speak of such matters now,” replied the curate, in a bad humor. “I am talking about a great danger.” [219]

“No, no! I’m not talking about that now,” replied the curate, in a bad mood. “I’m talking about a serious danger.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Then d——n it! Let it out.”

“Then damn it! Let it out.”

“Now then,” said the friar slowly and with a certain disdain, “you will see again how important we priests are. The lowest layman is worth a regiment, so that a curate....”

“Now then,” said the friar slowly and with a hint of disdain, “you’ll see again just how important we priests are. Even the least of laypeople is worth a whole regiment, so that a curate....”

And then lowering his voice in a very mysterious manner:

And then he lowered his voice in a really mysterious way:

“I have discovered a great conspiracy.”

"I've found a big conspiracy."

The alferez started and looked at the friar astonished.

The alferez began and stared at the friar in disbelief.

“A terrible and well-laid conspiracy, which is to break out this very night.”

“A terrible and well-planned conspiracy that is set to break out tonight.”

“This very night!” exclaimed the alferez, moving at first toward Father Salví, and then running after his revolver and saber, which were hanging on the wall: “Whom shall I arrest? Whom shall I arrest?” he cried.

“This very night!” shouted the alferez, initially moving toward Father Salví, then rushing to grab his revolver and saber from the wall. “Who should I arrest? Who should I arrest?” he yelled.

“Be calm. It is not yet time, thanks to my great haste. At eight o’clock.”

“Stay calm. It's not time yet, because I was in such a rush. At eight o'clock.”

“I’ll shoot them all!”

“I’m going to take them all out!”

“Listen! This afternoon a woman, whose name I must not mention (it is a secret of the confessional) came to me and disclosed it all. At eight o’clock they will take the cuartel by surprise, sack the convent, seize the Government’s steamboat and assassinate all the Spaniards.”

“Listen! This afternoon a woman, whose name I can’t reveal (it’s a secret from confession) came to me and told me everything. At eight o’clock, they will raid the cuartel, loot the convent, take the Government’s steamboat, and kill all the Spaniards.”

The alferez was stupified.

The officer was stunned.

“The woman has not told more than that,” added the curate.

“The woman hasn’t said anything more than that,” added the curate.

“Has not told you more? Then I’ll arrest her!”

"She hasn't told you more? Then I'll arrest her!"

“No; I cannot consent to it. The tribunal of penitence is the throne of God of forgiveness.”

“No; I can’t agree to that. The tribunal of repentance is the throne of God of forgiveness.”

“Neither God nor forgiveness count in this matter. I’ll arrest her.”

“Neither God nor forgiveness matter here. I’ll arrest her.”

“You are losing your head. What you ought to do is to prepare yourself. Arm your soldiers quietly and put them in ambush. Send me four Guards for the convent and notify the people on the Government steamboat.”

“You’re losing it. What you need to do is get ready. Quietly arm your soldiers and set them up in an ambush. Send me four guards for the convent and let the people on the government steamboat know.”

“The boat is not here. I’ll send to other sections for aid.”

“The boat isn’t here. I’ll reach out to other departments for help.”

“They would notice that and would not go on with their plans. No, don’t do that. What is important is that we catch them alive and make them talk; I say, you will make them disclose the conspiracy. I, in the capacity [220]of a priest, ought not to mix myself in these matters. Now’s your chance! Here you can win crosses and stars. I ask only that you make it evident that I am the one who warned you.”

“They would see that and back away from their plans. No, don’t do that. What matters is that we capture them alive and get them to talk; I believe you will make them reveal the conspiracy. I, as a priest, shouldn’t get involved in these matters. Now’s your chance! Here you can earn honors and recognition. I only ask that you make it clear that I’m the one who tipped you off.”

“It will be made evident, Father, it will be made evident! And perhaps a mitre will fall to you!” replied the radiant alferez.

“It will be clear, Father, it will be clear! And maybe a mitre will come your way!” replied the radiant alferez.

“Be sure and send me four un-uniformed Civil Guards, eh? Be discreet! To-night at eight o’clock, it will rain stars and crosses.”

“Make sure to send me four plainclothes Civil Guards, okay? Be discreet! Tonight at eight o’clock, it’s going to rain stars and crosses.”

While this was going on, a man came running down the road which led to Ibarra’s house, and quickly went up the stairs.

While this was happening, a man ran down the road leading to Ibarra’s house and quickly went up the stairs.

“Is the Señor at home?” asked Elias of the servant.

“Is the Señor home?” Elias asked the servant.

“He is in his laboratory at work.”

"He's in his lab working."

Ibarra, in order to pass the time while he impatiently waited for the hour when he could make explanations to Maria Clara, had gone to work in his cabinet.

Ibarra, to kill time while he eagerly waited for the moment when he could talk to Maria Clara, had gone to work in his office.

“Ah, is it you, Elias?” he exclaimed. “I was thinking about you. Yesterday, I forgot to ask you for the name of that Spaniard in whose house your grandfather lived.”

“Hey, is that you, Elias?” he said. “I was just thinking about you. Yesterday, I forgot to ask you for the name of that Spaniard whose house your grandfather lived in.”

“Don’t bother yourself, Señor, about me....”

“Don’t worry about me, sir...”

“Look!” continued Ibarra, without noting the agitation of the young man, and putting a piece of bamboo to a flame. “I have made a great discovery. This bamboo is incombustible....”

“Look!” continued Ibarra, not noticing the young man’s agitation, while he held a piece of bamboo to the flame. “I’ve made an incredible discovery. This bamboo is fireproof....”

“Don’t talk about bamboo now, Señor. Talk about collecting your papers and fleeing in a minute.”

“Don’t talk about bamboo right now, Sir. Talk about gathering your papers and getting out of here in a minute.”

Ibarra looked at him surprised, and, on seeing the seriousness in Elias’s countenance, he dropped the object which he had in his hands.

Ibarra looked at him in surprise, and when he saw the seriousness on Elias's face, he dropped the object he was holding.

“Burn everything that can possibly implicate you in any way and put yourself in a more secure place within an hour.”

“Burn everything that could possibly connect you to this and get yourself to a safer place within an hour.”

“And what for?” he asked at last.

“And what for?” he finally asked.

“Put all that you have of value in a secure place....”

“Put everything valuable you have in a safe place....”

“And what for?”

"And why?"

“Burn all papers written by you or to you. The most innocent can be interpreted in a bad sense.”

“Burn all papers written by you or sent to you. Even the most innocent things can be taken the wrong way.”

“But what for?”

"But why?"

“What for? Because I have just discovered a conspiracy [221]which will be attributed to you in order to ruin you.”

“What for? Because I just found out about a conspiracy [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that will be blamed on you to destroy your reputation.”

“A conspiracy? And who has planned it?”

“A conspiracy? And who came up with it?”

“I have been unable to learn the author of it. Only a moment ago I was talking with one of the unfortunate men who have been paid for it. I could not dissuade him.”

“I haven’t been able to find out who wrote it. Just a moment ago, I was speaking with one of the unfortunate guys who were paid for it. I couldn't convince him otherwise.”

“And didn’t that fellow say who paid him?”

“And didn’t that guy say who paid him?”

“Yes. Asking me to keep the secret, he told me that it was you.”

“Yes. He asked me to keep it a secret and said it was you.”

“My God!” exclaimed Ibarra. He stood stupefied.

“My God!” Ibarra exclaimed. He stood in shock.

“Señor, don’t hesitate, don’t doubt, don’t lose time, for undoubtedly the conspiracy will break out this very night.”

“Sir, don’t hesitate, don’t doubt, don’t waste any time, because the conspiracy will definitely erupt tonight.”

Ibarra, with staring eyes, and hands holding his head, seemed not to hear him.

Ibarra, with wide eyes and hands clutching his head, appeared not to hear him.

“The blow cannot be thwarted,” continued Elias. “I have arrived too late. I do not know their leaders ... save yourself, Señor, save yourself for the sake of your country.”

“The blow can’t be stopped,” Elias went on. “I’ve come too late. I don’t know their leaders... save yourself, Sir, save yourself for the sake of your country.”

“Where shall I flee? They are expecting me this evening,” exclaimed Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara.

“Where should I go? They’re expecting me this evening,” exclaimed Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara.

“To any other town, to Manila, to the house of some official; only flee somewhere so that they will not say that you are directing the movement.”

“To any other town, to Manila, to the home of some official; just run away somewhere so that they won’t say you’re leading the movement.”

“And if I myself denounce the conspiracy?”

“And what if I call out the conspiracy myself?”

“You denounce it?” exclaimed Elias, looking at him, and stepping back. “You would pass for a traitor and a coward in the eyes of the conspirators, and for a pusillanimous person in the eyes of others. They would say that you had played a trick to win some praise, they would say....”

“You're calling it out?” exclaimed Elias, staring at him and stepping back. “You’d be seen as a traitor and a coward by the conspirators, and a weakling by everyone else. They’d say you pulled a stunt just to get some recognition, they’d say….”

“But what can be done?”

“But what can we do?”

“Already I have told you. Destroy all the papers you have which relate to you; flee and await developments.”

“I've already told you. Get rid of all the documents you have about yourself; run and wait for updates.”

“And Maria Clara?” exclaimed the young man. “No; death first!”

“And Maria Clara?” the young man exclaimed. “No; death first!”

Elias wrung his hands and said:

Elias nervously rubbed his hands together and said:

“Well, then, at least avoid the blow. Prepare yourself against their accusations.”

“Well, then, at least dodge the hit. Get ready for their accusations.”

Ibarra looked around him in a stupefied manner.

Ibarra looked around in shock.

“Then, help me! There in those bags I have my family [222]letters. Sort out those from my father, which are, perhaps, the ones that would incriminate me. Read the signatures.”

“Then, help me! In those bags, I have my family [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]letters. Sort out the ones from my dad, which might be the ones that could get me in trouble. Check the signatures.”

Ibarra, stunned and overwhelmed, opened and closed drawers, collected papers, hastily read letters, tore up some, kept others, took down books and thumbed through some of them. Elias did the same, if indeed with less confusion, with equal zeal. But he stopped, with eyes wide open, turned over a paper which he had in his hand and asked in a trembling voice:

Ibarra, shocked and overwhelmed, opened and closed drawers, gathered papers, quickly read letters, ripped some up, kept others, took down books, and flipped through a few. Elias did the same, if perhaps with less chaos but just as much enthusiasm. But he paused, eyes wide, turned over a paper he had in his hand, and asked in a shaking voice:

“Did your family know Don Pedro Eibarramendia?”

“Did your family know Don Pedro Eibarramendia?”

“Certainly!” replied Ibarra, opening a drawer and taking out a pile of papers. “He was my great-grandfather.”

“Sure!” replied Ibarra, opening a drawer and pulling out a stack of papers. “He was my great-grandfather.”

“Your great grandfather? Don Pedro Eibarramendia?” he again asked, with livid features and a changed appearance.

“Your great-grandfather? Don Pedro Eibarramendia?” he asked again, his face pale and his look completely different.

“Yes,” replied Ibarra, distracted. “We cut short the name, for it was too long.”

“Yes,” Ibarra replied, distracted. “We shortened the name because it was too long.”

“He was a Basque?” said Elias approaching him.

“He was a Basque?” Elias said as he walked over to him.

“Yes; but what’s the matter?” he asked, surprised.

“Yes, but what’s wrong?” he asked, surprised.

Elias closed his fist, shook it in Ibarra’s face and looked at him. Crisostomo stepped back as soon as he read the expression on that face.

Elias clenched his fist, shook it in Ibarra’s face, and stared at him. Crisostomo stepped back as soon as he saw the look on that face.

“Do you know who Don Pedro Eibarramendia was?” he asked between his teeth. “Don Pedro Eibarramendia was that wretch who accused my grandfather and caused all our misery.... I was looking for one of his name. God has given you into my hands.... Account to me for our misfortunes.”

“Do you know who Don Pedro Eibarramendia was?” he asked through clenched teeth. “Don Pedro Eibarramendia was the one who accused my grandfather and brought all this misery upon us.... I was searching for someone with that name. God has placed you in my grasp.... Explain to me our misfortunes.”

Ibarra looked at him terrified. Elias shook him by the arm and, in a bitter voice, filled with hate, said:

Ibarra stared at him in fear. Elias grabbed him by the arm and, with a bitter, hateful tone, said:

“Look at me well; see if I have suffered, and you, you live, you love, you have fortune, home, consideration. You live ... you live!”

“Look at me closely; see if I’ve suffered, and you, you live, you love, you have luck, a home, and respect. You live ... you live!”

And, beside himself, he ran toward a small collection of arms, but he had scarcely grasped two swords when he let them fall, and, like a madman, looked at Ibarra, who remained immovable.

And, beside himself, he ran toward a small pile of weapons, but he had barely grabbed two swords when he dropped them, and, like a crazy person, stared at Ibarra, who stood still.

“What am I to do?” he said and fled from the house. [223]

“What should I do?” he said and ran out of the house. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXV.

The Catastrophe.

There in the dining-room Captain Tiago, Linares, and Aunt Isabel were eating supper. In the sala the rattling of plate and tableware was heard. Maria Clara had said that she did not care to eat and had seated herself at the piano. By her side was jolly Sinang, who murmured little secrets in Maria’s ear, while Father Salví uneasily paced the sala.

There in the dining room, Captain Tiago, Linares, and Aunt Isabel were having dinner. In the sala, the sound of clinking plates and cutlery filled the air. Maria Clara had said she wasn’t in the mood to eat and had taken a seat at the piano. Next to her was cheerful Sinang, who whispered little secrets in Maria’s ear, while Father Salví paced the sala restlessly.

It was not because the convalescent had no appetite that she was not eating. It was because she was awaiting the arrival of a certain person and had taken advantage of the moment in which her Argus could not be present, the hour when Linares ate.

It wasn't that the recovering patient had no appetite; she just wasn't eating. She was waiting for a specific person to arrive and had seized the moment when her watcher, Argus, couldn't be there, during the time when Linares was eating.

“You will see how that ghost will stay till eight o’clock,” murmured Sinang, pointing to the curate. “At eight o’clock he ought to come. This priest is as much in love as Linares.”

“You'll see how that ghost will stick around until eight o'clock,” whispered Sinang, pointing at the curate. “At eight o'clock he should show up. This priest is just as in love as Linares.”

Maria Clara looked at her friend, frightened. The latter, without noticing her expression, continued her terrible gossip:

Maria Clara looked at her friend, scared. Her friend, unaware of her expression, kept going with her awful gossip:

“Ah! Now I know why he doesn’t go, in spite of all my hints. He doesn’t want to burn the lamps in the convent. Don’t you see? Ever since you fell ill, he has had the two lights which he used to burn, put out. But look at his eyes and his face!”

“Ah! Now I get why he doesn’t go, despite all my hints. He doesn’t want to use up the lamps in the convent. Don’t you see? Ever since you got sick, he’s had the two lights he used to burn turned off. But look at his eyes and his face!”

Just at that moment the clock in the house struck eight. The curate trembled and went and sat down in a corner of the room.

Just then, the clock in the house struck eight. The curate shuddered and went to sit in a corner of the room.

“He is coming,” said Sinang, pinching Maria Clara. “Do you hear?”

“He's coming,” Sinang said, pinching Maria Clara. “Do you hear?”

The bell in the church tolled eight and all arose to pray. Father Salví, with a weak and trembling voice, led, but, as each one had his own thoughts, nobody paid any attention to him. [224]

The church bell rang eight times, and everyone stood up to pray. Father Salví, with a shaky voice, led the prayer, but since everyone was lost in their own thoughts, nobody really listened to him. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The prayer had scarcely ended, when Ibarra presented himself. The young man was wearing mourning, not only in his dress, but in his face. In fact, it was so evident that Maria Clara, on seeing him, arose and took a step toward him as if to ask what ailed him, but at the same instant a discharge of musketry was heard. Ibarra stopped, his eyes rolled and he was unable to speak. The curate hid himself behind a pillar. More shooting and more noise was heard in the direction of the convent, followed by cries and the sound of people running. Captain Tiago, Aunt Isabel and Linares entered the room, hurriedly crying “tulisan! tulisan!” Andeng followed them, brandishing a spit and ran toward her foster sister.

The prayer had just ended when Ibarra showed up. The young man was in mourning, not just in what he wore but in his expression too. It was so obvious that Maria Clara, seeing him, got up and took a step towards him as if to ask what was wrong, but at that very moment, gunfire erupted. Ibarra froze, his eyes wide, unable to speak. The curate ducked behind a pillar. More shots and chaos echoed from the direction of the convent, followed by screams and the sound of people running. Captain Tiago, Aunt Isabel, and Linares rushed into the room, shouting “tulisan! tulisan!” Andeng followed them, waving a spit and ran towards her foster sister.

Aunt Isabel fell on her knees and prayed the Kyrie eleison. Captain Tiago, pale and trembling, carried a chicken’s liver on his fork, and, in tears, offered it to the Virgin of Antipolo. Linares had his mouth full and was armed with a spoon. Sinang and Maria Clara embraced each other. The only person who did not move was Ibarra. He stood as if petrified, his face indescribably pale.

Aunt Isabel dropped to her knees and prayed the Kyrie eleison. Captain Tiago, looking pale and shaking, held a chicken liver on his fork, and, with tears in his eyes, presented it to the Virgin of Antipolo. Linares had his mouth full and was ready with a spoon. Sinang and Maria Clara hugged each other. The only one who didn't budge was Ibarra. He stood there as if frozen, his face strikingly pale.

The cries and blows continued, the windows were shut with a bang, a whistle was heard, and occasionally a shot.

The screams and blows kept going, the windows slammed shut, a whistle was heard, and now and then a shot rang out.

Christe eleison! Santiago, fasten the windows,” groaned Aunt Isabel.

Lord, have mercy! Santiago, close the windows,” groaned Aunt Isabel.

“Fifty great bombs and a thanksgiving mass,” replied Captain Tiago. “Ora pro nobis!

“Fifty big bombs and a Thanksgiving mass,” replied Captain Tiago. “Ora pro nobis!

After a time, things quieted down and there was a terrible silence. The voice of the alferez was distinguished, as he came running in, and crying: “Father curate! Father Salví! Come!”

After a while, things calmed down and a deep silence fell. The voice of the alferez was heard as he rushed in, shouting: “Father curate! Father Salví! Come!”

Misere! The alferez is asking for confession!” cried Aunt Isabel.

Help! The alferez is asking for a confession!” cried Aunt Isabel.

“Is he wounded?” asked Linares at last. “Ah!”

“Is he hurt?” Linares finally asked. “Ah!”

“Come, Father Salví! There is nothing to fear now,” continued the alferez, shouting.

“Come on, Father Salví! There’s nothing to be afraid of now,” the alferez continued, shouting.

Father Salví, pale, and decided at last, came out of his hiding-place and went downstairs.

Father Salví, pale and finally determined, emerged from his hiding spot and went downstairs.

“The tulisanes have killed the alferez!” said Aunt Isabel.

“The tulisanes have killed the alferez!” said Aunt Isabel.

“Maria Clara, Sinang, go to your room! Fasten the door! Kyrie eleison!

“Maria Clara, Sinang, go to your room! Lock the door! Kyrie eleison!

Ibarra also went toward the stairs, in spite of Aunt [225]Isabel, who was saying: “Don’t go out! You haven’t confessed yet. Don’t go out!”

Ibarra also headed for the stairs, despite Aunt [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Isabel, who was saying, “Don’t go out! You haven’t confessed yet. Don’t go out!”

The good old woman had been a great friend of Ibarra’s mother.

The kind old woman had been a close friend of Ibarra's mother.

But Ibarra left the house. It seemed to him that all about him was revolving through the air, that even the ground was gone from under his feet. His ears buzzed. His legs moved heavily and irregularly. Waves of blood, light and darkness, succeeded one another on the retina of his eye.

But Ibarra left the house. It felt like everything around him was spinning in the air, as if the ground had disappeared beneath his feet. His ears were ringing. His legs felt heavy and unsteady. Flashes of blood, light, and darkness flashed across his vision.

Despite the fact that the moon was shining brightly in the heavens, the young man stumbled on every stone in the solitary and deserted street.

Despite the bright moon shining in the sky, the young man tripped over every stone on the empty, deserted street.

Near the cuartel he saw some soldiers with their bayonets fixed, talking excitedly. He passed by unseen.

Near the barracks he saw some soldiers with their bayonets ready, talking animatedly. He walked by without being noticed.

In the tribunal, blows, cries, wails, and curses were heard. The alferez’s voice drowned all the others.

In the courtroom, sounds of hits, shouts, cries, and curses filled the air. The alferez’s voice overshadowed everyone else.

“Put him in the stocks! Put handcuffs on that fellow! Two shots for whoever moves! Sergeant, you will mount your guard! Let no one pass, not even God! Corporal, let no one sleep!”

“Put him in the stocks! Cuff that guy! Two shots for anyone who moves! Sergeant, you take your post! No one gets by, not even God! Corporal, keep everyone awake!”

Ibarra hastened his steps toward his house. His servants were uneasily awaiting him.

Ibarra quickened his pace towards his house. His servants were waiting for him with unease.

“Saddle the best horse and go to bed!” said he to them.

“Saddle the best horse and get some sleep!” he told them.

He entered his laboratory and hurriedly began to get his travelling bag ready. He opened an iron box, took out all the money which he found there and put it in a bag. He gathered his jewels together, took down a picture of Maria Clara which was hanging upon the wall, and, arming himself with a dirk and two revolvers, he turned to the cupboard where he had some tools.

He walked into his lab and quickly started packing his travel bag. He opened a metal box, took out all the cash he found inside, and put it in a bag. He collected his jewelry, took down a picture of Maria Clara that was hanging on the wall, and, grabbing a dagger and two handguns, he turned to the cabinet where his tools were stored.

At that instant, three blows, loud and strong, sounded on the door.

At that moment, three loud and powerful knocks echoed on the door.

“Who’s there?” asked Ibarra, in a doleful voice.

“Who’s there?” Ibarra asked, in a sad voice.

“Open in the name of the King! Open the door at once, or we will knock it down!” replied an imperious Spanish voice.

“Open in the name of the King! Open the door right now, or we’ll break it down!” replied a commanding Spanish voice.

Ibarra looked toward the window. His eyes flashed and he cocked his revolver. But changing his mind, he left the arms and went to open the door at the same moment that the servants came up. [226]

Ibarra glanced out the window. His eyes lit up and he readied his revolver. But then he reconsidered, left the weapon behind, and went to open the door just as the servants arrived. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Three Guards seized him instantly.

Three Guards grabbed him immediately.

“You are made a prisoner in the name of the King!” said the sergeant.

“You're being detained in the name of the King!” said the sergeant.

“What for?”

"Why?"

“They will tell you later. We are prohibited from saying a word.”

“They will tell you later. We're not allowed to say anything.”

The young man reflected a moment and not wishing, perhaps, the soldiers to discover his preparations for flight, he took his hat and said:

The young man paused to think for a moment and, not wanting the soldiers to find out about his plans to escape, he grabbed his hat and said:

“I am at your disposal. I suppose it will be only for a short time.”

“I’m here for you. I guess it will only be for a little while.”

“If you promise not to escape, we will not handcuff you. The alferez grants this favor, but if you flee——”

“If you promise not to escape, we won’t handcuff you. The alferez allows this favor, but if you run away——”

Ibarra followed, leaving the servants in consternation.

Ibarra followed, leaving the servants in shock.

In the meantime, what had become of Elias?

In the meantime, what happened to Elias?

On leaving Crisostomo’s house, like a madman, he ran about without knowing where. He crossed fields, and in violent agitation arrived at a forest. He was fleeing from people, and from light. The moon troubled him and he entered the mysterious shade of the forest. Sometimes stopping, sometimes following unbroken paths, leaning upon century-old trunks, entangled in the briars, he looked toward the town, which lay at his feet bathed in the light of the moon, stretching itself out on the plain, lying on the shore of the lake. Birds, disturbed in their sleep, flew away. Owls screeched and flew from one limb to another. But Elias neither heard nor saw them. He thought he was being followed by the infuriated shades of his ancestors. He saw the horrible basket hanging from every branch with the blood-covered head of Bálat, just as his father had described it to him. He thought he saw the dead body of his grandmother lying at the foot of every tree. He seemed to see the skeleton of his dishonored grandfather in the darkness, and the skeleton, the old woman, and the head all cried out to him, “Coward! Coward!”

On leaving Crisostomo’s house, he ran around like a madman, not knowing where he was going. He dashed across fields and, in a state of intense agitation, reached a forest. He was escaping from people and from the light. The moon made him uneasy, so he stepped into the mysterious shadows of the forest. Sometimes he stopped, sometimes he followed unbroken paths, leaning against ancient trunks, getting tangled in thorns, and glanced toward the town, which lay below him bathed in moonlight, sprawling on the plain beside the lake. Birds, disturbed from their sleep, flew away. Owls screeched and flitted from branch to branch. But Elias neither heard nor saw them. He believed he was being pursued by the angry spirits of his ancestors. He imagined the dreadful basket hanging from every branch with Bálat’s bloodied head, just as his father had told him. He thought he spotted his grandmother's dead body at the foot of every tree. He seemed to see the skeleton of his disgraced grandfather in the darkness, and the skeleton, the old woman, and the head all cried out to him, “Coward! Coward!”

He left the mountain and fled down toward the sea. He ran along the beach in agitation. But there in the distance, amid the waves, where the light of the moon seemed to raise a fog, he thought he saw a shade raise itself, the shade of his sister, with her breast covered with blood, her hair hanging loose in the air. [227]

He left the mountain and raced down toward the sea. He dashed along the beach, feeling anxious. But there in the distance, among the waves, where the moonlight seemed to create a mist, he thought he saw a figure rise up, the figure of his sister, with her chest covered in blood and her hair flowing freely in the air. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Elias fell upon his knees on the sand.

Elias dropped to his knees on the sand.

“And you, too!” he cried stretching out his arms.

“And you, too!” he yelled, reaching out his arms.

Then, with his eyes fixed on the fog, he arose slowly and, advancing toward it, went into the water as if to follow somebody. He waded on over the gentle slope of the beach which forms the bar. He was already far from the shore and the water was up to his belt. He went on and on, as if fascinated by a seducing spirit. The water was now up to his breast. Suddenly, the discharge of musketry awoke him from his dream, the vision disappeared, and the young man returned to reality. He stopped, reflected, and noticed that he was in the water. The lake was smooth and he could still see the lights in the fishermen’s huts.

Then, keeping his eyes on the fog, he slowly stood up and moved toward it, stepping into the water as if he were following someone. He waded along the gentle slope of the beach that forms the bar. He was already far from the shore, with the water reaching his belt. He continued on, as if enchanted by a tempting spirit. The water was now up to his chest. Suddenly, the sound of gunfire jolted him from his dream; the vision vanished, and the young man snapped back to reality. He stopped, thought for a moment, and realized he was in the water. The lake was calm, and he could still see the lights in the fishermen’s huts.

He returned to the shore and made his way toward the town. What for? He himself did not know.

He went back to the shore and headed toward the town. What for? He didn’t even know.

The town seemed uninhabited. The houses were all closed. Even the animals, the dogs which are accustomed to bark at night, had hid themselves through fear. The silvery light of the moon increased the sadness and solitude.

The town felt deserted. All the houses were shut tight. Even the dogs, usually barking at night, had hidden away in fear. The moon's silvery light added to the sadness and loneliness.

Afraid of meeting the Civil Guards, he went through the orchards and gardens. In one of the gardens he thought he saw two human forms, but he continued his way. Jumping over fences and walls, he arrived after great labor at the other side of the town, and directed his steps toward Ibarra’s house. The servants were in the door, lamenting and commenting on the arrest of their master.

Afraid of running into the Civil Guards, he navigated through the orchards and gardens. In one of the gardens, he thought he spotted two figures, but he kept going. After a tough journey, jumping over fences and walls, he finally made it to the other side of town and headed toward Ibarra’s house. The servants were by the door, mourning and discussing their master's arrest.

Aware of what had passed, Elias went away, but returned to the house, leaped over the wall, crawled through a window and went into the cabinet or laboratory, where the candle which Ibarra had left was still burning.

Aware of what had happened, Elias left, but came back to the house, jumped over the wall, crawled through a window, and entered the cabinet or lab, where the candle that Ibarra had left was still burning.

Elias saw the papers and the books. He found the arms and the little sacks which contained the money and the jewelry. All that had passed ran through his imagination again, and, seeing all the papers which might incriminate Ibarra, he thought of collecting them, throwing them through the window and burying them.

Elias saw the papers and the books. He found the weapons and the small bags that held the money and jewelry. Everything that had happened replayed in his mind again, and as he looked at all the papers that could implicate Ibarra, he considered gathering them up, tossing them out the window, and burying them.

He glanced toward the garden and, by the light of the [228]moon, he saw two Civil Guards coming with an adjutant. Their bayonets and helmets were glistening in the light.

He looked toward the garden and, by the light of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]moon, he saw two Civil Guards approaching with an adjutant. Their bayonets and helmets were shining in the light.

Then he decided. He piled up the clothes and papers in the middle of the cabinet, emptied the oil in a lamp upon the pile and set fire to it. He quickly buckled the arms around him. He saw the picture of Maria Clara, hesitated—put it in one of the little sacks, and jumped out of the window with them all.

Then he made up his mind. He stacked the clothes and papers in the center of the cabinet, poured the oil from a lamp onto the pile, and set it on fire. He quickly secured the arms around him. He noticed the picture of Maria Clara, paused—put it in one of the small bags, and jumped out of the window with everything.

It was already time, for the two Civil Guards were forcing their entrance.

It was already time, because the two Civil Guards were breaking in.

“Let us go up to get your master’s papers,” said the adjutant.

“Let’s go get your master’s papers,” said the adjutant.

“Have you permission? If not, you shall not go up!” said an old servant.

“Do you have permission? If not, you can’t go up!” said an old servant.

But the soldiers pushed the servants aside with the butts of their guns and went upstairs. A thick smoke was already filling the whole house, and gigantic tongues of flame were coming out from the sala, licking the doors and windows.

But the soldiers pushed the servants aside with the ends of their rifles and went upstairs. A thick smoke was already filling the entire house, and huge tongues of flame were coming out of the sala, licking the doors and windows.

“Fire! Fire! Fire!” they all cried.

“Fire! Fire! Fire!” they all shouted.

Each hurried to save what he could, but the fire had filled the small laboratory, breaking out furiously among the inflammable materials. The Civil Guards had to turn back. The fire, roaring and sweeping all before it, closed the passage to them. In vain they brought water from the well. All were shouting, and crying for help, but they were isolated. The fire reached the other rooms and in thick columns of smoke ascended to the heavens. Some peasants came from a distance, but they arrived only in time to see the frightful spectacle, the end of that old building, so long respected by the elements. [229]

Each rushed to save whatever they could, but the fire had engulfed the small lab, spreading rapidly among the flammable materials. The Civil Guards had to pull back. The fire, roaring and consuming everything in its path, blocked their way. They tried to bring water from the well in vain. Everyone was shouting and calling for help, but they were cut off. The fire spread to the other rooms, and thick columns of smoke rose into the sky. Some farmers came from a distance, but they arrived just in time to witness the horrific scene, the destruction of that old building, which had long withstood the forces of nature. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXVI.

What People Say and Think.

Day dawned at last for the terrorized people. The streets in which the cuartel and the tribunal were situated were still deserted and solitary. The houses showed no signs of life. However, a shutter was opened with a creaking noise and an infant head stuck out and looked in all directions.... Slap!... A sound announces hard contact between a strip of leather and a human body. The child made a grimace, closed its eyes and disappeared. The shutter was closed again.

Day finally broke for the terrified people. The streets where the cuartel and the tribunal were located were still empty and quiet. The houses showed no signs of life. However, a shutter opened with a creaky sound, and a baby’s head popped out, looking around... Slap!... A sound indicated a hard hit between a leather strap and a human body. The child winced, shut its eyes, and vanished. The shutter was closed again.

The example had been set. Without any doubt the opening and closing of the shutter has been heard, for another window was opened very slowly and cautiously and a wrinkled and toothless old woman thrust out her head. She was called Sister Ruté. She looked about, knit her brows, spit noisily and then crossed herself. In the house opposite, a little window was timidly opened and her friend, Sister Rufa appeared. They looked at each other for a moment, smiled, made some signals, and again crossed themselves.

The example had been set. Without a doubt, the opening and closing of the shutter was heard, for another window was slowly and carefully opened and a wrinkled, toothless old woman stuck her head out. Her name was Sister Ruté. She looked around, frowned, spat loudly, and then crossed herself. In the house across the street, a small window was cautiously opened and her friend, Sister Rufa, appeared. They glanced at each other for a moment, smiled, made some gestures, and crossed themselves again.

Jesús! It was like a thanksgiving mass,” said Sister Rufa.

"Jesus! It felt like a Thanksgiving service," said Sister Rufa.

“Since the time that Bálat sacked the town I have never seen a night like it,” replied Sister Puté.

“Since the time that Bálat attacked the town, I have never seen a night like it,” replied Sister Puté.

“What a lot of shots! They say that it was old Pablo’s gang.”

“What a lot of gunfire! They say it was old Pablo’s crew.”

Tulisanes? It couldn’t be. They say that it was the cuaderilleros against the Civil Guards. For this reason, they have arrested Don Filipo.”

Tulisanes? No way. They say it was the cuaderilleros against the Civil Guards. That’s why they arrested Don Filipo.”

Sanctus Deus! They say that there are no less than fourteen killed.”

Sanctus Deus! They say that there are at least fourteen people dead.”

Other windows were opened and different faces appeared, exchanging salutations and commenting on the affair.

Other windows were opened, and new faces showed up, greeting each other and talking about the event.

In the light of the day—which promised to be a splendid [230]one—could be seen in the distance, like ash-colored shadows, soldiers hurrying about in confusion.

In the daylight—which was expected to be a beautiful [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]one—soldiers could be seen in the distance, moving around in a frenzy like gray shadows.

“There goes another corpse!” said some one from one of the windows.

“There goes another dead body!” said someone from one of the windows.

“One? I see two.”

“One? I see 2.”

“And so do I. But do you know what it was?” asked a man with a crafty face.

“And so do I. But do you know what it was?” asked a man with a scheming look.

“Certainly. The cuaderilleros.”

"Sure. The cuaderilleros."

“No, Señor. An uprising at the cuartel.”

“No, sir. A revolt at the barracks.”

“What uprising? The curate against the alferez?”

“What uprising? The priest against the alferez?”

“No, nothing of the sort,” said he who had asked the question. “The Chinese have risen in revolt.”

“No, nothing like that,” said the one who had asked the question. “The Chinese have risen up in revolt.”

And he closed his window again.

And he shut his window again.

“The Chinese!” repeated all, with the greatest astonishment.

“The Chinese!” everyone exclaimed, in complete astonishment.

In a quarter of an hour other versions of the affair were in circulation. Ibarra, with his servants, it was said, had tried to steal Maria Clara, and Captain Tiago, aided by the Guardia Civil had defended her.

In fifteen minutes, other versions of the incident were circulating. People said Ibarra, with his servants, had tried to kidnap Maria Clara, and Captain Tiago, with help from the Guardia Civil, had defended her.

By this time the number of the dead was no longer fourteen, but thirty. Captain Tiago, it was said, was wounded and was going right off to Manila with his family.

By this time, the death toll was no longer fourteen, but thirty. It was said that Captain Tiago was injured and was heading straight to Manila with his family.

The arrival of two cuaderilleros, carrying a human form in a wheelbarrow, and followed by a Civil Guard, produced a great sensation. It was supposed that they came from the convent. From the form of the feet which were hanging down, they tried to guess who it could be. By half-past seven, when other Civil Guards arrived from neighboring towns, the current version of the affair was already clear and detailed.

The arrival of two cuaderilleros, pushing a human body in a wheelbarrow and followed by a Civil Guard, created a huge stir. People assumed they had come from the convent. They tried to figure out who it might be by looking at the shape of the feet that were hanging down. By half-past seven, when more Civil Guards showed up from nearby towns, the latest version of what happened was already clear and detailed.

“I have just come from the tribunal, where I have seen Don Filipo and Don Crisostomo prisoners,” said a man to Sister Puté. “I talked with one of the cuaderilleros on guard. Well, Bruno, the son of the man who was whipped to death, made a declaration last night. As you know, Captain Tiago is going to marry his daughter to a Spaniard. Don Crisostomo, offended, wanted to take revenge and tried to kill all the Spaniards, even the curate. Last night they attacked the convent and the cuartel. Happily, by mercy of God, the curate was in Captain Tiago’s house. They say that many escaped. The Civil [231]Guards burned Don Crisostomo’s house, and if they had not taken him prisoner, they would have burned him, too.”

“I just came from the tribunal, where I saw Don Filipo and Don Crisostomo as prisoners,” a man told Sister Puté. “I spoke with one of the guards on duty. Well, Bruno, the son of the man who was whipped to death, made a statement last night. As you know, Captain Tiago is planning to marry his daughter to a Spaniard. Don Crisostomo, feeling insulted, wanted revenge and tried to kill all the Spaniards, even the curate. Last night, they attacked the convent and the barracks. Thankfully, by God’s mercy, the curate was at Captain Tiago’s house. They say many escaped. The Civil [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Guards burned down Don Crisostomo’s house, and if they hadn’t captured him, they would have burned him too.”

“They burned the house?”

“They set the house on fire?”

“All the servants were arrested. Why, you can still see the smoke from here!” said the narrator, approaching the window. “Those who come from there relate very sad things.”

“All the servants were arrested. You can still see the smoke from here!” said the narrator, moving closer to the window. “Those who come from there tell very sad stories.”

All looked toward the place indicated. A light column of smoke was still ascending to the heavens. All made comments more or less pious, more or less accusatory.

All gazed at the spot pointed out. A thin column of smoke was still rising into the sky. Everyone offered comments that were somewhat devout, somewhat accusatory.

“Poor young man!” exclaimed an old man, the husband of Puté.

“Poor young man!” exclaimed an old man, Puté’s husband.

“Yes!” replied his wife. “But he did not order a mass for the soul of his father, who undoubtedly needs it more than others.”

“Absolutely!” his wife responded. “But he didn’t request a mass for his father's soul, who definitely needs it more than anyone else.”

“But wife, you don’t have any pity....”

“But honey, you don’t have any sympathy...”

“Sympathy for the excommunicated? It is a sin to have pity for the enemies of God, say the curates. Don’t you remember? He ran over the sacred burial ground as if he were in a cattle pen.”

“Feeling sorry for the excommunicated? The priests say it's a sin to have compassion for the enemies of God. Don’t you remember? He trampled over the holy burial ground like he was in a cow pasture.”

“But a cattle pen and a cemetery are much alike,” responded the old man, “except that but one class of animals enter the cemetery.”

“But a cattle pen and a cemetery are pretty similar,” replied the old man, “except that only one type of animal goes into the cemetery.”

“What!” cried Sister Puté. “Are you still going to defend him whom God so clearly punishes? You will see that they will arrest you, too. You may support a falling house, if you want to!”

“What!” shouted Sister Puté. “Are you still going to defend the one whom God is clearly punishing? You’ll see that they will arrest you, too. Go ahead and support a collapsing house, if that’s what you want!”

The husband became silent in view of this argument.

The husband fell silent at this argument.

“Yes,” continued the old woman, “after striking Father Dámaso, there was nothing left for him to do but to kill Father Salví.”

“Yes,” continued the old woman, “after hitting Father Dámaso, there was nothing left for him to do but to kill Father Salví.”

“But you can’t deny that he was a good boy when he was a child.”

“But you can't deny that he was a good kid when he was younger.”

“Yes, he was a good child,” replied the old woman, “but he went to Spain. All those who go to Spain return heretics, so the curates say.”

“Yeah, he was a good kid,” the old woman replied, “but he went to Spain. Everyone who goes to Spain comes back a heretic, or so the priests say.”

“Oh!” exclaimed the husband, seeing his revenge. “And the curate, and all the curates, and the Archbishops, and the Pope, and the Virgin—are they not Spaniards? Bah! Are they heretics, too? Bah!”

“Oh!” exclaimed the husband, seeing his revenge. “And the curate, and all the curates, and the Archbishops, and the Pope, and the Virgin—aren't they Spaniards? Bah! Are they heretics as well? Bah!”

Happily for Sister Puté, the arrival of a servant, who rushed in confused and pale, cut off the discussion. [232]

Happily for Sister Puté, the arrival of a servant, who rushed in flustered and pale, interrupted the discussion. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“A man hanged in a neighboring orchard!” she exclaimed breathless.

“A man hanged in a nearby orchard!” she exclaimed, breathless.

“A man hanged!” exclaimed all, full of amazement.

“A man hanged!” everyone exclaimed, full of amazement.

The women crossed themselves. No one could stir.

The women crossed themselves. Everyone remained frozen.

“Yes, Señor,” continued the servant, trembling. “I was going to gather some peas in.... I looked into the orchard next door ... to see if there ... I saw a man swinging.... I thought it was Teo ... I went nearer to gather peas, and I saw that it was not he but it was another, and was dead ... I ran, ran and....”

“Yes, sir,” the servant said, shaking. “I was about to pick some peas in... I looked over into the neighbor's orchard... to see if there were any... I saw a man swinging... I thought it was Teo... I got closer to pick peas, and I realized it wasn't him, but someone else, and he was dead... I ran, I ran, and...”

“Let us go and see it,” said the old man, rising. “Take us there.”

“Let’s go check it out,” said the old man, standing up. “Take us there.”

“Don’t go!” cried Sister Puté, seizing him by the shirt.

“Don’t go!” cried Sister Puté, grabbing him by the shirt.

“You’ll get into trouble! He has hanged himself? Then all the worse for him!”

“You're going to get in trouble! He killed himself? Then that’s his problem!”

“Let me see it, wife! Go to the tribunal, Juan, and report it. Perhaps he is not dead yet.”

“Let me see it, honey! Go to the court, Juan, and tell them. Maybe he's not dead yet.”

And he went ino[typo, should be into?] the orchard, followed by the servant, who kept hid behind him. The women and Sister Puté herself came along behind, full of terror and curiosity.

And he went into the orchard, followed by the servant, who stayed hidden behind him. The women and Sister Puté herself followed, filled with fear and curiosity.

“There it is, Señor,” said the servant stopping him and pointing with her finger.

“There it is, Sir,” said the servant, stopping him and pointing with her finger.

The group stopped at a respectful distance, allowing the old man to advance alone.

The group paused at a respectful distance, letting the old man move forward by himself.

The body of a man, hanging from the limb of a santol tree, was swinging slowly in the breeze. The old man contemplated it for some time. He looked at the rigid feet, the arms, the stained clothing and the drooping head.

The body of a man hung from the branch of a santol tree, swaying gently in the breeze. The old man stared at it for a while. He observed the stiff feet, the arms, the stained clothes, and the sagging head.

“We ought not to touch the corpse until some official has arrived,” said he, in a loud voice. “He is already stiff. He has been dead for some time.”

“We shouldn’t touch the body until someone official gets here,” he said loudly. “It’s already stiff. He’s been dead for a while.”

The women approached hesitatingly.

The women approached cautiously.

“It is the neighbor who lived in that little house; the one who arrived only two weeks ago. Look at the scar on his face.”

“It’s the neighbor who moved into that little house; the one who got here just two weeks ago. Check out the scar on his face.”

“Ave Maria!” exclaimed some of the women.

“Ave Maria!” shouted some of the women.

“Shall we pray for his soul?” asked a young girl as soon as she had finished looking at the dead body from all directions.

“Should we pray for his soul?” asked a young girl as soon as she finished looking at the dead body from all angles.

“You fool! You heretic!” Sister Puté scolded her. “Don’t you know what Father Dámaso said? To pray for [233]a damned person is to tempt God. He who commits suicide is irrevocably condemned. For this reason, he cannot be buried in a sacred place. I had begun to think that this man was going to have a bad ending. I never could guess what he lived on.”

“You idiot! You heretic!” Sister Puté yelled at her. “Don’t you know what Father Dámaso said? Praying for a damned person is tempting God. Someone who commits suicide is permanently condemned. Because of this, he can’t be buried in a holy place. I was starting to think this guy was going to have a terrible ending. I could never figure out what he lived on.”

“I saw him twice speaking with the sacristan mayor,” observed a girl.

“I saw him talking to the head sacristan twice,” the girl noted.

“It couldn’t have been to confess himself or to order a mass!”

“It couldn't have been to confess or to order a mass!”

The neighbors gathered together and a large circle surrounded the corpse which was still swinging. In half an hour some officers and two cuaderilleros arrived. They took the body down and put it in a wheelbarrow.

The neighbors came together, forming a large circle around the body that was still swinging. After about half an hour, some officers and two cuaderilleros arrived. They took the body down and placed it in a wheelbarrow.

“Some people are in a hurry to die,” said one of the officers, laughing, while he took out the pen from behind his ear.

“Some people are in a rush to die,” said one of the officers, laughing as he pulled the pen out from behind his ear.

He asked some trifling questions; took the declaration of the servant, whom he tried to implicate, now looking at her with evil in his eyes, now threatening her and now attributing to her words which she did not say—so much so that the servant, believing that she was going to be taken to jail, began to weep and finished by declaring that she was looking for peas, but that ... and she called Teo to witness.

He asked some petty questions, took the statement from the servant he tried to pin down, sometimes looking at her with malice, sometimes threatening her, and even misquoting her—so much so that the servant, convinced she would be arrested, started crying and ended up saying she was just looking for peas, but that... and she called Teo as a witness.

In the meantime, a peasant with a wide hat and a large plaster on his neck, was examining the body, and the rope by which it was hanging.

In the meantime, a farmer wearing a wide-brimmed hat and a big bandage on his neck was looking at the body and the rope it was hanging from.

The face was no more livid than the rest of the body. Above the rope could be seen two scars and two small bruises. Where the rope had rubbed, there was no blood and the skin was white. The curious peasant examined closely the camisa and the pantaloons. He noted that they were full of dust and recently torn in some places. But what most attracted his attention were the “stick-tights”1 on his clothing, even up to his neck.

The face was no more pale than the rest of the body. Above the rope, there were two scars and two small bruises. Where the rope had rubbed, there was no blood, and the skin was white. The curious peasant closely examined the camisa and the pantaloons. He noticed that they were dusty and had recently torn in some places. But what caught his attention the most were the “stick-tights”1 on his clothes, even up to his neck.

“What do you see?” asked the officer.

“What do you see?” the officer asked.

“I was trying to identify him, señor,” stammered the peasant, lowering his hat further from his uncovered head. [234]

“I was trying to identify him, sir,” stammered the peasant, pulling his hat down lower over his bare head. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“But haven’t you heard that it was one Lucas? Were you sleeping?”

“But haven’t you heard that it was Lucas? Were you sleeping?”

All began to laugh. The peasant, embarrassed, muttered a few words, and went away with head down, walking slowly.

All started to laugh. The peasant, feeling embarrassed, mumbled a few words and walked away with his head down, moving slowly.

“Here! Where are you going?” cried the old man. “You can’t get out that way. That’s the way to the dead man’s house.”

“Hey! Where are you going?” shouted the old man. “You can’t go that way. That leads to the dead man's house.”

“That fellow is still asleep,” said the officer with a jeer. “We’ll have to throw some water on him!”

"That guy is still asleep," said the officer with a laugh. "We’ll have to splash some water on him!"

Those standing around laughed again.

The onlookers laughed again.

The peasant left the place where he had played so poor a part and directed his steps toward the church. In the sacristy, he asked for the sacristan mayor.

The peasant left the spot where he had played such a minor role and headed toward the church. In the sacristy, he asked for the head sacristan.

“He is still sleeping!” they replied gruffly. “Don’t you know that they sacked the convent last night?”

“He's still sleeping!” they replied gruffly. “Don’t you know they raided the convent last night?”

“I will wait till he awakes.”

“I'll wait until he wakes up.”

The sacristans looked at him with that rudeness characteristic of people who are in the habit of being ill-treated.

The sacristans looked at him with that rudeness typical of people who are used to being mistreated.

In a dark corner, the one-eyed sacristan mayor was sleeping in a large chair. His spectacles were across his forehead among his long locks of hair. His squalid, bony breast was bare, and rose and fell with regularity.

In a dark corner, the one-eyed sacristan mayor was asleep in a big chair. His glasses were pushed up on his forehead among his long hair. His dirty, bony chest was exposed and rose and fell steadily.

The peasant sat down near by, disposed to wait patiently, but a coin fell on the floor and he began looking for it with the aid of a candle, under the sacristan mayor’s big chair. The peasant also noted “stick-tights” on the sleeping man’s pantaloons and on the arms of his camisa. The sacristan awoke at last, rubbed his good eye, and, in a very bad humor, reproached the man.

The peasant sat down nearby, ready to wait patiently, but a coin dropped on the floor and he started searching for it with the help of a candle, under the sacristan mayor’s big chair. The peasant also noticed “stick-tights” on the sleeping man’s pants and on the sleeves of his shirt. The sacristan finally woke up, rubbed his good eye, and, in a very bad mood, scolded the man.

“I would like to order a mass said, señor,” replied he in a tone of excuse.

“I’d like to have a mass said, sir,” he replied defensively.

“They have already finished all the masses,” said the one-eyed man, softening his accent a little. “If you want it for to-morrow.... Is it for souls in Purgatory?”

“They’ve already finished all the masses,” said the one-eyed man, softening his accent a bit. “If you need it for tomorrow... Is it for souls in Purgatory?”

“No, señor;” replied the peasant, giving him a peso.

“No, sir,” replied the peasant, handing him a peso.

And looking fixedly in his one eye, he added:

And staring intently into his one eye, he added:

“It is for a person who is going to die soon.” And he left the sacristy. “I could have seized him last night,” he added, sighingly as he removed the plaster from his neck. And he straightened up and regained the stature and appearance of Elias. [235]

“It’s for someone who’s going to die soon.” Then he left the sacristy. “I could have grabbed him last night,” he said with a sigh as he took the plaster off his neck. He straightened up and regained the stature and appearance of Elias. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A plant (Desmodium caresceus), the dry seeds of which cling to the clothing.

1 A plant (Desmodium caresceus) that has dry seeds which stick to clothing.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXVII.

Vae Victis!

Civil Guards were passing with a sinister air to and fro in front of the door of the tribunal, threatening with the butts of their guns the daring boys who stood on tip-toe or raised each other up in order to look through the grates in the windows.

Civil Guards were moving back and forth in a threatening manner in front of the tribunal's door, intimidating the brave boys who stood on tiptoes or lifted each other up to peek through the grates in the windows.

The sala did not present that same joyful aspect as it did when the program for the festival was being discussed. It was gloomy and the silence was almost death-like. The Civil Guards and the cuaderilleros who were occupying the room scarcely spoke and the few words that they did pronounce were in a low tone. Around the table sat the directorcillo, two writers and some soldiers scribbling papers. The alferez walked from one side to the other, looking from time to time ferociously toward the door. Themistocles after the battle of Salamis could not have shown more pride at the Olympic games. Doña Consolacion yawned in one corner of the room, and disclosed her black palate and her crooked teeth. Her cold and evil look was fixed on the door of the jail, covered with indecent pictures. Her husband, made amiable by the victory, had yielded to her request to be allowed to witness the interrogation and, perhaps, the tortures which were to follow. The hyena smelled the dead body, she licked her chops and was wearied at the delay in the punishment.

The sala didn’t look as cheerful as it did when they were planning the festival. It felt dark and quiet, almost like a tomb. The Civil Guards and the cuaderilleros in the room barely talked, and the few words they did say were whispered. Around the table sat the directorcillo, two writers, and some soldiers scribbling on papers. The alferez paced back and forth, occasionally shooting fierce glares at the door. Themistocles after the battle of Salamis couldn't have been prouder at the Olympic games. Doña Consolacion yawned in one corner of the room, showing off her dark palate and crooked teeth. Her cold, malevolent gaze was fixed on the jail door, which was covered with inappropriate images. Her husband, buoyed by victory, had agreed to her request to witness the interrogation and possibly the tortures that would follow. The hyena sensed the dead body, licked her lips, and grew impatient with the delay in punishment.

The gobernadorcillo’s chair, that large chair under the portrait of His Majesty, was empty and seemed destined for some other person.

The gobernadorcillo’s chair, the big chair under the portrait of His Majesty, was empty and looked like it was meant for someone else.

At nearly nine o’clock, the curate, pale and with eyebrows knit, arrived.

At almost nine o’clock, the curate, looking pale with his brows furrowed, arrived.

“Well, you haven’t made any one wait!” said the alferez sarcastically to the friar. [236]

“Well, you haven’t kept anyone waiting!” the alferez said sarcastically to the friar. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“I would have preferred not to be present,” replied Father Salví, in a low voice, without taking notice of the bitter tone.... “I am very nervous.”

“I would have preferred not to be here,” replied Father Salví, in a soft voice, not paying attention to the bitter tone.... “I’m feeling really nervous.”

“As no one came, I decided that, in order not to leave the chair empty, your presence.... You already know that the prisoners are to leave town this afternoon.”

“As no one came, I decided that, to avoid leaving the chair empty, your presence.... You already know that the prisoners are leaving town this afternoon.”

“Young Ibarra and the teniente mayor?

“Young Ibarra and the mayor?”

The alferez pointed toward the jail.

The officer pointed toward the jail.

“Eight are in there,” said he. “Bruno died last night at midnight, but his declaration has been obtained.”

“Eight are in there,” he said. “Bruno died last night at midnight, but we have his statement.”

The curate saluted Doña Consolacion, who responded with a yawn and an “aah!” The friar took the big chair under the picture of His Majesty.

The curate greeted Doña Consolacion, who replied with a yawn and an "aah!" The friar settled into the big chair beneath the picture of His Majesty.

“We can begin,” said he.

“We can start,” he said.

“Bring out the two who are in the stocks!” ordered the alferez in his most terrifying voice. And turning to the curate, he added, changing his tone:

“Bring out the two who are in the stocks!” commanded the alferez in his most intimidating voice. Then, turning to the curate, he softened his tone and added:

“They are fastened in the stocks with two holes vacant!”

“They're locked in the stocks with two openings empty!”

For those who are interested in instruments of torture, we will say that the stocks is one of the most innocent. The holes in which are fastened the legs of the prisoner are a little more or less than a palm apart. Leaving two holes vacant, and putting the prisoner’s legs in the holes on either side, would make the position strained, so that the ankles would suffer peculiarly and the lower extremities be stretched apart more than a yard. It does not kill instantly, as may well be imagined.

For those interested in torture devices, we should mention that the stocks are among the least severe. The openings where the prisoner's legs are secured are just about the width of a hand apart. If two holes are left empty and the prisoner’s legs are placed in the holes on either side, it creates a strained position, causing the ankles to endure significant discomfort and the legs to be pulled apart by more than a yard. It doesn’t lead to instant death, as one might expect.

The turnkey, followed by four soldiers, drew back the bolt and opened the door. A nauseating odor, and the thick, damp air escaped from the dense darkness of the prison and, at the same time, groans and sighs were heard. A soldier lighted a match, but the flame was extinguished in that foul, vitiated atmosphere, and they had to wait till the air was renewed.

The turnkey, followed by four soldiers, pulled back the bolt and opened the door. A nauseating smell and the thick, damp air rushed out from the dark depths of the prison, and at the same time, moans and groans could be heard. A soldier struck a match, but the flame went out in that foul, polluted atmosphere, and they had to wait until the air cleared.

In the vague light of a candle, several human forms could be discerned. They were men, some of whom locked their arms around their knees and hid their heads between them, others were lying down, with their mouths to the ground, some standing, and some leaning against the wall. A blow and a creaking sound was heard, accompanied by oaths; the stocks were being opened. [237]

In the dim light of a candle, several figures could be seen. They were men, some with their arms wrapped around their knees, hiding their heads between them, others lying down with their faces to the ground, some standing, and some leaning against the wall. A thud and a creaking noise broke the silence, followed by curses; the stocks were being opened. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Doña Consolacion’s body was bent forward, the muscles of her neck were rigid, her eyes riveted to the half open door.

Doña Consolacion was hunched forward, her neck muscles tense, her eyes fixed on the partially open door.

Between the soldiers came out Tarsilo, the brother of Bruno. He wore handcuffs. His torn clothes disclosed well-developed muscles. His eyes were fixed insolently on the alferez’s wife.

Between the soldiers stepped out Tarsilo, Bruno's brother. He was in handcuffs. His ripped clothes revealed well-built muscles. His eyes were fixed defiantly on the alferez’s wife.

“This is the one who defended himself most bravely, and who ordered his companions to flee,” said the alferez to Father Salví.

“This is the one who fought back the hardest and told his friends to run,” said the alferez to Father Salví.

Behind came another miserable sight, a man crying and weeping like a child. He was limping and his pantaloons were stained with blood.

Behind him was another heartbreaking sight, a man crying and sobbing like a child. He was limping, and his pants were stained with blood.

“Mercy, señor, have mercy! I will not enter the cuartel yard again,” he cried.

“Please, sir, have mercy! I won't go back into the cuartel yard again,” he cried.

“He is a crafty fellow,” said the alferez, speaking to the curate. “He wanted to flee, but had received a flesh wound.”

“He's a clever guy,” said the alferez, talking to the curate. “He wanted to escape, but he got a flesh wound.”

“What is your name?” asked the alferez, speaking to Tarsilo.

“What’s your name?” asked the alferez, speaking to Tarsilo.

“Tarsilo Alasigan.”

“Tarsilo Alasigan.”

“What did Don Crisostomo promise you for attacking the cuartel?”

“What did Don Crisostomo promise you for attacking the cuartel?”

“Don Crisostomo has never communicated with us.”

“Don Crisostomo has never spoken to us.”

“Don’t deny it! You wanted to surprise us for him!”

“Don’t deny it! You wanted to surprise us for him!”

“You are mistaken. You whipped our father to death. We avenged him and nothing more. Look for your two soldiers!”

“You're wrong. You beat our father to death. We got our revenge and nothing else. Go find your two soldiers!”

The alferez looked at the sergeant, surprised.

The lieutenant looked at the sergeant, surprised.

“They are at the bottom of that precipice. We threw them there yesterday. There they will rot. Now kill me! You will know nothing more.”

“They're at the bottom of that cliff. We tossed them there yesterday. They'll rot there. Now, kill me! You won't know anything more.”

Silence and general surprise.

Silence and shock.

“You are not going to tell who were your accomplices?” said the alferez in a threatening manner and brandishing a whip.

“You're not going to name your accomplices?” said the alferez in a threatening tone while swinging a whip.

A scornful smile curled the lips of the culprit.

A contemptuous smile twisted the lips of the offender.

The alferez conferred for some minutes with the curate in a low voice. Then turning to the soldiers, he ordered:

The alferez spoke quietly with the curate for a few minutes. Then he turned to the soldiers and commanded:

“Take him to where the dead bodies are!”

“Take him to where the dead bodies are!”

In a corner of the yard, upon an old wagon, were five [238]bodies close together and half covered by a filthy piece of torn matting. A soldier on guard was pacing up and down, and constantly spitting.

In a corner of the yard, on an old wagon, were five [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]bodies huddled together and partially covered by a dirty piece of torn matting. A soldier on guard was walking back and forth, constantly spitting.

“Do you recognize them?” asked the alferez, lifting the matting.

“Do you recognize them?” asked the alferez, lifting the matting.

Tarsilo did not respond. He saw the dead body of Pedro, with two others; one, his own brother, riddled with bayonet wounds, and the other, Lucas, with the rope still around his neck. His look became gloomy and a sigh seemed to escape from his breast.

Tarsilo didn't say anything. He saw Pedro's dead body, along with two others; one, his own brother, full of stab wounds, and the other, Lucas, with the rope still around his neck. His expression turned dark, and a sigh seemed to come from deep within him.

“Do you know them?” they asked him.

“Do you know them?” they asked him.

Tarsilo remained silent.

Tarsilo stayed quiet.

There was a whistling sound and the whip came down across his back. He trembled, and his muscles contracted. The lashes were repeated, but Tarsilo continued impassive.

There was a whistling sound, and the whip cracked across his back. He shuddered, and his muscles tightened. The lashes continued, but Tarsilo remained unmoved.

“Let them whip him till they cut him to pieces or till he makes a declaration,” cried the alferez, exasperated.

“Let them whip him until they tear him apart or until he speaks out,” shouted the alferez, frustrated.

“Speak then!” said the directorcillo to him. “They will surely kill you.”

“Go ahead and speak!” said the directorcillo to him. “They’re definitely going to kill you.”

They led him back to the sala of the tribunal, where the other prisoner was invoking God, grating his teeth and shaking on his legs.

They brought him back to the sala of the tribunal, where the other prisoner was calling out to God, grinding his teeth and trembling on his legs.

“Do you know this man?” asked Father Salví.

“Do you know this guy?” asked Father Salví.

“This is the first time I have ever seen him,” replied Tarsilo, looking with a certain pity on the other.

“This is the first time I've ever seen him,” Tarsilo replied, looking at the other with a hint of pity.

The alferez gave him a cuff with his fist and kicked him.

The officer punched him and kicked him.

“Tie him to the bench!”

“Secure him to the bench!”

Without taking off the bloody handcuffs, he was fastened to the wooden bench. The unhappy fellow looked about him as if in search of some one, and his eyes fell on Doña Consolacion. He smiled sardonically. Those present were surprised and followed his glance and saw the señora. She was biting her lips.

Without taking off the bloody handcuffs, he was secured to the wooden bench. The poor guy looked around as if he were searching for someone, and his gaze landed on Doña Consolacion. He smiled sarcastically. Those present were taken aback and followed his gaze to the señora. She was biting her lips.

“I have never seen an uglier woman,” exclaimed Tarsilo amid the general silence. “I prefer to lie down on this bench as I am doing than to lie by her side, like the alferez.”

“I have never seen a woman uglier than her,” Tarsilo exclaimed during the quiet. “I’d rather lie down on this bench like I am now than lie next to her, like the alferez.”

The Muse turned pale.

The Muse went pale.

“You are going to whip me to death, alferez,” he continued, [239]“but to-night I will be avenged by your woman.”

“You're going to kill me, alferez,” he continued, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]“but tonight I'll get my revenge through your woman.”

“Gag him!” shouted the alferez, furious and trembling with rage.

“Gag him!” yelled the alferez, seething with anger and shaking with rage.

It seemed as though Tarsilo had wanted the gag, for when he had it in his mouth, his eyes gleamed with a ray of satisfaction.

It looked like Tarsilo actually wanted the gag because when he had it in his mouth, his eyes sparkled with a sense of satisfaction.

At a signal from the alferez a guard, armed with a whip, began his cruel task. The whole body of Tarsilo shrank. A groan, suppressed and prolonged, could be heard in spite of the rag which stopped up his mouth. He lowered his head. His clothes were being stained with blood.

At a signal from the alferez, a guard with a whip started his harsh task. Tarsilo's whole body tensed up. A muffled, long groan could be heard despite the rag in his mouth. He lowered his head. His clothes were getting stained with blood.

Father Salví, pale and with a wild look, rose to his feet laboriously, made a sign with his hand and left the sala with vacillating steps. In the street, he saw a girl, leaning her back against the wall, rigid, immovable, listening attentively, looking into space, her marble-like hands extended along the old wall. The sun was shining full upon her. She was counting, it seemed without breathing, the sharp blows and listening to that heart-rending groan. She was Tarsilo’s sister.

Father Salví, pale and with a wild expression, struggled to get to his feet, gestured with his hand, and left the sala unsteadily. Outside, he noticed a girl leaning against the wall, stiff and motionless, listening closely and staring into the distance, her marble-like hands resting along the old wall. The sun was shining directly on her. It seemed like she was counting the sharp blows without taking a breath, listening to that heart-wrenching groan. She was Tarsilo’s sister.

In the meantime, the scene was continuing in the sala. The unfortunate fellow, overcome with pain, had become silent and waited for his punishers to tire. At last, the soldier breathless, let fall his arm. The alferez, pale with wrath and astonishment, made a signal for them to unloose him.

In the meantime, the scene was continuing in the sala. The unfortunate guy, overwhelmed with pain, had gone quiet and was waiting for his punishes to get worn out. Finally, the soldier, out of breath, let his arm drop. The alferez, pale with anger and shock, signaled for them to free him.

Doña Consolacion then arose and whispered something into her husband’s ear. He nodded his head, signifying that he understood.

Doña Consolacion then got up and whispered something into her husband’s ear. He nodded, indicating that he understood.

“To the well with him!” said he.

“To the well with him!” he said.

The Filipinos know what that means. In Tagalog they call it timbain. We do not know who could have been the inventor of this method of punishment, but we are of the opinion that he must have lived long ago. In the middle of the tribunal yard there was a picturesque stone-wall, roughly made out of cobble stones, around a well. A rustic apparatus of bamboo in the form of a lever serves to draw out the vile, dirty and bad smelling water. Broken dishes, refuse and all sorts of filth collected there, since the well was a common receptacle for everything [240]that the people threw away or found useless. An object which fell into the place, no matter how good it may have been, was thereafter surely lost. However, the well was never closed up. At times, prisoners were condemned to go down and make it deeper, not because it was thought that the work would be useful in any way, but because the work was so difficult. If a prisoner went down in the well once, he invariably contracted a fever, from which he died.

The Filipinos know what that means. In Tagalog, they call it timbain. We don’t know who might have invented this method of punishment, but we believe it must have been a long time ago. In the middle of the tribunal yard, there was a striking stone wall, roughly built from cobblestones, around a well. A simple bamboo contraption acted as a lever to pull up the disgusting, dirty, and foul-smelling water. Broken dishes, trash, and all sorts of filth collected there since the well was a common dumping ground for everything [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] people discarded or deemed worthless. An object that fell into that place, no matter how good it might have been, was guaranteed to be lost. However, the well was never sealed off. Sometimes, prisoners were sentenced to go down and dig it deeper—not because the work was considered useful, but simply because it was so tough. If a prisoner went down into the well once, they almost always ended up with a fever, which would lead to death.

Tarsilo contemplated all the preparations of the soldiers with a firm look. He was very pale and his lips were trembling or murmuring a prayer. The haughtiness of his desperation seemed to have disappeared, or at least to have weakened. A number of times he bent his head, fixed his eyes on the ground, resigned to his suffering.

Tarsilo watched the soldiers getting ready with a steely gaze. He looked very pale, and his lips were shaking or quietly praying. The arrogance of his despair seemed to fade away, or at least grow weaker. Several times, he lowered his head and stared at the ground, accepting his pain.

They took him to one side of the stone wall. Doña Consolacion followed smiling. The unfortunate wretch glanced enviously toward the pile of dead bodies, and a sigh escaped from his breast.

They led him to one side of the stone wall. Doña Consolacion followed with a smile. The unfortunate guy glanced enviously at the pile of dead bodies, and a sigh escaped his lips.

“Speak now!” said the directorcillo again. “They will certainly drown you. At least, die without having suffered so much.”

“Speak now!” the directorcillo said again. “They will definitely drown you. At least die without suffering so much.”

“When you come out of this, you will die,” said a cuaderillero.

“When you come out of this, you will die,” said a cuaderillero.

They took the gag out of his mouth and hung him by his feet. He had to go down head first and remain under the water some time just like a bucket, except that a man is left under the water a longer time.

They took the gag out of his mouth and hung him by his feet. He had to go down head first and stay under the water for a while, just like a bucket, except that a man is left under the water for a longer time.

The alferez went to look for a watch that he might count the minutes.

The alferez went to find a watch so he could keep track of the minutes.

In the meantime, Tarsilo was hanging, his long hair waving in the air and his eyes half closed.

In the meantime, Tarsilo was hanging there, his long hair blowing in the air and his eyes half-closed.

“If you are Christians, if you have hearts,” he begged, in a low voice, “let me down rapidly and make my head strike against the wall that I may die. God would reward such a good deed.... Perhaps some day you will be in the same straits as I am now.”

“If you are Christians, if you have hearts,” he pleaded, in a soft voice, “please let me drop quickly and let my head hit the wall so I can die. God would reward such a good deed.... Maybe someday you’ll find yourselves in the same situation I am in now.”

The alferez returned and with watch in hand witnessed the descent.

The alferez came back and, checking the time, watched the descent.

“Slowly, slowly!” cried Doña Consolacion following the poor fellow with her eyes. “Be careful!” [241]

“Slow down, slow down!” shouted Doña Consolacion, watching the poor guy with her eyes. “Be careful!” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The pole was being lowered slowly. Tarsilo rubbed against the projecting stones and the dirty plants which grew in the crevices. Then, the pole ceased to move. The alferez was counting the seconds.

The pole was being lowered slowly. Tarsilo brushed against the jutting stones and the filthy plants that grew in the cracks. Then, the pole stopped moving. The alferez was counting the seconds.

“Up!” he ordered dryly, at the end of a half minute.

“Get up!” he commanded flatly after half a minute.

The silvery harmony of the drops of water falling back into the well, announced the return of the unfortunate man to the light. As the weight on the end of the lever was heavy, he came up quickly. The rough pieces of stone and pebbles, torn loose from the walls, fell with splashes to the bottom.

The shimmering sound of the water droplets falling back into the well signaled the unfortunate man’s return to the light. Since the weight on the lever was heavy, he came up quickly. The rough stones and pebbles, dislodged from the walls, splashed down to the bottom.

His face and hair full of filthy mud, his body wet and dripping, he appeared again in the sight of the silent crowd. The wind made him shiver with cold.

His face and hair covered in dirty mud, his body wet and dripping, he appeared again before the silent crowd. The wind made him shiver from the cold.

“Do you want to make a declaration?” they asked him.

“Do you want to make a statement?” they asked him.

“Take care of my sister!” the unhappy one murmured, looking at the cuaderillero, with supplication.

“Take care of my sister!” the sad one murmured, looking at the cuaderillero with a plea.

The bamboo pole creaked again, and again the condemned man disappeared. Doña Consolacion observed that the water remained still. The alferez counted a minute.

The bamboo pole creaked again, and once more the condemned man vanished. Doña Consolacion noticed that the water stayed calm. The alferez counted for a minute.

When Tarsilo came up again, his face was livid and his features contracted. He glanced at those standing around and kept open his bloodshot eyes.

When Tarsilo came to again, his face was pale and his features were tight. He looked at the people around him and kept his bloodshot eyes wide open.

“Will you make a declaration?” asked the alferez again, with vexation.

“Will you make a statement?” asked the alferez again, annoyed.

Tarsilo shook his head and again they let him down. His eyelids were almost closed and his eyes were gazing at the white clouds floating in the heavens. He bent his neck to keep sight of the light of day, but he was soon submerged in the water. That filthy curtain closed from him the sight of the world.

Tarsilo shook his head, and once more they let him down. His eyelids were nearly closed, and his eyes were staring at the white clouds drifting in the sky. He tilted his neck to stay focused on the light of day, but soon he was engulfed by the water. That filthy barrier kept him from seeing the world.

A minute passed. The Muse saw large bubbles of air come up to the surface of the water.

A minute went by. The Muse watched big bubbles of air rise to the surface of the water.

“He is thirsty,” said she, laughing.

"He's thirsty," she said, LOL.

The water was again smooth.

The water was calm again.

This time a minute and a half had passed when the alferez gave the signal.

This time, a minute and a half had passed when the alferez signaled.

Tarsilo’s features were no longer contracted. The half opened lids showed the white of his eyes. Muddy water, clotted with blood, ran out of his mouth. The cool wind was blowing, but his body no longer shivered. [242]

Tarsilo’s face was relaxed now. His half-open eyes revealed the whites. Muddy water mixed with blood spilled from his mouth. The cool breeze was blowing, but his body had stopped shivering. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Those present, pale and terrified, looked at each other in silence. The alferez made a signal for them to take him down from where he was hanging, and stepped aside for a few moments. Doña Consolacion a number of times applied the lighted end of her cigar to the bare legs of Tarsilo, but his body did not quiver. It put out the light.

Those there, pale and scared, looked at each other in silence. The alferez signaled for them to take him down from where he was hanging and stepped aside for a moment. Doña Consolacion several times pressed the lit end of her cigar to Tarsilo's bare legs, but his body didn’t flinch. It extinguished the light.

“He has asphyxiated himself,” murmured a cuaderillero. “See how his tongue is turned, as if he wanted to swallow it.”

“He has suffocated himself,” murmured a cuaderillero. “Look at how his tongue is twisted, like he wanted to swallow it.”

The other prisoner, trembling and perspiring, contemplated the scene. Like a madman he looked about him.

The other prisoner, shaking and sweating, took in the scene. He looked around like a crazy person.

The alferez ordered the directorcillo to question him.

The lieutenant ordered the director to question him.

“Señor, Señor,” he groaned. “I will tell you all that you wish.”

“Sir, sir,” he groaned. “I’ll tell you everything you want to know.”

“Good. Let us see! What is your name?”

“Great. Let's see! What's your name?”

“Andong, Señor!”

“Andong, Sir!”

“Bernardo ... Leonardo ... Ricardo ... Educardo. Gerardo ... or what?”

“Bernardo ... Leonardo ... Ricardo ... Educardo. Gerardo ... or what?”

“Andong, Señor,” repeated the imbecile.

“Andong, Sir,” repeated the fool.

“Call it Bernardo or whatever you please,” said the alferez, decided not to bother more about it.

“Call it Bernardo or whatever you want,” said the alferez, deciding not to think about it any further.

“What family name?”

"What's your last name?"

The man looked at him frightened.

The man stared at him, scared.

“What’s your name? What do you add to the name Andong?”

“What’s your name? What do you bring to the name Andong?”

“Ah, Señor! Andong Medio-tonto (half-fool), Señor.”

“Hey, Sir! Andong Half-Fool, Sir.”

Those standing around could not resist a laugh. The alferez himself stopped short.

Those standing around couldn’t help but laugh. The alferez himself halted in surprise.

“What is your business?”

"What’s your business?"

“Cocoanut tree pruner, Señor, and servant for my mother-in-law.”

“Coconut tree pruner, sir, and helper for my mother-in-law.”

“Who ordered you to attack the cuartel?”

“Who told you to attack the cuartel?”

“Nobody, Señor.”

"Nobody, Sir."

“What’s that; nobody? Don’t you lie or we will put you in the well. Who ordered you to do it? Speak the truth.”

“What’s going on; nobody? Don’t lie or we’ll throw you in the well. Who told you to do it? Tell the truth.”

“That’s the truth, Señor.”

"That's the truth, sir."

“Who?”

“Who’s that?”

“Who?” [243]

“Who?” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“I ask you who ordered you to revolt.”

“I’m asking who told you to rebel.”

“What revolt, Señor?”

"What uprising, Sir?"

“That one last night, when you were in the tribunal yard.”

“That one last night, when you were in the court yard.”

“Ah, Señor!” exclaimed Andong, blushing.

“Ah, Sir!” exclaimed Andong, blushing.

“Who was to blame for that?”

“Who’s responsible for that?”

“My mother-in-law, Señor.”

"My mother-in-law, sir."

A laugh of surprise followed this reply. The alferez stopped and looked sharply at the simple peasant, who believed that his words had produced a good effect. More animated, he was about to continue when the crack of a whip cut him short.

A laugh of surprise followed this answer. The alferez stopped and glanced sharply at the simple peasant, who thought his words had made a good impression. Feeling more energetic, he was about to continue when the crack of a whip interrupted him.

“To the jail!” ordered the alferez. “This afternoon, send him to the capital.” [244]

“To the jail!” ordered the lieutenant. “This afternoon, send him to the capital.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXVIII.

The Accursed.

The news that the prisoners were going to depart spread quickly through the town. At first, the news was heard with terror; afterward, came tears and lamentations.

The news that the prisoners were about to leave spread fast through the town. At first, it was met with fear; then came tears and mourning.

The members of the families of the prisoners were running about madly. They would go from the convent to the cuartel from the cuartel to the tribunal, and not finding consolation anywhere, they filled the air with cries and moans. The curate had shut himself up because he was ill. The alferez had increased his guards, who received the supplicants with the butts of their guns. The gobernadorcillo, a useless being, anyway, seemed more stupid and useless than ever.

The families of the prisoners were running around frantically. They dashed from the convent to the cuartel and then from the cuartel to the tribunal, finding no comfort anywhere, and they filled the air with their cries and moans. The curate had isolated himself because he was sick. The alferez had increased his guard, who met the supplicants with the butts of their rifles. The gobernadorcillo, who was already useless, seemed even more dimwitted and ineffective than usual.

The sun was burning hot, but none of the unhappy women who were gathered in front of the cuartel thought of that. Doray, the gay and happy wife of Don Filipo, wandered about, with her tender little child in her arms. Both were crying.

The sun was blazing, but none of the unhappy women gathered in front of the cuartel noticed. Doray, the cheerful wife of Don Filipo, wandered around with her little child in her arms. Both were crying.

“Get out of the sun,” they said to her. “Your son will catch a fever.”

“Get out of the sun,” they told her. “Your son will get a fever.”

“What is the use of his living if he has no father to educate him?” replied the dispirited woman.

“What’s the point of him living if he doesn’t have a father to guide him?” replied the discouraged woman.

“Your husband is innocent. Perhaps he will return.”

“Your husband is innocent. Maybe he will come back.”

“Yes, when we are in our graves.”

“Yes, when we are in our graves.”

Capitana Tinay wept and cried for her son, Antonio. The courageous Capitana Maria gazed toward the small grate, behind which were her twins, her only sons.

Capitana Tinay wept for her son, Antonio. The brave Capitana Maria looked over at the small grate, behind which were her twins, her only sons.

There, too, was the mother-in-law of the cocoanut tree pruner. She was not crying; she was walking to and fro, gesticulating, with shirt sleeves rolled up, and haranguing the public.

There was also the mother-in-law of the coconut tree pruner. She wasn't crying; she was pacing back and forth, waving her arms, with her shirt sleeves rolled up, and lecturing the crowd.

“Have you ever seen anything equal to it?” said she. “They arrest my Andong, wound him, put him in the [245]stocks, and take him to the capital, all because he happened to be in the cuartel yard.”

“Have you ever seen anything like it?” she asked. “They arrest my Andong, injure him, put him in the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]stocks, and take him to the capital, all because he was just in the cuartel yard.”

But few people had any sympathy for the Mussulman mother-in-law.

But few people felt any sympathy for the Muslim mother-in-law.

“Don Crisostomo is to blame for all of this,” sighed a woman.

“Don Crisostomo is responsible for all of this,” sighed a woman.

The school teacher also was wandering about in the crowd. Ñor Juan was no longer rubbing his hands, nor was he carrying his yard stick and plumb line. He had heard the bad news and, faithful to his custom of seeing the future as a thing that had already happened, he was dressed in mourning, mourning for the death of Ibarra.

The teacher was also moving through the crowd. Ñor Juan was no longer rubbing his hands or carrying his yardstick and plumb line. He had heard the bad news and, true to his habit of viewing the future as something that had already occurred, he was dressed in black, grieving for Ibarra's death.

At two o’clock in the afternoon, an uncovered cart, drawn by two oxen, stopped in front of the tribunal.

At two o’clock in the afternoon, an open cart pulled by two oxen came to a stop in front of the court.

The cart was surrounded by the crowd. They wanted to destroy it.

The cart was surrounded by the crowd. They wanted to tear it apart.

“Don’t do that!” said Capitana Maria. “Do you want them to walk?”

“Don’t do that!” Capitana Maria said. “Do you want them to walk?”

This remark stopped the relatives of the prisoners. Twenty soldiers came out and surrounded the cart. Then came the prisoners.

This comment halted the prisoners' relatives. Twenty soldiers emerged and surrounded the cart. Then the prisoners arrived.

The first was Don Filipo; he was tied. He greeted his wife with a smile. Doray broke into a bitter lamentation and two soldiers had to work hard to keep her from embracing her husband. Antonio, the son of Captain Tinay, next appeared, crying like a child—a fact which made the family cry all the more. The imbecile, Andong, broke out in a wail when he saw his mother-in-law, the cause of his misfortune. Albino, the former seminary student, came out with his hands tied, as did also the twin sons of Capitana Maria. These three youths were serious and grave. The last who came was Ibarra. The young man was pale. He looked about for the face of Maria Clara.

The first was Don Filipo; he was tied up. He smiled at his wife. Doray broke into a bitter lament, and two soldiers had to work hard to keep her from embracing her husband. Antonio, Captain Tinay's son, then appeared, crying like a child—a sight that made the family cry even more. The fool, Andong, let out a wail when he saw his mother-in-law, who was the cause of his troubles. Albino, the former seminary student, came out with his hands tied, along with the twin sons of Capitana Maria. These three young men were serious and solemn. The last to arrive was Ibarra. The young man was pale. He looked around for Maria Clara's face.

“That is the one who is to blame!” cried many voices. “He is to blame and he will go free.”

“That’s the one who’s guilty!” shouted many voices. “He’s guilty, and he’ll get away with it.”

“My son-in-law has done nothing and he is handcuffed.”

“My son-in-law hasn’t done anything and he’s in handcuffs.”

Ibarra turned to the guards.

Ibarra faced the guards.

“Tie me, and tie me well, elbow to elbow,” said he.

“Bind me, and bind me tightly, elbow to elbow,” he said.

“We have no orders.” [246]

"We have no orders." [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Tie me!”

“Bind me!”

The soldiers obeyed.

The soldiers followed orders.

The alferez appeared on horse-back, armed to the teeth. Ten or fifteen more soldiers followed him.

The alferez rode in on horseback, fully armed. Ten or fifteen other soldiers trailed behind him.

Each of the prisoners had there in the crowd his family praying for him, weeping for him, and calling him by the most affectionate names. Ibarra was the only exception. Even Ñor Juan himself and the school-teacher had disappeared.

Each of the prisoners had their family in the crowd praying for them, crying for them, and calling them by the most loving names. Ibarra was the only exception. Even Ñor Juan and the schoolteacher had vanished.

“What have you done to my husband and my son?” said Doray to Ibarra, crying. “See my poor boy! You have deprived him of a father!”

“What have you done to my husband and my son?” Doray said to Ibarra, crying. “Look at my poor boy! You’ve taken away his father!”

The grief of the people was changed to wrath against the young man, accused of having provoked the riot. The alferez gave orders to depart.

The people's grief turned into anger towards the young man, who was blamed for starting the riot. The alferez ordered them to leave.

“You are a coward!” cried the mother-in-law of Andong to Ibarra. “While the others were fighting for you, you were hiding. Coward!”

“You're a coward!” shouted Andong's mother-in-law at Ibarra. “While everyone else was fighting for you, you were hiding. Coward!”

“Curses upon you!” shouted an old man following him. “Cursed be the gold hoarded up by your family to disturb our peace! Curse him! Curse him!”

“Damn you!” shouted an old man following him. “Damn the gold your family has hoarded that disrupts our peace! Damn him! Damn him!”

“May they hang you, heretic!” cried one of Albino’s relatives. And unable to restrain himself, he picked up a stone and threw it at Ibarra.

“May they hang you, heretic!” yelled one of Albino’s relatives. Unable to hold back, he picked up a stone and hurled it at Ibarra.

The example was quickly imitated, and a shower of dust and stones fell on the unfortunate youth.

The example was quickly copied, and a shower of dust and stones fell on the unlucky young man.

Ibarra suffered it all, impassive, without wrath, without a complaint—the unjust vengeance of suffering hearts. This was the leave-taking, the “adios” tendered to him by his town, the center of all his affections. He bowed his head. Perhaps he was thinking of another man, whipped through the streets of Manila, of an old woman falling dead at the sight of the head of her son. Perhaps the history of Elias was passing before his eyes.

Ibarra endured everything, unbothered, without anger, without a word of complaint—the unfair revenge from heartbroken people. This was the farewell, the “goodbye” given to him by his town, the heart of all his feelings. He lowered his head. Maybe he was thinking of another man, paraded through the streets of Manila, of an old woman collapsing upon seeing her son’s head. Perhaps the story of Elias was flashing before his eyes.

The cortége moved slowly on and away.

The procession moved slowly on and away.

Of the persons who appeared in a few opened windows, those who showed the most compassion for the unfortunate young man were the indifferent and the curious. All his friends had hidden themselves; yes, even Captain Basilio, who forbade his daughter Sinang to weep.

Of the people who showed up at a few open windows, the ones who felt the most compassion for the unfortunate young man were the indifferent and the curious. All his friends had kept their distance; even Captain Basilio, who told his daughter Sinang not to cry.

Ibarra saw the smouldering ruins of his house, of the [247]house of his fathers where he had been born, where he had lived the sweetest days of his infancy and childhood. Tears, for a long time suppressed, burst from his eyes. He bowed his head and wept, wept without the consolation of being able to hide his weeping, tied as he was by the elbows. Nor did that grief awaken compassion in anybody. Now he had neither fatherland, home, love, friends or future.

Ibarra stood before the smoldering ruins of his house, the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]home of his ancestors where he was born and where he had spent the happiest days of his childhood. Tears he had held back for so long streamed down his face. He hung his head and cried, unable to hide his sorrow, with his arms tied at the elbows. No one felt compassion for him in his grief. Now he had no country, no home, no love, no friends, and no future.

From a height a man contemplated the funeral-like caravan. He was old, pale, thin, wrapped in a woollen blanket and was leaning with fatigue on a cane. It was old Tasio, who as soon as he heard of what had happened wanted to leave his bed and attend, but his strength would not permit it. The old man followed with his eyes the cart until it disappeared in the distance. He stood for some time, pensive and his head bowed down; then he arose, and laboriously started on the road to his house, resting at every step.

From a height, a man watched the funeral-like procession. He was old, pale, thin, wrapped in a wool blanket, and leaning heavily on a cane. It was old Tasio, who, as soon as he heard what had happened, wanted to get out of bed and attend, but his strength wouldn’t allow it. The old man followed the cart with his eyes until it vanished in the distance. He stood for a while, lost in thought with his head down; then he got up and slowly began the trek back to his house, resting after every few steps.

The following day, shepherds found him dead on the very threshold of his solitary retreat. [248]

The next day, shepherds discovered him dead right at the entrance of his lonely hideaway. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XXXIX.

Maria Clara is Married.

Captain Tiago was very happy. During all this terrible time nobody had busied himself with him. They had not arrested him, nor had they submitted him to excommunications, court trials, electrical machines, continual hot foot baths in subterranean places, or to any of the other punishments which are well known to certain people who call themselves civilized. He had returned to his Manila house. Those who had been the Captain’s friends—for he had renounced all his Filipino friends from the moment that they were suspected by the Government—had also returned to their homes after some days of vacation spent in the Government buildings. The Governor General had himself ordered these people to leave their possessions, for he had not thought it fitting that they should remain in them during the great danger.

Captain Tiago was really happy. During all this awful time, no one had bothered him. They hadn’t arrested him, nor had they put him through excommunications, court trials, electric shock treatments, constant hot foot baths in underground places, or any of the other punishments that people who call themselves civilized are well aware of. He had returned to his house in Manila. Those who had been the Captain’s friends—since he had cut ties with all his Filipino friends as soon as they were suspected by the Government—had also gone back to their homes after a few days of being at the Government buildings. The Governor General had personally ordered these individuals to leave their possessions behind because he didn’t think it was right for them to stay in them during such a great danger.

Captain Tiago was overflowing with gratitude, but he did not know exactly to whom he was indebted for such signal favors. Aunt Isabel attributed the miracle to the Virgin of Antipolo, to the Virgin of the Rosary, or at least to the Virgin of Carmen. The least that she would concede was that it was due to Our Lady of Corea. According to the Aunt, the miracle was certainly due to one of these Virgins. Captain Tiago did not deny that it was a miracle, but he added:

Captain Tiago was filled with gratitude, but he had no clue who he should thank for such incredible favors. Aunt Isabel credited the miracle to the Virgin of Antipolo, the Virgin of the Rosary, or at least to the Virgin of Carmen. At the very least, she believed it was thanks to Our Lady of Corea. According to Aunt, the miracle had to be attributed to one of these Virgins. Captain Tiago didn't argue that it was a miracle, but he added:

“I do not believe, Isabel, that the Virgin of Antipolo could have done it alone. My friends have aided in it; my future son-in-law, Señor Linares has, as you know, joked with Señor Antonio Canovas himself, whose portrait we saw in ‘Illustracion.’”

“I don’t believe, Isabel, that the Virgin of Antipolo could have done it alone. My friends have helped; my future son-in-law, Señor Linares, has, as you know, joked with Señor Antonio Canovas himself, whose portrait we saw in ‘Illustracion.’”

And the good man could not suppress a smile every time that he heard any important news about the event. And there was good reason for it. It was whispered about that Ibarra was going to be hanged; that, even if many proofs [249]had been lacking, at last one had appeared which could confirm the accusation; and that skilled workmen had declared that, as a matter of fact, the work for the school-house could pass for a fort or a fortification. Even if defective in some parts, that was as much as could be expected from ignorant Indians. These rumors quieted the Captain and made him smile.

And the good man couldn't help but smile every time he heard any big news about the event. And there was good reason for it. People were whispering that Ibarra was going to be hanged; that, even though many pieces of evidence [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]had been missing, finally one had surfaced that could back up the accusation; and that skilled workers had stated that, in fact, the work for the schoolhouse could be mistaken for a fort or a stronghold. Even if it was lacking in some areas, that was about what you'd expect from uneducated locals. These rumors calmed the Captain and made him smile.

Just as the Captain and his cousin, Aunt Isabel, were of different opinions about the miracle, so, too, the other friends of the family were divided into different parties—those who followed the miracle monger, and those who followed the Government. The latter party, however, was quite insignificant. The miracle mongers were sub-divided into other factions: the Sacristan Mayor of Binondo, the woman who sold the wax candles, and the chief of one of the brotherhoods, all saw the hand of God in the miracle, moved by the Virgin of the Rosary. The Chinese candle maker, who provided the Captain whenever he went on a pilgrimage to Antipolo, was saying as he sat fanning himself and wiggling his foot:

Just like the Captain and his cousin, Aunt Isabel, had different views about the miracle, the other family friends were also split into different groups—those who believed in the miracle and those who supported the Government. However, the latter group was quite small. The believers were further divided into factions: the Sacristan Mayor of Binondo, the woman selling wax candles, and the leader of one of the brotherhoods all saw God’s hand in the miracle, inspired by the Virgin of the Rosary. The Chinese candle maker, who supplied the Captain every time he went on a pilgrimage to Antipolo, was saying as he sat fanning himself and wiggling his foot:

“What for you b’long foolish? Thisee belong Mergin Antipolo. She can do muchy more: others, no can do. No b’long plopper say pidgin b’long other man.”

"What are you being foolish for? This is from Mergin Antipolo. She can do a lot more: others can't do. Don't be bragging about someone else's pidgin."

Captain Tiago held the Chinaman in great estimation and made him pass for a prophet and doctor. Examining the hand of his deceased wife in the sixth month of her pregnancy, he had prophesied:

Captain Tiago held the Chinaman in high regard and made him out to be a prophet and a doctor. When he examined the hand of his late wife during her sixth month of pregnancy, he had foretold:

“If thisee one no b’long man, and no go dead side, will b’long bery good woman.”

“If this one doesn’t belong to a man, and doesn’t go to the dead side, it will belong to a very good woman.”

And so it was that Maria Clara came to this earth and fulfilled the Chinaman’s prophecy.

And so it was that Maria Clara was born and fulfilled the Chinaman's prophecy.

Captain Tiago, being a prudent and timid person, could not decide the question of the miracle as easily as the Trojan Paris. He could not give preference to one of the Virgins for fear of offending some other of them, a thing which might bring about grave results. “Prudence,” he said to himself. “Be prudent! Let us not lose all now.”

Captain Tiago, being careful and timid, couldn’t settle the question of the miracle as easily as Trojan Paris did. He couldn’t choose one of the Virgins for fear of offending the others, which could lead to serious consequences. “Be smart,” he told himself. “Stay smart! Let’s not lose everything now.”

He was in the midst of these doubts when the party in favor of the Government, or the Governmental party, arrived, viz., Doña Victorina, Don Tiburcio, and Linares. [250]

He was caught up in these doubts when the pro-Government group arrived, specifically Doña Victorina, Don Tiburcio, and Linares. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Doña Victorina did all the talking for the three men and for herself also. She mentioned the visits which Linares had made to the Governor General, and repeatedly brought out the benefits derived from having a relative of categoría.

Doña Victorina did all the talking for the three men and for herself as well. She talked about the visits Linares made to the Governor General and kept highlighting the advantages of having a relative of categoría.

For some days past, she had been trying to be Andalusian by suppressing the d in all words and in changing the s to z. No one could get the idea out of her head; she would prefer to lose her front curls first.

For the past few days, she had been trying to sound Andalusian by dropping the d from all words and turning the s into z. No one could change her mind; she would rather lose her front curls first.

“Yes,” she said, in speaking of Ibarra. “That fellow merits very well all that he is going to get. I told you so when I saw him for the first time. I told you he was a filibustero. What did the General tell you, cousin? What did he say? What news did you give him about Ibarra?”

“Yeah,” she said, referring to Ibarra. “That guy totally deserves everything coming to him. I told you that the first time I saw him. I said he was a filibustero. What did the General tell you, cousin? What did he say? What updates did you give him about Ibarra?”

Seeing that the cousin hesitated in his reply, she went on, directing her words to Captain Tiago.

Seeing that her cousin hesitated in his reply, she continued, directing her words to Captain Tiago.

“Believe me, if they convict him, as is to be hoped, it will be through my cousin.”

“Trust me, if they find him guilty, which is what we hope for, it will be because of my cousin.”

“Señora, Señora!” protested Linares.

“Ma’am, Ma’am!” protested Linares.

But she did not give him any time.

But she didn’t give him any time.

“Oh, what a diplomat you have turned out to be! But we all know that you are the adviser of the Governor General, that he could not live without you. Ah! What a pleasure to see you, Clarita.”

“Oh, what a diplomat you’ve become! But we all know you’re the adviser to the Governor General, and he couldn’t manage without you. Ah! It’s so nice to see you, Clarita.”

Maria Clara seemed paler than ever, although she was now quite recovered from her illness. Sadly smiling, she approached and greeted Doña Victorina with a formal kiss.

Maria Clara looked paler than ever, even though she was now fully recovered from her illness. With a sad smile, she walked over and greeted Doña Victorina with a formal kiss.

After the customary words had been exchanged, Doña went on with her false Andalusian.

After the usual pleasantries were exchanged, Doña continued with her fake Andalusian accent.

“We came to visit you. You have been saved by the efforts of your friends,”—looking significantly at Linares.

“We came to see you. Your friends have saved you,”—glancing meaningfully at Linares.

“God has protected my father,” said the girl, in a low voice.

“God has protected my dad,” said the girl, in a quiet voice.

“Yes, Clarita, but the time for miracles has passed long ago. As we Spaniards say: ‘Have no trust in the Virgin and save yourself by running.’”

“Yeah, Clarita, but the time for miracles has long since passed. As we Spaniards say: ‘Don’t rely on the Virgin and save yourself by running.’”

“The—th—the ot—ot—other way,” said the doctor, correcting her proverbial quotation.

“The—th—the other way,” said the doctor, fixing her saying.

Captain Tiago, who had not yet found opportunity to say a word, ventured to ask her, giving much attention [251]to her reply: “So you, Doña Victorina, believe that the Virgin...?”

Captain Tiago, who hadn't had a chance to say anything yet, dared to ask her, paying close attention [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to her answer: “So you, Doña Victorina, think that the Virgin...?”

“That is precisely what we came for, to speak to you about the Virgin,” replied she, indicating Maria Clara. “We have a matter to talk over.”

“That’s exactly why we’re here, to talk to you about the Virgin,” she said, pointing to Maria Clara. “We need to discuss something.”

The maiden understood that she ought to retire. She sought an excuse and went away, supporting herself on the furniture as she walked along.

The young woman realized that she should leave. She looked for an excuse and made her way out, using the furniture for support as she walked.

What was said in the conference which followed was so low and mean that we prefer to omit it. It is sufficient for us to say that when they took their leave all were happy, and that Captain Tiago afterward said to his cousin:

What was said in the conference that followed was so petty and unpleasant that we’d rather leave it out. It’s enough to say that when they left, everyone was happy, and later, Captain Tiago said to his cousin:

“Isabel, send word to the restaurant that we are going to give a fiesta to-morrow. You get Maria ready to be married in a short time.”

“Isabel, let the restaurant know that we’re throwing a fiesta tomorrow. Get Maria ready to be married quickly.”

Aunt Isabel looked at him, surprised.

Aunt Isabel looked at him, surprised.

“You will see! When Señor Linares is our son-in-law all the palaces will be open to us. They will be envying us; they will all die with envy.”

“You'll see! When Señor Linares becomes our son-in-law, all the palaces will be accessible to us. Everyone will be jealous; they’ll all be green with envy.”

And thus it was that at eight o’clock on the following evening, Captain Tiago’s house was again full of guests, only that this time the men whom he had invited were either Spaniards or Chinamen, while the fair sex was represented by Spaniards born in the Peninsula or in the Philippines.

And so it was that at eight o'clock the next evening, Captain Tiago's house was once again full of guests, only this time the men he had invited were either Spaniards or Chinese, while the women were Spaniards born in either the Peninsula or the Philippines.

The larger part of our acquaintances was there: Father Sibyla, Father Salví and several other Franciscans and Dominicans, the old lieutenant of the Civil Guard, Señor Guevara, more melancholy than ever; the alferez, who related his battle for the thousandth time, feeling himself head and shoulders above everybody and a veritable Don Juan de Austria, now a lieutenant with the rank of commander; De Espadaña, who looked at the former with respect and fear and avoided his glance; and the indignant Doña Victorina. Linares was not yet present, for, being a very important personage, it was fitting that he should arrive later than the others.

Most of our acquaintances were there: Father Sibyla, Father Salví, and several other Franciscans and Dominicans, the old Civil Guard lieutenant, Señor Guevara, looking more melancholy than ever; the alferez, who recounted his battle for the thousandth time, feeling superior to everyone else and a true Don Juan de Austria, now a lieutenant with the rank of commander; De Espadaña, who regarded the alferez with both respect and fear and avoided his gaze; and the upset Doña Victorina. Linares had not yet arrived, as it was proper for someone as important as he to come later than the others.

Maria Clara, the subject of all the gossip, was the center of a group of women. She had greeted and received them ceremoniously, but did not throw off her air of sadness. [252]

Maria Clara, the topic of everyone's gossip, was the focal point of a group of women. She had welcomed them with a formal greeting, but still couldn’t shake off her melancholic vibe. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Psh!” said one of the girls. “A little stuck-up!”

“Psh!” said one of the girls. “So full of herself!”

“A cute little thing,” replied another, “but he might have selected some one of a more intelligent appearance.”

“A cute little guy,” replied another, “but he could have picked someone who looks a bit smarter.”

“It’s the money; he’s a good-looking fellow and sells himself for a good price.”

“It’s the money; he’s a good-looking guy and sells himself for a high price.”

In another part of the room they were talking like this:

In another part of the room, they were talking like this:

“Marry, when her former betrothed is about to be hanged!”

“Wow, right when her ex-fiancé is about to be hanged!”

“I call that prudence; to have one on hand as a substitute.”

"I call that being smart; to have one ready as a backup."

Possibly the young maiden heard these remarks as she sat in a chair near by, arranging a tray of flowers, for her hand was seen to tremble, she turned pale and bit her lips a number of times.

Possibly the young woman heard these comments as she sat in a nearby chair, arranging a tray of flowers, because her hand was seen to tremble. She turned pale and bit her lips several times.

The conversation among the men was in a loud tone. Naturally, they were conversant with the recent happenings. All were talking, even Don Tiburcio, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who maintained a disdainful silence.

The men were speaking loudly. Naturally, they were up to date on the recent events. Everyone was talking, even Don Tiburcio, except for Father Sibyla, who kept a dismissive silence.

“I have heard that Your Reverence leaves the town, Father Salví?” asked the newly made lieutenant, now made more amiable by the star on his sleeve.

“I’ve heard that you’re leaving town, Father Salví?” asked the newly appointed lieutenant, now more friendly thanks to the star on his sleeve.

“I have nothing more to do now in San Diego. I am permanently settled in Manila now ... and you?”

“I have nothing left to do in San Diego. I’m permanently settled in Manila now... how about you?”

“I also leave the town,” replied the former alferez, straightening up. “The Government needs me to take command of a flying column to clear the provinces of filibusteros.”

“I’m also leaving the town,” replied the former alferez, standing tall. “The Government needs me to lead a mobile unit to clear the provinces of filibusteros.”

Friar Salví looked him over from head to foot, and turned his back to him completely.

Friar Salví checked him out from head to toe and then completely turned his back on him.

“Is it yet known for a certainty what is to become of the leader of the revolutionists?” asked a Government employee.

“Is it known for sure what’s going to happen to the leader of the revolutionaries?” asked a government employee.

“Are you referring to Crisostomo Ibarra?” asked another. “What is most probable and most just is that he be hanged, as those were in ’72.”

“Are you talking about Crisostomo Ibarra?” another person asked. “What’s most likely and fair is that he should be hanged, like those in ’72.”

“He will be exiled,” said the old lieutenant, dryly.

“He's going to be exiled,” said the old lieutenant, dryly.

“Exiled! Nothing more than exiled! But it will be a perpetual exile!” exclaimed several at the same time.

“Exiled! Just exiled! But it will be an endless exile!” exclaimed several at the same time.

“If that young fellow,” Lieutenant Guevara went on to [253]say in a loud voice, “had been more cautious; if he had trusted certain people less with whom he had correspondence; and if the officers had not made a subtle interpretation of what was written—if it had not been for all of this, that young man would surely have gone free.”

“If that young guy,” Lieutenant Guevara continued to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]say loudly, “had been more careful; if he had trusted certain people less with whom he was communicating; and if the officers hadn’t twisted what was written—if it weren’t for all this, that young man would definitely have gotten away.”

This statement by the old lieutenant and the tone of his voice produced a great surprise in the room. Those who heard it did not know what to say. Father Salví looked in another direction, perhaps so as not to meet the dark look which the old man directed toward him. Maria Clara dropped her flowers and sat motionless. Father Sibyla, the one who knew how to keep silent, appeared to be the only one who knew how to ask questions.

This statement from the old lieutenant and the tone of his voice created a huge surprise in the room. Those who heard it didn’t know what to say. Father Salví looked away, maybe to avoid the dark look the old man gave him. Maria Clara dropped her flowers and sat still. Father Sibyla, the one who knew how to stay quiet, seemed to be the only one who knew how to ask questions.

“Are you referring to the letters, Señor Guevara?”

“Are you talking about the letters, Señor Guevara?”

“I am telling what the defendant’s attorney told me. He has taken up the case with zeal and interest. Aside from some ambiguous lines which this young man wrote to a young woman before departing for Europe, they have found no proof to sustain the accusation. In these few lines, the officers saw a plan and threat against the Government.”

“I’m sharing what the defendant’s lawyer told me. He has approached the case with enthusiasm and dedication. Aside from some vague messages this young man wrote to a young woman before leaving for Europe, they haven’t found any evidence to support the accusation. In these few lines, the officers interpreted a scheme and a threat against the Government.”

“And what about the declaration made by the bandit before he died?”

“And what about the statement made by the bandit before he died?”

“That statement has proved of no account, since, according to the bandit himself, the conspirators never had communicated with the young man, but only with one, Lucas, who was Ibarra’s enemy, as they have been able to prove, and who committed suicide, perhaps from remorse. It has been proved that the papers found in the possession of the dead man were forged, since the handwriting was like that of Ibarra seven years ago, but not like that of to-day—a fact which shows that it was copied from the letter used as evidence against him. Besides, his attorney says that if Ibarra had not admitted the genuineness of the letter, he would have been able to do much for him; but, at the sight of it, the young man turned pale, lost heart and acknowledged that he had written it.”

"That statement has turned out to be meaningless because, according to the bandit himself, the conspirators never contacted the young man, only one person, Lucas, who was Ibarra’s enemy, as has been proven, and who committed suicide, possibly out of guilt. It's been shown that the documents found with the dead man were fake since the handwriting was like Ibarra’s from seven years ago, but not like his current handwriting—this indicates it was copied from the letter that was used as evidence against him. Additionally, his lawyer says that if Ibarra hadn’t accepted the authenticity of the letter, he could have done a lot more for him; however, upon seeing it, the young man turned pale, lost confidence, and admitted that he had written it."

“Do you say,” asked a Franciscan, “that the letter was directed to a young woman? How did it get into the hands of the officers?”

“Are you saying,” a Franciscan asked, “that the letter was meant for a young woman? How did it end up in the hands of the officers?”

The lieutenant did not reply. He looked for a moment [254]at Friar Salví and then walked off, twisting nervously the end of his grey beard. In the meantime, others were commenting something like this:

The lieutenant didn’t respond. He glanced for a moment [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] at Friar Salví and then walked away, nervously twisting the tip of his grey beard. Meanwhile, others were saying something like this:

“There you see the hand of God!” said one. “Even the women hate him.”

“There you see the hand of God!” said one. “Even the women hate him.”

“He had his house burned, thinking that he could thus save himself. But he did not reckon with his host—that is, with his querida,1 with his babai,”1 added another, smiling. “That is God’s work. Santiago protects Spain!”

“He had his house burned, thinking that he could save himself that way. But he didn’t consider his host—that is, his querida,1 with his babai,”1 added another, smiling. “That’s God’s work. Santiago protects Spain!”

The old army officer stopped and approached Maria Clara. She was listening to the conversation, immovable in her seat. The flowers were at her feet.

The old army officer stopped and walked over to Maria Clara. She was sitting still, listening to the conversation. The flowers were at her feet.

“You are a very prudent young woman,” said the old lieutenant to her in a low voice. “You have done well to hand over the letter.... In this way you will assure yourself of a peaceful future.”

“You're a very wise young woman,” the old lieutenant said to her quietly. “You made a smart move by handing over the letter... This way, you can secure a peaceful future for yourself.”

With dull eyes, and biting her lips, she looked at him as he walked away. Luckily, Aunt Isabel passed her at this moment. Maria Clara summoned enough strength to catch hold of her aunt’s dress.

With dull eyes and biting her lips, she watched him walk away. Thankfully, Aunt Isabel passed by at that moment. Maria Clara gathered enough strength to grab her aunt’s dress.

“Aunt,” she murmured.

“Aunt,” she whispered.

“What is the matter with you?” asked the latter, frightened, as she saw the young woman’s face.

“What’s wrong with you?” asked the latter, startled, as she saw the young woman’s face.

“Take me to my room!” she begged, clinging to the arm of the old woman in order to raise herself to her feet.

“Take me to my room!” she pleaded, holding onto the arm of the elderly woman to pull herself up to her feet.

“Are you sick, my child? You seem to have lost all your strength. What is the matter with you?”

“Are you unwell, my child? You look like you've lost all your energy. What’s going on with you?”

“A little sick to my stomach ... the crowd in the sala ... so much light ... I need to rest. Tell father that I am going to sleep.”

“A little nauseous ... the crowd in the sala ... so much light ... I need to rest. Tell dad that I’m going to sleep.”

“You are cold! Do you want some tea?”

“You're cold! Do you want some tea?”

Maria Clara shook her head negatively. She closed the door of her room and locked it, and, her strength failing her, she fell to the floor, at the feet of an image, weeping and sobbing:

Maria Clara shook her head in disapproval. She closed her bedroom door and locked it, and, feeling weak, she collapsed to the floor, at the feet of an image, crying and sobbing:

“Mother, mother, my mother!”

“Mom, mom, my mom!”

The moonlight was shining through the open window and door which led out upon the azotea.

The moonlight was streaming through the open window and door that opened onto the azotea.

The orchestra continued playing gay waltzes. The laughter and the hum of conversation could be heard in [255]her bedroom. A number of times her family, Aunt Isabel, Doña Victorina, and even Linares, knocked at her door, but Maria Clara did not move. There was a rattle in her throat.

The orchestra kept playing cheerful waltzes. Laughter and chatter drifted into [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]her bedroom. Several times, her family, Aunt Isabel, Doña Victorina, and even Linares, knocked on her door, but Maria Clara didn't budge. She had a lump in her throat.

Hours passed. The pleasures of the table ended, and dancing followed. Her little candle burned out, but the maiden lay quietly on the floor, the rays of moonlight shining upon her at the foot of an image of the Mother of Jesus.

Hours went by. Dinner wrapped up, and then the dancing began. Her small candle flickered out, but the girl lay still on the floor, bathed in moonlight at the foot of a statue of the Mother of Jesus.

Gradually the noises in the house died away, the lights were put out, and Aunt Isabel again knocked at the door of her room.

Gradually, the sounds in the house quieted down, the lights were turned off, and Aunt Isabel knocked again at the door of her room.

“Let us leave her; she is sleeping,” said her aunt. “At her age, with nothing to trouble her, she sleeps like a corpse.”

“Let’s leave her; she’s sleeping,” said her aunt. “At her age, with nothing to worry about, she sleeps like a log.”

When all was again silent, Maria arose slowly and glanced around her. She saw the azotea and the small climbing plants bathed in the melancholy light of the moon.

When everything was quiet again, Maria got up slowly and looked around her. She saw the azotea and the small climbing plants illuminated by the sad light of the moon.

“A peaceful future! Sleeping like a corpse!” she murmured in a low voice, and turned toward the azotea.

“A peaceful future! Sleeping like a dead person!” she murmured softly and turned toward the azotea.

The city was quiet. Only the noise of an occasional carriage passing over the wooden bridge could be heard in the stillness of the night, while the tranquil waters of the river were reflecting the moonlight.

The city was quiet. Only the sound of an occasional carriage passing over the wooden bridge could be heard in the stillness of the night, while the peaceful waters of the river reflected the moonlight.

The maiden raised her eyes to the pure, sapphire-colored sky. Slowly she took off her rings, her hair-combs, her earrings, and her breast-pin, and placing them upon the balustrade of the azotea she looked out toward the river.

The young woman lifted her eyes to the clear, blue sky. Gradually, she removed her rings, hair combs, earrings, and brooch, placing them on the railing of the azotea as she gazed out toward the river.

A banca, loaded with rice grass, stopped at the foot of the landing on the bank of the river at the rear of the house. One of the two men who were propelling the boat went up the stone steps, leaped over the wall, and a few seconds afterward, steps were heard coming up the azotea.

A banca, filled with rice grass, pulled up at the foot of the landing on the riverbank behind the house. One of the two men rowing the boat climbed the stone steps, jumped over the wall, and a few seconds later, footsteps were heard coming up the azotea.

Maria Clara saw him stop on discovering her, but it was for only a moment. The man advanced slowly and at about three steps from the maiden, stopped again. Maria Clara stepped back.

Maria Clara saw him pause when he noticed her, but it was just for a moment. The man moved forward slowly and stopped again about three steps away from her. Maria Clara took a step back.

“Crisostomo!” she gasped, full of terror.

“Crisostomo!” she gasped, panicked.

“Yes, I am Crisostomo!” replied the young man, in a [256]grave voice. “An enemy, a man who has good reason to hate me, Elias, has helped me out of the prison into which my friends had thrown me.”

“Yes, I am Crisostomo!” replied the young man in a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]serious voice. “An enemy, a man who has good reason to hate me, Elias, helped me escape from the prison my friends had thrown me into.”

Silence followed these words. Maria Clara bowed her head and allowed both her hands to drop at her side.

Silence followed those words. Maria Clara lowered her head and let her hands fall to her sides.

Ibarra continued:

Ibarra went on:

“Beside the dead body of my mother, I swore to make you happy, whatever might be my destiny. You can break your oath; she was not your mother. But I, who am her son, I hold her memory sacred, and, running great risk, I have come here to fulfill my oath. Fortune permits me to speak with you personally. Maria, we shall not see each other again. You are young and perhaps some day your conscience may accuse you.... I come to tell you, before leaving, that I forgive you. Now, may you be happy, and good-bye!”

“Next to my mother's dead body, I promised to make you happy, no matter what my fate may be. You can break your promise; she wasn’t your mother. But I, her son, hold her memory sacred, and despite the great risk, I came here to keep my word. Fate allows me to speak with you directly. Maria, we won’t see each other again. You’re young, and someday your conscience might come calling.... I’m here to tell you, before I leave, that I forgive you. Now, may you be happy, and goodbye!”

Ibarra tried to leave, but the maiden stopped him.

Ibarra tried to leave, but the young woman stopped him.

“Crisostomo!” she said. “God has sent you to save me from desperation.... Hear me and judge me!”

“Crisostomo!” she said. “God has sent you to save me from despair... Listen to me and judge me!”

Ibarra wished to withdraw gently from her.

Ibarra wanted to step back gently from her.

“I have not come,” said he, “to call you to account.... I have come to give you peace.”

"I didn't come," he said, "to hold you accountable... I came to give you peace."

“I do not want the peace which you give me. I will give myself peace. You despise me, and your contempt will make my life bitter till death.”

“I don’t want the peace you offer me. I’ll find my own peace. You look down on me, and your disdain will make my life miserable until the end.”

Ibarra saw the poor girl’s desperation, and asked her what she desired.

Ibarra saw the poor girl's desperation and asked her what she needed.

“That you may believe that I have always loved you.”

“That you believe I’ve always loved you.”

Crisostomo smiled bitterly.

Crisostomo smiled wryly.

“Ah! You doubt me, you doubt the friend of your infancy, who has never hidden a single thought from you,” exclaimed she in grief. “I understand you. When you know my history, the history which they revealed to me during my illness, you will pity me and you will no longer answer my grief with that bitter smile. Why did you not let me die in the hands of my ignorant doctor? You and I would have been happier then.”

“Ah! You don't believe me, you don't believe the friend from your childhood, who has never kept anything from you,” she said sadly. “I get it. Once you hear my story, the one they told me while I was sick, you'll feel sorry for me and won't respond to my pain with that harsh smile anymore. Why didn’t you just let me die at the hands of my clueless doctor? You and I would have been happier that way.”

Maria Clara rested a moment and then continued:

Maria Clara took a moment to rest and then continued:

“You have doubted me; you have wished my mother to pardon me. During one of those nights of suffering, a man revealed to me the name of my true father, and forbade [257]me to love you ... unless my true father should pardon you for the offense you committed against him.”

“You’ve doubted me; you’ve wanted my mother to forgive me. During one of those painful nights, a man told me the name of my real father and ordered [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]me not to love you ... unless my real father forgives you for what you did to him.”

Ibarra recoiled and looked in terror at the maiden.

Ibarra recoiled and stared in fear at the young woman.

“Yes,” she continued. “This man told me that he could not permit our marriage, since his conscience would not allow it, and he would find himself compelled to publish the truth at the risk of causing a great scandal, because my father is ...”

“Yeah,” she went on. “This guy told me that he couldn’t allow our marriage since his conscience wouldn’t let him, and he’d feel forced to reveal the truth, even if it meant risking a huge scandal, because my dad is ...”

And she whispered a name in the young man’s ear in a scarcely audible voice.

And she whispered a name in the young man's ear in a barely audible voice.

“What was I to do? Ought I to sacrifice to my love the memory of my mother, the honor of the man who innocently supposes himself my father, and the good name of my real father? Could I do that without you despising me for it?”

“What was I supposed to do? Should I give up the memory of my mother, the honor of the man who wrongly believes he's my father, and the reputation of my actual father for my love? Could I do that without you looking down on me for it?”

“But the proof? Have you proof? You need proof!” exclaimed Crisostomo, deeply agitated.

“But the proof? Do you have proof? You need proof!” exclaimed Crisostomo, deeply agitated.

The maiden drew two letters from her bosom.

The young woman pulled out two letters from her chest.

“Two of my mother’s letters: two letters written in remorse before I was born. Take them, read them and you will see how she cursed me and desired my death, which my father in vain tried to cause by drugs. These letters were forgotten in the house where he lived; a man found them and kept them. They would only give them to me in exchange for your letter ... to make certain, as they said, that I would not marry you without the consent of my father. From the time that I began to carry them in my bosom instead of your letter, my heart was chilled. I sacrificed you, I sacrificed my love.... What would not a person do for a dead mother and two living fathers? Did I suspect the use to which they were going to put your letter?”

“Two of my mom’s letters: two letters written in regret before I was born. Take them, read them, and you’ll see how she cursed me and wished for my death, which my dad tried in vain to cause with drugs. These letters were left behind in the house where he lived; someone found them and kept them. They would only give them to me in exchange for your letter… to make sure, as they said, that I wouldn’t marry you without my dad’s permission. Ever since I started keeping them close to my heart instead of your letter, my heart has felt cold. I sacrificed you, I sacrificed my love... What wouldn’t someone do for a dead mom and two living dads? Did I suspect what they were going to do with your letter?”

Ibarra was prostrated. Maria Clara went on:

Ibarra was exhausted. Maria Clara continued:

“What was there left for me? Could I tell you who was my father? Could I ask you to seek the pardon of him who had so much desired my death, and who made your father suffer? There was nothing left for me but to keep the secret to myself, and to die suffering.... Now, my friend, you know the sad history of your poor Maria. Will you still have that contemptuous smile for her?”

“What was left for me? Could I tell you who my father was? Could I ask you to get forgiveness for someone who wanted me dead and made your father suffer? There was nothing left for me but to keep the secret to myself and die in pain.... Now, my friend, you know the sad story of your poor Maria. Will you still look at her with that disdainful smile?”

“Maria, you are a saint.” [258]

"Maria, you’re a saint." [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“I am happy now that you believe me.”

“I’m glad you believe me now.”

“However,” added the young man, changing his tone. “I have heard that you are about to marry.”

“However,” the young man said, changing his tone. “I’ve heard that you’re about to get married.”

“Yes,” sobbed the maiden. “My father asked this sacrifice of me. He has fed me and loved me, and it was not his duty. I pay him this debt of gratitude which I owe him by assuring him peace through this new relative, but ...”

“Yes,” sobbed the young woman. “My father asked me to make this sacrifice. He has taken care of me and loved me, even though it wasn't his obligation. I am repaying this debt of gratitude I owe him by giving him peace through this new family member, but ...”

“But?”

"But why?"

“I shall not forget the oaths of fidelity which I made to you.”

“I won’t forget the promises of loyalty I made to you.”

“What do you think of doing?” asked Ibarra, trying to read her eyes.

“What are you thinking of doing?” Ibarra asked, trying to read her expression.

“The future is obscure and Destiny is hidden in darkness. I do not know what I am to do; but I know that I can love only once, and that without love I never will belong to any one. And you, what is to become of you?”

“The future is unclear and fate is shrouded in darkness. I don’t know what I should do; but I know that I can only love once, and without love I won’t belong to anyone. And you, what will happen to you?”

“I am nothing but a fugitive.... I am fleeing. In a very short time, they will discover my escape, Maria....”

“I’m just a fugitive.... I’m on the run. Pretty soon, they’ll find out I’ve escaped, Maria....”

Maria Clara clasped her arms about her lover’s neck, kissed his lips repeatedly, hugged him, and then, abruptly breaking away from him, said:

Maria Clara wrapped her arms around her lover’s neck, kissed his lips over and over, held him tight, and then, suddenly pulling away from him, said:

“Flee! flee! Adios!

“Run! run! Goodbye!

Ibarra looked at her, his eyes sparkling, but she motioned and he went away, staggering like a drunken man. Again he leaped over the wall and entered the banca. Maria Clara, leaning on the door casing, watched him depart.

Ibarra looked at her, his eyes sparkling, but she gestured, and he walked away, stumbling like a drunk. He jumped over the wall again and got into the banca. Maria Clara, leaning on the doorframe, watched him leave.

Elias took off his hat and bowed profoundly. [259]

Elias removed his hat and bowed deeply. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Both words mean mistress.

1 Both words mean partner.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XL.

The Pursuit on the Lake.

“Listen, Señor, to my plan,” said Elias, as they directed the banca toward San Miguel. “I will for the present hide you in the house of my friend in Mandaluyong. I will bring you all your money, which I have saved and kept for you at the foot of the old balitî tree, in the mysterious tomb of your grandfather. You shall leave the country.”

“Listen, Sir, to my plan,” said Elias, as they steered the banca toward San Miguel. “For now, I’ll hide you at my friend's house in Mandaluyong. I’ll bring you all your money, which I’ve saved and kept for you at the base of the old balitî tree, in your grandfather's secret tomb. You will leave the country.”

“To go to a strange land?” interrupted Ibarra.

“To go to a foreign place?” Ibarra interrupted.

“To live in peace the remaining days of your life. You have friends in Spain, you are rich, you can get yourself pardoned. By all means, a foreign land is better for you than your own country.”

“To spend the rest of your life in peace. You have friends in Spain, you’re wealthy, and you can secure a pardon. Definitely, a foreign country is better for you than your own homeland.”

Crisostomo did not reply. He meditated in silence.

Crisostomo stayed quiet. He thought deeply in silence.

Just then they reached the Pasig and the banca was headed up the stream. Over the Bridge of Spain a horse-man was galloping at high speed, and a prolonged, sharp whistle was heard.

Just then they reached the Pasig, and the banca was moving upstream. A rider was galloping quickly over the Bridge of Spain, and a loud, sharp whistle was heard.

“Elias,” replied Ibarra, “you owe your misfortunes to my family; you have saved my life twice; I owe you not only gratitude, but also restitution of your fortune. You advise me to go to a foreign land and live; then come with me and we will live like brothers. Here, you, too, are miserable.”

“Elias,” Ibarra replied, “you can blame my family for your troubles; you’ve saved my life twice. I owe you not just my gratitude, but also a repayment of your fortune. You suggest I go to another country and start a new life; so come with me and we’ll live like brothers. Here, you’re just as unhappy.”

Elias sadly replied:

Elias replied sadly:

“Impossible! It is true that I can neither love nor be happy in my country; but I can suffer and die in it, and perhaps die for it; that would be something. Let my country’s misfortune be my own misfortune. Since no noble thought unites us, and since our hearts do not beat in harmony at the mention of a single word, at least, let a common misery unite me to my fellow countrymen; [260]at least, let me weep with them over our grief; let the same misery oppress all our hearts.”

“Impossible! It’s true that I can’t love or be happy in my country; but I can suffer and die here, and maybe die for it; that would be something. Let my country’s misfortune be my own misfortune. Since no noble thought connects us, and since our hearts don’t beat in sync at the mention of even one word, at least let a shared misery bring me together with my fellow countrymen; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]at least, let me cry with them over our pain; let the same misery weigh down all our hearts.”

“Then why do you advise me to leave?”

“Then why are you telling me to leave?”

“Because in other lands you can be happy, and I cannot; because you are not made to suffer, and because you would hate your country, if some day you should see the cause of your misfortune: and to hate one’s own country is the greatest misery.”

“Because in other countries you can be happy, and I can't; because you’re not meant to suffer, and because you would hate your country if one day you saw the reason for your misfortune: and hating your own country is the biggest misery.”

“You are unjust to me,” exclaimed Ibarra, with bitter reproach. “You forget that I have scarcely arrived here, and that I have already sought its welfare.”

“You’re being unfair to me,” Ibarra exclaimed, with bitter reproach. “You forget that I’ve barely arrived here, and I have already tried to help.”

“Do not be offended, Señor. I am not reproaching you. Would to God that all might imitate you. But I do not ask for the impossible and you should not be offended if I tell you that your heart deceives you. You love your country because your father has taught you to love it; you love it because you had in it your love, your fortune, your youth; because it smiled on you, and because it has not until now done you an injustice. You love your country as we all love that which makes us happy. But, on that day when you see yourself poor, ragged, hungry, persecuted, denounced and betrayed by your very countrymen, on that day you will curse yourself, your country and all.”

“Don't take offense, Sir. I'm not blaming you. I wish everyone could be like you. But I don't expect the impossible, and you shouldn't be offended when I say that your heart is misleading you. You love your country because your father taught you to love it; you love it because you've found love, success, and youth there; because it has been good to you, and because it hasn’t done you wrong until now. You love your country as we all love what brings us happiness. But on the day when you find yourself poor, ragged, hungry, persecuted, denounced, and betrayed by your fellow countrymen, that day you'll curse yourself, your country, and everything.”

“Your words grieve me,” said Ibarra, resentfully.

“Your words upset me,” Ibarra said, feeling resentful.

Elias bowed his head, meditated and replied:

Elias lowered his head, thought for a moment, and responded:

“I wish to set you right, Señor, and to avoid a miserable future for you. You remember the time when I was talking to you in this same banca and under the light of the same moon. It was a month ago, a few days more or less. Then you were happy. The plea of the unfortunates did not reach you. You disdained their complaints because they were complaints from criminals. You gave ear to their enemies, and, in spite of my reasons and pleas, you put yourself on the side of their oppressors. On you depended at that time whether I should turn criminal or allow my life to be taken in fulfillment of my sacred pledge. God has not permitted it, because the old chief of the bandits has been killed. A month has passed and now you think differently.”

“I want to set you straight, Señor, and help you avoid a miserable future. Do you remember when I spoke to you in this same banca under the same moonlight? It was about a month ago, give or take a few days. Back then, you were happy. The pleas of the unfortunate didn’t reach you. You looked down on their complaints because they were coming from criminals. You listened to their enemies, and despite my arguments and desperate appeals, you sided with their oppressors. At that time, it was up to you to decide whether I would turn to crime or let my life be taken to honor my sacred pledge. God wouldn’t allow that to happen, because the old leader of the bandits has been killed. A month has gone by, and now you see things differently.”

“You are right, Elias, but man is influenced by changes [261]in circumstances. Then I was blind, and obstinate. What did I know? Now misfortune has torn the veil from my eyes. The solitude and misery of my prison life have taught me; now I see the horrible cancer which is sapping the life of society, which hangs to its flesh and which requires violent extirpation. They have opened my eyes; they have made me see the ulcer; they force me to become a criminal. I will be a filibustero, but a true filibustero. I will call upon all the unfortunates, on all who have beating hearts within their breasts, on all who sent you to me.... No, no! I will not be criminal! It is never a crime to fight for one’s country! We for three centuries have given them our hand, we have asked them for their love, we have anxiously wished to call them our brothers. How have they replied? With insults and jests, denying us even the quality of being human beings. There is no God, there is no hope, there is no humanity. There is nothing but the right of force.”

“You're right, Elias, but people are affected by changes [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in their circumstances. Back then, I was blind and stubborn. What did I know? Now, misfortune has lifted the veil from my eyes. The loneliness and suffering of my prison life have taught me; now I can see the terrible cancer that is eating away at society, that clings to its flesh and needs to be violently removed. I've had my eyes opened; I've come to see the wound; I'm being pushed to become a criminal. I will be a filibustero, but a true filibustero. I will call on all the unfortunate, on all who have beating hearts in their chests, on all who sent you to me.... No, no! I will not become a criminal! It's never a crime to fight for your country! For three centuries, we've extended our hands to them, we've sought their love, we've earnestly hoped to call them our brothers. How have they responded? With insults and mockery, denying us even our humanity. There is no God, there is no hope, there is no compassion. There’s only the law of force.”

Ibarra was excited. His whole body was trembling.

Ibarra was thrilled. His entire body was shaking.

They passed by the Governor General’s palace, and believed they saw agitation and movement among the guards.

They walked past the Governor General’s palace and thought they noticed some activity and movement among the guards.

“Have they discovered our flight?” murmured Elias. “Lie down, Señor, so that I can cover you up with the grass, for, when we cross over to the side of the river near the powder house, the sentry may be surprised at seeing two of us in this small banca.”

“Have they found our flight?” whispered Elias. “Lie down, Señor, so I can cover you with the grass, because when we get to the riverbank near the powder house, the guard might be shocked to see two of us in this small banca.”

As Elias had foreseen, the sentry stopped him and asked him where he came from.

As Elias had predicted, the guard stopped him and asked where he was coming from.

“From Manila, with grass for the magistrates and curates,” replied he, imitating the accent of one from Pandakan.

“From Manila, with grass for the judges and priests,” he replied, mimicking the accent of someone from Pandakan.

A sergeant came out and was informed what was going on.

A sergeant came out and was told what was happening.

Sulung!” (Go on!) said he. “I warn you not to receive any one in your banca. A prisoner has just escaped. If you capture him and hand him over to me I will give you a good reward.”

Sulung!” (Go on!) he said. “I caution you not to let anyone into your banca. A prisoner has just escaped. If you catch him and bring him to me, I’ll give you a nice reward.”

“All right, Señor. What is his description?”

“All right, Sir. What does he look like?”

“He wears a frock coat and speaks Spanish. With that much, be on the watch!” [262]

"He wears a long coat and speaks Spanish. With that much, stay alert!" [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The banca went on. Elias turned his face and saw the shadow of the sentry, still standing on the bank of the river.

The banca continued. Elias turned his face and saw the shadow of the guard, still standing on the riverbank.

“We will lose several minutes,” said he, in a low voice. “We will have to go up the Beata river in order to carry out my pretense of being from Peña Francia.”

“We're going to lose a few minutes,” he said quietly. “We’ll need to go up the Beata River to maintain my act of being from Peña Francia.”

The town was sleeping in the light of the moon. Crisostomo arose to admire the sepulchral peace of Nature. The river was narrow and its banks formed a plain planted with rice.

The town was asleep under the moonlight. Crisostomo got up to appreciate the eerie calm of Nature. The river was narrow, and its banks created a flat area filled with rice.

Elias threw the load on the bank, picked up a piece of bamboo and drew out from under the grass in the banca some empty sacks. They went on rowing.

Elias tossed the load onto the bank, grabbed a piece of bamboo, and pulled out some empty sacks from under the grass in the banca. They continued rowing.

“You are master of your own will, Señor, and of your own future,” said he to Crisostomo, who kept silent. “But if you will permit me to offer a suggestion, I say to you: Look well at what you are going to do. You are about to start a war, for you have money, talent, and you will quickly find aid, for, unfortunately, many are discontented. Furthermore, in this fight, which you are to begin, those who are going to suffer most are the defenseless, the innocent. The same sentiments which a month ago prompted me to come to you and ask for reforms, are those which now move me to ask you to reflect. The country, Señor, is not thinking of separating itself from the mother country. It asks only a little liberty, a little justice, a little love. The discontented will assist you, the criminals and the desperate, but the people will hold aloof. You are mistaken if, seeing everything dark, you believe that the country is desperate. The country suffers, yes, but it still hopes, believe me, and will only rise in revolt when it has lost patience; that is, when those who govern wish it—which is still far off. I myself would not follow you. I shall never take recourse to these extreme remedies while I see hope in men.”

“You are in control of your own will, Señor, and your own future,” he said to Crisostomo, who remained silent. “But if you’ll let me offer some advice, I say: Think carefully about what you’re about to do. You’re about to start a war, since you have money and talent, and you’ll quickly find support, because, unfortunately, many are unhappy. Moreover, in this fight you’re about to begin, it will be the defenseless and the innocent who suffer the most. The same feelings that led me a month ago to come to you asking for reforms now urge me to ask you to reflect. The country, Señor, isn’t thinking about separating from the mother country. It only asks for a little freedom, a little justice, a little compassion. The disgruntled will support you, as will the criminals and the desperate, but the people will keep their distance. You’re mistaken if you think that just because everything looks bleak, the country is desperate. The country does suffer, yes, but it still has hope, believe me, and will only rise in revolt when it has run out of patience; that is, when those in power want it to—something that is still far off. I wouldn’t follow you. I will never resort to these extreme measures as long as I see hope in humanity.”

“Then I will go without you!” replied Crisostomo, resolutely.

“Then I’ll go without you!” replied Crisostomo, determined.

“Is it your firm decision?”

“Is it your final decision?”

“Yes, my firm and only decision: I call to witness the memory of my father! I cannot allow them to deprive [263]me of peace and happiness with impunity, I who have desired only my country’s welfare, I who have respected all and have suffered on account of a hypocritical religion, on account of love for my country. How have they responded to me? By burying me in an infamous prison and by prostituting my fiancée. No, not to avenge myself would be a crime. It would be encouraging them to commit new injustices. No! it would be cowardice, it would be pusillanimity to weep and groan while there is life and vigor, when to insult and challenge are added scoffery and contemptuous ridicule! I will arouse this ignorant people, I will make them see their misery—this people who do not think of each other as brothers, who are mere wolves devouring each other. I will tell them to rise against this oppression and appeal to the eternal right of mankind to conquer their liberty!”

“Yes, my firm and only decision: I call to witness the memory of my father! I cannot let them take away my peace and happiness without facing consequences. I, who have only wished for my country’s welfare, I, who have respected everyone and have suffered because of a hypocritical religion, out of love for my country. How have they responded to me? By locking me up in a disgraceful prison and by exploiting my fiancée. No, seeking revenge would be a crime. It would only encourage them to commit more injustices. No! It would be cowardly, it would be weak to weep and groan while I still have life and strength, especially when they add mockery and contempt! I will wake up this ignorant people, I will make them see their misery—this people who don’t think of each other as brothers, who are just wolves tearing each other apart. I will tell them to rise up against this oppression and demand the eternal right of humanity to achieve their freedom!”

“Innocent people will suffer.”

“Innocent people will suffer.”

“All the better! Can you lead me to the mountain?”

“All the better! Can you take me to the mountain?”

“Till you are safe!” replied Elias.

"Until you're safe!" Elias replied.

They again went up the Pasig. They spoke from time to time of indifferent things.

They went back up the Pasig again. They occasionally chatted about random topics.

“Santa Aña!” murmured Ibarra. “Do you recognize that house?”

“Santa Aña!” Ibarra whispered. “Do you recognize that house?”

They passed by the country house of the Jesuits.

They walked past the Jesuits' country house.

“There I passed many happy and joyful years!” sighed Elias. “In my time we used to come here every month ... then I was like the others. I had fortune, family; I was dreaming and planning a future for myself. In those days I used to visit my sister in the neighboring convent. She made me a present of a piece of her own handiwork. A girl friend used to accompany her, a beautiful girl. All has passed like a dream.”

“There, I spent many happy and joyful years!” sighed Elias. “Back then, we used to come here every month... I was just like everyone else. I had fortune, family; I was dreaming and planning a future for myself. During those days, I would visit my sister at the nearby convent. She gave me a piece of her own handiwork as a gift. A girlfriend would accompany her, a beautiful girl. All of that has passed like a dream.”

They remained silent till they arrived at Malapad-na-bató. Those who have glided over the bosom of the Pasig on one of those magical nights when the moon pours forth its melancholy poetry from the pure blue of the sky, when the darkness hides the misery of men and silence drowns the harsh accents of their voices, when Nature alone speaks—those who have seen such nights on the Pasig will understand the feelings which filled the hearts of both young men. [264]

They were quiet until they reached Malapad-na-bató. Those who have floated along the Pasig on one of those enchanting nights when the moon spills its wistful poetry from the clear blue sky, when the darkness conceals human suffering and silence muffles the harshness of their voices, when Nature alone has a voice—those who have experienced such nights on the Pasig will understand the emotions that filled the hearts of both young men. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In Malapad-na-bató the carbineer was half asleep, and, seeing that the banca was empty and offered no booty for him to seize, according to the traditional custom of his corps and the use made of that position, he readily let them pass on.

In Malapad-na-bató, the carbineer was half asleep, and, noticing that the banca was empty and posed no opportunity for him to grab something, in line with the usual practice of his unit and the expected behavior for his role, he easily allowed them to go by.

Nor did the Civil Guard at Pasig suspect anything, and they were not molested.

Nor did the Civil Guard at Pasig suspect anything, and they were not disturbed.

It was just beginning to dawn when they reached the lake, calm and smooth as a gigantic mirror. The moon was growing dim and the Orient was rosy with the tints of morning. At a distance, a mass of grey could be discerned advancing toward the banca.

It was just starting to get light when they reached the lake, calm and smooth like a huge mirror. The moon was fading, and the East was glowing with the colors of morning. In the distance, a big grey shape could be seen moving toward the banca.

“The falúa (or Government steamboat) is coming,” murmured Elias. “Lie down and I will cover you with these sacks.”

“The falúa (or Government steamboat) is coming,” Elias whispered. “Lie down and I’ll cover you with these sacks.”

The outline of the vessel became more clear and perceptible.

The shape of the vessel became clearer and more noticeable.

“She is putting in between the beach and us,” observed Elias uneasily.

“She’s putting herself between the beach and us,” Elias said uneasily.

And then he changed the course of the banca a little, rowing toward Binangonan. To his great surprise he noticed that the falúa was also changing its course, while a voice cried out to him.

And then he slightly altered the path of the banca, steering toward Binangonan. To his surprise, he saw that the falúa was also changing direction, while someone shouted to him.

Elias stopped and meditated. The shore of the lake was very far off, and they would soon be in the range of the rifles on the falúa. He thought of returning to the Pasig. His banca was swifter than the falúa. But fate was against him! Another boat was coming up the Pasig, and they could see the helmets and shining bayonets of the Civil Guards.

Elias paused to think. The lake's shore was far away, and they would soon be within range of the rifles on the falúa. He considered heading back to the Pasig. His banca was faster than the falúa. But fate wasn't on his side! Another boat was approaching on the Pasig, and they could see the helmets and glinting bayonets of the Civil Guards.

“We are caught!” he murmured, turning pale.

“We're caught!” he whispered, going pale.

He looked at his robust arms and taking the only course which remained to him, he began to row with all his strength toward the Island of Talim. In the meantime, the sun had risen.

He looked at his strong arms and, taking the only option left to him, he started to row with all his might toward the Island of Talim. Meanwhile, the sun had come up.

The banca glided along rapidly. Elias saw some men standing up on the falúa, making signals to him.

The banca moved quickly. Elias noticed some men standing on the falúa, signaling to him.

“Do you know how to manage a banca?” he asked Ibarra.

“Do you know how to manage a banca?” he asked Ibarra.

“Yes; why?”

"Yeah; why?"

“Because we are lost if I do not leap into the water [265]and make them lose the trail. They will follow me. I swim and dive well.... I will take them away from you, and then you can save yourself.”

“Because we’ll be lost if I don’t jump into the water [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and throw them off the trail. They’ll follow me. I swim and dive well.... I’ll lead them away from you, and then you can save yourself.”

“No; you remain and we will sell our lives dearly.”

“No; you stay and we will fight fiercely for our lives.”

“Useless! We have no arms, and with those rifles they will kill us like birds.”

“Useless! We have no weapons, and with those rifles they will take us down like birds.”

At that moment a chiss was heard in the water like the fall of a hot body, and was followed immediately by a report.

At that moment, a chiss sounded in the water like a hot body dropping, and was quickly followed by a loud bang.

“Do you see?” said Elias, putting his paddle in the banca. “We will see each other again at the tomb of your grandfather on Nochebeuna (Christmas eve.) Save yourself.”

“Do you see?” Elias said, placing his paddle in the banca. “We'll meet again at your grandfather's tomb on Nochebuena (Christmas Eve). Take care of yourself.”

“And you?”

“What about you?”

“God has taken me through greater dangers.”

“God has brought me through even greater dangers.”

Elias took off his camisa. A ball grazed his hands and the report sounded out. Without being disturbed, he stretched out his hand to Ibarra, who was still in the bottom of the boat. Then he arose and leaped into the water, pushing away the small craft with his foot.

Elias took off his shirt. A ball brushed against his hands, and the report went off. Without being fazed, he reached out his hand to Ibarra, who was still at the bottom of the boat. Then he stood up and jumped into the water, pushing the small craft away with his foot.

A number of cries were heard. Soon at some distance the head of the young man appeared above the water as if to get breath, dropping out of sight at the next instant.

A number of cries were heard. Soon, at some distance, the young man's head broke the surface of the water as if he was gasping for air, disappearing from view the next moment.

“There, there he is!” cried a number of voices, and the balls from their rifles whistled again.

“There, there he is!” shouted several voices, and the bullets from their guns whistled past again.

The falúa and the other banca took up the chase. A light track of foam marked his course, every moment leading farther and farther away from Ibarra’s banca, which drifted along as if abandoned. Every time that the swimmer raised his head to breathe the Civil Guards and the men on board the falúa discharged their guns at him.

The falúa and the other banca took off after him. A light trail of foam marked his path, pulling him farther away from Ibarra’s banca, which floated as if it had been abandoned. Each time the swimmer lifted his head to breathe, the Civil Guards and the men on board the falúa fired their guns at him.

The pursuit continued. Ibarra’s little banca was already far off. The swimmer was approaching the shore of the lake and was now some fifty yards distant from it. The rowers were already tired, but Elias was not, for his head often appeared above the water and each time in a different direction so as to disconcert his pursuers. No longer was there a light trail to betray the course of the diver. For the last time they saw him near the shore, [266]some ten yards off, and they opened fire.... Then minutes and minutes passed. Nothing appeared again on the tranquil surface of the lake.

The chase went on. Ibarra's little banca was already far away. The swimmer was getting close to the shore of the lake, now about fifty yards from it. The rowers were already worn out, but Elias wasn't; his head kept popping up out of the water in different directions to throw off his pursuers. There was no longer a visible trail to reveal the diver's path. For the last time, they spotted him near the shore, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] about ten yards away, and they opened fire.... Then minutes went by. Nothing else appeared on the calm surface of the lake.

Half an hour afterward one of the rowers pretended to have discovered signs of blood in the water near the shore, but his companions shook their heads in a manner which might mean either yes or no. [267]

Half an hour later, one of the rowers acted like he found traces of blood in the water near the shore, but his companions shook their heads in a way that could mean either yes or no. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XLI.

Father Dámaso Explains.

In vain the costly wedding gifts were heaped upon the table. Neither the diamonds in their blue velvet caskets, nor the embroidered piña, nor the pieces of silk had any attractions for Maria Clara. The maiden looked at the paper which gave the account of Ibarra’s death, drowned in the lake, but she neither saw nor read it.

In vain, the expensive wedding gifts were piled up on the table. Neither the diamonds in their blue velvet boxes, nor the embroidered piña, nor the pieces of silk caught Maria Clara's attention. The young woman glanced at the paper detailing Ibarra’s death, drowned in the lake, but she neither saw nor read it.

Of a sudden, she felt two hands over her eyes. They held her fast while a joyous voice, Father Dámaso’s, said to her:

Of a sudden, she felt two hands covering her eyes. They held her tightly while a cheerful voice, Father Dámaso’s, said to her:

“Who am I? Who am I?”

“Who am I? Who am I?”

Maria Clara jumped from her seat and looked at him with terror in her eyes.

Maria Clara jumped out of her seat and stared at him in fear.

“You little goose, were you frightened, eh? You were not expecting me? Well, I have come from the provinces to attend your wedding.”

“You silly goose, were you scared, huh? You didn’t expect me? Well, I’ve traveled from the countryside to be at your wedding.”

And coming up to her again with a smile of satisfaction, he stretched out his hand to her. Maria Clara approached timidly and, raising it to her lips, kissed it.

And approaching her again with a satisfied smile, he reached out his hand to her. Maria Clara stepped forward shyly and, bringing it to her lips, kissed it.

“What is the matter with you, Maria?” asked the Franciscan, losing his gay smile, and becoming very uneasy. “Your hand is cold, you are pale.... Are you ill, my little girl?”

“What’s wrong with you, Maria?” asked the Franciscan, losing his cheerful smile and becoming very anxious. “Your hand is cold, you’re pale... Are you sick, my little girl?”

And Father Dámaso drew her up to him with a fondness of which no one would have thought him capable. He grasped both the maiden’s hands and gave her a questioning look.

And Father Dámaso pulled her close with a tenderness that no one would have expected from him. He held both the young woman's hands and gave her a questioning look.

“Haven’t you any confidence in your godfather?” he asked in a reproachful tone. “Come, sit down here and tell me your little troubles, just as you used to do when you were a child, when you wanted wax-candles to make wax figures. You surely know that I have always loved you.... I have never scolded you....”

“Haven’t you any faith in your godfather?” he asked, sounding a bit disappointed. “Come, sit down here and share your worries with me, just like you did when you were a kid and wanted wax candles to make wax figures. You know I’ve always cared about you.... I’ve never reprimanded you....”

Father Dámaso’s voice ceased to be brusque; its modulations [268]were even caressing. Maria Clara began to weep.

Father Dámaso’s voice stopped being harsh; its tones [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]were almost soothing. Maria Clara started to cry.

“Are you weeping, my child? Why are you weeping? Have you quarrelled with Linares?”

“Are you crying, my child? Why are you crying? Did you have a fight with Linares?”

Maria Clara covered her eyes with her hands.

Maria Clara covered her eyes with her hands.

“No! It is not he now!” cried the maiden.

“No! It’s not him now!” cried the girl.

Father Dámaso looked at her full of surprise.

Father Dámaso looked at her in complete surprise.

“Do you not want to entrust your secrets to me? Have I not always managed to satisfy your smallest caprices?”

“Don't you want to share your secrets with me? Haven't I always been able to meet your every whim?”

The young woman raised her eyes full of tears toward him. She looked at him for some time, and then began to weep bitterly.

The young woman lifted her tear-filled eyes towards him. She stared at him for a while, and then started to cry uncontrollably.

“Do not cry so, my child, for your tears pain me! Tell me your troubles. You will see how your godfather loves you.”

“Don’t cry like that, my child, it hurts to see you upset! Share your troubles with me. You’ll see how much your godfather cares for you.”

Maria Clara approached him slowly and fell on her knees at his feet. Then raising her face, bathed in tears, she said to him in a low voice, scarcely audible:

Maria Clara moved toward him slowly and dropped to her knees at his feet. Then, lifting her tear-streaked face, she spoke to him in a soft voice, barely audible:

“Do you still love me?”

"Do you still love me?"

“Child!”

"Kid!"

“Then ... protect my father, and break off the marriage!”

“Then ... protect my dad, and call off the wedding!”

Then she related her last interview with Ibarra, omitting the reference to her birth.

Then she shared her last conversation with Ibarra, leaving out any mention of her birth.

Father Dámaso could scarcely believe what he heard.

Father Dámaso could hardly believe what he was hearing.

“While he lived,” continued the maiden, “I intended to fight, to wait, to trust. I wanted to live to hear him spoken of ... but now that they have killed him, now there is no reason for my living and suffering.”

“While he was alive,” the young woman continued, “I planned to fight, to wait, to have faith. I wanted to live to hear people talk about him... but now that he's been killed, there’s no reason for me to keep living and suffering.”

She said this slowly, in a low voice, calmly and without a tear.

She said this slowly, in a soft voice, calmly and without shedding a tear.

“But, you goose; isn’t Linares a thousand times better than....?”

“But, you silly; isn’t Linares a thousand times better than....?”

“When he was living, I could have married ... I was thinking of fleeing afterward ... my father wanted nothing more than the relative. Now that he is dead, no other man will call me his wife.... While he lived, I could have debased myself and still had the consolation of knowing that he existed and perhaps was thinking of me. Now that he is dead ... the convent or the tomb.”

“When he was alive, I could have married... I was thinking about escaping afterward... my father wanted nothing more than the relative. Now that he's gone, no other man will call me his wife... While he was here, I could have humbled myself and still had the comfort of knowing that he existed and maybe even thought of me. Now that he's gone... it's either the convent or the grave.”

Her voice had a firmness in its accent which took away Father Dámaso’s joy and set him to thinking. [269]

Her voice had a strong tone that dampened Father Dámaso’s happiness and made him start to reflect. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Did you love him so much as that?” he asked, stammering.

“Did you love him that much?” he asked, stuttering.

Maria Clara did not reply. Father Dámaso bowed his head upon his breast and remained silent.

Maria Clara didn't respond. Father Dámaso lowered his head to his chest and stayed quiet.

“My child!” he exclaimed, his voice breaking. “Forgive me for making you unhappy without knowing it. I was thinking of your future; I wanted you to be happy. How could I permit you to marry a native; how could I see you an unhappy wife and a miserable mother? I could not get your love out of your head, and I opposed it with all my strength. All that I have done has been for you, for you alone. If you had become his wife, you would have wept afterward on account of the condition of your husband, exposed to all kinds of vengeance, without any means of defense. As a mother, you would have wept over the fortune of your sons; if you educated them, you would prepare a sad future for them, you would have made them enemies of the Church and would have seen them hanged or exiled; if you left them ignorant, you would have seen them oppressed and degraded. I could not consent to it! This is why I sought as a husband for you one who might make you the happy mother of sons born not to obey but to command, not to suffer but to punish. I knew that your friend was good from infancy. I liked him as I had liked his father, but I hated them both when I saw that they were going to make you unhappy, because I love you, I idolize you, I love you as my daughter. I have nothing dearer than you. I have seen you grow. No hour passes but I think of you; I dream of you; you are my only joy.”

“My child!” he cried, his voice breaking. “I'm so sorry for making you unhappy without realizing it. I was thinking about your future; I wanted you to be happy. How could I let you marry someone from here; how could I bear to see you as an unhappy wife and a miserable mother? I couldn’t shake your love from my mind, and I fought against it with all my strength. Everything I've done has been for you, just for you. If you had married him, you would have cried later about your husband’s situation, exposed to all kinds of danger, with no way to defend himself. As a mother, you would have worried about your sons; if you educated them, you would have set them up for a sad future, turning them into enemies of the Church, and you would have watched them get hanged or exiled. If you left them ignorant, you would have seen them oppressed and degraded. I couldn't agree to that! That's why I looked for a husband for you who could make you the happy mother of sons born not to obey but to lead, not to suffer but to punish. I knew your friend was good from childhood. I liked him as I had liked his father, but I hated them both when I realized they would make you unhappy, because I love you, I idolize you, I love you like my daughter. I have nothing dearer than you. I've watched you grow. Not a moment goes by that I don’t think of you; I dream of you; you are my only joy.”

And Father Dámaso began to weep like a child.

And Father Dámaso started to cry like a child.

“Well, then, if you love me do not make me eternally unhappy. He no longer lives; I want to be a nun.”

“Well, if you love me, don’t make me endlessly unhappy. He’s gone; I want to become a nun.”

The old man rested his head on his hand.

The old man leaned his head on his hand.

“To be a nun, to be a nun!” he repeated. “You do not know, my child, the life, the misery, which is hidden behind the walls of the convent. You do not know it! I prefer a thousand times to see you unhappy in the world than to see you unhappy in the cloister. Here your complaints can be heard, there you will have only the walls. You are beautiful, very beautiful, and you were not born [270]for it, you were not born to be the bride of Christ! Believe me, my child, time will blot it all out. Later you will forget, you will love your husband ... Linares.”

“To be a nun, to be a nun!” he repeated. “You don’t understand, my child, the life, the misery, that’s hidden behind the walls of the convent. You don’t know it! I’d much rather see you unhappy in the world than to see you unhappy in the cloister. Here your complaints can be heard, but there you’ll only have the walls. You are beautiful, very beautiful, and you weren’t born [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] for that; you weren’t born to be the bride of Christ! Trust me, my child, time will erase it all. Later you will forget, you will love your husband ... Linares.”

“Either the convent or ... death!” repeated Maria Clara.

“Either the convent or ... death!” repeated Maria Clara.

“The convent, the convent or death!” exclaimed Father Dámaso. “Maria, I am already old, I will not be able to watch you or your happiness much longer.... Choose another course, seek another love, another young man, whoever he may be, but not the convent.”

“The convent, the convent or death!” exclaimed Father Dámaso. “Maria, I'm already old; I won't be able to see you or your happiness for much longer.... Choose a different path, look for another love, another young man, whoever he is, but not the convent.”

“The convent or death!”

“Join the convent or die!”

“My God, my God!” cried the priest, covering his head with his hands. “Thou punisheth me. So be it! But watch over my child.”

“OMG, OMG!” shouted the priest, covering his head with his hands. “You’re punishing me. Fine! But please look after my child.”

And turning to the young woman: “You want to be a nun? You shall be one. I do not want you to die.”

And turning to the young woman: “You want to be a nun? You will be one. I don’t want you to die.”

Maria Clara took his two hands, clasped them in her own and kissed them as she knelt.

Maria Clara took his hands, held them in her own, and kissed them as she knelt.

“Godfather, my godfather!” she repeated.

"Godfather, my godfather!" she echoed.

Immediately, Father Dámaso went out, sad, with drooping head and sighing.

Immediately, Father Dámaso stepped outside, looking sad, with his head down and sighing.

“God, O God! Thou existeth, for Thou punisheth. But avenge Thyself on me and do not harm the innocent. Save my child!”

“God, oh God! You exist, because You punish. But take Your revenge on me and don’t hurt the innocent. Save my child!”

Colophon

Availability

Further translations have been made in all the major Philippine languages, at least four more in English, and in German, Italian, Japanese, Chinese, and Thai.

Further translations have been done in all the major Philippine languages, at least four more in English, and in German, Italian, Japanese, Chinese, and Thai.

Encoding

Revision History

  1. 2009-10-15 Started.

External References

Corrections

The following corrections have been applied to the text:

The following changes have been made to the text:

Page Source Correction
16 venders vendors
36 Siblya Sibyla
52 . ?
54 sacristian sacristan
54 commiting committing
100 Tagalo Tagalog
102 [Not in source]
127 sacristry sacristy
133 a [Deleted]
133 lashs lashes
137 , [Deleted]
148 Tunason Tunasan
156 huband husband
165 aproaching approaching
172 venders vendors
174
176 exchange exchanged
181 [Deleted]
185 physiogomy physiognomy
197 detroyed destroyed
198 ino into
203 unincumbered unencumbered
215 Tagalo Tagalog
234 sacristry sacristy
249 Linars Linares
259 Crisosotomo Crisostomo

Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!